Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                 to                 

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                 

Commission File Number 000-12790

 

 

ORBOTECH LTD .

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

ISRAEL

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

7 SANHEDRIN BOULEVARD, NORTH INDUSTRIAL ZONE, YAVNE 8110101, ISRAEL

(Address of principal executive offices)

Michael Havin, Corporate Secretary

Tel: + 972-8-9423622

Fax: + 972-8-9438769

E-mail: michael.havin@orbotech.com

Postal address: P.O. Box 215, Yavne 8110101, Israel

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”):

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

ORDINARY SHARES, NIS 0.14 NOMINAL (PAR)

VALUE

  THE NASDAQ GLOBAL SELECT MARKET

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: NONE

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: NONE

 

 


Table of Contents

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

As of December 31, 2014, the Registrant had outstanding 41,852,928 Ordinary Shares 1 , NIS 0.14 Nominal (par) Value each.

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”).    Yes   ¨     No   x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of ‘accelerated filer and large accelerated filer’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨                  Accelerated filer   x                      Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the Registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   x

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board   ¨

Other   ¨

If ‘Other’ has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statements item the Registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17   ¨             Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

 

1   Does not include a total of 3,342,139 Ordinary Shares that were either subject to outstanding equity awards granted pursuant to equity remuneration plans adopted or assumed by the Registrant or available for grant pursuant to such plans, of which: 2,712,468 were subject to outstanding share options (1,539,619 of which had vested); 440,555 were subject to outstanding and unvested restricted share units; and 189,116 remained available for future equity awards pursuant to such plans, all as of December 31, 2014, comprised of:

 

  (a) 2,740,107 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to equity awards under the Equity Remuneration Plan for Key Employees of Orbotech Ltd. and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries (as Amended and Restated, 2005) (the “ 2000 Plan ”), of which:
  (i) 2,694,428 were subject to outstanding options (1,521,579 of which had vested); and
  (ii) 45,679 remained available for future equity awards pursuant to the 2000 Plan;

 

  (b) 583,992 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to equity awards under the 2010 Equity-Based Incentive Plan (the “ 2010 Plan ”), of which:
  (i) 440,555 were subject to outstanding and unvested restricted share units; and
  (ii) 143,437 remained available for future equity awards pursuant to the 2010 Plan; and

 

  (c) 18,040 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to options granted by Photon Dynamics, Inc. (“ PDI ”), prior to its acquisition by the Registrant, under PDI’s equity remuneration plans and which were assumed in connection with that acquisition (all of which had vested).

The above number of Ordinary Shares outstanding also does not include a total of 5,410,773 Ordinary Shares held at that date as treasury shares, virtually all of which were repurchased by the Registrant, of which: (a) 1,993,918 were owned by Orbotech Ltd. as dormant shares under Israeli law and, for so long as they are owned by Orbotech Ltd., confer no rights and, accordingly, are neither eligible to participate in nor receive any future dividends which may be paid to shareholders of the Registrant nor entitled to participate in, be voted at or be counted as part of the quorum for, any meetings of shareholders of the Registrant; and (b) 3,416,855 were owned by one or more subsidiaries of Orbotech Ltd. and, for so long as they are owned by a subsidiary of Orbotech Ltd., confer no voting rights and, accordingly, are not entitled to participate in, be voted at or be counted as part of the quorum for, any meetings of shareholders of the Registrant.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Introduction

       4   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

     5   

Part I

     6   

Item 1.

  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers      6   

Item 2.

  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable      6   

Item 3.

  Key Information      6   

Item 4.

  Information on the Company      23   

Item 4A.

  Unresolved Staff Comments      44   

Item 5.

  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects      45   

Item 6.

  Directors, Senior Management and Employees      71   

Item 7.

  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions      90   

Item 8.

  Financial Information      93   

Item 9.

  The Offer and Listing      95   

Item 10.

  Additional Information      96   

Item 11.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      108   

Item 12.

  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities      110   

Part II

     111   

Item 13.

  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies      111   

Item 14.

  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds      111   

Item 15.

  Controls and Procedures      111   

Item 16A.

  Audit Committee Financial Expert      112   

Item 16B.

  Code of Ethics      112   

Item 16C.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services      112   

Item 16D.

  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees      113   

Item 16E.

  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers      114   

Item 16F.

  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant      114   

Item 16G.

  Corporate Governance      114   

Part III

     116   

Item 17.

  Financial Statements      116   

Item 18.

  Financial Statements      116   

Item 19.

  Exhibits      116   

Signatures

     119   

 

3


Table of Contents

Introduction

This Annual Report on Form 20-F (this “ Annual Report ”) relates to the Ordinary Shares New Israeli Sheqels (“ NIS ”) 0.14 nominal (par) value each (“ Ordinary Shares ”) of Orbotech Ltd. (the “ Company ”, the “ Registrant ” or “ Orbotech ”). In this Annual Report, references to: (i) Orbotech Ltd. are intended to be to Orbotech Ltd. and not to any of its subsidiaries or to Frontline (as defined below); and (ii) the Company, the Registrant or Orbotech are, unless the context otherwise requires, intended to be to Orbotech Ltd. and its consolidated entities which, prior to August 7, 2014, did not include SPTS Technologies Group Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries (“ SPTS ”).

Orbotech is principally engaged in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of cutting-edge solutions designed to enable the production of innovative, next generation electronic products and improve the cost effectiveness of existing and future electronics production processes. The Company’s products include: direct imaging, automated optical inspection (“ AOI ”), automated optical repair (“ AOR ”) and production systems used in the manufacture of printed circuit boards (“ PCB ”s) and other electronic components; AOI, test, repair and process monitoring systems used in the manufacture of flat panel displays (“ FPD ”s); and etch, physical vapor deposition (“ PVD ”), chemical vapor deposition (“ CVD ”) and thermal processing equipment for use in the manufacture of semiconductor devices (“ SD ”s) such as micro-electro-mechanical systems (“ MEMS ”), advanced semiconductor packaging (“ Advanced Packaging ”), power and radio frequency (“ RF ”) devices and high brightness light emitting diode (“ HBLED ”) devices.

The Company also markets computer-aided manufacturing (“ CAM ”) and engineering solutions for PCB production. In addition, through its subsidiary Orbotech LT Solar, LLC (“ OLTS ”), the Company is engaged in the research, development and marketing of products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels; and, through its subsidiary Orbograph Ltd. (“ Orbograph ”), in the development and marketing of character recognition solutions to banks, financial and other payment processing institutions.

The Company continues to develop technologies for use in other applications both within and outside the electronics industry and also selectively evaluates opportunities to acquire complementary technologies to further diversify its business. The Company derives a significant portion of its revenues from the service and support of its substantial installed base of products.

On July 7, 2014, the Company announced a definitive share sale agreement to acquire the entire issued share capital of SPTS Technologies Group Limited for an aggregate sum of $375.1 million (the “ SPTS Acquisition ”). The SPTS Acquisition closed on August 7, 2014 (the “ SPTS Closing Date ”), and on and after that date SPTS, which is engaged in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of etch, PVD, CVD and thermal processing equipment for use in the manufacture of MEMS, Advanced Packaging, power, RF and HBLED devices, is included in the Company’s financial results. The semiconductor device business acquired by the Company through the SPTS Acquisition, and operated as the Company’s Semiconductor Device Division, is referred to in this Annual Report as the Company’s semiconductor device (or SD) business.

This Annual Report includes industry data obtained from periodic industry publications and internal Company information, and also includes certain statements as to competitive position that are based primarily on the Company’s knowledge of the industry and industry data. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable; however, the Company has not independently verified any such information. Unless otherwise noted, statements as to the Company’s relative competitive position are approximated based on revenues and management estimates using the above-mentioned third-party data and internal analyses and estimates.

 

4


Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements and information with respect to, among other things, the business, the industries in which the Company operates, the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives and competitive position of the Company, which statements can often be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as ‘believes’, ‘expects’, ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘should’ or ‘anticipates’, the negatives thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or as part of discussions of strategy and trends. Such statements include, but are not limited to, certain statements appearing in Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors; Item 4 - Information on the Company; and Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects regarding trends in the electronics, recognition software, solar energy and other industries relevant to the Company, revenues, net income, industry size, competitive position, market demands, volumes, prices, margins, research and development, capital expenditures, patents, the effect of technological developments, strategy and management objectives, opinions and outlook for 2015 and beyond. Such statements are derived from beliefs and assumptions of the Company’s management based, in part, upon information available to the Company as of the date of this Annual Report. They reflect the views of the Company as of the date of this Annual Report with respect to market conditions and future events and are inherently subject to various risks, uncertainties and other factors that may affect the ability of the Company to implement its business strategy and/or may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements expressed herein. These risks, uncertainties and factors include, but are not limited to, cyclicality in the industries in which the Company operates, the Company’s production capacity, timing and occurrence of product acceptance (the Company defines ‘bookings’ and ‘backlog’ as purchase arrangements with customers that are based on mutually agreed terms, which, in some cases for bookings and backlog, may still be subject to completion of written documentation and may be changed or cancelled by the customer, often without penalty, fluctuations in product mix, worldwide economic conditions generally, especially in the industries in which the Company operates, the timing and strength of product and service offerings by the Company and its competitors, changes in business or pricing strategies, changes in the prevailing political and regulatory framework in which the relevant parties operate or in economic or technological trends or conditions, including currency fluctuations, inflation and consumer confidence, on a global, regional or national basis, the level of consumer demand for sophisticated devices such as smartphones, tablets and other electronic devices as well as automobiles, the Company’s level of debt; Orbotech’s ability to effectively integrate and operate SPTS’s business, including with respect to internal control over financial reporting, the timing, terms and success of any strategic transaction, the final outcome and impact of the criminal matter and ongoing investigation in Korea, including any impact on existing or future business opportunities in Korea and elsewhere, any civil actions related to the Korean Matter (as defined below) brought by third parties, including the Company’s customers, which may result in monetary judgments or settlements, expenses associated with the Korean Matter and the other matters discussed under Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors.

Many of the above factors are beyond the control of the Company and almost all of them are difficult or impossible to predict with accuracy. Therefore, the Company cautions each reader of this Annual Report to consider carefully these, as well as any other specific factors discussed with each forward-looking statement in this Annual Report and as may be disclosed in the Company’s future filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”). For more information regarding the above factors and other risks, see Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors.

To the extent that this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements (as distinct from historical information), the Company desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is therefore including this statement for the express purpose of availing itself of the protections of the safe harbor with respect to all forward-looking statements. Furthermore, the Company does not assume any obligation to update any forward looking statements contained herein as a result of future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

5


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

1.A Directors and Senior Management

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

1.B Advisers

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

1.C Auditors

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

2.A Offer Statistics

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

2.B Method and Expected Timetable

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 3. Key Information

3.A Selected Financial Data

The consolidated statement of operations data set forth in this Item 3.A with respect to the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, have been derived from the audited Financial Statements listed in Item 18 (the “ Financial Statements ”), which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) in the United States. The Financial Statements include the financial information for SPTS from the SPTS Closing Date. The consolidated statement of operations data set forth in this Item 3.A with respect to the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included herein that have been adjusted for the accounting of the Company’s interest in the Frontline P.C.B. Solutions Limited Partnership (“ Frontline ”) using the equity method and have also been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The selected consolidated financial data set forth in this Item 3.A should be read in conjunction with Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors, Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and the Financial Statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

Statement of Operations Data:

(in thousands except per share data and footnotes)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 582,746     $ 439,995     $ 387,008     $ 551,465     $ 516,112  

Cost of revenues:

          

Cost of products sold and services rendered

     329,553       248,455       233,447       327,715       311,458  

Write-down of inventories (1)

     —         —          14,255       6,743       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

  329,553     248,455     247,702     334,458     311,458  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  253,193     191,540     139,306     217,007     204,654  

Research and development costs:

Expenses incurred

  91,320     72,736     70,524     83,338     78,569  

Less - government participations (2)

  2,669     3,163     1,821     1,985     2,864  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net research and development costs

  88,651     69,573     68,703     81,353     75,705  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  96,169     75,948     73,051     70,489     64,262  

Equity in earnings of Frontline

  (5,769   (5,553   (6,764   (7,236   (7,159

Amortization of intangible assets (3)

  19,235     4,041     9,907     12,304     14,176  

SPTS Acquisition costs

  6,761     —        —        —        —     

Restructuring charges (4)

  —        —        5,063     —        —     

Impairment of intangible assets  (5)

  —        —        30,142     —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  48,146      47,531     (40,796   60,097     57,670  

Financial expenses - net (6)

  (9,046   (1,191   (5,120   (6,587   (7,267
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes on income

  39,100     46,340      (45,916   53,510     50,403  

Income tax expense

  3,419     6,927     456     7,677     7,397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations of the Company

  35,681     39,413     (46,372   45,833     43,006  

Share in losses of an associated company

  (417   (252   (165   (179   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  35,264     39,161     (46,537   45,654     43,006  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax  (7)

  —        —        —        1,363     (8,717
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  35,264     39,161     (46,537   47,017     34,289  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss (net income) attributable to non-controlling interests

  116     840     958      322      (144
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Orbotech Ltd.

$ 35,380   $ 40,001   $ (45,579 $ 47,339   $ 34,145  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts attributable to Orbotech Ltd.:

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  35,380     40,001     (45,579   45,976     42,862  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

  —        —        —        1,363     (8,717
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss) attributable to Orbotech

$ 35,380   $ 40,001   $ (45,579 $ 47,339   $ 34,145  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share:

Income (loss) from continuing operations:

basic

$ 0.85   $ 0.94   $ (1.05 $ 1.15   $ 1.23  

diluted (8)

$ 0.83   $ 0.92   $ (1.05 $ 1.13   $ 1.20  

Net income (loss):

basic

$ 0.85   $ 0.94   $ (1.05 $ 1.19   $ 0.98  

diluted (8)

$ 0.83   $ 0.92   $ (1.05 $ 1.16   $ 0.95  

Weighted average number of shares used in computation of earnings (loss) per share (9) :

basic

  41,703     42,571     43,501     39,909     34,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

diluted (9)

  42,757     43,253     43,501     40,816     35,778  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Data:

(in thousands)

 

     At December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  

Working capital (10)

   $ 421,683      $ 412,852      $ 395,391      $ 478,085      $ 351,909  

Long-term loans (11)

     293,851        —          —          64,000        96,000  

Total assets

     1,033,972        636,582        654,006        748,420        629,025  

Capital stock

     295,219        283,283        276,958        273,058        176,698  

Equity (12)

     496,881        467,154        447,513        490,132        349,555  

 

(1)   The write-downs of inventories of $14,255,000 in 2012 and $6,743,000 in 2011 primarily relate to excess inventories of components and non-cancelable commitments for certain of the Company’s FPD products and, to a small extent, for certain of the Company’s older PCB products.
(2)   The Company receives certain government funding for the development of approved projects and is not required to pay royalties on sales of products developed on the basis of such funding.
(3)   For each of the reported years up to and including 2013, the amortization of intangible assets was primarily attributable to the acquisition by Orbotech, on October 2, 2008, of PDI pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated June 26, 2008 (the “ PDI Acquisition ”). For the year ended December 31, 2014, the amortization of intangible assets is primarily attributable to the SPTS Acquisition. Based on factors as of the date of this Annual Report, estimated amortization expense associated with intangible assets for 2015 is $33.0 million. See Note 6b to the Financial Statements.
(4)   The restructuring charge of $5,063,000 in 2012 relates to reductions in the Company’s workforce and rationalizations of certain of its research and development, manufacturing and operating activities, in order to realign the Company’s infrastructure.
(5)   The impairment of intangible assets of $30,142,000 in 2012 is associated with the Company’s FPD business. See Notes 1l and 6b to the Financial Statements.
(6)   For each of the reported years up to and including 2013, included interest expense associated with $160.0 million borrowed from Israel Discount Bank Ltd. (the “ Discount Bank Loan ” and “ Discount Bank ”, respectively) in 2008 to complete the PDI Acquisition, offset by interest income from cash, short term bank deposits and marketable securities. In December 2013 the Company completed repayment of the entire amount outstanding under the Discount Bank Loan. For the year ended December 31, 2014, includes interest expense from August 7, 2014 in connection with $300.0 million borrowed from a syndicate of lenders with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, on August 7, 2014, to complete the SPTS Acquisition. For more information, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources.
(7)   Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $1,363,000 in 2011, and losses from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $8,717,000 in 2010, is attributable to the operations of Orbotech Medical Solutions Ltd. and Orbotech Medical Denmark A/S.
(8)   Excludes equity awards outstanding at December 31, 2012, as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.
(9)   The actual number of Ordinary Shares outstanding at December 31, 2011 was 43,312,049.
(10)   Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.
(11)   Net of current maturities.
(12)   Comprising Orbotech Ltd. shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests.

As of December 31, 2014, Orbotech, Inc. had $299.25 million principal amount of secured indebtedness guaranteed by Orbotech Ltd. and its subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Israel, Singapore, the United States and the United Kingdom. This indebtedness was incurred to finance a portion of the purchase price of the SPTS Acquisition. The Company has not paid any cash dividends in the last five years. On February 27, 2014, the Company announced a program for the repurchase of Ordinary Shares, which was terminated on August 5, 2014, in anticipation of the closing of the SPTS Acquisition. See Item 16E - Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

 

8


Table of Contents

3.B Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

3.C Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

3.D Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. You should, in addition to the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information noted above, give careful consideration to the information set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report concerning risks and uncertainties in connection with any investment in our Ordinary Shares. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also impair our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

(a) We have incurred net losses in the past and we may not be profitable in the future.

Although we recorded net income of $35.4 million, $40.0 million, $47.3 million and $34.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2011 and 2010, respectively, we recorded a net loss of $45.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and historically have also recorded net losses in certain prior years. Our ability to sustain profitability in the future depends in part on the global economy, the rate of growth of, and changes in technology trends in, the industries in which we currently or may in the future operate, our ability to develop and manufacture new products and technologies in a timely manner, the competitive position of our products, the continued acceptance of our products by our customers and in the industries that we serve and our ability to manage expenses. We have from time to time in the past undertaken cost cutting initiatives in response to economic conditions, including reducing our worldwide workforce. In the future, we may again have to undertake cost reduction initiatives, which could lead to a deterioration of our competitive position, and any difficulty in reducing our cost structure could negatively impact our results of operations and cash flow in the future. We cannot assure you that we will continue to remain profitable or that we will not report losses in future periods.

(b) We are dependent upon the worldwide electronics industry and unfavorable economic conditions and low capital expenditures may negatively impact our operating results.

Our revenue is dependent upon the strength of the worldwide electronics industry. In particular, we depend upon the need by manufacturers of PCBs, FPDs, SDs and others in the electronics supply chain to make continuing capital investments in systems and products, such as those marketed and sold by us, for use in their manufacturing processes. These spending levels are impacted by the actual and expected worldwide level of demand for consumer end-products that utilize PCBs, FPDs, SDs and other electronic components in their production processes, including, among others, smartphones, tablets, computers, televisions, automobiles and portable electronic devices and for products used in automotive, medical, industrial, telecommunications and military applications. Demand for consumer end-products is normally a function of prevailing global or regional economic conditions and is negatively affected by a general economic slow-down and/or periods of economic uncertainty as consumers reduce discretionary spending on electronics. Although we have in the past implemented cost reduction and business realignment measures in response to prevailing economic conditions which had led to decreased demand, we are limited in our ability to reduce expenses due to the ongoing need to invest in research and development and the need to maintain short lead times for delivery and our worldwide customer service and support operations. In circumstances of significantly reduced overall demand for electronic devices using PCBs, FPDs, SDs and other electronic components, or delays in capital investment due to uncertain economic and/or industry conditions, or if orders received differ from our expectations with respect to the product, volume, price or other items, our fixed cost structure could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

9


Table of Contents

Demand for our products is also created, in part, by technological developments that affect product functionality or give rise to new, enhanced or more complex products, such as smartphones, tablets, liquid crystal display (“ LCD ”) televisions and other sophisticated devices. These developments generate an ongoing need on the part of electronics component manufacturers for the type of improved yield-enhancing and production solutions we provide. If changes in these technologies do not continue to occur, or if other technologies were to emerge that lessened or obviated the need for the use of PCBs, FPDs or semiconductors in electronic devices, the overall demand for our products could be reduced.

(c) Capital investments by PCB, FPD and SD manufacturers are highly cyclical and may not continue at current levels or may return to low levels or decline in the future. If we fail to respond to industry cycles, our business could be seriously harmed.

Our business relies considerably upon continuing capital investments by manufacturers of PCBs, FPDs and SDs. The capital equipment procurement practices of these manufacturers have been, and continue to be, highly cyclical in nature, and have experienced both periodic and sustained downturns. For example, in the past, contractions in the credit markets have caused severe financial system disruptions that have contributed to a significant downturn in the electronics industry, which, in turn, impacted our revenues and profitability. Our business may be negatively affected if the availability of capital resources for investment is reduced, particularly in the computer, mobile connected devices, television, automotive or telecommunications industries.

We cannot predict future levels of demand for electronic products and devices with accuracy. For example, the increase in demand for smartphones, tablets, e-readers and other mobile connected devices or the increase in electronic content of automobiles during recent years may not continue at its current level, may not increase as anticipated and may decline. If this happens, our PCB and SD businesses may be adversely impacted. In addition, the need for higher definition, more power efficient, low cost FPDs may not increase as anticipated or even continue at current levels, and, as has occurred in the past, may decline, which would negatively affect our FPD business. Should cyclical fluctuations result in lower than expected revenue levels, operating results may be adversely affected. Given our limited ability to reduce our significant expenditures for research and development and worldwide customer support operations and our need to maintain short lead times for delivery, our cost reduction measures may not be implemented in a sufficiently timely manner in response to industry cycles. Our inability to respond to industry cycles could have a material adverse effect on our business and result of operations.

(d) The expected benefits of the SPTS Acquisition may not be realized in the time frame anticipated or at all and our business may be harmed because of the integration and other challenges.

Achieving the expected benefits of the SPTS Acquisition will depend on the timely and efficient integration of SPTS’s business culture, technology, operations and personnel into Orbotech. The integration may not be completed as quickly as, or to the extent, expected, and if we fail effectively to integrate the companies, or if the integration takes longer than expected, we may not achieve the expected benefits of the SPTS Acquisition and our business may be harmed. The challenges involved may, among other things, include: potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management; unexpected loss of key employees or customers of SPTS; conforming SPTS’s standards, processes, procedures and controls with our operations; co-ordinating new product and process development; identifying cost savings, cross-selling and other benefits; and increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our manufacturing processes and operations.

The SPTS Acquisition may not be successfully received by our customers and suppliers, including those of SPTS. In addition, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in connection with the integration of the SPTS business. Furthermore, the emergence of one or more material liabilities of the SPTS business previously unknown to us may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

10


Table of Contents

(e) We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial condition, impact our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to pay dividends, adopt new repurchase programs or execute strategic initiatives and limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or the industries that we serve and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness. In addition, because our indebtedness is variable rate debt, our interest expense would increase if interest rates rise. We also may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.

On August 7, 2014, we borrowed $300.0 million pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as defined below), with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent. As of December 31, 2014, we had $299.25 million of principal outstanding indebtedness and our anticipated fiscal 2015 debt service payment obligations are $3.0 million of principal and, based on the applicable interest rate at December 31, 2014, approximately $15.0 million in interest. We are required to make amortization payments in quarterly installments. The amount of the quarterly installments is equal to $0.75 million for the first 12 quarterly amortization payments. Subsequent quarterly amortization payments will be $5.625 million for the next 11 quarterly amortization payments and the balance of the principal amount will be due at final maturity. The first amortization payment was made on December 31, 2014. Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt will depend on a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. If we are unable to meet our expenses and debt service and other obligations, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets or raise equity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, sell assets or raise equity on reasonable terms or at all, which could cause us to default on our obligations and impair our liquidity. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our substantial indebtedness could also have other important consequences with respect to our ability to manage our business successfully, including the following: it may limit our ability to borrow money for our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes; it may make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with these obligations, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in triggering provisions allowing the lender to accelerate the repayment of the loans; it may require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our indebtedness, which would reduce the amount of cash flow available to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development and other corporate requirements; it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business; it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy; it may restrict us from making strategic acquisitions, introducing new technologies or realizing potential business opportunities; and it may, in conjunction with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, among other things, limit our ability to borrow additional funds or dispose of assets.

The Credit Agreement also provides for certain limitations on our ability to sell assets, other than in the ordinary course of business. We may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our obligations. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our assets are, and may continue to be, intangible assets. Therefore, it may be difficult for us to service all our debt obligations, which could lead to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, the interest rate on the borrowings under the Credit Agreement is variable. As a result, our interest expense would increase if interest rates rise. Fluctuations in LIBOR above 1% may increase our overall debt service obligation and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to service our debt obligations. An increase of 1% in the interest rate payable on our outstanding variable rate debt would increase our annual debt service requirements by approximately $3.0 million. Also, we may incur significantly more debt in excess of the amount borrowed as of December 31, 2014, which could intensify the risks described above.

 

11


Table of Contents

(f) The Credit Agreement imposes significant operating and financial restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Credit Agreement contains various covenants that limit or prohibit our ability, among other things, to: incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; make certain loans, acquisitions or investments; sell certain assets, including shares of our subsidiaries; create or incur liens; consolidate, merge, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all, or even certain parts, of our assets; and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. In addition, we are subject to a minimum liquidity covenant that is tested monthly. If we do not comply with the covenants, including the minimum liquidity covenant, the lenders could declare due all amounts under the Credit Agreement, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial position.

The minimum liquidity covenant and other affirmative and negative covenants contained in the Credit Agreement could limit our ability to plan for or react to industry conditions, meet our capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans; and may adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, enter into strategic initiatives, fund investments or engage in other business activities that might be in our interest.

Upon the occurrence of certain events, the lenders under the Credit Agreement could elect to declare due all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the Credit Agreement could proceed against any collateral granted to secure our obligations under the Credit Agreement, and such collateral constitutes substantially all of our assets. If the lenders under the Credit Agreement accelerate the repayment of borrowings, such acceleration would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

(g) Our operating results fluctuate from period to period, and period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful and may not be representative of our future performance.

The timing of revenue recognition for certain of our products may have a substantial effect on our periodic revenues and financial results. Normally, revenue from the sale of products is recognized upon delivery, subject to the existence of a signed contract, purchase order or letter of agreement and a fixed or determinable sale price, with reasonable assurance of collectability. Our revenues, expenses and operating results have fluctuated in the past, and are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. We are not always able to control the timing of delivery because of customer requirements, possible production delays and other factors. Orders for our systems may also be subject to cancellation by customers. In addition, in limited circumstances, principally in the case of newly developed products, recognition of income may be deferred. Our ability to foresee possible future changes in the total volume of PCB orders in particular may be limited because we cannot rely on unfilled orders as a dependable and consistent indicator of future revenue in this area of our business. Our operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, and such fluctuations could be further exacerbated due to the timing of special charges and expenses. In 2012, for example, we recorded charges that include impairments with respect to intangible assets in our FPD business in the amount of $30.1 million, write-downs of inventories and provision for open commitments related primarily to our FPD business in the amount of $14.3 million, restructuring charges in the amount of $5.1 million and net costs associated with the Korean Matter in the amount of $4.0 million. Accordingly, it may be difficult for investors to make period-to-period comparisons using our reported GAAP financial information.

In addition, due to the SPTS Acquisition on August 7, 2014, it may be difficult to compare both our historical and future results to our results for 2014. The SPTS Acquisition was accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting, which resulted in new valuations for the assets and liabilities of SPTS to their fair values on August 7, 2014. These valuations are preliminary and may change, and such changes could be material. In addition, we incurred $300.0 million of debt to finance a portion of the SPTS Acquisition, which will result in increased interest expense compared with prior periods. Accordingly, our financial information may be of limited use in evaluating our current and historical performance and comparing it to prior periods.

 

12


Table of Contents

(h) Our results of operations depend on our ability to manage our supply chain effectively. We depend on a limited number of key suppliers to provide us with sufficient parts to meet our production requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition, certain of our facilities may be subject to disruption.

Certain of the various key components and subassemblies included in some of our systems are purchased from a single or limited group of suppliers. Should any of these suppliers be unable to meet our requirements in a timely manner, or should we otherwise experience an interruption in supply from any of these sources, the possible resulting late deliveries of our products and services may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. While we seek to anticipate future increases in demand for our products, and communicate potential increases in a timely manner to suppliers, we may be unable to do so with accuracy. If our suppliers are unable to deliver key components or subassemblies to meet our production needs, whether as a result of an unanticipated increase in demand for our products or otherwise, our production process may be delayed causing us to be unable to meet all of our customers’ desired delivery dates. Although we generally maintain an inventory of critical components used in the manufacture and assembly of our systems, such supplies may not be sufficient to avoid potential delays that could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, were a major disruption (such as might be caused by factors including work stoppages, acts of war, terrorism, fire, earthquake, energy shortages, flooding or other natural disasters) to occur at our offices or manufacturing facilities, or those of our key suppliers, we could not guarantee that alternate production capacity would be obtainable on favorable terms or at all. Such disruptions could result in delays in shipments of products to our customers, cancellation of orders or loss of customers and could also adversely affect our business by causing substantial delays in our research and engineering efforts for the development of new products.

A sudden increase (or decrease) in demand for our products, as well as a lengthening (or shortening) of customer lead times, may also affect our manufacturing cycle and impose logistical constraints on our supply chain. In periods of greater demand for our products, we would be required to increase our production and delivery rate significantly. There can be no guarantee that we will, in the future, have the capacity necessary to ramp up production in order to meet increased orders without any delay. In addition, our manufacturing cycle involves significant fixed costs, including those with respect to labor. While we seek to maintain a variable cost structure across our supply chain infrastructure, cyclical fluctuations in demand for our products may result in periodic inefficiencies in our cost structure. Certain of our costs that are variable, such as procurement, may not decline proportionally with any increased purchasing of supplies by us, or may be increased beyond our expectations to meet customer timelines. While we have undertaken and expect to continue to implement initiatives to realign our infrastructure with revenue levels and business conditions, including initiatives to consolidate production facilities, expenses relating to the production, shipping and delivery of our products, which may involve facilities on more than one continent, remain a significant component of our overall cost of goods sold. Should we experience late deliveries of our products and services or be unsuccessful in implementing our infrastructure realignment or otherwise mitigating expenses associated with our global supply chain, our results of operations and reputation may be adversely affected.

(i) We face intense competition in our business, which may result in decreased demand for our products and services and/or in pricing pressures.

We are subject to competition from companies that either currently manufacture or are developing products directly in competition with our systems and products, including from some of our customers and their affiliates. Because some of our competitors are associated with certain of our customers, they have access to our products and technology which may make it easier for them to compete with us. For economic, internal administrative, regulatory or other business reasons, our customers may purchase PCB and FPD products manufactured locally or in-house or by their affiliates, rather than by us, even if such products may be inferior in quality and/or higher in price (on an arms-length basis) than our products. Manufacturers in the industries that we serve compete on lead time, among other things, and should our competitors achieve a significant decrease in the time between initiation and execution of orders this could impact our operating results. In recent years we have experienced competition-induced pricing pressure from our customers that adversely affected our operating results, and competitive pressures in the future could lead to further price erosion that could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results.

 

13


Table of Contents

(j) Our contracted orders for sales, or backlog, of certain of our products are subject to delay, cancellation or non-acceptance by customers.

Our businesses have a backlog, consisting of orders for our products for which written authorizations have been accepted and assigned shipment dates are expected within the ensuing three to twelve months. We do not include maintenance revenues in our determination of orders for this purpose. Generally, such orders represent a substantial portion of revenue from our sales of FPD, SD and solar products in a twelve month period, and we expect to realize as revenue a substantial portion of these orders in 2015. However, our orders on any particular date are not necessarily indicative of actual sales for any succeeding period. Customers may delay delivery of products, cancel orders prior to shipment or refuse to provide acceptances due to unresolved research and development issues, particularly in relation to new products. Moreover, since expense levels are based in part on our expectations of future revenue, we may be unable to adjust costs in a timely manner in response to further revenue shortfalls. Furthermore, because certain parts used in some manufacturing processes entail relatively long lead times, a customer cancellation may require us to record inventory write-downs. Delays in delivery or acceptance of our products or a reduction of our orders as a result of cancellations or as a result of the level of orders during any particular period could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial position.

(k) A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from sales to companies located in the Far East, and a significant portion of our operations are conducted outside Israel, each of which exposes us to political, economic and other uncertainties.

We anticipate that, as in the past, sales of products and services outside Israel will continue to account for a substantial part of our revenues. In 2014, approximately 77% of our revenues from equipment sales were derived from sales in the Far East and Japan, including approximately 37% from sales in China, 16% from sales in Taiwan, 9% from sales in Korea and 8% from sales in Japan. The risks and complexities inherent in doing business in international markets include those associated with the possibility of a concentration of sales within a particular country or region; the imposition of governmental controls, regulations, sanctions and local standards, including the need to comply with stringent and evolving technology and environmental protection laws and regulations, a wide variety of foreign and domestic import/export laws, customs and excises and foreign labor laws; the imposition of new and additional commercial terms by foreign customers, which can have the effect of increasing our exposure to operational and foreign currency risks; political, economic and legal instability, including an increased amount of foreign government involvement in, and oversight of, our operations; trade restrictions, including as a result of sanctions; exposure to multiple complex systems of taxation and international double taxation treaties; regulatory reform and changes in reimbursement rates, tariffs and taxes and their applications; difficulty in protecting intellectual property; longer payment cycles usually characteristic of international sales; and the general difficulties associated with administering business overseas, as well as overall economic conditions. Our business success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and manage these and other regulatory, economic, social and political risks inherent in international business effectively. Failure to anticipate and manage these risks effectively may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The risks and complexities outlined above may also prove to be particularly acute in China, where we have deployed substantial resources in order to expand our capabilities, including by establishing relationships with Chinese manufacturers. The economy of China differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of governmental involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over the country’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Such government initiatives may inhibit our efforts to expand our business in China, or otherwise adversely affect our financial results and results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

(l) Our future revenues are dependent in part upon existing customers continuing to use our products and renewing their maintenance agreements with us.

We depend on our existing customers for additional future revenues from ongoing service and support related to our products. Our PCB maintenance agreements are generally renewable after twelve months at the option of the customer and do not contain mandatory renewal obligations. Our SD products are normally sold with a one year warranty, following which customers are offered various contract options pursuant to which we provide time and material support, as well as opportunities to upgrade and/or refurbish existing modules. Our FPD customers are provided with service and support under utilization-based service arrangements, generally without contractual maintenance agreements. In periods of reduced capital expenditures, our service revenues represent a larger percentage of our revenues. A change in business conditions could alter current customer purchasing plans and, as a result, our maintenance agreements may not be renewed or our customers may elect not to purchase time and materials based service and support, and we may therefore not generate significant revenues and cash flow from product maintenance in future periods.

(m) Our business, particularly with respect to the FPD industry, is dependent on sales to a small number of large customers and a loss of any of our large customers could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The FPD industry is highly concentrated with a small number of manufacturers producing the majority of the world’s displays. We market and sell our AOI, test and repair systems for FPDs to virtually all of the world’s display manufacturers, with significant concentration in sales to a limited number of them. For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 51% of our total FPD revenues were derived from our three largest FPD customers. We cannot assure you that any of our FPD customers, including customers that have in the past accounted for a substantial portion of our revenues, will continue to contribute significantly to our total FPD revenues in future periods. The loss of any major customer or a significant reduction in purchases from us by such a customer could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, the concentration of our FPD customer bases means that if one or more of our major customers were to develop its own competing technology or to experience economic difficulties, changes in purchasing policies, difficulties in fulfilling their obligations to us, bankruptcy or lack of success, our revenues, profitability and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. See also Risk Factor (x) with respect to the Korean Matter.

(n) We may not be able to develop new products or respond to technological changes in a timely manner, which could reduce our ability to compete effectively.

Our products are used to manufacture goods in consumer end markets that are characterized by rapidly changing technologies and frequent new product introductions. We believe that our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop new products and introduce them in a timely manner. We expect our competitors in all product lines to continue to improve the design and performance of their products and to introduce new products with more competitive prices and performance features. In addition, these or other companies may in the future offer a range of products that is broader and more comprehensive than ours. Although we attempt to maintain and strengthen our competitive position through our policy of substantial investment in research, development, marketing, operations and customer support, we may not be able to continue to make such investments, particularly in challenging global economic conditions. In addition, certain of our competitors are, or may be affiliated with, companies that are larger than Orbotech in terms of their operations and/or balance sheet, enabling them to invest a greater amount of resources, on both a relative and absolute basis, in research and development. In the future, we may not be able to achieve, in a timely manner, the technological advances necessary to develop new products and product enhancements to meet the rapid change in manufacturing technologies required in the industries in which we operate. Any such failure could lead to deterioration in our competitive position.

 

15


Table of Contents

(o) We have experienced, and may continue to experience, losses on inventories.

Frequent new product introductions in the electronics industry can result in the obsolescence of existing manufacturing processes, which may in turn make our offerings outdated or obsolete. This can result in a decrease in the stated value of our inventory since inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value. The life cycles of our products are affected by the life cycles of the consumer electronic products that are manufactured utilizing our product offerings. The life cycles of these consumer end-products vary based upon a number of factors, but in some cases can be relatively short. While we monitor our production and inventory levels closely, inventory may nonetheless become obsolete as a result of changes in consumer demand and the corresponding effects on the production processes employed by our customers. During past periods of economic slowdown or rapid technological improvement this has resulted, and may result in the future, in charges for inventory write-downs.

(p) We may not receive significant revenues from our current research and development efforts for several years or may be unable to recover research and development expenditures.

Developing innovative product solutions is expensive, and our investment in product development may entail a long payback cycle, particularly as we focus increasingly on long-term projects. In 2014 and 2013, net research and development expenses were $88.7 million, or approximately 15.2% of our total revenues and $69.6 million, or approximately 15.8% of our total revenues, respectively. Our future plans include significant investments in product research and development and related opportunities, efforts which we believe are critical to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not receive significant revenues from these investments for several years, if at all.

In addition, the first company to introduce an innovative SD product that meets an identified customer need will often have a significant advantage over offerings of other companies with competitive products in the semiconductor industry. Accordingly, we may make significant capital investments in technology and manufacturing capacity in anticipation of future business, often without commitment from our customers to purchase products manufactured as a result of these investments. Although we endeavor to time our development projects to deliver hardware or processes that intercept an industry need, such timing is based on management estimates based on inputs from customers, analysts, industry consortia and conferences. The actual timing may differ materially because of unforeseen events such as industry downturns, higher than expected costs, improved performance of the incumbent product, or yield or performance drop at some unrelated point in the manufacturing line; accordingly, our ability to realize a return on our investment and the timing thereof is uncertain.

(q) We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 28%, 31% and 36%, respectively, of our revenues, and approximately 49%, 45% and 43%, respectively, of our expenses, were denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar (the “ Dollar ” or “ $ ”). Because our financial results are reported in Dollars, fluctuations in exchange rates between the Dollar and non-Dollar currencies may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We are primarily exposed to the NIS, the Pound Sterling (the “ GBP ”), the Japanese Yen, the Korean Won, the Euro, the Taiwanese dollar and the Chinese Renminbi. See Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk for further information. An increase in the value of a particular currency relative to the Dollar will increase the Dollar reporting value for transactions in such currency, and a decrease in the value of a particular currency relative to the Dollar will decrease the Dollar reporting value for such transactions. This effect on the Dollar reporting value for transactions is only partially offset by the impact that such fluctuations may have on our non-Dollar costs. We may, from time to time, take various measures designed to reduce our exposure to these effects, but any such steps may be inadequate to protect us from currency rate fluctuations. Failure to protect adequately against currency rate fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

(r) Deterioration of political, economic and security conditions in Israel may adversely affect our profitability; and our operations may be negatively affected by the obligations of our personnel to perform military service.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel and our headquarters, as well as substantial research and development and production facilities, are located in Israel. As such, we are directly influenced by political, economic and military conditions affecting Israel. Thus, any major hostilities involving Israel, a substantial decline in the prevailing regional security situation or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its Arab neighbors and a state of hostility, varying in degree and intensity, has led to security and economic problems for Israel. Beginning in September 2000, the overall relationship and security situation between Israel and the Palestinians deteriorated significantly and continues to be marked by ongoing violence, also varying in its degree of severity. During the winter of 2008-2009, the autumn of 2012 and the summer of 2014, Israel was engaged in armed conflicts with Hamas, a militia group and political party operating in the Gaza Strip. These conflicts involved missile strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel, including in Yavne, where our headquarters and principal research and development and production facilities are located, and negatively affected business conditions in Israel. In addition, since 2011, riots and uprisings in several countries in the Middle East and neighboring regions have led to severe political instability in several neighboring states and to a decline in the regional security situation. Such instability may affect the local and global economy, could negatively affect business conditions and, therefore, could adversely affect our operations. To date, these matters have not had any material effect on our business and results of operations; however, the regional security situation and worldwide perceptions of it are outside our control and there can be no assurance that these matters will not negatively affect us in the future.

Many of our male employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense Forces. In addition, virtually all such employees are subject to being called to active military duty in emergency circumstances. In response to increased hostilities, there have been periods of significant recruitment of military reservists, and it is possible that there will be additional recruitments in the future. No assessment can be made of the full impact of such requirements on us in the future, particularly if emergency circumstances occur, or the effect on us of any expansion of these obligations. Our operations could be disrupted and harmed by the absence for a significant period of time of one or more of our key employees or a significant number of our other employees due to military service. To date, these matters have not had any material effect on our business and results of operations, but there can be no assurance that they will not do so in the future.

(s) We obtain substantial benefits by operating in Israel and Wales, but these benefits may not continue or in the future may be limited or restricted.

We benefit from certain Israeli Government programs and tax legislation, particularly regarding our production facilities in Israel. Pursuant to these programs and legislation, a portion of our income is taxed at reduced rates. To be eligible for these benefits, we must continue to meet certain conditions. Should we fail to meet such conditions in the future, these benefits could be cancelled, resulting in higher effective tax rates, and we may be required to refund tax benefits previously received, if any, together with interest and linkage differences to the Israeli Consumer Price Index (the “ Israeli CPI ”), or be subject to other monetary penalty. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, via acquisitions, our increased activities may not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefit programs, which could also have the effect of increasing our effective tax rate. In addition, we benefit from a Government of Israel program under which we receive grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist at the Ministry of the Economy of the State of Israel (the “ OCS ”) for the development of generic technologies without incurring any royalty obligations. These programs and tax legislation may be terminated in the future or the available benefits may be reduced or impacted, including, among other possible circumstances, should we transfer certain know-how and/or manufacturing activities outside the State of Israel. The termination or curtailment of these programs or the loss or reduction of such benefits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Israeli Government consent is required to manufacture products developed with OCS participation outside of Israel and to transfer to third parties know-how developed through projects in which the Israeli Government participates. The receipt of such consent may involve payment by us of substantial amounts which could impact our results of operations. Although such restrictions do not apply to the export from Israel of our products developed with such know-how, they may increase the cost of, or prevent us from engaging in, transactions with our affiliates or customers outside Israel, involving product or other asset transfers, which might otherwise be beneficial to us.

Our SD business is operated through SPTS, the principal corporate vehicles of which are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and which maintains its headquarters, as well as its single wafer production and research and development facilities, in Newport, Wales. To encourage the development of the economy of Wales, the Welsh Government offers certain grant funding and match funding to companies located in Wales to assist projects to be undertaken and/or to safeguard employment. SPTS currently benefits, and has in the past benefitted, from the availability of such grant funding, the terms of some of which include provisions requiring SPTS to remain located within Wales, to create and safeguard and maintain a certain number of employment positions and to exploit technologies developed from Wales.

These programs and funding may be terminated in the future or the available benefits may be reduced or impacted should, including, among other possible circumstances, SPTS become ineligible to receive such funding by failing to meet the grant funding conditions. In such event, the full costs of any such research and development projects would need to be undertaken and borne by SPTS, and SPTS may be required to repay grant awards that have previously been received.

(t) Our future success depends in part on our ability to attract and retain highly qualified staff.

Our success depends, in significant part, upon our continuing ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific, technical, sales and marketing personnel. Our personnel are instrumental to our ability to develop increasingly advanced product solutions, market those products and provide ongoing support and service to our customers worldwide. The competition for qualified personnel, particularly among computer software programmers and hardware engineers, has always been, and remains, a challenge. In addition, part of the way in which we remunerate our senior managerial, scientific, technical, sales and marketing staff is through the grant of equity awards. The issuance of these awards will dilute the ownership of existing shareholders and may cause the price of our Ordinary Shares to decline. As we issue equity awards, we use availability under our existing equity remuneration plans and, when availability is low, we will need to seek shareholder approval to increase availability thereunder. We cannot assure you that we will receive shareholder approval to increase the availability of shares under our existing or new equity remuneration plans, and our ability to grant equity awards in the future may therefore be limited. Furthermore, demographic trends, a lack of appropriately qualified and skilled employees, financial market conditions and future business decisions of both us and our competitors may all operate in a manner detrimental to our ability to attract and retain key personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain highly qualified employees to meet our needs in the future, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

(u) Our future success depends in part on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology.

Our future success and competitive position are dependent, in significant part, on our proprietary technology. We protect our intellectual property through patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright law, as well as technical safeguards and non-disclosure agreements with our employees, subcontractors and potential business associates. However, we may not be able successfully to protect our technology or deter infringement of our intellectual property rights or unauthorized copying by third parties or prevent breach of our non-disclosure agreements, particularly in circumstances where we may expand or transfer our research and development or manufacturing activities to additional jurisdictions, especially in the Far East. In addition, our patents and other intellectual property may not prevent competitors from developing independently products and services similar

 

18


Table of Contents

to or duplicative of ours, nor can there be any assurance that the resources invested by us to protect our intellectual property will be sufficient or that our intellectual property portfolio will deter adequately misappropriation or improper use of our technology. Patents that we own or license will eventually expire, could be invalidated or challenged or could be insufficient to protect our intellectual property rights in certain countries. Our pending or future patent applications may not be issued with the scope of claims sought by us, if at all. Patent coverage may not be extended to all countries sought, and effective copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. The degree of future protection for our proprietary technology is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or keep our competitive advantage. For example, other companies may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the patents or other proprietary rights held by us. Other companies may gain unauthorized access to our technology in situations where we test our products at customer sites with co-operation from our customers. An inability to protect our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. See also Risk Factor (v).

(v) If we or our customers are prosecuted or sued for infringing intellectual property rights or misusing intellectual property of third parties, litigation could be costly and time consuming and an unfavorable outcome may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and reputation.

As is characteristic of the industries in which we operate, there can be no assurance that our products do not or will not infringe the proprietary rights of third parties, that third parties will not claim infringement by us (or by our customers who use our products) with respect to patents or other proprietary rights or that we would prevail in any such proceedings. We have received in the past, and may receive in the future, communications asserting that the technology used in some of our products requires third-party licenses. We and our customers may also be the target of aggressive and opportunistic enforcement of patents by third parties, including non-practicing entities, particularly in China. Our customers may also be sued by third parties for using our products if those third parties believe that our products infringe on intellectual property rights. In some cases, we may be required or may choose to indemnify our customers for the cost of any such claim, and have chosen to do so with respect to some such cases in the past. For example, in China, one of our competitors copied certain of our technologies and PCB AOI systems and proceeded to register utility model patents in China on certain components thereof. This competitor subsequently filed a lawsuit against one of our Chinese customers claiming that some of our PCB AOI systems being used by the customer infringe one of these utility model patents and prevailed in the first instance. This matter is now under appeal. While we believe that this matter, even if finally adjudicated against the customer, will not have a material adverse effect on us, there can be no assurance that other litigation will not be initiated in the future with respect to this or other utility model patents in China or that such cases, if resolved against us or our customers, will not have a material adverse effect on us. For more information, see Item 8 - Financial Information - Legal Proceedings.

These types of claims could harm our customer relationships. Any infringement, legal proceedings or claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in costly litigation or arbitration, divert the attention of technical and management personnel, give rise to indemnification claims, harm our customer relationships and inhibit our ability to sell our products and provide our services. Any adverse outcome in litigation alleging infringement or misuse could require us to develop non-infringing or other technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. If, in such situations, we are unable to obtain licenses on acceptable terms or develop new technology, we may be prevented from manufacturing or selling products that infringe such intellectual property of a third party. If we are not able to resolve or settle legal proceedings or claims favorably, or in the event of any adverse findings against us or any of our current or former employees, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected and we may suffer harm to our reputation.

 

19


Table of Contents

(w) Making acquisitions, forming joint ventures, divesting non-core businesses and other types of strategic initiatives have been and are expected to continue to be an important element of our strategy, but we may not find suitable opportunities and we may not be able successfully to manage such initiatives in the future.

As part of our corporate strategy, we regularly evaluate initiatives, including acquisitions to address gaps in our product offerings and divestitures to streamline our operations, pursue additional technologies and diversify into adjacent industries. In addition, we evaluate other types of strategic initiatives to enhance value. Risks associated with these activities include: accurately assessing the value, strengths, weaknesses, contingent and other liabilities and potential profitability of acquisition candidates; financing costs; the potential loss of key personnel of an acquired business; the ability to achieve projected economic and operating synergies and any cost savings; difficulties in successfully integrating, operating, maintaining and managing newly acquired operations; accounting issues relating to the previous conduct of an acquired business; difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies; unanticipated changes in business and economic conditions affecting an acquired business; the possibility of impairment and restructuring charges if an acquired business performs below expectations; and the diversion of management attention from our existing business. In addition, such transactions will often result in the acquisition of intangible assets required to be amortized in our consolidated statements of operations over certain time periods and the recording of goodwill which may be subject to possible future impairment charges. Such amounts have been, and may continue to be, substantial and have a material effect on our operating results. We may finance these strategic initiatives with debt and/or equity and such amounts may be significant. Furthermore, we may be restricted from entering into certain acquisitions, joint ventures, investments and other types of strategic initiatives due to limitations placed upon us under the Credit Agreement. For more information about the Credit Agreement, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources. Although we selectively pursue strategic opportunities, some or all of these transactions may not be announced in the foreseeable future, or at all, and they may not be consummated even following announcement. The costs incurred in evaluating and consummating strategic transactions could result in incurring expenses and losses even if any announced transaction may ultimately be beneficial.

(x) Although our Korean subsidiary and certain of its employees were acquitted by the Korean court of first instance and an appeals panel, our Korean subsidiary and six of its employees are still subject to ongoing criminal prosecution in Korea and we and certain of our employees remain under investigation in Korea. This matter has adversely impacted our FPD business in Korea and harmed our reputation and may continue to do so.

In June 2012, charges were filed in the Seoul Central District Court of the Republic of Korea (the “ Seoul Court ”) against the Korean subsidiary of Orbotech Ltd. and six employees thereof. These charges, as amended in September 2013, related to the alleged acquisition and misuse of confidential customer information in violation of the Korean Act on Prevention of Divulgence and Protection of Industrial Technology, the Korean Unfair Competition Prevention and Trade Secret Protection Act and the Criminal Code of Korea (the “ Korean Matter ”). In December 2013, Orbotech Ltd.’s Korean subsidiary and five of its Korean employees were acquitted by the Seoul Court on all charges, and one Korean employee was found guilty of certain legal violations and received a criminal fine of approximately $10,000. Following such acquittal, the prosecutor filed a notice of appeal with respect to all aspects of the decision issued by the Seoul Court. The prosecutor appealed the Seoul Court’s decision with respect to all the defendants on the grounds that its decision contained errors of fact, errors of law and an unjust sentence. The employee of Orbotech Ltd.’s Korean subsidiary who was found guilty of certain legal violations and who received a criminal fine also appealed the Seoul Court’s decision issued in respect of him. In December 2014, the appellate panel of the Seoul Court denied all of the appeals and re-affirmed the trial court’s decision. Following this decision, a notice of appeal was filed by the prosecutor with respect to all aspects of the decision and with respect to all defendants. Our Korean subsidiary and its employees did not appeal the appellate panel’s decision.

Our involvement in the Korean Matter has been and is expected to continue to be expensive, time-consuming, disruptive to our operations in Korea and elsewhere and distracting to management and technical

 

20


Table of Contents

personnel. The fiscal effect of the Korean Matter on us in 2014 has not been material. Taking into account insurance participation, we recorded an expense of $0.5 million in 2014, compared with income of $1.6 million in 2013, and anticipate that we will continue to incur associated expenses throughout the appeal and investigation. The Korean Matter is expected to extend through at least the second half of 2015, but the timing and results are subject to uncertainty. The investigation by the prosecutor into the actions of Orbotech and our employees outside of Korea is ongoing and the timing or outcome of such investigation cannot be predicted. Adverse outcomes in this litigation or investigation may result in monetary penalties against our Korean subsidiary of up to 1.50 billion Korean Won (approximately $1.36 million at the exchange rate in effect on January 31, 2015 of Korean Won 1099 = $1.00), and in fines against its employees, which may also be paid by us under certain circumstances. We have not recorded a provision related to the Korean Matter and ongoing investigation as of the date of this Annual Report because we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of the financial impact of an adverse outcome in these matters. In addition, because the Korean Matter and investigation are ongoing, we and our employees could be subject to new criminal charges and additional monetary fines, and be subject to the imposition of changes in the way we conduct our business in Korea or elsewhere, which may make it more expensive for us to make, sell and service our products. This litigation negatively impacted FPD sales in Korea in 2013 and 2014, particularly to one of the large manufacturers located in that country. The Korean Matter and investigation have harmed our reputation and, although we have taken steps to review and implement improvements to our approach to safeguarding customer information, we may not be able fully to repair the damage with our existing and new customers.

In the litigation, some of our customers are co-operating with and providing evidence for the prosecution. In the future, we and our Korean subsidiary could also become subject to civil actions brought by third parties, including these or other customers. Any civil litigation would increase the risks described above and may result in monetary judgments, settlements, requirements for us to change our business model or other loss of business. Any new litigation could also harm our reputation.

For more information about the Korean Matter, see Item 8 - Financial Information - Legal Proceedings.

(y) Changes in accounting standards or practices or in our effective tax rates can have a significant effect on our reported results.

We prepare our financial statements to conform to U.S. GAAP. From time to time, recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the United States and the SEC, issue new and/or revised accounting standards or guidance. Changes to existing standards or the questioning of current practices may adversely or significantly affect the way in which we record and report our operating results, cash flow and financial position.

In addition, our effective tax rate is influenced by a number of factors, including shifts in the mix of pre-tax profits and losses by tax jurisdiction, our ability to use tax credits, changes in tax laws or related interpretations in the jurisdictions in which we operate and tax assessments resulting from income tax audits. We are routinely subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions. Although we regularly assess the likely outcomes of such audits in order to determine the appropriateness of our tax provisions, there can be no assurance that we will predict the outcomes of these audits with accuracy, and the actual outcomes of these audits could have a material impact on our net income or financial condition.

There can be no assurance that a reduction in net income and earnings per share (or an increase in net loss or loss per share) arising from the adoption of certain financial accounting standards or from changes in our effective tax rates in the future will not adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow or financial position, the market price of the Ordinary Shares or the cost to us of raising capital.

 

21


Table of Contents

(z) The integration of SPTS’s financial reporting and operations into ours following the SPTS Acquisition could create additional risks for our internal controls over financial reporting.

We have availed ourselves of an exception to internal control testing requirements that will enable us to not integrate the SPTS business into our control environment or subject it to internal control testing until calendar year 2015, which means that deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting as a combined company may not be recognized until then. Any such undiscovered deficiencies could result in misstatements of our results of operations, restatements of our financial statements, declines in the trading price of our ordinary shares or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations or financial condition.

(aa) We have been and may in the future be subject to adverse claims from our employees, customers and their employees as a result of the complex nature of some of our products.

Some of our products are complex machines requiring appropriate procedures and care to be taken in their handling, installation and use. As a result, we have faced in the past, and may face in the future, exposure relating to incidents involving their improper handling, installation or use, including criminal investigations or civil actions which may entail criminal penalties and/or substantial damages awards against us. An unfavorable outcome in litigation with respect to any such matters may cause our profitability, business, financial condition and reputation to decline.

(bb) Cyber security and privacy considerations could impact our business.

Our products, services, and systems may affect critical third party operations or involve the storage, processing and transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including personal information of employees, customers and others. Breaches of security could expose us, our customers or others to risks of loss, including the misuse of information or systems, resulting in litigation and potential liability for us, as well as the loss of existing or potential customers and damage to our brand and reputation. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures is expected to increase and such increases may be significant. Also, we could be negatively impacted by existing and proposed laws and regulations related to privacy and data protection.

(cc) The large amount of intangible assets and goodwill recorded on our balance sheet may continue to lead to significant impairment charges in the future.

We regularly review our long-lived assets, including intangible assets and goodwill, for impairment. Goodwill and acquired indefinite life intangible assets are subject to impairment review on an annual basis and whenever potential impairment indicators are present. Other long-lived assets are reviewed when there is an indication that an impairment may have occurred. The amount of goodwill and intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet has increased significantly in 2014 as a result of the SPTS Acquisition, and may increase further following future acquisitions. For example, in 2012, we recorded intangible assets impairment charges of $30.1 million. Changes in market conditions or other changes in the future outlook of value may lead to further impairment charges in the future. In addition, we may from time to time sell assets that we determine are not critical to our strategy or execution. Future events or decisions may lead to asset impairments and/or related charges. Certain non-cash impairments may result from a change in our strategic goals, business direction or other factors relating to the overall business environment. Any significant impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

(dd) Compliance with conflict mineral disclosure requirements will create additional compliance cost and may create reputational challenges.

Pursuant to Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Act, United States publicly-traded companies are required to disclose use or potential use of certain minerals and their derivatives, including tantalum, tin, gold and tungsten, that are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries and deemed conflict minerals.

 

22


Table of Contents

These requirements necessitate due diligence efforts to assess whether such minerals are used in our products in order to make the relevant required annual disclosures. We filed our initial conflict minerals report on June 2, 2014. There are and will be ongoing costs associated with complying with these recent disclosure requirements, including diligence to determine the sources of those minerals that may be used or necessary to the production of our products. We may face reputational challenges that could impact future sales if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to verify with sufficient accuracy the origins of all conflict minerals used in our products.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

4.A History and Development of the Company

(a) Corporate History

Orbotech Ltd. was incorporated in Israel, as a company limited by shares, on February 8, 1981 under the name ‘Optrotech Ltd.’ pursuant to the provisions of the then current Israeli Companies Ordinance. The legislative framework within which Orbotech Ltd. and its Israeli subsidiaries now operate is the Israeli Companies Law, 1999, as amended (the “ Companies Law ”), which originally became effective on February 1, 2000, and the Israeli Companies Ordinance (New Version) 1983, as amended (the “ Companies Ordinance ”). The Ordinary Shares are listed on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“ Nasdaq ”) Global Select Market and are traded under the symbol ORBK.

Effective as of October 27, 1992, the Company acquired all the ordinary shares of Orbot Systems Ltd. (“ Orbot ”), a private Israeli company which was engaged primarily in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of AOI systems for use in the manufacture of PCBs, and subsequently merged with Orbot, with Orbotech Ltd. as the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”). In connection with the Merger, the Company changed its name to Orbotech Ltd. on October 27, 1992. The Merger was approved by the Tel Aviv-Jaffa District Court effective as of January 1, 1993.

(b) Major Business Developments

The Company’s business initially centered upon the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of AOI systems and imaging solutions for use in the manufacture of PCBs, and since the Merger the Company has been a leader in providing such systems. Since 1991, the Company has also been engaged, and subsequently became a leader, in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of AOI systems for use in the manufacture of FPDs.

Over the course of its history, the Company has undertaken a number of major capital transactions, and has engaged consistently in ongoing, internally-developed projects, that have culminated in its current business. Through Orbograph, it has, since 1995, developed and marketed character recognition solutions to banks, financial and other payment processing institutions and, since 2011, been engaged in the business of healthcare revenue cycle management. For further information on character recognition and healthcare revenue cycle management solutions, see Item 4 - Information on the Company - Business Overview - Our Applications and Products - Recognition Solutions.

In 1996, the Company established a joint venture for the development of laser-based direct imaging technologies and, during 2000, acquired all of the interest in that joint venture. In 1998, Orbotech Ltd. entered into an agreement with Mentor Graphics Development Services (Israel) Ltd. (“ Mentor ”) (then called Valor Computerized Systems Ltd.), an Israeli corporation, for the formation of Frontline, a joint venture with respect to CAM software for PCB fabrication applications owned equally by Orbotech Ltd. and Mentor and which combines their respective former CAM operations. In 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of New System s.r.l. (“ New System ”), a privately-held Italian company engaged in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of PCB inkjet legend digital printers. For further information on AOI, AOR, laser-based direct imaging technologies, CAM and digital printers, see Item 4 - Information on the Company - Business Overview - Our Applications and Products - Our PCB Applications and Products.

 

23


Table of Contents

In 1999, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of KLA Acrotec Co. Ltd., a Japanese company then engaged in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of FPD-AOI systems. In 2008, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of PDI, a leading provider of test and repair systems for the FPD industry, and has since also been a leader in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of test and repair systems for use in the manufacture of FPDs. For further information on AOI, test and repair systems for FPDs, see Item 4 - Information on the Company - Business Overview - Our Applications and Products - Our FPD Applications and Products.

As part of the PDI Acquisition, the Company acquired an interest in certain research and development activity in the crystalline silicon photovoltaic manufacturing processes for the solar energy industry. In 2009, OLTS was established as a limited liability company for the purpose of pursuing the Company’s interest in this project. OLTS is held jointly by the Company and the two developers of the technology. For further information on crystalline silicon photovoltaic manufacturing processes for the solar energy industry, see Item 4 - Information on the Company - Business Overview - Our Applications and Products - Solar Photovoltaic Manufacturing.

On August 7, 2014, the Company acquired SPTS for an aggregate sum of $375.1 million. SPTS designs, develops, manufactures, sells and supports industry leading etch, PVD, CVD and thermal processing equipment and solutions. The primary end market applications of its equipment include Advanced Packaging, MEMS, power, RF and HBLED devices which are used in a variety of consumer products including smartphones, automobiles, white goods and biomedical devices. For further information on Advanced Packaging and MEMS, see Item 4 - Information on the Company - Business Overview - Our SD Applications and Products.

(c) Recent Major Capital Expenditures

Other than capital expenditures of the types and consistent with the amounts described below, there are no significant capital expenditures in progress by the Company.

During the period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Company’s non-acquisition related capital expenditures totaled approximately $12.5 million (compared to $13.0 million during 2013 and $9.5 million during 2012), of which approximately $6.5 million (compared to $5.6 million during 2013 and $4.6 million during 2012) was expended at or upon the Company’s facilities in Yavne, Israel, and approximately $6.0 million (compared to $7.4 million during 2013 and $4.9 million during 2012) was expended upon various facilities of the Company’s subsidiaries outside Israel.

All of the above non-acquisition related capital expenditures were paid from internally generated funds. These amounts do not include non-acquisition related capital expenditures by entities acquired by the Company prior to their acquisition dates.

(d) Miscellaneous

The Company’s corporate headquarters, executive and registered offices and principal research and development, engineering and manufacturing facilities are located at 7 Sanhedrin Boulevard, North Industrial Zone, Yavne, Israel. The Company’s postal address and its telephone and facsimile numbers at that facility are P. O. Box 215, Yavne 8110101, Israel, +972-8-9423533 and +972-8-9438769, respectively. The Company’s internet address is: www.orbotech.com (the “ Corporate Website ”), where its annual reports on Form 20-F, current reports on Form 6-K and certain other SEC filings made by, or which are relevant to, the Company may be accessed through the ‘SEC Filings’ hyperlink contained in the ‘Investors’ section. The Corporate Website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report and is included as an inactive textual reference only.

The Company’s agent for SEC matters in the United States is its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orbotech, Inc., the headquarters of which are located at 44 Manning Road, Billerica, Massachusetts 01821; attention: Margaret Duncan.

 

24


Table of Contents

There have been no public takeover offers by third parties with respect to the Company or by the Company during the last or current fiscal year.

4.B Business Overview

(a) General

Company Overview

We are a leading global provider of yield-enhancing and production solutions for PCBs, LCDs and SDs and provide similar solutions to manufacturers of other electronic components, such as touch screens and interconnect substrates. We design, develop, manufacture and market inspection, test, repair and production solutions, with PCB, FPD and SD manufacturers as our main customers. For over 30 years, we have built our global installed base of systems at customers that include leading PCB manufacturers as well as virtually all FPD manufacturers. Following the SPTS Acquisition, we now also serve multiple customers at independent semiconductor and microelectronic device manufacturers, foundries and outsourced semiconductor assembly and test (“ OSAT ”) manufacturers, for whom our solutions are designed to optimize production yields, improve throughput and increase production process cost effectiveness.

We offer a technologically advanced, end-to-end solutions portfolio to address yield management at various manufacturing stages for PCBs, FPDs and other electronic components. Our products include AOI, AOR, laser direct imaging (“ LDI ”), digital printing, laser drilling, laser plotters, CAM and engineering solutions for PCB and additional adjacent electronics component manufacturing, as well as AOI, test, repair and process monitoring systems for FPD manufacturing and Etch, PVD, CVD and thermal solutions for SD manufacturing. We also develop and market products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels. Additionally, we develop and market character recognition solutions and services, primarily to banks, financial and other payment processing institutions, for use in check and healthcare payment processing. Approximately 49%, 28%, 19%, 2% and 2%, respectively, of our 2014 revenues was derived from the sale of products and services in our PCB, FPD, SD, solar energy and character recognition businesses.

Consumer end markets have been experiencing a fundamental shift in technology complexity, driven primarily by the proliferation of high-end mobile devices such as smartphones and tablets, as well as by the demand for large area FPDs such as large-size, internet enabled, three-dimensional LCD televisions. This shift has emphasized the importance of production quality because production is more challenging and there are increased costs of lower yields compared to less technologically advanced devices.

We sell our solutions to PCB manufacturers globally and, as of December 31, 2014, we had an installed base of over 12,400 PCB systems. Our FPD manufacturing customers include the major display manufacturers and, as of December 31, 2014, we had an installed base of over 1,800 FPD systems. Our SD customers include SD manufacturers, foundries and OSAT providers and, as of December 31, 2014, we had an installed base of over 4,000 SD systems. Most of our PCB customers enter into service and maintenance agreements with us after the expiration of the warranty period with respect to our installed base of PCB products. In addition, we provide utilization-based service arrangements for our FPD customers. SD customers are able to procure, from the Company, various post-warranty service contract options pursuant to which we provide time and material support (project managers, process engineering, man-on-site and/or on-call arrangements) in addition to upgrades and/or refurbishment services. We believe that our proximity to our customers, together with our large installed base of products and ongoing service arrangements, enables us to understand and address our customers’ rapidly changing technological and capacity needs. Approximately 30% of our 2014 revenues was derived from the service and support of our installed base of products.

We have long maintained our leadership position, with a specific focus on the high-end industry segments. We believe that we have, for over 30 years, consistently been at the forefront of most key technological cycles in the industries served by our products by continually investing in research and development and by working with

 

25


Table of Contents

our customers to understand their current and anticipated technological requirements. As of December 31, 2014, our intellectual property portfolio consisted of approximately 1,000 patents and patent applications worldwide. Our yield-enhancing and production solutions are designed to increase our customers’ production yields and reduce their costs.

We have also established a strong global footprint, which enables us to be close to our key customers to provide them with ongoing services and support on a real-time basis. Through these services and our in-person contacts with our customers, we believe that we are able to hone our understanding of our customers’ current and future production requirements. We are then able to design solutions optimized to their needs and that are becoming an increasingly important part of their product design and manufacturing processes.

Industry Trends

We believe that the current trends in mobile devices such as smartphones and tablets will drive the need for production, inspection, test and repair solutions that are able to address the cutting edge technology embedded in these types of electronic products. We believe that strong growth in key consumer end markets will drive the need for more advanced manufacturing combined with yield management capabilities to contain costs and that this need will lead manufacturers to make significant capital investments over time. We believe that the potential key growth elements are:

 

  increased demand for smartphones, tablets, e-readers and other mobile connected devices that require complex and high performance components;

 

  increased demand for high definition, more power efficient, low cost FPDs across a number of sectors, such as consumer electronics, communications, healthcare, government and industrial applications; and

 

  increased demand for slimmer, lower weight mobile devices with greater functionality condensed into smaller physical spaces (or form factors).

While manufacturers of PCBs, FPDs, SDs and other electronic components create different products for diverse end-markets, they share similar production challenges in an increasingly competitive environment. They continuously seek to increase yields and enhance the efficiency of their manufacturing processes, including by improving their manufacturing, inspection, testing and repair capabilities.

Printed Circuit Boards

Due to the proliferation of smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices, our customers have faced increased demand for more complex, multilayer and high density PCBs. For such complex boards, production yield drops dramatically as the number of likely defects increases, due ultimately to the increased sophistication, miniaturization and quality of these consumer end products.

The success of smaller and more sophisticated electronic devices, such as smartphones and tablets has been a key driver of this growth for the past years, and is projected to drive growth in the future as well.

The Company has also adapted certain of its existing PCB products for use by manufacturers of other electronic components, including manufacturers of touch screen modules, integrated circuit assemblers and photo chemical millers.

Flat Panel Displays

The demand for high definition, ultra high definition and zero defect televisions and mobile devices requires FPD manufacturers to develop more complex panel designs and to implement tighter production process controls. The inspection of LCDs and organic light-emitting diode (“ OLED ”) displays poses distinct technological challenges due to the transparent materials used for some conductors and insulators, their

 

26


Table of Contents

multilayered structure and high-density features and the fine nature of potential defects. LCD and OLED inspection, test and repair processes must also match the high production speeds of LCD facilities, a task made more challenging by the fact that LCD and OLED manufacturers have been utilizing high resolution for new complex displays.

A significant portion of global FPD manufacturing has now migrated to China. We have an established commitment to the region, with almost two decades of operating history in China, where we maintain an extensive infrastructure comprised of a large installed base, a widespread customer support network and strong relationships with local manufacturers in the region.

Our broad range of advanced and integrated inspection, test and repair technologies, applications insights and manufacturing capabilities provides our customers with differentiated, and what we believe in some cases to be ‘must have’, solutions that serve their critical requirements. We estimate that in a typical FPD fabrication plant, costing between $2 and $5 billion and taking about a year to construct, approximately 2.5% of the construction costs are allocated to yield-enhancement products of the type we sell.

Semiconductor Devices

The ongoing demand for advanced consumer products with increased functionality condensed into smaller form factors, as well as the need to package electronic devices in innovative ways and reduce overall costs, drives further miniaturization of such devices. The challenges related to new manufacturing processes and materials that have emerged to meet the needs of miniaturization create demand for our range of wafer processing equipment. For example, our etch and thin film deposition equipment are in demand to create the high density electrical connections between vertically stacked dies, using Through Silicon Vias (“ TSV ”s), that are replacing other forms of electrical interconnect in some designs. Similar demand for our solutions is created by the growing use of MEMS in products such as smartphones and automobiles that require, for example, highly uniform and vertical structures etched in silicon to sense motion. Our broad range of etch, PVD, CVD and thermal processing equipment provides our customers with differentiated, and what we believe in some cases to be ‘must have’, solutions that serve their critical requirements.

Reportable Segments

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had three reportable segments: Production Solutions for the Electronics Industry, which, in 2014, accounted for approximately 96% of the Company’s revenues; Recognition Software, which, in 2014, accounted for approximately 2% of the Company’s revenues; and Solar Energy, which, in 2014, accounted for approximately 2% of the Company’s revenues. Our Productions Solutions for the Electronics Industry segment includes our PCB, FPD, and SD manufacturing businesses because they share certain fundamental and long-term economic characteristics. See Note 14a to the Financial Statements for a description of each reportable segment and information as to segment revenues, operating income or loss, assets and related data.

(b) Strengths and Strategies

We consider our key competitive strengths to include:

Leadership position. We have the largest installed base in our key PCB and FPD products and our installed base continues to grow. We are an established industry leader in providing MEMS and Advanced Packaging solutions, as demonstrated by the longstanding relationships enjoyed by SPTS with the five leading OSATs and by our significant portfolio of process library positions with a wide range of MEMS customers. Our industry-leading position is further driven by rapid growth in the high-end elements of the electronics industry, where we continue to focus our efforts. Given the embedded nature of our solutions in the manufacturing of our customers’ products, we believe that our advanced technology, high performance, broad solutions portfolio and global footprint, as well as the lack of other available end-to-end solutions, provide us with a strong competitive

 

27


Table of Contents

advantage. Our large installed base of products provides us with a stable source of revenue from services we provide to our customers. These services also allow us to enhance our customer relationships and provide us with an opportunity to understand our customers’ existing and anticipated technological and capacity needs on a real-time basis.

Technological innovation. For over 30 years, we have consistently been first to market in most key technological cycles by continually investing in research and development. A large portion of our 2014 annual revenues from product sales was derived from products and/or models introduced in the previous two to three years, which we believe reflects the success of our ongoing efforts to innovate. In 2014, we continued our trend of technological innovation by releasing such products as our new DI solution, the Nuvogo™ 800, and our new FPD-AOI system, the Quantum. As a result of the SPTS Acquisition, we have added over 500 patents and patent applications related to etch, PVD, CVD and thermal processing to our intellectual property portfolio. These technologies allow us to offer highly differentiated, superior performing solutions. Our technological creativity enables us to sustain our strong competitive position and remain at the forefront of each industry we serve.

Industry-leading solution portfolio. We believe that our broad solution portfolio is unmatched in terms of performance, technical capability, defect detection, accuracy, speed and quality assurance, allowing for increased production yields and significant cost-savings. We are the only provider of certain of the solutions that we offer and we believe that we have the broadest end-to-end yield management solutions portfolio for both PCB and FPD manufacturing. With the addition of the SD business we currently offer more products across a broader range of businesses than in the past and are able to reach customers at additional points in the electronics supply chain. The extensive range of solutions that we offer for PCB, FPD, MEMS and Advanced Packaging provides us with a stronger and more diversified position in the electronics industry with positioning up the value chain producing opportunity for growth.

Global presence with strong foothold in attractive markets. We have established a strong global footprint with a solid customer base, which includes most PCB and virtually all FPD manufacturers, the top five Advanced Packaging OSATs as well as industry leaders in MEMS, power and RF devices. The SPTS Acquisition has expanded our presence in Europe and North America and provided us with a strong foothold with manufacturers of MEMS and Advanced Packaging. Our global organizational infrastructure includes local management, strong customer service support, sales, operations and engineering, particularly in China, and enables us to maintain ongoing contact with our key customers.

Strong Management Team. We are led by experienced executive management, which we believe has the knowledge and understanding necessary to execute our strategy effectively and to advance our product and technology leadership. Members of our senior management possess, on average, over two decades of industry experience, including involvement in significant capital transactions and overseeing many of the Company’s significant acquisitions.

The key elements of our business strategy are to:

Maintain and expand our technological leadership. We will continue to invest to preserve and expand our technological leadership, anticipate technological trends and provide innovative solutions through continued research and development through economic cycles. We have a staff of 591 scientists and engineers who are continuously engaged in the development of cutting-edge technology for our businesses. We believe that our geographic proximity to and ongoing contact with our customers through our service organization enhances our ability to remain at the forefront of technological leadership by enabling us to understand customers’ technological needs on a real-time basis. We intend to become a one stop solution, offering AOI, direct imaging and advanced packaging solutions that address sequential processes for manufacturers.

Enhance and extend our existing product offering. We will enhance our current product offerings and develop new generations of cutting-edge solutions in order to meet the existing and anticipated needs of our customers as their products and manufacturing processes become increasingly complex. For example, as a result

 

28


Table of Contents

of the SPTS Acquisition, we now offer Advanced Packaging customers various types of TSV equipment designed to meet their requirements for higher density electrical connections in order to facilitate the complexities of smaller packaging. We believe that our combined PCB, FPD and SD businesses will create significant cross-selling opportunities with our existing and new customers, thereby enabling us to extend our existing product offering. We believe that we have an opportunity to leverage our position with leading manufacturers in the semiconductor industry to commercialize our inspection, imaging and repair expertise in these industries.

Expand use of our core technologies. We plan to utilize our core competencies in machine vision, electro-optics, precision mechanics, artificial intelligence, imaging technologies and Advanced Packaging and MEMS solutions to reach additional customers in existing and new industries and expand into new applications. For example, we believe that our inspection, testing and repair products will contribute to the new display technologies being created in response to the demand for large area televisions and ultra high resolution for small-to-mid size displays. Additionally, increased demand for consumer product functionality increases the need for our core technologies in MEMS, power and RF devices.

Leverage our larger scale and global footprint to reduce lead times. We believe that our extensive worldwide marketing and distribution organization and customer support network will allow us to capture an increasing share of attractive regional markets. As of December 31, 2014, we had 207 employees dedicated to our global sales and marketing efforts and 648 employees providing customer support and services. We believe that our larger scale, global footprint, generated as a result of the SPTS Acquisition, will allow us to shorten lead times and provide customers with the products they require more rapidly than was previously possible.

Selectively pursue initiatives to enhance value including complementary acquisitions. We regularly evaluate initiatives to enhance shareholder value, including opportunities to expand our technological base, diversify into new growth areas through acquisitions, joint ventures and investments and divest non-core assets. We intend to continue to pursue these initiatives to enhance value, reach adjacent industries, expand our product offerings to our existing and new customers, enter new industries.

(c) Our Technologies

We believe that we have a unique combination of proprietary technologies, such as image acquisition, precision mechanics and motion control, high resolution printing, laser machining, algorithms and image processing, plasma source and vacuum technologies, as well as system integration capabilities by which we provide our customers with differentiated solutions serving their critical requirements at various points of the electronics supply chain. Our solutions are designed to enable our customers to engage in complex manufacturing while realizing increased yields and driving down production costs.

Our laser-based direct imaging technology enables the transfer of digital image data directly from the electronic media on to the photoresist which translates into fewer manufacturing steps, lower material costs and greater accuracy. Our laser-based direct imaging technology enables the manufacture of higher density, more sophisticated PCBs, with significantly higher yields and reduced manufacturing costs, through the elimination of artwork costs and the scrap created by traditional contact printing.

Our AOI systems use our proprietary machine vision, electro-optics, precision mechanics, artificial intelligence and imaging technologies to detect automatically flaws and defects in products being manufactured by PCB, other electronic component and FPD customers. Some of our AOI systems incorporate several parallel methods of inspection, utilizing pre-programmed algorithms and data stored in a computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacture (“ CAD/CAM ”) database to maximize the probability of defect detection and minimize the rate of false calls. The proprietary structure of the electronic logic unit enables parallel processing, a requirement for performing defect detection tasks in real time, which, in turn, is one of the key factors in attaining the high throughput achieved by our systems.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our repair products employ advanced optics systems and image acquisition and processing techniques, combined with high-performance, high-power laser control, to achieve highly accurate, repeatable and reliable results for advanced PCB and FPD applications, which cannot be replicated in manual repair processes.

Our UV laser drilling systems are used to achieve the small holes or ‘vias’ required for the most advanced smartphone boards and integrated circuit (“ IC ”) substrates (also known as chip carriers) at a quality superior to that achievable by traditional mechanical drills or CO 2 lasers. A typical PCB or IC substrate panel can include hundreds of thousands of vias. Our UV laser drilling systems enable IC substrate manufacturers to drill several thousands of vias per second with very high levels of position accuracy and drilling quality, through a wide variety of laminate and metal layers, in turn, enabling them to keep pace with the most up-to-date technology trends in IC substrate manufacturing.

Our FPD test systems utilize advanced digital imaging technology which enables LCD manufacturers to conduct electrical testing of glass panels, based on examination and testing of their functionality, to identify and repair defects during the various stages of the cell and array manufacturing process thereby allowing manufacturers to reduce overall cost of materials and improve throughput significantly.

Our CAM and engineering solutions facilitate automation and integration of the design, tooling, production data and inspection needs associated with PCB production. These software solutions streamline the transfer of complex designs from the designer of the PCB to the production floor and enable system operators to perform a wide range of data-related operations.

Our PVD systems deposit metal films used to form part of the electrical interconnect ‘wiring’ in certain SDs.

Our Etch systems use a plasma source to activate ions in various gas types to preferentially remove material to form a pattern, or a specific shape in a substrate or layer. These etch systems are used extensively in MEMS production to create cavities in the substrate for microphones, comb structures for gyroscopes and accelerometers used in smartphones, gears and springs for luxury watches. Our Etch systems are also used in 2.5D and 3D packaging (as defined below) as well as to etch oxide and nitride dielectrics and compound semiconductor materials such as gallium arsenide and gallium nitride.

Our CVD systems deposit insulators for the MEMS and packaging markets. We specialize in low temperature silicon oxide and silicon nitride; offering low electrical leakage and stable stress at temperatures below 200 degrees Celsius.

Our products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels utilize technology designed to maximize light absorption in the silicon and perform material passivation, thereby generating higher solar energy to electricity conversion efficiencies and, in turn, reducing the cost per watt of electricity produced by photovoltaic systems.

Our recognition software solutions use proprietary image processing, character recognition, web-based work flow algorithms and other business rules to enable banks, financial and other payment processing institutions and healthcare providers to automate their check processing and healthcare revenue cycle operations, thereby reducing manual labor costs and increasing their overall cost effectiveness. We have also developed a proprietary technology for web-based, location-independent data entry for use, among other things, in check and forms processing. We believe that we are a leading provider of automatic check reading software solutions.

 

30


Table of Contents

(d) Our Industries

Electronics

 

    Printed Circuit Boards

Virtually all electronic equipment uses PCBs, which are the basic interconnect platforms for the electronic components that comprise all electronic equipment. PCBs contain the electronic circuitry required to interconnect the components which are subsequently mounted on them and which, when operating together, perform a specified function. An assembly of one or more mounted PCBs working together forms an essential part of most electronic products. These include computers, hand-held electronic devices such as cellular telephones, tablets and electronic book readers, consumer electronics, automotive equipment, telecommunications equipment, industrial and medical equipment and military and aerospace applications.

PCBs are manufactured through a series of complex steps. Generally, production starts with a sheet of epoxy-fiberglass (or other material with electric insulating qualities) laminated with a conducting material such as copper. The sheet is coated with a thin layer of light-sensitive material (‘photoresist’). A transparent film containing the desired circuitry pattern (‘production phototool’), normally produced by a photoplotter connected to a CAD/CAM data base, is then laid on the photoresist. The sheet is then exposed to light, which copies the conductor pattern from the production phototool into the photoresist. Alternatively, the conductor pattern may be transferred directly into the photoresist without the use of a production phototool using direct imaging technologies. Subsequent development of the photoresist and a chemical etching process removes excess conducting material and leaves the desired conducting metal pattern printed on the layer.

Although PCBs may be single-sided or double-sided, the largest segment of the PCB industry consists of multilayer boards. In multilayer board production several such layers with appropriate copper patterns (‘inner layers’) are stacked up in registration and laminated together. Thereafter, holes are drilled through the stack in a specific pattern, using a mechanical or laser driller, and plated with a conductive metal. Further steps of patterning the outermost layers, protecting the functional areas with a more inert conductor and the rest of the surface with insulating material (‘solder mask’) and marking the board with a screen printed or ink jetted legend result in the completed multilayer board. Still more advanced PCBs, known as ‘build-up’ boards, are produced using high density interconnect (“ HDI ”) technology. This involves adding thin additional electrical insulating layers to the top and bottom surface of the board, drilling miniature vias through each such layer using a laser drilling machine and then metalizing and patterning the surface as before. This process may be repeated several times resulting in multiple build up layers on each side of the PCB.

As PCBs are susceptible to various defects (electrical shorts, open circuits and insufficient or off-measure conductor widths), inspection is required throughout PCB production to identify such defects, which are then repaired, if possible. Early detection of these defects, particularly in the case of multilayered and ‘build-up’ boards where PCB layers are subsequently embedded inside the finished board, increases the possibility of successful repair and reduces the number of unusable boards, thereby reducing the overall cost to the manufacturer.

Although most of the Company’s AOI, AOR, direct imaging, VF, inkjet, CAM and production technologies and solutions are intended for use by manufacturers of PCBs, some versions of these products have been adapted for use by manufacturers of other electronic components such as manufacturers of touch screen modules and integrated circuit assemblers.

 

    Flat Panel Displays

FPDs, which include LCDs, OLED displays and other types of displays, are presently used for laptop and desktop computers, tablets, televisions, smartphones, public displays, car navigation systems, digital and video cameras and a variety of other devices for technical, medical, military, aerospace and consumer electronics applications.

 

31


Table of Contents

The most common FPD technology currently in use is the thin film transistor (“ TFT ”) LCD (which are also known as ‘active matrix’ LCDs), and we believe that this technology will maintain its position of major importance in the foreseeable future. TFT LCDs enable the production of high resolution, high performance displays. Recent trends suggest that promising developments in OLED technology may in the future lead to a replacement of TFT-LCDs by OLED displays, which are capable of producing faster response time and brighter colors in consumer devices such as televisions, smartphones, tablets and, potentially in the future, flexible devices, and offer potential savings in material costs to manufacturers and lower energy costs to consumers. However, the transition from LCDs to OLED displays is taking place gradually, as the manufacturing challenges of OLED technology are incrementally overcome. Currently, OLEDs offer a potential business opportunity for the Company, which reflects the increasing need for the Company’s inspection, testing and repair solutions for use in the production of these displays.

LCDs and OLEDs are susceptible to various defects, many of which result from the deposition, photolithography and etching processes used in production. Detection and repair of these defects during the production process allows manufacturers to improve monitoring of their production processes, avoid the expense of further costly materials and improve their yields substantially.

 

    Semiconductors

Semiconductors are useful because their electronic and photonic behavior can easily be manipulated by the addition of impurities, a process known as ‘doping’. As such, semiconductors are used to create miniaturized electronic ICs, or ‘chips’, by fabricating large numbers of transistors, diodes and similar devices at high levels of integration using semiconductor wafers. The most common material used in semiconductor manufacturing is silicon. Furthermore, modern technology is able to integrate such miniaturized electronics with miniaturized mechanical features formed in the same wafer to create MEMS.

MEMS can act as miniaturized sensors, actuators and structures, and are increasingly being used in consumer products such as microphones and inertial sensors for mobile and communications applications. They are also being developed for evolving technologies such as the application of augmented reality for enhanced gaming experiences.

Semiconductor packaging refers to the process steps that form the protective enclosure around a finished chip and create the external connections for input/output. Consumer demand for smaller, faster and more powerful mobile electronics is driving the development of newer semiconductor packaging approaches. One such approach is the use of solder bumping schemes to replace the use of wire bonding - referred to as “2.0D”. Another approach is the creation of TSVs, which provide interconnect capability for die-to-die stacking for three dimensional integrated circuits (“ 3D IC s ) or closely spaced chip by chip assembly on interposers (“ 2.5D ”). Packaging solutions making use of these newer approaches, such as wafer-level packaging (“ WLP ”), embedded die modules and interposer-based solutions, are collectively known as ‘Advanced Packaging’.

These technologies are currently being developed and implemented across a broad range of device types and have the potential to reduce the size of form-factors, increase performance and enable heterogeneous integration of dissimilar devices, such as logic/microprocessors on top of memory and on top of MEMS devices. The Company offers equipment for the three Advanced Packaging technology types: TSV front end, TSV back end (via last, and Via Reveal), and bumping (UBM/RDL) across three process technologies: Etch, PVD and CVD. Etch and CVD tools are used in the 2.5D and 3.0D packaging generations, while the PVD tool is also used in 2.0D flip chip and wafer-level packaging activities. The Company is active across a broad range of technologies and has strong relationships with key industry participants.

Solar Energy

Solar photovoltaic systems are energy systems that produce electricity directly from sunlight. Photovoltaic systems produce clean, reliable energy without consuming fossil fuels and can be used in a wide variety of

 

32


Table of Contents

applications. Photovoltaic cells are made from semiconducting materials similar to those used in computer chips. When sunlight strikes these materials, the absorbed photons release electrons, forcing them to flow through the material and to exit in external circuitry to produce electricity (the so-called ‘Photovoltaic Effect’). Currently, most photovoltaic modules are used for grid-connected power generation and in the supply of electric power during daylight. However, in order to become a significant source of clean electricity in the future, the cost per watt produced of photovoltaic systems needs to be reduced.

Check Recognition for Financial Institutions

Each year, many billions of checks and forms are processed in the United States alone. Traditionally, check reading has been accomplished by means of human operators who, functioning under strict transit deadlines, read and manually key the relevant data into automatic processing systems. When conducted in this fashion, the process is necessarily labor-intensive, time consuming and subject to operator fatigue and human error. Through Orbograph, the Company develops, and markets by way of system integrators and solution providers, automatic check reading solutions to banks and other financial institutions. Orbograph has also developed a proprietary technology for web-based, location-independent data entry for check processing and forms processing.

(e) Our Applications and Products

We design, develop, manufacture and sell AOI, repair, imaging, laser drilling, and pre-production products for use in the manufacture of PCBs and adjacent electronic components manufacturing, AOI, test, repair and yield management systems for use in the manufacture of FPDs, Etch, PVD, CVD and thermal solutions for SDs, products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels and automatic check reading and healthcare payments processing products enabled through recognition software. We also market CAM and engineering solutions for PCB production.

 

33


Table of Contents

The following table provides an overview of our target industries and our key applications and products offerings:

 

Our Target Industries    Our Applications    Our Product Offerings
PCB    AOI   

Discovery II

Fusion

Ultra Fusion

   AOR   

PerFix

Orbotech AOR

Ultra PerFix

   Imaging     
  

•  Plotting

   LP 9
  

•  Direct Imaging

  

Paragon

Paragon Ultra

Paragon-Xpress

Nuvogo 800

  

•  Digital Printing

   Sprint
   Laser Drilling    Emerald
   Pre-Production     
  

•  CAM

  

InCAM

Genesis 2000

GenFlex

  

•  Engineering

  

InPlan

InStack

InPlan-Flex

InCoupon

InSolver

InSight PCB

FPD    AOI   

EVision

XVision

SuperVision

FPI-6000 Series

Quantum

   Test    ArrayChecker
   Repair   

ArraySaver

Prism

   Yield Management Systems    EYES-2020
Semiconductor    Etch   

Omega

Versalis fx P

   CVD   

Delta

Versalis fx P

   PVD   

Sigma

Versalis fx P

   Thermal Processing    AVP/RVP
   Release Etch    Primaxx/Xactix
Solar/Photovoltaic    Anti-Reflective Coating    Aurora PECVD
    

Check Processing

   Accura XV
        Apex
Recognition Solutions       Automation Services
          Sereno
     Healthcare Revenue Cycle Management   

P2Post

E2Post

 

34


Table of Contents

Our PCB Applications and Products

Our PCB-AOI products are of particular value to manufacturers of fine-line, advanced PCBs (where defects are especially difficult to detect) and of multilayered PCBs (where the cost of undetected defects is very high) because they enable manufacturers to trace the source of defects in their manufacturing processes and increase their yield of usable finished products. Our PCB-AOR products are capable of repairing PCBs by removing excess copper from places that cannot be accessed by the use of a knife or other manual instrument, such as shorts on materials that are too thin to be treated by knife repair or in spaces between lines that are virtually invisible to the human eye. In addition, the capability of our digital production solutions, such as LDI, digital printing and UV laser drilling, to adapt production data and thereby compensate for random production process inaccuracies enables manufacturers to improve their yield in the production of these complex boards. Our pre-production software solutions improve the speed and accuracy of the PCB engineering process, optimize production processes, improve production data/tools and reduce the cost of manufacturing, all by utilizing state-of-the-art design to manufacturing software algorithms and electronic rules. Our products for additional adjacent electronics component manufacturing essentially perform similar functions as our AOI, AOR, direct imaging and CAM products, but on different materials and for different applications.

In 2014, our PCB product lines, including those for additional adjacent electronics component manufacturing, accounted for approximately $286.2 million of revenues (including approximately $115.2 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 49% of our revenues. This compared with approximately $295.3 million of revenues (including approximately $105.8 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 67% of our revenues, in 2013, and approximately $275.5 million of revenues (including approximately $101.7 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 71% of our revenues, in 2012.

(i) PCB-AOI

PCB-AOI systems are computerized, electro-optical systems for inspection and identification of defects in the artwork design master, production phototools and PCBs at various stages of production. Our PCB-AOI systems are designed for easy integration into the production processes of most PCB manufacturing facilities, as well as for flexibility, easy upgradeability, operational simplicity and ease of maintenance and do not generally require highly specialized skills or experience to operate. Our PCB-AOI offering includes the Fusion series and the Discovery II series of AOI systems. The Fusion can handle resolutions down to 5 microns (Ultra Fusion 600 model) at very high throughput, and provides enhanced detection on semi transparent and multi-colored substrates.

(ii) AOR Systems and Verification and Repair Stations

AOR systems are designed to address certain limitations inherent in the manual repair of PCBs, by enabling the automatic repair of defects known as ‘shorts’ and ‘excess copper’, thereby minimizing the scrapping of unusable panels during the manufacturing process and enabling a significant reduction in manufacturers’ overall manufacturing costs. Our AOR products employ advanced image acquisition and image processing techniques, combined with high-performance laser control, to ablate the excess conductor material, thereby achieving highly accurate, repeatable and reliable results, particularly for advanced PCB applications, which cannot be replicated in manual repair processes. The PerFix series of AOR systems are the first to offer an automated repair solution for ‘shorts’ and ‘excess copper’ defects in PCBs.

Our offering of verification and repair stations is comprised of the VeriSmart, the VeriWide and VeriFine and the Ultra VeriFine-A. Each of these models provides the operator with a crisp and magnified color image of the possible defect essential for verification of high-density PCBs.

 

35


Table of Contents

(iii) Imaging Solutions

Laser plotters provide PCB manufacturers with the capability to transform, within a few minutes, circuit designs on electronic media or design data retrieved from CAM databases into accurate, reliable ‘artwork’, or production phototools. Our latest generation of high performance, automated laser plotters is the LP-9 series.

Laser-based direct imaging eliminates the need for exposing photoresist through a production phototool by enabling the transfer of digital image data directly from the electronic media on to the photoresist. This translates into fewer manufacturing steps, lower material costs and greater accuracy and layer-to-layer registration. Laser-based direct imaging technology enables the manufacture of higher density, more complex PCBs, with significantly higher yields and reduced manufacturing costs, through the elimination of artwork costs and the scrap created by contact printing. Our advanced Paragon systems are industry-leading, high accuracy, power efficient, fast throughput LDI solutions.

In 2014, the Company introduced a new DI solution, the Nuvogo™ 800. This next-generation DI system is capable of imaging on almost any resist type, thereby allowing maximum flexibility to PCB makers. Powered by the Company’s proprietary MultiWave Laser Technology™, Nuvogo™ 800 generates a multi wavelength laser beam for optimal precision of line structure. This enables PCB manufacturers to choose lower-cost resist types whenever possible in order to reduce overall operating costs.

Digital printing refers to a particular stage in the PCB manufacturing process during which characters and other non-functional patterns (‘legends’) are printed on the PCB under production. Using a digital, non-contact, inkjet-based printing technology, digital printers release droplets of ink from a small aperture directly to a specified position on a given media to create the required image. The Sprint series systems provide substantial cost savings for PCB manufacturers by reducing significantly the legend printing cycle time and enabling functionality that cannot be achieved through conventional legend printing processes, such as silk screen.

(iv) Laser drilling

UV laser drilling is used to generate the interconnection between different layers in IC substrates Advanced Packaging applications. UV laser drilling is capable of achieving the small vias required for leading edge smartphone boards and the most advanced IC substrates at an accuracy superior to that achievable by traditional mechanical drills or CO 2 lasers. The Emerald high performance UV laser drilling solution for IC substrates and Advanced Packaging applications activates multiple beams and scanners simultaneously to achieve very high drilling speed, accuracy and quality.

(v) Pre-Production

CAM and engineering solutions are designed for use in the PCB pre-production phase to facilitate automation and integration of the sales, tooling, production data and inspection needs associated with PCB production. The Frontline products we market include CAM and engineering software solutions, which streamline the transfer of complex designs from the designer of the PCB to the production floor and enable system operators to perform a wide range of data-related operations. Our CAM and engineering product lines include: InCAM, Genesis 2000, GenFlex, InPlan, InPlanFlex, InStack, InSolver, InSight PCB.

Occasionally, adapted versions of the Company’s AOI, AOR, imaging, inkjet, laser drilling and CAM solutions are offered for use by manufacturers of other electronic components, including manufacturers of touch screen modules, ceramics, chemical milling, among others.

Our FPD Applications and Products

The FPD-AOI and test systems manufactured and marketed by the Company identify and classify defects that may impact the performance of the display panel; and the repair systems manufactured and marketed by the Company are designed to enable customers to repair defects, thereby further improving manufacturers’ yield of non-defective or higher grade (quality) displays.

 

36


Table of Contents

In 2014, our FPD product lines accounted for approximately $160.8 million of revenues (including approximately $35.1 million related to service and support of such products), representing approximately 28% of our revenues. This compared with approximately $131.6 million of revenues (including approximately $34.5 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 30% of our revenues, in 2013, and approximately $97.2 million of revenues (including approximately $40.2 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 25% of our revenues, in 2012.

(i) FPD-AOI and Value Added Applications

We offer a variety of inline and offline FPD-AOI systems that includes the Quantum Series, which was introduced in 2014, the SuperVision Series and the FPI-6000 Series. The Quantum FPD-AOI system is the first to offer to the FPD industry multi-modality imaging technology, which enables manufacturers to undertake multiple inspections in a single scan, thereby identifying and classifying, with high accuracy, previously undetectable defects and facilitating the production of high quality products at greatly improved yields. The Quantum offers high resolution inspection, high throughput and rapid image capture capabilities for sixth through eighth generation glass substrates. The SuperVision series supports fourth through eighth generation glass substrates. The latest models of the Quantum and SuperVision series address the highly specialized inspection requirements of low temperature poly silicon (“ LTPS ”) and oxide-TFT backplanes for high-resolution, three dimensional and OLED displays. The FPI-6000 series systems, which supports up to fifth generation glass substrates, complement and expand the range of our FPD-AOI systems by employing high resolution optics and specific algorithms to achieve inspection capabilities required for very intricate mobile devices, thus broadening the scope of inspection solutions that we are able to offer to manufacturers of LCDs, OLEDs and MEMS displays intended for use in mobile devices.

In addition, we offer complementary features to our FPD-AOI systems that include: Multi Modality Classification (“ MMC ”), Mobile and Large Displays Peripheral Inspection (“ MDPI/LDPI ”), Variable Pattern Inspection (“ VPI ”), Advanced Video Classification (“ AVC ”), in-scan classification (“ ISC ”), Digital Macro (“ DM ”) inspection and Critical Dimension and Overlay Measurement (“ CDO ”). Peripheral Inspection provides full inspection coverage of the non-repetitive pattern of the peripheral area of the panel and features a simple setup. VPI enables the inspection of active area pixel patterns that occur in multiple pitches, such as those used in in-cell touch and hybrid touch displays. AVC and ISC both employ high quality scan and microscopic review to enable the automatic classification of defects identified by our FPD-AOI systems during the scanning process. DM inspection and warning are optional add-on features which obviate the need for manufacturers to purchase a separate, stand-alone macro inspection system. CDO is an optional add-on feature which enables accurate measurement of critical elements on the glass panel, such as conductor widths and layer to layer registration.

(ii) FPD Test

The ArrayChecker test systems detect, locate, quantify and characterize electrical, contamination and other defects in active matrix LCD and OLED after array fabrication. These systems use proprietary non-contact voltage imaging technology to provide a high-resolution voltage map of the entire display and proprietary image analysis software which converts this voltage map into complete pixel defect data. The ArrayChecker test systems determine whether individual pixels or lines of pixels are functional and also identify more subtle defects such as variations in individual pixel voltage. These defect data files are then used for repair and statistical process control. Our latest model ArrayCheckers support the advanced small pixel panel designs used for high resolution smartphones and tablets, as well as a wide variety of OLED panels.

(iii) FPD Repair

The ArraySaver repair systems utilize multiple wavelength laser technology to repair ‘short’ defects in FPDs during and after array fabrication. These systems can use defect data files downloaded from any test and inspection systems to position the panel for repair automatically, thereby saving time which would otherwise be

 

37


Table of Contents

spent by operators in locating defects. The repair automation function has been further upgraded by the introduction of the Parallel Repair System (PRS) which simplifies operator interaction with the system and improves repair tool capacity.

(iv) Yield Management Systems

Our EYES-2020 offers an enhanced process monitoring system providing effective defect data analysis. It enables accurate process control, virtually in real time, and improves yields by automatically counting, accumulating and analyzing AOI-generated defect data.

We believe that the combination of our AOI, test, repair and yield management systems allows LCD manufacturers to achieve high quality, comprehensive and reliable process control.

Our SD Applications and Products

Our SD products include etch, deposition and thermal processing equipment designed to facilitate the advanced packaging of semiconductors and to provide advanced wafer processing technologies for the micro-electronics industry. End-market applications include Advanced Packaging, MEMS, light emitting diodes (“ LED ”s), high speed radio frequency device ICs and power semiconductors.

(i) Advanced Packaging

Advanced Packaging refers to semiconductor packaging that employs bumps or TSVs (rather than wire-bonding technology) to connect the die to the substrate. We operate in several distinct segments of Advanced Packaging: bumping; 3D wafer level packaging; 2.5 and 3D; and fan out wafer level packaging/embedded chips, all as explained below.

Although wire-bonding remains the primary method of connecting semiconductor die to the outside world, it is increasingly being replaced by a process known as ‘bumping’. In relatively complex devices, wire-bonding leads to reduced device bandwidth. By bumping, such devices are connected via bumps on the surface of the die rather than wires at the die edge, thereby increasing density and bandwidth. For the Company, bumping is predominantly a PVD activity and represents its largest business in Advanced Packaging.

3D wafer level packaging (“ 3DWLP ”) is used for very small, low input/output devices such as image and fingerprint sensors and, increasingly, in MEMS devices. In 3DWLP, a TSV connection is made through the silicon wafer from the back of the substrate, to achieve a small form factor. The Company serves the 3DWLP segment with PVD, CVD and etch equipment.

In 2.5D, or ‘interposer’ technology, dies are laid out side by side on top of a substrate carrying high density wiring. This substrate, or interposer, connects the dies together and also carries TSV to connect those same dies to a substrate underneath. 3D technology involves vertically stacked dies connected by short TSVs. 2.5D is seen as the easier route to first production. The Company serves the 2.5 and 3D segments with PVD, CVD and etch equipment.

Fan out wafer level packaging (“ FOWLP ”) and embedded chips are relatively new platforms. After interconnect fabrication and separation, die are generally embedded into an epoxy mold based substrate. Wiring is then formed on top of the substrate to connect adjacent die together. Although FOWLP has lower density interconnect than an interposer, it can potentially be produced at much lower cost. The Company serves the FOWLP/embedded chips segment with PVD, etch, thermal and laser drill products.

 

38


Table of Contents

(ii) MEMS

Micro-electro-mechanical systems are present in virtually all consumer devices in use today, and can be separated into four main categories of devices: accelerometers; gyroscopes; pressure sensors; and microphones. These four devices, collectively, account for over 80% of the global MEMS market. The main trend in MEMS is die shrink, meaning the incorporation of more units into a given space. The MEMS segment is expected to continue to grow even during down cycles in the rest of the semiconductor industry. New areas of growth that are expected to emerge are in the medical fields (self analysis, fitness), automotive (autonomous cars), wearables (energy converters) and the so-called ‘internet of things’. The Company serves the MEMS segment mainly with etching solutions but also with PVD and CVD solutions.

In the period from August 7, 2014 to December 31, 2014, our SD product lines accounted for approximately $110.6 million of revenues (including approximately $22.0 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 19% of our revenues. All of these revenues are attributable to the business of SPTS that was acquired on August 7, 2014.

Solar Photovoltaic Manufacturing

Through OLTS, we are engaged in the research and development of new products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels. Anti-reflective coating is a thin film of SiN x which is deposited by a process known as plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition (“ PECVD ”). This is an efficiency-enhancing technique intended to provide both an effective anti-reflective coating layer used to match refractive indexes and surface passivation. The process is designed to maximize light absorption in the silicon and perform material passivation, thereby generating higher solar energy to electricity conversion efficiencies and, in turn, reducing the cost per watt of electricity produced by photovoltaic systems. The system which was developed by OLTS combines the benefits of high efficiency performance of direct PECVD and the productivity of high throughput operation.

In 2014, our solar energy product lines accounted for approximately $11.9 million of revenues (including approximately $0.7 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 2% of our revenues. 2014 was the first year in which the Company recognized revenues from this segment.

Recognition Solutions

Orbograph’s recognition software drives its suite of check processing solutions, which operate by acquiring or ‘capturing’ the image of a check, identifying the amount as well as other important information which it contains, and converting that image data into a computer readable, digital number. Orbograph’s latest check recognition product is Accura XV which is designed to read the numerical characters and alphabetical letters handwritten or printed on checks with read and accuracy rates exceeding 90% and 99%, respectively. Other check processing products developed and marketed by Orbograph include: OrboCAR Apex, an innovative product based on Orbograph’s patented Key-Pay technology that provides a highly efficient solution to check data entry by using a combination of artificial intelligence and human intervention; Automation Services, a unique Software as a Service (SaaS) solution for check amount recognition offering banks guaranteed performance with no initial capital investment; and Sereno, a product that employs proprietary algorithms which utilize recognition and image quality results, as well as verification of the signatures and the check-stock (or check ‘template’) and transaction related data such as amount and serial number, against valid items from a bank’s profile database, to detect fraudulent checks.

In 2011, through an acquisition, Orbograph added a healthcare revenue cycle management business. Healthcare revenue cycle management solutions enable healthcare providers, financial institutions, service bureaus and medical billers to convert explanation of benefits forms or electronic data into a variety of post-ready files within the revenue cycle management process, thereby reducing manual labor costs and increasing their overall cost effectiveness.

 

39


Table of Contents

In 2014, our recognition software product lines accounted for approximately $13.2 million of revenues (including approximately $5.7 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 2% of our revenues. This compared with approximately $13.2 million of revenues (including approximately $5.7 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 3% of our revenues, in 2013, and approximately $14.3 million of revenues (including approximately $6.2 million related to service and support of those products), representing approximately 4% of our revenues, in 2012.

(f) Competition

The competitive landscape we face in the PCB industry is highly fragmented. Within each of our product categories, we compete with a number of small, independent suppliers or business units of large companies which supply solutions for specific, and in many cases, single applications. Our main competitors in AOI include Camtek, Dainippon Screen, GigaVis, Inspec, Machvision and several smaller local AOI manufacturers. Our main competitors in LDI include ORC Imaging, Fuji Film, Via Mechanics and Dainippon Screen. We also face competition in LDI from several smaller manufacturers who typically sell a limited number of systems annually. Our main competitors in UV laser drilling are Via Mechanics, Mitsubishi and Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Our main competitor in digital printing is MicroCraft. In both AOI and digital printing we face new competitors, mainly from China, which target the low-end of the industry. We believe that the key competitive factor in this industry is productivity, which is a combination of product quality, reliability, speed, price and brand position, which is, in turn, a function of breadth of product offerings, technical expertise and development and service capabilities.

The competitive landscape we face in the FPD industry is also highly sectionalized and within each of the principal product categories in our FPD business, we may compete with different divisions of industrial corporations, or with companies who are local providers of yield management solutions to those corporations, including some which are affiliated with certain of our customers. Our main competitors in the FPD industry include HB Technology Co. Ltd., LG PRI, ADP Engineering Co. Ltd., Favite Inc., Applied Materials, Inc. (AKT Display Group), Digital Imaging Technology Co. Ltd., Top Engineering Co. Ltd., Charm Engineering Co. Ltd. and V-technology. We believe that the key competitive factors in this industry are technical expertise, product quality and reliability and price.

The competitive landscape we face in our SD business is also highly sectionalized within each of the target application segments. We may compete with different divisions of industrial corporations, or with companies that are local providers of etch, deposition and thermal equipment for Advanced Packaging, MEMS, power semiconductors, radio frequency ICs and LEDs. Our main competitors in Advanced Packaging include: for Etch TSV and Via Reveal: Lam Research, Applied Materials and AMEC; for PVD Under Bump Metalization (UBM): Oerlikon (now part of Evatec) and Applied Materials; and for CVD Via Isolation and Reveal: Applied Materials and Lam Research. Our main competitors in MEMS include: for DRIE Etch: Lam Research; for Release Etch: MEMSTAR; and for PVD: Oerlikon (Evatec). Our main competitors in Specialty Semiconductors (Power, RF, LED, etc.) include: for power interconnects, Applied Materials and Oerlikon (Evatec); for RF SAW and BAW, Oerlikon (Evatec) and Advanced Modular Systems; and for RF IC: PlasmaTherm.

(g) Product Research and Development

We deploy our core technology platforms across various product families and applications in order to maximize the impact of our research, development and engineering investments, to increase economies of scale and to apply our technology-specific expertise across multiple consumer end markets.

Our global engineering team of 591 scientists and engineers dedicated to product research, development and engineering works closely with our customers to meet and anticipate their evolving requirements and new product introductions.

 

40


Table of Contents

We believe that continued, focused investment in research, development and engineering activities are critical to our future growth and to maintaining our leadership position. We continue to invest in research and development in order to better serve our customers with advanced yield management solutions. Our research and development investment accounted for approximately 15%, 16% and 18% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our research and development and engineering investments enable us to consistently provide innovative, ‘first to market’ and high quality products.

(h) Sales, Marketing and Customers

We market our products and provide customer support through our wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United States, Europe and the Far East, including Japan. Our subsidiaries employ local marketing, sales and customer support personnel. Worldwide marketing efforts are co-ordinated by the responsible marketing managers, who are based at our headquarters in Israel.

Our sales and marketing strategy focuses on deepening and expanding our relationships with leading PCB, FPD and SD customers and becoming their trusted supplier of yield management solutions.

We install, service and provide training to customers on all of our products. After a minimum amount of site preparation by the customer, installation of a system can normally be completed at the customer’s site, either by the Company or third parties, within a relatively short time after delivery. As part of the installation procedure, we provide our customers with system documentation and basic training in maintenance and application. In addition, for a fee, we offer customers service and maintenance contracts commencing after the expiration of the warranty period. Software, whether contained in optional features or forming an integral part of the functioning capacity of the system, is licensed. Software updates are typically included in the service fee.

Orbograph, utilizing Orbotech, Inc. as its distributor, markets and sells its processing products and services, both directly and through system integrators, to banks, financial and other payment processing institutions, principally in North America.

(i) Production and Sources of Supply

The Company maintains manufacturing facilities in Israel, the United States, Europe, Japan and Korea. The Company’s manufacturing activities for systems consist primarily of the assembly and testing of components and subassemblies that are acquired from third party vendors and subcontractors and then integrated into a finished system by the Company. In addition, the Company utilizes contract manufacturing suppliers to build and/or assemble some of its systems, into which certain core components, such as proprietary software and optical devices, are then integrated by the Company or its selected contract manufacturers.

The Company increasingly utilizes subcontractors in Israel, the United States, Europe, China and Japan for the production of mechanical parts, optical components, castings and casings, electronic cabinets, PCB fabrication and a portion of the required electronic assembly.

Most electronic components are imported from the United States, Europe, China and Japan. The Company’s production capacity is sufficient for its level of sales and permits the Company, in most cases, to ship products within two weeks to six months of receipt of customer orders if requested by the customer.

Certain key components and subassemblies included in the Company’s systems are purchased from a limited group of suppliers. The Company purchases certain key components from single sources of supply. To date, the Company has been able to obtain sufficient units to meet its needs and does not foresee any short-term supply difficulty in obtaining timely delivery of any parts or components. However, an interruption in supply from any of these sources could disrupt production, thereby adversely affecting the Company’s results. The Company generally maintains several months’ inventory of critical components used in the manufacture and assembly of its systems and/or uses framework orders and other types of agreements to ensure the availability of such components.

 

41


Table of Contents

(j) Backlog and Bookings

The Company refers to ‘backlog’ as the Dollar value of purchase arrangements with customers, effective, as at a given point in time, that are based on mutually agreed terms which, in some cases, may still be subject to completion of written documentation and may be changed or cancelled by the customer, often without penalty. The Company’s backlog consists of these arrangements with assigned shipment dates expected within the ensuing three to twelve months. The Company does not include service revenues in its determination of orders for this purpose. By contrast, the Company refers to ‘bookings’ as the accumulation of such purchase arrangements over a given period. Bookings can be inconsistent and may fluctuate significantly throughout the year.

As at December 31, 2014, the Company’s backlog totaled approximately $170.0 million. The mix of components comprising the Company’s backlog as of December 31, 2014 will not necessarily correspond to that of the Company’s sales in the period following. In particular, the proportion of backlog attributable to the Company’s solar business is relatively high and exceeds the entire amount of 2014 solar revenues. Additionally, given the short lead times in the PCB industry, backlog attributable to this part of the Company’s business is lower, in relative terms, than its contribution to revenues. See Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factor (j).

(k) Additional Considerations Relating to the Company’s Operations in Israel and in Wales

The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel and its headquarters, as well as substantial research and development and production facilities, are located in Israel.

The Company benefits from certain government programs and tax legislation, particularly as a result of the ‘Approved Enterprise’, ‘Benefiting Enterprise’ or ‘Preferred Enterprise’ status of a significant portion of the Company’s existing production facilities in Israel under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (an “ Approved Enterprise ”, a “ Benefiting Enterprise ”, a “ Preferred Enterprise ” and the “ Investment Law ”, respectively). Pursuant to these programs and legislation, a significant portion of the Company’s income is currently taxed at reduced rates. During 2013, the benefits period applicable to the last of the Company’s Approved Enterprises expired. To be eligible for these benefits, the Company needs to meet certain conditions. Should the Company fail to meet such conditions, these benefits could be cancelled and the Company might be required to refund tax benefits previously received, if any, together with interest and linkage differences to the Israeli CPI, or other monetary penalty. The Company also benefits from a Government of Israel program under which it receives grants from the OCS for the development of generic technologies without incurring any royalty obligations. See Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc. - Research and Development Policy. There can be no assurance that these programs and tax legislation will be continued in the future or that the available benefits will not be reduced. For further information see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Taxes on Income; and Note 11 to the Financial Statements.

The termination or curtailment of these programs or the loss or reduction of benefits under the Investment Law could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s SD business is operated through SPTS, the principal corporate vehicles of which are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and which maintains its headquarters, as well as its single wafer production and research and development facilities, in Newport, Wales. SPTS currently benefits, and has in the past benefitted, from certain grant funding and match funding to companies located in Wales to assist projects to be undertaken and/or to safeguard employment, which is made available upon and subject to certain terms and conditions. These programs and funding may be terminated in the future or the available benefits may be reduced or impacted should, including, among other possible circumstances, SPTS become ineligible to receive such funding by failing to meet the grant funding conditions. In such event, the full costs of any such research and development projects would need to be undertaken and borne by SPTS, and SPTS may be required to repay grant awards that have previously been received.

 

42


Table of Contents

For more information about the above considerations and the risks associated with the Company’s operations in Israel and in Wales, see Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors (r) and (s).

4.C Organizational Structure

The Company’s corporate headquarters, executive and registered offices, as well as substantial research and development, engineering and manufacturing facilities, are located in Yavne, Israel. Orbotech, Inc., wholly-owned by Orbotech Ltd., maintains its headquarters in Billerica, Massachusetts. PDI and OLTS maintain their headquarters in San Jose, California. The Company’s European operations are coordinated from the headquarters of Orbotech Ltd.’s wholly-owned subsidiary in Brussels, Belgium, Orbotech S.A., and from regional offices in Germany. New System operates from offices in Gorizia, Italy. Laser Imaging Systems GmbH & Co. KG (“ LIS ”) operates from offices in Jena, Germany. Orbotech Pacific Ltd. and Orbotech Asia Ltd., also wholly-owned subsidiaries of Orbotech Ltd., operate through their headquarters in Hong Kong, and Orbotech Pacific Ltd. also operates from regional offices or subsidiaries in Korea, Taiwan and China, and through Orbotech Ltd. subsidiaries in Korea and Singapore. Orbotech Ltd.’s wholly-owned subsidiary in Japan, Orbotech Japan Ltd., maintains its headquarters in Tokyo. The Company’s principal Israeli subsidiary is Orbograph (owned approximately 94% by Orbotech Ltd.), which is located in Yavne, Israel. Frontline operates from headquarters in Rehovot, Israel. SPTS maintains its headquarters in Newport, Wales, and also operates from its regional offices or subsidiaries in Germany, France, the United States, Taiwan, Singapore, China, Malaysia and Korea. For more information about the Company’s organizational structure, see Item 19 - Exhibits - Exhibit 8.1 - List of Subsidiaries.

4.D Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company maintains substantial administrative, manufacturing, research and development, corporate sales, marketing and customer support operations in and from leased premises located in Yavne, Israel, comprising a total area of approximately 291,000 square feet with an option to lease additional space. The current lease term will expire in September 2021, and the Company has a right of first refusal to purchase the facility.

Additionally, the Company, generally through its subsidiaries, leases approximately 753,500 square feet of floor space, which is used in connection with sales, marketing, customer support, research and development, engineering and production operations. These leases expire on various dates up to 2023. Also, three of the Company’s European subsidiaries, Orbotech S.A., New System and SPTS Technologies Limited, hold interests in real property in Brussels, Belgium, Gorizia, Italy and Newport, Wales, respectively.

The aggregate annual rental paid by the Company for all of the Company’s facilities in and outside Israel in 2014 was approximately $7.9 million (compared to $7.9 million in 2013 and $7.4 million in 2012). For further information, see Note 9a to the Financial Statements.

The Company has invested substantial sums in improving the leased properties that it occupies in order to adapt them to its various engineering and production activities. The majority of these improvements have been integrated into the leasehold facilities. As of the date of this Annual Report, the facilities available to the Company in Yavne, Israel are generally utilized on a one-shift basis in the course of the Company’s normal operations and the Company considers them to be adequate for such operations; however, the Company has the capability to expand this capacity when needed, including, as it has done in the past, by scheduling additional production shifts. The Company is not engaged in the construction or material expansion of any additional building at its facilities nor has it any present plans to relocate its Yavne facilities. The Company is not aware of any environmental issues that may affect its ability to use its facilities in any material respect.

In connection with the loans under the Credit Agreement, Orbotech Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries guaranteed the obligation of the Borrower thereunder, Orbotech, Inc., Orbotech Ltd’s wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary. Those obligations are secured by security interests on certain assets of the Borrower and the

 

43


Table of Contents

guarantors, including Orbotech Ltd., which issued a debenture on August 7, 2014 (the “ Debenture ”) pursuant to which it created a floating charge on all of the Company’s assets, other than certain excluded assets, and a fixed charge on its goodwill. Orbotech Ltd. is also in the process of creating a fixed charge on certain of its intangible assets including certain patents and trademarks. For a description of the Credit Agreement and the Debenture, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources and Item 10 - Additional Information - Material Contracts.

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

 

44


Table of Contents
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

This Item 5 should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by, the information included in Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors.

5.A Operating Results

(a) General

Orbotech Ltd. is an Israeli corporation. On August 7, 2014, the Company completed the SPTS Acquisition. Accordingly, the results of operations of SPTS were included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations beginning August 7, 2014. The Company has three reportable segments:

(i) Production Solutions for the Electronics Industry, which comprises the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of cutting-edge solutions designed to enable the production of innovative, next generation electronic products and improve the cost effectiveness of existing and future electronics production processes. The Company’s products in this segment include AOI, AOR, imaging, laser drilling and pre-production systems used in the manufacture of PCBs, AOI, test, repair and yield management systems used in the manufacture of FPDs and etch, PVD, CVD and thermal processing equipment for use in the manufacture of MEMS, Advanced Packaging, power and RF devices and HBLED devices. The Company also markets CAM and engineering solutions for PCB production.

(ii) Solar Energy, which comprises the design, development, manufacture and marketing of solar photovoltaic energy systems that produce electricity directly from sunlight; and

(iii) Recognition Software, which comprises the development and marketing of check processing and healthcare revenue cycle management solutions to banks, financial and other payment processing institutions by Orbograph.

The Company derives revenues from two sources: (i) sales of the Company’s products; and (ii) services provided with respect to the Company’s products. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, revenues derived from sales of the Company’s products constituted approximately 69%, 67% and 62%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues, with the remaining revenues being derived from service for product support. During 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 96%, 97% and 96%, respectively, of revenues from both product sales and service were derived from product lines related to the Company’s yield-enhancement and production solutions for the electronics industry, approximately 2%, 0% and 0%, respectively, were derived from product lines related to solar energy and approximately 2%, 3% and 4%, respectively, were derived from product lines related to recognition software. The Company expects that revenues from its Production Solutions for the Electronics Industry segment will continue to account for a predominant portion of product revenues and service revenues in the near future. A significant portion of the Company’s revenues is derived from repeat product sales to existing customers, and the Company expects that repeat product sales will continue to account for a significant portion of such revenues in the future. As the Company’s installed base of products grows, service revenues are also expected to increase. See Note 14a to the Financial Statements for a description of each reportable segment and information as to segment revenues, operating income or loss, assets and related data.

The currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company and virtually all of its subsidiaries are conducted is the U.S. Dollar. Virtually all of the Company’s sales are made outside Israel in non-Israeli currencies, mainly the U.S. Dollar, and most of its purchases of materials and components are made in non-Israeli currencies, primarily the U.S. Dollar. Thus, the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar.

(b) Matters Affecting the Comparability of Results

On the SPTS Closing Date the Company completed its acquisition of SPTS for $375.1 million in cash and entered into a new term loan credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million to finance the SPTS Acquisition. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $299.25 million of principal outstanding

 

45


Table of Contents

indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and its anticipated fiscal year 2015 debt service payment obligations are $3.0 million of principal and, based on the applicable interest rate at December 31, 2014, approximately $15.0 million in interest. The Company is required to make amortization payments in quarterly installments. The amount of the quarterly installments is equal to $0.75 million for the first 12 quarterly amortization payments. Subsequently, the amount of the quarterly amortization payments will be $5.625 million for the next 11 quarterly amortization payments, and the balance of the principal amount will be due at final maturity. The first amortization payment was made on December 31, 2014. For additional information regarding the term loan facility, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Senior Secured Term Loans.

The SPTS Acquisition, which is the largest acquisition by the Company to date, is a major element of Orbotech’s strategic move into the high growth areas of Advanced Packaging and MEMS. The inclusion of the financial results of the operations of SPTS from the SPTS Closing Date had a significant effect on consolidated results of operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014, with $110.6 million of the Company’s 2014 revenues being attributable to SPTS reflected in the results for the Company’s semiconductor device business. In addition, the Company’s consolidated results for 2014 reflected: $6.8 million of acquisition-related fees and expenses related to the SPTS Acquisition; a $6.2 million year-over-year increase in interest expense related to the incremental indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement to finance the SPTS Acquisition; an increase of $15.2 million in amortization of intangibles and an income tax benefit of $1.8 million related to the net deferred tax liabilities acquired in the SPTS Acquisition. The Company’s results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 do not include results of operations of SPTS. For additional information regarding the impact of the SPTS Acquisition, see Note 3 to the Financial Statements.

(c) Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

To improve understanding of the Financial Statements, it is important to obtain some degree of familiarity with the Company’s principal or significant accounting policies. These policies are described in Note 1 to the Financial Statements. The Company reviews its financial reporting, disclosure practices and accounting policies at least annually to ensure that the Financial Statements, which are developed on the basis of these accounting policies, provide in all material respects complete, accurate and transparent information concerning the financial position and results of operations of the Company. As part of this process, the Company has reviewed the selection and application of its critical accounting policies and financial disclosures and it believes that the Financial Statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as at that date and the operating results for the year then ended.

In preparing the Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company’s management must often make judgments, estimates and assumptions, which may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures as at the date of the Financial Statements and during the reporting period. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex, and consequently actual results may differ materially from those estimates and assumptions. In the current economic environment, the risks and uncertainties associated with those estimates and assumptions are exacerbated. For any given individual estimate or assumption made by the Company, there may be alternative estimates or assumptions that are also reasonable. However, the Company believes that, given the facts and circumstances before it at the time of making the relevant judgments, estimates or assumptions, it is unlikely that applying any such other reasonable approach would cause a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity for the periods presented in the Financial Statements.

The Company is also subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from estimates and assumptions, such as cyclicality in the industries in which the Company operates, a deterioration in worldwide economic conditions, the timing and strength of product and service offerings by the Company and its competitors, changes in business or pricing strategies, changes in the prevailing political and regulatory framework in which the relevant parties operate or in economic or technological trends or conditions, including

 

46


Table of Contents

currency fluctuations, inflation and consumer confidence, on a global, regional or national basis. Certain of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions are discussed under the heading Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information and in Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors.

The Company considers its most significant accounting policies to be those discussed below.

(i) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from sale of non-software products to end users upon delivery, provided that appropriate signed documentation of the arrangement, such as a signed contract, purchase order or letter of agreement has been received by the Company, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. If the Company determines that any of these criteria have not been met, revenue recognition is deferred until all of these criteria have been met. The Company does not, in the normal course of business, provide a right of return to its customers.

An arrangement involving multiple deliverables is divided into separate units of accounting. In such situations, revenue is recognized upon delivery of the separate elements, based on their relative fair value. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (“ VSOE ”), if available, and otherwise is based on third party evidence (“ TPE ”) or on the estimated selling price (“ ESP ”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Because of the nature of its products, the Company generally utilizes the ESP.

The determination of ESP involves consideration of several factors based on the specific facts and circumstances of the arrangement. Specifically, the Company evaluates the cost to produce the deliverable, the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar parts in different geographical regions, its ongoing pricing strategy and policies and other economic conditions and trends.

This accounting treatment is applied if the delivered elements have value on a stand-alone basis, the arrangement does not include a general right of return with respect to delivered items and delivery or performance of undelivered items is considered probable and is substantially within the Company’s control. The maximum revenue recognized on a delivered element is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of additional items.

Installation and training are not considered essential to the product capabilities since they do not require specialized skills and can be performed by other vendors. Accordingly, upon delivery, the Company defers revenue in an amount equivalent to the fair value of installation and training and recognizes those deferred revenues once installation and training has been completed.

The Company’s revenue arrangements contain multiple elements, as it grants its customers installation services and, on some of its products, a warranty on products sold, which includes the provision of post-sale service and maintenance, usually for a period of six to twelve months. Upon meeting the revenue recognition criteria of the product, the Company records a portion of the sale price that relates to the fair value of the services and maintenance expected to be performed during the aforementioned period as deferred income, and recognizes it as service revenue ratably over such period. The cost to the Company of warranting that the product will perform according to certain specifications and that the Company will repair or replace the product if it ceases to work properly is insignificant and is treated according to accounting principles for contingencies. After the warranty period, service revenue in respect of the Company’s systems is recognized ratably over the contractual period or as services are performed. Annual service fees are generally based on the list price of the Company’s products. It has been the Company’s experience that many of its customers elect to receive maintenance services from the Company on a continuing contractual basis after the conclusion of the warranty period.

In the case of delivery of newly developed products, revenue is deferred until acceptance is received.

The Company recognizes revenue from sale of software to end users upon delivery, provided that appropriate signed documentation of the arrangement, such as a signed contract, purchase order or letter of

 

47


Table of Contents

agreement, has been received by the Company, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. When software is made available to customers electronically, it is deemed to have been delivered once the Company has provided the customer with the access codes necessary to enable immediate possession of the software. If collectability is in question, revenue is recognized when the fee is collected.

Maintenance revenues are comprised of revenue from support arrangements that include technical support and the right to unspecified upgrades on an if-and-when-available basis. Revenues from these services are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis, over the life of the related agreement, which is typically one year.

(ii) Inventory Valuation

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined as follows: components, products in process and finished products - on the weighted average basis; and labor and overhead - on the basis of actual manufacturing costs. Periodically, or when certain events or changes in circumstances occur that trigger an assessment, the Company assesses the value of its inventory based on a combination of factors including, but not limited to: forecasted sales and usage; historical usage rates; engineering changes; estimated service period; product end-of-life dates; alternative uses for the inventory; and current and future market values. Inventories are written down for estimated excess and obsolescence and such write-down reduces net income in the period in which it occurs. Once such inventory is written down, a new (lower) cost basis for that inventory is established and it is not written up to reflect a subsequent favorable change in market conditions. However, unexpected favorable future demand and market conditions could positively impact future operating results and gross profit if inventory that has been written down is sold for more than its carrying value. Determinations of future demand for the Company’s products are based on the estimates included in the Company’s multi-year plans. The Company’s historical experience has been that its estimates of future demand have been reasonably reliable. Monitoring and administration of inventory is an important area of management focus, given the need to balance, on the one hand, the requirement to maintain prudent inventory levels as part of the Company’s efforts to assure competitive product delivery lead times, with the risk of inventory obsolescence, on the other.

(iii) Concentration of Credit Risks and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers for the purpose of determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. In respect of sales to customers in certain countries, the Company generally requires letters of credit from banks. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined for specific debts the collection of which is doubtful. While the Company believes that its valuations are appropriate, in times of adverse and unstable economic conditions, the Company’s credit evaluations may not be accurate or may be based on historical information that does not adequately reflect the severity of the economic downturn. These factors could lead to collection of accounts receivable at lower rates than in the past or than have been reserved.

(iv) Long-lived and Intangible Assets

The Company’s acquired intangible assets, other than goodwill, are comprised primarily of intellectual property and customer relations and are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of five to seven and, in some cases, up to twelve, years, depending on the estimated useful life of such intangible assets. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets (or asset group) may not be recoverable. These indicators may include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in the market value of an asset and significant changes in the extent or manner in which an asset is used.

At September 30, 2012, in light of the extended downturn in the FPD industry, the Company tested whether the intangible assets acquired as part of the PDI Acquisition should be impaired based on an undiscounted cash flow analysis of the cash generating unit. The determination of the future cash flow was based on the Company’s

 

48


Table of Contents

budget, strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, each of which required the Company’s management to make judgments about industry conditions, technological changes, competitive pressures and other matters related to its business. The growth rates used were developed by management based on information received from sources in the industry and Company-specific data. The profit margin assumptions included in the plans were based on the Company’s cost structure and its anticipated cost changes based on its cost savings initiatives at the time of testing. For assets where impairment was indicated - primarily existing technology and customer relationships allocated to the FPD division - the fair value was estimated using the ‘Relief from Royalty’ and ‘Multi-period Excess Earnings’ methodologies, respectively, both variations on the income approach. The Relief from Royalty methodology values an asset based on the assumed royalty rate which an enterprise would be prepared to pay to achieve the revenues associated with that asset and, for that reason, was considered by management to be the most useful methodology by which to value the technology intangible asset. The Multi-period Excess Earnings methodology develops assumptions, through revenue attribution and contributory asset charges, regarding what portion of a company’s earnings are attributable to a specific asset and, for that reason, was selected by management to be the most useful methodology by which to value the customer relationships intangible asset. For each of these methods, management estimated an after-tax cash flow stream associated with each intangible asset and then discounted that asset’s estimated required rate of return. The discount rate was based on a calculation of the internal rate of return, the weighted-average cost of capital and a weighted average return on assets, as well as the nature of those assets. The Company also applied a tax amortization benefit. As a result of these evaluations, the Company determined that the carrying amount of these assets exceeded their fair value by $30.1 million; and an impairment charge in that amount was therefore recorded in the third quarter of 2012. The evaluation of amounts recoverable in connection with intangible assets is a process that requires considerable exercise of judgment. Had different estimates and assumptions been used in this process, the measured impairments may have been different.

(v) Taxes on Income

Taxes on income are calculated using the assets and liabilities approach. Management judgment is required in determining provision for income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The provision for income tax is calculated based on assumptions as to the Company’s entitlement to various benefits under the applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The entitlement to such benefits depends upon the Company’s compliance with the terms and conditions set out in these laws. See Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Effective Corporate Tax Rate.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse under the applicable tax laws.

Deferred income tax provisions and benefits are based on the changes in the deferred tax asset or tax liability from period to period. Valuation allowance is included in respect of deferred tax assets when it is considered more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. In making this determination, the Company considers factors and evidence that both support and indicate against recording a valuation allowance, and will refrain from recording a valuation allowance if the former outweigh the latter. In the event that the tax assets are not realized, income tax expense would increase or, conversely, if the valuation allowance is overestimated, the Company would benefit from a future tax credit.

The Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of intercompany dividend distributions by its subsidiaries. Such additional tax liability in respect of non-Israeli subsidiaries has not been provided for in the Financial Statements, as it is the Company’s policy permanently to reinvest the subsidiaries’ earnings and to consider distributing dividends only when this can be facilitated in connection with a specific tax opportunity that may arise.

 

49


Table of Contents

Taxes that would apply in the event of disposal of investments in subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing deferred income taxes, as it is the Company’s intention to hold, and not to realize, these investments.

The Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of distribution of dividends from its tax-exempt income. The Company intends permanently to reinvest the amounts of tax-exempt income of its Approved Enterprises and Benefiting Enterprises and does not intend to distribute dividends from such income. Therefore, no deferred taxes have been provided in respect of such tax-exempt income as the undistributed tax-exempt income is essentially permanent in duration.

The Company implements the applicable accounting guidance dealing with: how tax benefits for uncertain tax positions are to be recognized, measured and de-recognized in financial statements; certain disclosures of uncertain tax positions; how reserves for uncertain tax positions should be classified on the balance sheet; and transition and interim-period guidance, among other matters. Only tax positions that meet the ‘more likely than not’ recognition threshold at the effective date may be recognized or continue to be recognized according to this accounting guidance.

Accounting for tax positions requires judgments, including estimating reserves for potential uncertainties. While the Company believes the resulting tax balances are appropriately accounted, as applicable, the ultimate outcome of such matters could result in favorable or unfavorable adjustments to its consolidated financial statements, which could be material.

The Company has filed and/or is in the process of filing local and foreign tax returns that are subject to audit by the respective tax authorities. The amount of income tax the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by the tax authorities, which often result in proposed assessments. Any estimation of the potential outcome of an uncertain tax issue is a matter for judgment, which can be subjective and highly complex. The Company believes that it has provided adequately for any reasonably foreseeable outcomes related to tax audits and settlement. However, future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to estimated tax liabilities in the period when the assessments are made or resolved, audits are closed or statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire.

(vi) Business Combinations

From time to time, the Company may engage in business combinations. The Company accounts for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. Allocation of purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is based on their estimated fair values as of the closing date of any such acquisition. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements and acquired developed technologies and patents; and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and difficult to predict and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates.

On August 7, 2014, the Company completed the SPTS Acquisition for a total consideration of $375.1 million. The SPTS Acquisition was accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting, which required the Company to establish a new basis for the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity on the date of the acquisition. The purchase price allocation for SPTS takes into account the information management believes is reasonable. Nevertheless, the Company has one year from the SPTS Closing Date to make a final determination of purchase accounting allocations; and, accordingly, adjustments may be made to the foregoing allocations for SPTS. Although the final allocation of the purchase price for the SPTS Acquisition could differ significantly from the foregoing amounts, the Company does not expect any changes to the final allocation of the purchase price to impact its future operations or have a material adverse impact on its liquidity.

 

50


Table of Contents

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The $167.0 million of goodwill was assigned to the SD reporting unit. The existing technology consists mainly of etch and PVD/CVD technologies used in the manufacturing of SD products.

The Company capitalized in-process research and development of $6.9 million upon completion of the SPTS Acquisition. The in-process research and development that was capitalized related to the acquired intellectual property for the dicing area, for which technological feasibility had not been established at the acquisition date and no future alternative uses had been identified at that time.

The results of operations of SPTS are included in the Financial Statements from the SPTS Closing Date. Pro forma unaudited revenue and net income data are presented in Note 3 to the Financial Statements.

For more information about allocation of purchase price, refer to Note 3 in the Financial Statements.

(vii) Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment annually, as at September 30 of each year, or whenever events or circumstances present an indication of impairment by assessing the fair value of the Company’s various reporting units.

The goodwill impairment test is applied by performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit. If, on the basis of qualitative factors, it is not considered more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, further testing of goodwill for impairment would not be required. Otherwise, goodwill impairment is tested using a two-step approach.

The first step involves comparing the fair value of a company’s reporting units to their carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit is determined to be greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit’s carrying amount is determined to be greater than the fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Step two calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in step one. The implied fair value of the goodwill in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the carrying value of the goodwill, an impairment loss equivalent to the difference is recorded.

In 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment for the annual goodwill impairment test. As a result of performing the annual impairment tests, on September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company determined that there was no impairment with respect to goodwill.

(viii) Share-based Compensation

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company accounts for employees’ awards classified as equity awards using the grant-date fair value method. The fair value of share-based payment transactions is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period net of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions.

Share-based payment expenses are classified in the same expense line items as cash compensation.

The Company elected to recognize compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule using the accelerated multiple-option approach.

Certain equity awards are subject to forfeiture should the Company fail to attain specified performance goals. The fair value of these awards is estimated on the date of grant using the same option valuation model used by the Company for non-performance equity awards. For so long as the Company assumes that performance

 

51


Table of Contents

goals will be achieved, compensation cost is recorded with respect thereto. If and when a point in time is reached that the Company believes the performance goals will not be achieved, it will then reverse the share-based compensation expenses recorded up to that point in time for all vesting periods completed through such date.

Compensation expense relating to future equity awards will depend on a variety of factors including the level and type of future awards and their terms; valuation considerations such as expected option life, volatility of the market price of the Ordinary Shares and applicable risk-free interest rates; and future levels of forfeitures of such awards. The Company is not currently able to estimate the additional compensation expense from future grants but will examine carefully this expense and its relation to net income (loss) when making such grants.

For a discussion of the Company’s equity remuneration plans, including the equity remuneration plans assumed by the Company in connection with the PDI Acquisition, see Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Share Ownership - Equity Plans.

(ix) Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is subject to claims arising in the conduct of its business, including claims relating to product liability, employees, suppliers and public authorities. In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, an assessment of the claims is made and the likelihood that the Company will be able to defend itself successfully against such claims is evaluated. When it is believed probable that the Company will not prevail in a particular matter, an estimate is made of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of legal counsel. For a discussion of the Company’s contingencies, see Item 8 - Financial Information - Legal Proceedings and Note 9b(ii) to the Financial Statements.

(d) Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements

For information with respect to recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1w to the Financial Statements.

(e) Geographical Analysis; Worldwide Economic Situation; Cost of Revenues

(i) Geographical Analysis and Worldwide Economic Situation

The following table sets forth the Company’s product and service revenues by geographic area for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     in thousands      % of total      in thousands      % of total      in thousands      % of total  

China

   $ 202,836         35       $ 177,304         40       $ 117,903         31   

Taiwan

     98,405         17         74,807         17         74,758         19   

North America

     87,900         15         43,042         10         41,569         11   

Korea

     55,607         9         72,333         16         62,954         16   

Europe

     54,004         9         18,605         4         18,477         5   

Japan

     44,840         8         33,676         8         43,877         11   

Other *

     39,154         7         20,228         5         27,470         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 582,746      100    $ 439,995      100    $ 387,008      100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* mainly in the Far East.

During 2014, revenues from product sales in China continued to increase, as a result of the continued capital expenditures during the year by FPD manufacturers in that country. The increase in the proportion of sales generated outside Asia reflects the impact of the SPTS Acquisition on the Company’s geographical diversification.

 

52


Table of Contents

During 2013, the Company recorded significantly higher revenues from product sales in China, mainly reflecting increased capital expenditures during the year by FPD manufacturers in that country. The increase in revenues from product sales in Korea is attributable primarily to the Company’s PCB and additional adjacent electronics component manufacturing solutions and mainly reflects the need on the part of Korean PCB manufacturers for LDI solutions for use in the manufacture of advanced HDI for smartphones.

During 2012, the Company recorded significantly reduced revenues from China, Korea and Japan compared with the previous year, which was primarily a function of the reduced demand for the Company’s FPD systems stemming, in turn, from the substantially lower levels of capital expenditures by FPD manufacturers in those countries. The decrease in revenues from North America and Europe was a reflection of the general downturn in the global electronics industry, as a result of which PCB manufacturers reduced their investments in manufacturing facilities in those regions.

The Company’s ability to foresee future changes in the total volume of orders for its products and services remains limited, particularly, but not only, with respect to its PCB products. The inherent uncertainties associated with the global economic environment and the financial markets and economies of those countries in which the Company markets its products, together with the related possible changes in demand for its products, means that past operating results may not necessarily be indicative of the future. See Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Trend Information.

(ii) Cost of Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012 *  
     in thousands      % of
sales/service
revenues
     in thousands      % of
sales/service
revenues
     in thousands      % of
sales/service
revenues
 

Cost of Products Sold

                 

Material and subcontractors

   $ 185,431          $ 125,043          $ 103,417      

Labor costs

     26,006            20,753            15,700      

Overhead and other expenses

     12,544            10,906            10,484      
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

Subtotal

  223,981      55.4      156,702      53.3      129,601      54.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of Services Rendered

Materials consumed

$ 51,167    $ 44,088    $ 45,704   

Labor costs

  37,135      34,117      35,954   

Overhead and other expenses

  17,270      13,548      22,188   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

Subtotal

  105,572      59.1      91,753      62.9      103,846      70.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cost of Revenues

$ 329,553    $ 248,455    $ 233,447   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

*   Excludes the write-down of inventories of $14.3 million in 2012 relating primarily to excess inventories of components and non-cancelable commitments for certain of the Company’s FPD products and, to a small extent, for certain of the Company’s older PCB products.

(f) Effective Corporate Tax Rate

The Company’s income tax obligations consist of those of the Company in Israel and those of each of its subsidiaries in their respective taxing jurisdictions.

The corporate tax rate in Israel, effective as of January 1, 2015, is 26.5%, unchanged from 2014 and compared with 25% in 2013. However, Orbotech’s effective tax rate in 2014 was 8.7% due to the combination of the factors described below.

 

53


Table of Contents

The effective tax rate of Orbotech is primarily influenced by: (a) the split of taxable income between the various tax jurisdictions; (b) the availability of tax loss carryforwards and the extent to which valuation allowance has been recorded against deferred tax assets; (c) the portion of the Company’s income in Israel which is entitled to tax benefits pursuant to the Investment Law; (d) the portion of the Company’s income which is entitled to reduced tax rates under a United Kingdom tax incentive (known as the ‘Patent Box’ regime) which is designed to encourage companies to make profits from their patents by reducing the tax payable on those profits; and (e) the changes in the exchange rate of the Dollar to the NIS.

Orbotech elected the alternative benefits route under the Investment Law with respect to its Approved Enterprises. Under this route the Company waived government grants in return for a tax exemption on undistributed income. Due to the geographic location of the Company’s facilities, such tax exemption on undistributed income applied for a limited period of two years. In the event that such tax exempt income is distributed as a dividend or a deemed dividend, the Company will be required to pay the applicable corporate tax that would otherwise have been payable on such income. During the remainder of the applicable benefits period, a corporate tax rate not exceeding 25% applied. The Company’s entitlement to such benefits was conditioned upon its compliance with the terms and conditions prescribed in the Investment Law. During 2013, the benefits period applicable to the last of the Company’s Approved Enterprises expired.

In April 2005, substantive amendments to the Investment Law came into effect. Under these amendments, eligible investment programs of the type in which the Company participated prior to the amendment were eligible to qualify for substantially similar benefits as a ‘Benefiting Enterprise’, subject to meeting certain criteria. This replaced the previous terminology of ‘Approved Enterprise’, which required pre-approval from the Investment Center of the Ministry of the Economy of the State of Israel. As a result of these amendments, tax-exempt income generated from Benefiting Enterprises under the provisions of the amended law will, if distributed upon liquidation or if paid to a shareholder for the purchase of his or her shares, be deemed distributed as a dividend and will subject the Company to the applicable corporate tax that would otherwise have been payable on such income. Therefore, the Company could be required to record deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income, which would have an adverse effect on its results of operations. To date, Orbotech Ltd. has not generated tax exempt income from Benefiting Enterprises.

Dividends distributed from taxable income derived from Orbotech Ltd.’s Approved Enterprises or Benefiting Enterprises during the applicable benefits period would subject the recipient to a 15% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), which would generally be withheld by the distributing company.

Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2011 and were further amended in August 2013 (the “ 2011 Amendment ”). Under the 2011 Amendment, income derived by ‘Preferred Companies’ from ‘Preferred Enterprises’ (both as defined in the 2011 Amendment) would be subject to a uniform rate of corporate tax for an unlimited period as opposed to the incentives prior to the 2011 Amendment that were limited to income from Approved or Benefiting Enterprises during their benefits period. According to the 2011 Amendment, the uniform tax rate on such income, referred to as ‘Preferred Income’, would be 10% in areas in Israel that are designated as Development Zone A and 15% elsewhere in Israel during 2011-2012, 7% and 12.5%, respectively, in 2013, and 9% and 16%, respectively, thereafter. Income derived by a Preferred Company from a ‘Special Preferred Enterprise’ (as defined in the Investment Law) would enjoy further reduced tax rates for a period of ten years of 5% in Development Zone A and 8% elsewhere. As of January 1, 2014, dividends distributed from Preferred Income would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), which would generally be withheld by the distributing company, provided however that dividends distributed from ‘Preferred Income’ from one Israeli corporation to another, would not be subject to tax. Under the transitional provisions of the 2011 Amendment, companies may elect to irrevocably implement the 2011 Amendment with respect to their existing Approved and Benefiting Enterprises while waiving benefits provided under the legislation prior to the 2011 Amendment or keep implementing the legislation prior to the 2011 Amendment. Should a company elect to implement the 2011 Amendment with respect to its existing Approved and Benefiting Enterprises prior to June 30, 2015, dividends distributed from

 

54


Table of Contents

taxable income derived from Approved Enterprises or Benefiting Enterprises to another Israeli company would also not be subject to tax. Orbotech Ltd. has not elected to implement the 2011 Amendment. While the Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of distribution of dividends from tax exempt income generated from its Approved and Benefiting Enterprises as previously described, no additional tax liability will be incurred by the Company in the event of distribution of dividends from Preferred Income.

The 2011 Amendment had no material effect on the tax payable in respect of the Company’s Israeli operations during 2014.

The combination of the factors described above produced effective tax rates of 8.7%, 15.0% and 0% for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

See Item 4 - Information on the Company - Business Overview - Additional Considerations Relating to the Company’s Operations in Israel; Note 11 to the Financial Statements; and Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Taxes on Income.

(g) Impact of Currency Fluctuations

Because the Company’s results are reported in Dollars, changes in the rate of exchange between the Dollar and local currencies in those countries in which the Company operates (primarily the NIS, the GBP, the Euro, the Japanese Yen and the Chinese Renminbi) will affect the Company’s results of operations. During 2014, on a comparative annual average basis as against 2013, the main currencies relevant to the Company’s operations strengthened (weakened) against the Dollar, as follows: the NIS by (1)%, the GBP by (5)%, the Japanese Yen by (8)%, the Chinese Renminbi by 0.2% and the Euro by 0.5%.

For information with respect to currency hedging programs maintained by the Company, see Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

55


Table of Contents

(h) Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain financial data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2014      2013      2012  
   %      %      %  

Revenues

     100.0        100.0        100.0  

Cost of revenues

     56.6        56.5        60.3  

Inventory write-down

           3.7  

Gross profit

     43.4        43.5        36.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses

Research and development costs:

Expenses incurred

  15.7     16.5     18.2  

Less - government participations

  0.5     0.7     0.5  

Net research and development costs

  15.2     15.8     17.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  16.5     17.3     18.9  

Equity in earnings of Frontline

  (1.0   (1.3   (1.7

Amortization of intangible assets

  3.3     0.9     2.6  

SPTS Acquisition costs

  1.2   

Impairment of intangible assets

  7.8  

Restructuring charges

  1.3  

Total operating expenses

  35.2     32.7     46.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  8.2     10.8     (10.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial expenses - net

  (1.5 )   (0.3   (1.3

Income (loss) before taxes on income

  6.7     10.5     (11.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expenses

  0.6     1.6     0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share in losses of an associated company

  0.1  

Net income (loss)

  6.1     8.9     (12.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss attributable to the non-controlling interest

  0.2     0.2  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Orbotech Ltd.

  6.1     9.1     (11.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(i) Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared To Year Ended December 31, 2013

During 2014, the Company took an important step towards implementing its strategy of expanding into the high growth areas of Advanced Packaging and MEMS with the SPTS Acquisition. As a result of the SPTS Acquisition, the Company has become significantly larger, further diversified and more geographically balanced. The Company’s financial results for the year reflect the effects, on and from the SPTS Closing Date, of this significant acquisition, as well as a further improvement in demand for its FPD equipment, offset by a modest decrease in PCB equipment sales, primarily reflecting the slowdown in Korea.

Revenues from the sale and service of the Company’s equipment and software in 2014 totaled $582.7 million, compared with $440.0 million in 2013, an increase of approximately 32.4%. The inclusion of revenues from SPTS following the SPTS Acquisition increased consolidated revenue by $110.6 million. Service revenues in 2014 were $178.8 million, compared with $146.0 million in 2013, an increase of approximately $32.8 million, which reflected the inclusion of service revenues of SPTS, but was also a function of increase in service business generated in the Company’s PCB division.

Revenues from the sale and service of PCB-related equipment in 2014 were $286.2 million, compared with $295.3 million in 2013. This slight decrease reflects the slowdown of business in Korea, offset, in part, by the increase in service revenues and demands from China for the Company PCB-related equipment.

 

56


Table of Contents

Revenues from the sale and service of FPD-related equipment in 2014 were $160.7 million, compared with $131.6 million in 2013. This increase is primarily the result of continued fabrication facility expansions by LCD manufacturers in China to meet the growing demand for LCD televisions, tablets and mobile devices.

Revenues from the sale and service of SD equipment in 2014 were $110.6 million. SPTS recorded revenues of $186.0 million for the full year of 2014, $75.4 million of which were attributable to the period prior to its acquisition by the Company on August 7, 2014.

Revenues from the sale and service of the Company’s Solar Energy segment in 2014 were $11.9 million. 2014 was the first year in which the Company recognized revenues from sales of its products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels.

Revenues from the sale and service of the Company’s Recognition Software segment in 2014 were $13.2 million, unchanged from the $13.2 million recorded in 2013.

The increase in the cost of products sold in 2014 of $67.3 million, or 43%, resulted from the increase in revenues from products sold of $110.0 million, or 37.4%. This primarily reflected the higher expenditures on materials and components labor costs, overhead and other expenses as a result of the increased volume of products sold.

The increase in the cost of services rendered in 2014 of $13.8 million, or 15.1%, is primarily the result of the consolidation of the financial results of SPTS from the SPTS Closing Date.

Gross profit for 2014 was $253.2 million, or 43.4% of revenues, compared with $191.5 million, or 43.5% of revenues, in 2013. The Company preserved similar gross margins in 2014 as in 2013. Gross profit for 2014 from sales of equipment was $180.0 million, or 44.6% of product sales, compared to $137.3 million, or 46.7% of product sales, during 2013. The lower gross margin is a result of the change in the mix of products sold over this period. Gross profit for 2014 from services rendered was $73.2 million, or 41%, of service revenues, compared with $54.2 million, or 37.1%, of service revenues, during 2013. The higher gross margins on service revenues in 2014 compared to 2013, is a function of the Company’s increasing ability to generate additional service revenues while utilizing only a partially increased level of resources.

Research and development costs net increased to $88.7 million in 2014 from $69.6 million in 2013, due primarily to the inclusion of the financial results of SPTS from the SPTS Closing Date in the amount of $9.5 million and increased investment in research and development projects. During 2014, the Company received $2.7 million (compared with $3.2 million received in 2013) in royalty-free participations in its research and development expenditures, primarily from the Israeli Government and European sponsored sources.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $95.7 million (which excludes $0.5 million expenses associated with the Korean Matter after taking into account receipts from the Company’s insurance carriers), compared to $77.5 million in 2013 (which excludes $1.6 million income associated with the Korean Matter after taking into account receipts from the Company’s insurance carriers). This increase was principally attributable to the inclusion of the financial results of SPTS from the SPTS Closing Date in the amount of $11.5 million and additional sales and marketing expenses as a result of the increase of equipment sales in 2014. The costs associated with the Korean Matter were $2.2 million, net of $1.7 million in recoveries from insurance companies, and were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Equity earnings in Frontline in 2014 were $5.8 million compared with $5.6 million in 2013.

The amortization of other intangible assets, primarily attributable to the SPTS and PDI Acquisitions, increased during 2014 to $19.2 million from $4.0 million in 2013. For further information concerning amortization expenses for 2014, 2013 and 2012, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Long-lived and Intangible Assets.

 

57


Table of Contents

Net financial expenses totaled $9.0 million in 2014, compared with $1.2 million in 2013. This increase reflects the new term loan facility entered to finance the SPTS Acquisition.

Income tax expense for 2014 was $3.4 million, compared with $6.9 million in 2013. The Company’s effective tax rate for 2014 was 8.7% compared to 15.0% in 2013. Generally, the Company’s effective tax rate varies largely as a function of income (loss), benefits received from the State of Israel, particularly those relating to Approved Enterprises, Benefiting Enterprises or Preferred Enterprises, the split of taxable income between jurisdictions, reduced tax rates and other incentives in non-Israeli jurisdictions and the changes in various exchange rates to the NIS. See Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Operating Results - Effective Corporate Tax Rate.

The net loss attributable to the non-controlling interests was $0.1 million for 2014 compared to net loss of $0.8 million in 2013. These non-controlling interests are comprised of the minority share in the losses of OLTS as well as the approximately 6% minority interest in Orbograph.

GAAP net income attributable to Orbotech Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $35.4 million, or $0.83 per share (diluted), compared with $40.0 million, or $0.92 per share (diluted), for the year ended December 31, 2013.

(j) Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared To Year Ended December 31, 2012

The Company’s financial results for 2013 reflected a year in which the Company experienced renewed demand for its FPD equipment as the industry began to emerge from the cyclical downturn which had prevailed in the industry since the latter part of 2011, and a modest improvement in its PCB and additional adjacent electronics component manufacturing revenues, despite the uncertainty and weakness in global economic conditions which continued to impact this area of the Company’s business. The Company’s shift from a substantial net loss to net income in 2013 resulted in large part from the recovery in the FPD industry and the full year impact of operational efficiency measures adopted; but also reflected the write-down of inventories of $14.3 million and impairment charges of $30.1 million recorded in 2012.

Revenues from the sale and service of the Company’s equipment and software in 2013 totaled $440.0 million, compared with $387.0 million in 2012, an increase of approximately 13.7%. Service revenues in 2013 were $146.0 million, compared with $148.1 million in 2012, a slight decrease of approximately $2.1 million, which was mainly a function of the lower FPD equipment sales in 2012, as a result of which there was virtually no increase in the Company’s installed base of equipment in that year.

Revenues from the sale and service of PCB-related equipment in 2013 were $295.3 million, compared with $275.5 million in 2012. This increase reflected, in part, the growth in revenues from the Company’s additional adjacent electronics component manufacturing business, from approximately $16.4 million in 2012 to approximately $31.7 million in 2013, as well as the higher revenues received from Orbotech’s manufacturing solutions, especially its LDI systems, stemming mainly from strong demand for LDI for HDI PCBs for smartphones.

Revenues from the sale and service of FPD-related equipment in 2013 were $131.6 million, compared with $97.2 million in 2012. This increase, which was weighted towards the latter part of the year, was primarily the result of major manufacturing expansions in China to meet the growing demand for LCD televisions, tablets and mobile devices.

Revenues from the sale and service of the Company’s Recognition Software segment in 2013 were $13.2 million, compared to the $14.3 million recorded in 2012.

 

58


Table of Contents

The increase in the cost of products sold in 2013 of $27.1 million, or 20.9%, resulted from the increase in revenues from products sold of $55.1 million, or 23.0%. This primarily reflected the higher expenditures on materials and components labor costs, overhead and other expenses as a result of the increased volume of products sold.

The decrease in the cost of services rendered in 2013 of $12.1 million, or 11.7%, primarily reflected previously-implemented cost saving measures (including more efficient use of spare parts), as well as lower service revenues in the Company’s FPD business which led to less materials being consumed. In addition, the Company allocated less overhead expenses in respect of its customer support operations.

Gross profit for 2013 was $191.5 million, or 43.5% of revenues, compared with $139.3 million, or 36% of revenues, in 2012. Gross profit for 2013 from sales of equipment was $137.3 million, or 46.7% of product sales, compared to $109.3 million, or 45.8% of product sales, during 2012 (excluding write-down of inventories of $14.3 million). Gross profit for 2013 from services rendered was $54.2 million, or 37.1%, of service revenues, compared with $44.2 million, or 29.9%, of service revenues, during 2012.

Research and development costs net increased to $69.6 million in 2013 from $68.7 million in 2012, due primarily to increased employee-related costs and the effect of the strengthened NIS against the Dollar. During 2013, the Company received $3.2 million, compared with $1.8 million received in 2012, in royalty-free participations in its research and development expenditures, primarily from the Israeli Government and European sponsored sources.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $77.5 million (which excludes $1.6 million income associated with the Korean Matter after taking into account receipts from the Company’s insurance carriers), compared to $69.0 million in 2012 (which excluded $4.0 million costs associated with the Korean Matter after taking into account receipts from the Company’s insurance carriers). This increase was principally attributable to additional allocation of overhead expenses previously included in customer support operations, as well as higher expenses resulting from the growth in sales and increased employee-related costs. The costs associated with the Korean Matter were $3.3 million, net of $4.9 million in recoveries from insurance companies, and were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Equity earnings in Frontline were $5.6 million compared with $6.8 million in 2012, a decrease of 17.9%, reflecting reduced revenues of approximately $1.0 million in 2013 compared with 2012, as well as higher expenditure on investment in research and development activities during 2013.

At September 30, 2012, in light of the extended downturn in the FPD industry noted above, the Company tested whether the intangible assets acquired as part of the PDI Acquisition should be impaired, based on cash flow projections and fair value estimates. As a result, an impairment charge of $30.1 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2012. For further information concerning the impairment charge, see Item 5 - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Long-lived and Intangible Assets.

The amortization of other intangible assets, primarily attributable to the PDI Acquisition, decreased during 2013 to $4.0 million from $9.9 million in 2012. For further information concerning amortization expenses for 2013 and 2012, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Long-lived and Intangible Assets.

Net financial expenses totaled $1.2 million in 2013, compared with $5.1 million in 2012. This decrease reflected the lower debt service payment obligations to Discount Bank, which totaled $1.2 million in 2013, compared with $3.4 million in 2012, as well as reduced foreign exchange losses.

 

59


Table of Contents

Income tax expense for 2013 was $6.9 million, compared with $0.5 million in 2012. The Company’s effective tax rate for 2013 was 15.0% compared to 0% in 2012. Generally, the Company’s effective tax rate varies largely as a function of income (loss), benefits received from the State of Israel, particularly those relating to Approved Enterprises, Benefiting Enterprises or Preferred Enterprises, the split of taxable income between jurisdictions and the changes in various exchange rates to the NIS. See Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Operating Results - Effective Corporate Tax Rate.

The net loss attributable to the non-controlling interests was $0.8 million for 2013 compared to $1.0 million in 2012. These non-controlling interests were comprised of the minority share in the losses of OLTS as well as the approximately 9% minority interest in Orbograph.

GAAP net income attributable to Orbotech Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $40.0 million, or $0.92 per share (diluted), compared with GAAP net loss attributable to Orbotech Ltd. of $45.6 million, or $1.05 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources

(a) General

The Company’s equity as a percentage of its total assets decreased to 48.1% at December 31, 2014, compared with 73.4% at December 31, 2013.

Cash, cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits and marketable securities decreased to $162.3 million at December 31, 2014 from the $218.2 million recorded at December 31, 2013. The Company had gross debt of $299.25 million at December 31, 2014 and no debt at December 31, 2013.

Cash generated from operating activities in 2014 was approximately $51.4 million. Inventories at December 31, 2014 were $157.0 million, compared with $93.9 million at December 31, 2013. Net trade accounts receivable increased by $49.9 million, to $248.1 million at December 31, 2014 from $198.2 million at year end 2013. The period trade receivables were outstanding at December 31, 2014 (calculated by dividing: (A) the product of: (i) trade receivables at period end; and (ii) 365; by (B) the aggregate of the previous four quarter revenues) decreased to 155 days at December 31, 2014 from 164 days at December 31, 2013. The Company did not record any significant bad debts during 2014 and its allowance for doubtful accounts was $3.4 million or 1.3% of outstanding receivables at December 31, 2014. Aggregate accounts payable and accruals increased to $146.3 million from their December 31, 2013 level of $99.1 million, primarily due to the SPTS Acquisition. Deferred income increased by $13.2 million to $38.0 million at December 31, 2014, primarily reflecting the higher levels of revenues from sales of products.

During 2014, the Company used $12.5 million for capital expenditures and expended approximately $14.6 million for share repurchases and received approximately $8.3 million from the exercise of options.

The Company routinely receives letters of credit or promissory notes in connection with the sale of products in the Far East and Japan. From time to time, it sells some of these letters of credit and promissory notes to third parties at a discount in return for cash. During 2014, the Company sold approximately $39.0 million of these instruments.

The Company uses financial instruments and derivatives in order to limit its exposure to risks arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The use of such instruments does not expose the Company to additional exchange rate risks since the derivatives are held against an asset (for example, excess assets in Japanese Yen). See Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. The Company’s policy in utilizing these financial instruments is to protect the Dollar value of its cash, cash equivalent and marketable securities assets rather than to serve as a source of income.

 

60


Table of Contents

The Company is not aware of any material commitments for capital expenditures in the future and believes that its cash and cash equivalents available as of December 31, 2014 and funds generated from operations will be sufficient to meet its working capital requirements for the next twelve months.

(b) OLTS Investment

Approximately 16% of OLTS’s equity interest as at December 31, 2014 is held by the two developers of certain of OLTS’s technology. Each of these two developers holds a put option to sell his holdings in OLTS to, at the Company’s election, the Company and/or OLTS. These put options shall become exercisable upon the achievement of a certain financial milestone by OLTS. The purchase price to be paid by the Company upon the exercise of this put option shall be equal to the fair market value of the equity interest being sold, as determined by an external appraiser. There is a limit on the number of equity interest units that the two developers may require the Company to purchase, upon exercise of these put options, each year. These put options shall expire upon the earlier of an initial public offering, merger and acquisition transaction or a third party investment in OLTS that results in such third party holding at least 5% of OLTS’s equity interest.

The Company ownership percentage in OLTS was approximately 81.2% on a fully diluted basis as of December 31, 2014.

(c) PixCell Investment

From 2011 through 2014, the Company through its venture capital fund, Orbotech Technology Ventures L.P., invested a total of $3.5 million in PixCell Medical Technologies Ltd. (“ PixCell ”) and paid other shareholders of PixCell a total of $0.5 million, in consideration for approximately 35% (on a fully diluted basis) of the share capital of PixCell, an Israeli company developing diagnostic equipment for point-of-care hematology applications, in particular low cost, high speed complete blood count and hemoglobin level tests. In the early part of 2015, the Company invested $1.5 million in PixCell, and was granted an option to purchase additional shares of PixCell in consideration for an aggregate exercise price of $1.0 million, following which the Company holds 45% (on a fully diluted basis) of the share capital of PixCell. Subject to the exercise of the above option, the Company is entitled to invest additional amounts and to purchase additional shares from PixCell’s other shareholders in consideration for an aggregate amount of approximately $6.0 million, following which the Company would be expected to hold approximately 63% (on a fully diluted basis) of the share capital of PixCell and, subject to its continuous investment in PixCell, the Company will also have the right to acquire 100% of the share capital of PixCell. In the event the Company invests the entire $7.0 million as aforesaid, then subject to certain terms and conditions (including the achievement of a certain financial milestone) the Company will be required to acquire 100% of the share capital of PixCell.

(d) Negative Pledges

As part of the Discount Bank Loan and as security for the repayment thereof, Orbotech Ltd. created a floating charge on all of its assets and a fixed charge was created on the shares of PDI held by Orbotech, Inc. In addition, Orbotech Ltd. also has an approved credit risk limit of up to an aggregate amount of $22.0 million granted to it by Bank Hapoalim Ltd. (“ Hapoalim ”). To secure this credit risk, in 2010, Orbotech Ltd. issued a debenture in favor of Hapoalim under which a floating charge was created on all of Orbotech Ltd.’s assets.

In February 2013, Orbotech Ltd. prepaid part of the Discount Bank Loan. In connection with the partial prepayment of the Discount Bank Loan and as a precondition thereto, Orbotech Ltd. entered into letters of agreement with Discount Bank and with Hapoalim pursuant to which the above floating charges and the debenture in favor of Hapoalim were cancelled and replaced with negative pledges to each of Discount Bank and Hapoalim (collectively, the “ Negative Pledges ” and each, a “ Negative Pledge ”). On December 23, 2013, Orbotech Ltd. completed repayment of the entire Discount Bank Loan and on January 22, 2014, the fixed charge created on the shares of PDI held by Orbotech, Inc. was cancelled. Subsequently, and as a result of further agreements with each of Discount Bank and Hapoalim, the Negative Pledges to Discount Bank and to Hapoalim were cancelled on March 27 and May 21, 2014, respectively.

 

61


Table of Contents

(e) Senior Secured Term Loans

On August 7, 2014, the Company, and its wholly owned subsidiary Orbotech, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. Under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower borrowed $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term loans (the “ Term Loans ”) on August 7, 2014. The proceeds of the Term Loans were used by the Borrower on August 7, 2014, together with approximately $100.0 million of cash available to the Company, directly or indirectly, (a) to pay the cash consideration in respect of the acquisition of SPTS, (b) to repay indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Facilities Agreement dated as of May 31, 2012, by and among SPTS, Barclays Bank PLC, HSBC Bank PLC and the other parties thereto, (c) to redeem outstanding notes of a subsidiary of SPTS and (d) to pay transaction costs associated with the foregoing. As of February 1, 2015, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans was $299.25 million.

(i) Interest and Maturity

The Term Loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at Borrower’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the interest rate announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1.0% and (3) a LIBO rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for Dollar deposits for a one-month interest period adjusted for certain additional costs plus 1.0% or (b) a LIBO rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for Dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. For the purpose of determining the interest rate payable on the Term Loans under clauses (a) and (b) of the immediately preceding sentence, the LIBO rate will in no event be less than 1.0%. The applicable interest rate margin will be 3.0% with respect to base rate borrowings and 4.0% with respect to LIBO rate borrowings. The Term Loans will mature on August 7, 2020.

(ii) Amortization and Prepayments

The Company is required to make amortization payments in quarterly installments, which commenced on December 31, 2014. The amount of the quarterly installments will be equal to $0.75 million for the first 12 quarterly amortization payments. After that, the amount of the quarterly amortization payments will be $5.625 million for the next 11 quarterly amortization payments, and the balance of the principal amount will be due at final maturity. Prepayments of all or any portion of the Term Loans of a certain class reduce subsequent scheduled amortization payments of the Term Loans of such class as directed by the Borrower.

The Borrower is permitted to repay outstanding Term Loans or any portion thereof at any time without premium or penalty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Term Loans are prepaid prior to the first anniversary of the funding date thereof with the proceeds of debt having an effective yield lower than the initial effective yield of the Term Loans (taking into account LIBOR floors and original issue discount), then such prepayment will be accompanied by a prepayment fee equal to 1.0% of the Term Loans so prepaid. In addition to permitting voluntary prepayments at any time, the Credit Agreement contains mandatory prepayment provisions. These mandatory prepayment provisions contain certain exceptions and customary thresholds. Subject to these exceptions and thresholds, the Borrower will be required to make mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans under certain circumstances, including from (a) 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain non-ordinary course assets sales (including casualty and condemnation proceeds) in excess of $2.5 million per sale and $5.0 million per year (with a 365-day reinvestment right and other exceptions), (b) 100% of the net cash proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of debt not otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement and, until the first anniversary of closing, the issuance of equity and hybrid securities and (c) 50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), with step-downs to 25% and 0% if the ratio of the Company’s total consolidated debt to its trailing four-quarter consolidated EBITDA (as defined) is less than 1.25 to 1.00 and 0.75 to 1.00, respectively. Any mandatory prepayment also reduces subsequent scheduled amortization payments as directed by the Borrower.

 

62


Table of Contents

The Company may raise equity capital through the issuance of additional Ordinary Shares, subject to market and other conditions, including its undertakings pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Until August 7, 2015, the net proceeds of any such offering would be required to be used to repay indebtedness under the Credit Agreement. After August 7, 2015, the Company may use the proceeds of an equity offering, if any, for general corporate purposes, including voluntary prepayments of debt.

(iii) Incremental Term Loans

The Credit Agreement provides that the Borrower has the right to incur additional term loans thereunder in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of: (a) $50.0 million; and (b) the amount that would not cause the Company’s ratio of total consolidated secured debt to trailing four-quarter consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to exceed 1.75 to 1.00, calculated on a pro forma basis (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The lenders under the Credit Agreement are under no obligation to provide any such additional term loans, however. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s ratio of total consolidated secured debt to trailing four-quarter consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) was 3.00.

(iv) Guarantees and Collateral for the Term Loans

The Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and by certain existing subsidiaries of the Company that are organized under the laws of Israel, England and Wales, the United States, Hong Kong and Singapore, in each case subject to certain exceptions and limitations. In addition, certain after acquired or organized material subsidiaries of the Company organized under the laws of Israel, England and Wales or the United States will be required to guarantee Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Agreement upon their acquisition or formation. The Credit Agreement and the related guarantees are (or are expected to be) secured by security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower and the guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and limitations). The Company also issued the Debenture on August 7, 2014, to create a fixed charge on its goodwill and a floating charge on all of its assets, other than certain Excluded Assets (as defined in the Debenture) to guarantee payment of the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

(v) Covenants and Events of Default

The Credit Agreement requires the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to maintain compliance with a minimum liquidity amount (as defined) of $40 million tested as of the last day of each month, and places certain restrictions on the ability of the Company, the Borrower or certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to, among other things, incur debt and liens; merge, consolidate or liquidate; make investments; dispose of assets; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; pay dividends and make other restricted payments; undertake transactions with affiliates; enter into restrictive agreements on their ability to grant liens, make dividends and other distributions; amend material documents, change fiscal periods; and designate unrestricted subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all covenants in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, such as defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, material judgments, invalidity of loan documents, certain liens and guarantees and change in control.

The above summary of the Credit Agreement and the brief description of the guarantees and collateral securing the obligations thereunder are each qualified in the entirety by reference to the complete terms and provisions thereof, each of which are incorporated by reference herein.

Certain Non-GAAP Information

Non-GAAP net income for 2014 was $63.2 million, or $1.48 per share (diluted), compared with $47.5 million, or $1.10 per share (diluted) for 2013. The below table (the “ Reconciliation ”) reconciles GAAP to non-GAAP results for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

63


Table of Contents

In this Annual Report, the Company presents certain non-GAAP measures, including non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per share, which are described in the Reconciliation. Each measure presented below excludes charges or income, as applicable, related to one or more of the following: (i) equity-based compensation expenses; (ii) certain items associated with acquisitions, including amortization of intangibles and acquisition costs; (iii) restructuring and asset impairments; (iv) share in losses of associated company; and (v) tax credits relating to the above items, in each case, as described in more detail in the Reconciliation. In addition, the Company presents EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Credit Facility EBITDA, each as defined in the Reconciliation. Credit Facility EBITDA is Adjusted EBITDA as further adjusted to give effect to the other items identified as permitted adjustments pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Management regularly uses these non-GAAP measures to evaluate the Company’s operating and financial performance in light of business objectives and for planning purposes. In addition, these non-GAAP measures are among the primary factors management uses in planning for and forecasting future periods. None of these non-GAAP measures is prepared in accordance with GAAP and they may differ from non-GAAP measures reported by other companies. The Company believes that these measures enhance investors’ ability to review and understand trends in the Company’s business from the same perspective as management and understand the calculation of covenants under the Credit Agreement. The Company believes its presentation of some of these non-GAAP measures facilitates comparisons between periods because they provide consistency in its financial reporting among periods and exclude certain financial expenses. However, the non-GAAP measures presented are subject to limitations as analytical tools, and are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the comparable GAAP measures to which they are reconciled. They should be read only in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise described therein. Some of the limitations of the Company’s non-GAAP measures are:

 

    they do not include equity-based compensation, as further described below, and certain other non-cash charges;

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and non-GAAP measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

    they do not reflect every cash expenditure, such as tax payments, that are required to be paid in cash and could be material to the Company;

 

    they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;

 

    they do not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments on the Company’s debt;

 

    they do not reflect the impact of income or charges resulting from matters the Company considers not to be indicative of its ongoing operations; and

 

    other companies may calculate these measures differently than Orbotech does, limiting their usefulness as a comparative tool.

The effect of equity-based compensation expenses has been excluded from the non-GAAP net income measure and Adjusted EBITDA. Although equity-based compensation is a key incentive offered to employees, and the Company believes such compensation contributed to the revenues earned during the periods presented and also believes it will contribute to the generation of future period revenues, the Company continues to evaluate its business performance excluding equity based compensation expenses. Equity based compensation expenses are expected to recur in future periods.

The effects of amortization of intangible assets and impairment charges have also been excluded from the non-GAAP net income measure and EBITDA. These items are inconsistent in amount and frequency and are significantly affected by the timing and size of acquisitions. The use of intangible assets contributed to revenues earned during the periods presented and will also contribute to future period revenues. Amortization of intangible assets will recur in future periods and the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges in

 

64


Table of Contents

the future. The Company believes that it is useful for investors to understand the effects of these items on total operating expenses. Although these expenses are non-recurring with respect to past acquisitions, these types of expenses will generally be incurred in connection with any future acquisitions.

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Results

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     U.S. dollars in thousands
(except per share data)
 

Reported operating income (loss) on GAAP basis

   $ 48,146      $ 47,531      $ (40,796 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity based compensation expenses

  3,192     3,182     3,070  

Restructuring charges

  5,063  

Amortization of intangible assets

  19,235     4,041     9,907  

Impairment of intangible assets

  30,142  

SPTS Acquisition costs

  6,761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating income

$ 77,334   $ 54,754   $ 7,386  

Reported net income (loss) attributable to Orbotech Ltd. on GAAP basis

$ 35,380   $ 40,001   $ (45,579

Equity based compensation expenses

  3,192     3,182     3,070  

Restructuring charges, net of tax credit

  4,593  

Amortization of intangible assets, net of taxes

  17,412     4,041     9,907  

Impairment of intangible assets

  30,142  

SPTS Acquisition costs

  6,761  

Share in losses of associated company

  417     252     165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

$ 63,162   $ 47,476   $ 2,298  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income per share - diluted

$ 1.48   $ 1.10   $ 0.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares used in non-GAAP net income per share calculation

  42,757     43,253     44,071  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The below table reconciles net income to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Credit Facility EBITDA as calculated in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Credit Facility EBITDA as determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014

 

     U.S. dollars in thousands  

NET INCOME

$ 35,380  

Finance expenses

  9,046  

Taxes

  3,419  

Depreciation

  11,097  

Amortization of intangible assets

  19,235  
  

 

 

 

EBITDA

$ 78,177  

Equity based compensation expenses

  3,192  

Minority interest and interest losses

  (116

Losses in associated company

  417  

Transaction costs (a)

  6,761  
  

 

 

 

ADJUSTED EBITDA

$ 88,431  

SPTS full year contribution (b)

  10,487  

Litigation expenses (c)

  886  

Other (d)

  —    
  

 

 

 

CREDIT FACILITY EBITDA (e)

$ 99,804  

 

65


Table of Contents
(a) The $6.8 million adjustment relates to the SPTS Acquisition costs.
(b) The SPTS Acquisition was completed on August 7, 2014. This adjustment gives full year effect to the SPTS Acquisition by reflecting SPTS’s contribution to Credit Facility EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2014 to August 7, 2014, determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement. This adjustment has been derived from SPTS’s books and records, is unaudited and does not correspond to SPTS’s historical accounting periods.
(c) Reflects the elimination of litigation expenses related to the Korean Matter and certain other litigation.
(d) Reflects adjustments permitted by the Credit Agreement, including with respect to employee and other matters.
(e) Credit Facility EBITDA does not reflect any annualized expense reductions anticipated as a result of operational changes made as part of the SPTS Acquisition estimated by us in good faith as permitted by the Credit Agreement. Because we are in the preliminary stages of assessing our operations after the SPTS Acquisition, this adjustment does not include any amount of cost savings, business optimization opportunities or synergies that we believe may be available. Although we are carefully assessing the efficiency of our business, we may not identify or achieve any cost savings in the timeframe or amount we anticipate, if at all. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on our ability to achieve cost savings or synergies.

Although Credit Facility EBITDA is derived from the Financial Statements, the calculation of Credit Facility EBITDA pursuant to the Credit Agreement presented in this Annual Report will permit certain estimates and assumptions that may differ materially from actual results. For example, the Company is permitted to estimate annual net cost synergies as a result of specified actions, including the SPTS Acquisition. Although management is required under the Credit Agreement to use reasonable estimates and assumptions, investors should not place undue reliance upon the calculation of Credit Facility EBITDA given the manner in which it is calculated and the possibility that the underlying estimates and assumptions may ultimately not reflect actual results. The estimated cost synergies, for example, would increase Credit Facility EBITDA by the amount of savings expected to be achievable. No assurance can be given, however, that the Company will be able to realize such cost savings. Also, cash costs incurred by the Company in connection with implementing synergies do not reduce Credit Facility EBITDA. Moreover, cash costs may prove to be greater than estimated. In addition, the Credit Agreement permits the Company to adjust Credit Facility EBITDA for items that would not meet the standards for inclusion in pro forma financial statements under Regulation S-X and other SEC rules. Some of these adjustments may be too speculative to merit adjustment under Regulation S-X; however, the Credit Agreement permits such adjustments for purposes of determining Credit Facility EBITDA. As a result of these adjustments, the Company may be able to incur more debt or pay dividends or make other restricted payments in greater amounts than would otherwise be permitted without such adjustments even if the adjustments ultimately differ materially from actual results.

5.C Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

(a) Research and Development Policy

The Company places considerable emphasis on research and development projects designed to upgrade its existing product lines and to develop new technologies and additional industrial and service applications of its existing technologies. Research and development expenses are incurred prior to the time that revenue is generated from new products. It may take many years to realize the benefit of research and development expenses, if any is realized at all. As of December 31, 2014, 591 employees were engaged primarily in research and development for the Company.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table shows the total research and development expenditures of the Company and participations in such expenditures (mainly by the Government of Israel) for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Internally-funded research and development expenditures

   $ 91,320       $ 72,736       $ 70,524   

Governmental participations

     2,669         3,163         1,821   

Net outlay for research and development

   $ 88,651       $ 69,573       $ 68,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The governmental participations in the year ended December 31, 2014 represent funding of $1.9 million by the OCS through a royalty-free program for the development of generic technologies and of $0.8 million by European sponsored sources.

Israeli Government consent is required to manufacture products developed with OCS participations outside of Israel and to transfer to third parties know-how developed through projects in which the Israeli Government participates. Such restrictions do not apply to the export from Israel of the Company’s products developed with such know-how.

Israeli Government consent for the manufacture of products developed with OCS participations outside of Israel, if granted, is generally conditioned on an increase in the total amount to be repaid to the OCS, up to 300% of the Dollar value of the grant plus applicable interest. The specific increase within this ceiling would depend on the extent of the manufacturing to be conducted outside of Israel. Israeli Government consent for the transfer of know-how developed through projects in which the Israeli Government participates and any right derived therefrom, outside of Israel, if granted, is generally conditioned on a redemption payment which is calculated according to a formula set forth in the Israeli Encouragement of Research and Development in Industry Law, 1984 as amended, and regulations promulgated thereto (the “ Research Law ”), but not more than six times the total amount of grants received under the Research Law and from the OCS in general, plus applicable interest.

(b) Intellectual Property

To safeguard its proprietary product design and technology, the Company relies, in part, on patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright law, as well as technical safeguards. Proprietary software is generally protected under copyright law. Additionally, the Company relies upon trade secrets and regularly enters into non-disclosure agreements with its employees, subcontractors and potential business associates. According to the Company’s records as of January 31, 2015, at that date the Company held 234 United States patents, and 411 corresponding non-United States patents, and had 63 United States patent applications, and 302 non-United States patent applications, pending.

Notwithstanding the above, there can be no assurance that any patent owned or licensed by the Company will not be invalidated, designed around, challenged, infringed or licensed to others, that any of the Company’s pending or future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the claims sought by the Company, if at all, or that non-disclosure agreements will not be breached. In addition, patent coverage may not be extended to all countries, and effective copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. There can also be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company will prevent misappropriation of its technology. It is also possible that technology developed by the Company may be infringing on patents or other rights held by others. The Company has received in the past, and may in the future receive, communications asserting that the technology used in some of its products requires third-party licenses. Any infringement claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in costly litigation or arbitration and divert the attention of technical and management personnel. Any adverse outcome in any litigation alleging infringement could result in the loss of proprietary rights, require the Company to develop non-infringing technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements (which it may not be successful in achieving) or prevent the Company from manufacturing or selling its products.

 

67


Table of Contents

The Company has in the past received and may receive in the future notifications from customers with respect to possible indemnification or other action by the Company in connection with intellectual property claims resulting from use of the Company’s products. The Company typically undertakes, subject to various contractual conditions and other limitations, to defend intellectual property claims against customers arising from the purchase and use of its products. The Company’s obligations under these agreements generally provide that the Company may, at its option, either obtain the right to continue using the products or modify them and, in some cases, take back the products with a refund to the customer. To date, no demands have been made by customers seeking indemnification against the Company with respect to intellectual property claims, which have had any material effect on the Company’s business and results of operations. However, the Company has agreed to cover the legal costs of certain intellectual property litigation in China. See Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factors and Item 8 - Financial Information - Legal Proceedings.

Although the Company continues actively to pursue the protection of its intellectual property in the belief that its patents have significant value, it also believes that rapid technological improvement and factors such as the knowledge and experience of the Company’s management personnel and employees and their continued ability to define, develop, enhance and market new products and services afford additional protection which may, in some instances, exceed patent protection.

5.D Trend Information

Industry conditions affecting the Company’s business, in particular the level of FPD investment in China, began to improve in 2013 and continued to do so in 2014. In 2015, continued demand is expected for high-end consumer electronic devices supporting the Company’s belief that there will be further improvement and growth opportunities. The Company’s financial position and results for 2014 were positively affected by the overall economic improvement, the growth in the FPD industry and the SPTS Acquisition. As a result of the SPTS Acquisition, the Company enjoys a stronger and more diversified position in the electronics industry. In addition, the increasing complexity of electronic devices is expected to drive demand for the Company’s production and yield enhancing solutions. As a result, the Company anticipates growth in each of its PCB, FPD and SD businesses in 2015 compared with 2014, which may exceed anticipated overall industry growth. Nevertheless, conditions in the electronics industry, particularly in the Far East, are tied to the global economic climate and any downturn with respect thereto would negatively impact the electronics industry and the Company’s business. In addition, the SPTS Acquisition, as well as the increasing importance to the Company of its solar energy business, means that the Company is now exposed to cyclicality in additional industries such as the automotive industry; and downturns in these industries could also have a negative impact on the Company’s results.

During the second half of 2013 and throughout 2014, the FPD industry experienced expansion in facilities for televisions, tablets and mobile devices, particularly in China. In 2014, there was strong growth in the demand for large area televisions. The Company expects that the majority of capital investment in new facilities during 2015 will continue to occur in China, where the Company is well placed to benefit from its substantial service and support infrastructure. The continuing trend towards constructing FPD facilities covering both mobile devices and televisions and the addition of oxide semiconductor technology in these facilities provides new opportunities for growth, driven by increasing demand for ultra high definition televisions and higher resolution mobile devices. Industry analysts anticipate growth in demand for FPDs and increased levels of investment in capital equipment in 2015 and 2016. Based on industry information, the Company expects that additional production lines will be needed in order to meet capacity requirements for large area televisions and that this, combined with the introduction of new display technologies, will lead to increased opportunities for Orbotech’s equipment to play an even greater role in FPD manufacturing. Manufacturers have continued in early 2015 to make significant investments in LTPS, OLED, oxide semiconductor and flexible display technologies. To meet the demand driven by this trend, the Company intends to offer products designed to enable more efficient mass-production of these advanced displays. Based on the growth in demand for FPDs and recent innovations of new display technologies, the Company anticipates improvement in its FPD business in 2015 as compared with 2014.

 

68


Table of Contents

The PCB industry grew by approximately 7% year over year in China, and by approximately 2.4% globally. The Company’s PCB business continues to be driven by demand for its yield-enhancing solutions, including its technologically advanced direct imaging, AOI and AOR products and digital legend printing, some of which are critical in the mass production of HDI and flex PCBs and advanced packaging solutions for IC substrates. In 2014, the weakness in PCB production reflected less favorable industry conditions in Korea driven by the low production rates of smart mobile devices by Korean makers and its effect on the economic environment. This weakness was offset, to some extent, by increased demand in China. The Company anticipates continued growth in the PCB industry in 2015, driven principally by the demand for mobile devices, automotive developments and fourth generation mobile telecommunications (“ 4G ”) technology in China. Sales are expected to be more technology, as opposed to expansion, driven. The Company expects to record additional revenues in 2015 from sales of its new direct imaging product, the Nuvogo™ 800, as PCB manufacturers become increasingly aware of the benefits offered by this highly innovative solution. Based on this and the other factors described above, the Company anticipates an improvement in its PCB business in 2015 as compared with 2014.

The semiconductor industry is poised for growth in 2015, as increasing consumer demand for high product functionality in various industries is expected to drive the need for MEMS, Advanced Packaging, power, RF and HBLED devices. Advanced Packaging is a growing segment and has moved to wafer level packaging faster than expected, creating more opportunities for the Company’s products and solutions. In 2014, the RF driver segment experienced growth as a result of 4G products. The Advanced Packaging and RF driver segments are expected to experience continued growth in 2015 and 2016, largely as a result of ongoing innovations of mobile devices. The Company occupies a strong position in the MEMS segment, which is expected to continue to provide revenues in 2015 as new capacity is installed for the coming generation of smartphones and automotive-related devices. The demand for improvements in battery life, fuel economy and energy efficiency are also expected to lead to growth in power devices. Based on these factors, the Company anticipates that 2015 revenues from its SD business will exceed the $184 million in revenues recorded by SPTS in 2014.

As at December 31, 2014, the Company’s backlog, which consisted principally of orders for its FPD and SD products and included orders for its solar energy products, totaled approximately $170.0 million. Although orders on any particular date are not necessarily indicative of actual sales for any succeeding period, since customers may delay delivery of products or cancel orders prior to shipment, the Company believes it is well positioned to capitalize on existing and future opportunities as manufacturers make investments in capital equipment to meet heightened production challenges in a yield-focused environment. The Company also believes that it will benefit from its positioning as a provider of product and processes innovation solutions designed to meet the production challenges associated with higher-end technology, as production of PCBs and FPDs expands in Asia and shifts to these complex devices in response to the growing local consumer demand for electronic devices. However, as a result of this geographic trend, the Company is increasingly exposed to the risks and complexities inherent in doing business in international markets, some of which, such as those associated with the effective regulation and protection of intellectual property rights, are particularly acute in China. In addition, the Company faces continuing pricing pressure, particularly in China, as a result of competition from local manufacturers of PCB and FPD inspection equipment. The Company believes that the geographic and diversification resulting from the SPTS Acquisition has further improved the overall positioning of the Company.

The Company’s gross profit margin during 2014 was approximately 43.4%. The Company expects to face sustained pricing pressure, stemming mainly from competitive factors; however, it believes that the positive effects of the SPTS Acquisition, as well as its cost reduction steps, its introduction of new products and the increased profitability for certain services, will lead to stable margins in its business during 2015 as compared with 2014. As a result of the growth in sales, the Company’s installed base continues to expand and service revenues are therefore expected to increase.

The Company’s financial results reflect the impact of the strength of the NIS during 2014 as part of its expenses are in NIS while the majority of its revenues are in Dollars. Because the Company’s headquarters, as well as certain of its research and development and manufacturing facilities are in Israel, its financial results will

 

69


Table of Contents

continue to be impacted by the relative value of the NIS, principally against the Dollar. The Company is limited in its ability to mitigate the impact of a strong NIS relative to the Dollar. As a result of the SPTS Acquisition, the Company’s financial results will increasingly reflect the impact of the GBP, due to the relatively large facility located in Wales.

The solar energy industry is expected to continue to grow in 2015, particularly in the United States and emerging markets such as South America and the Middle East, while Europe is expected to continue the consolidation trend that began in 2012 and China is expected to continue to show strong growth in this sector. In particular, due to the continued cost reductions of photovoltaic solar power, installation demand is expected to experience strong growth in 2015. Industry analysts expect a surge in projects to be completed by the end of 2016, when the applicable tax credits in the United States will decrease. 2014 was the first year in which OLTS recognized revenues from the sale of its products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels and the Company anticipates OLTS to make further product sales in 2015.

In 2015, the Global Product Organization unit will continue to focus on developing and implementing the Company’s short and long term research and development strategy and on better positioning Orbotech to pursue new business opportunities. In 2014, the Strategy and Business Development unit identified the opportunities presented by the SPTS Acquisition and it will continue in 2015 to identify and pursue strategic initiatives including acquisitions of related businesses and technologies, expansion of product offerings to existing customers, entrance into new industries. Although the Company selectively pursues strategic opportunities, including acquisitions, divestitures of non-core assets and joint ventures, some or all of these transactions may not be announced in the foreseeable future, or at all, and the Company may not consummate these transactions even following their announcement. For a discussion of the risks associated with strategic initiatives, see Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factor (w).

5.E Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company does not use off-balance sheet arrangements or transactions with unconsolidated, limited-purpose entities to provide liquidity, financing or credit support or to engage in leasing, hedging or research and development activities or which would expose the Company to liability that is not reflected on the face of its financial statements. The Company is not a party to any ‘off-balance sheet arrangements’ which are required to be disclosed under this Item 5.E of Form 20-F.

5.F Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations as at December 31, 2014:

 

     (Dollars in millions)  
     Payment due  
     Total      At December 31,
2014
     in 2015      2015 -
 2017
     2018 -
 2019
     2020 and
beyond
 

Contractual Obligations:

                 

Operating leases

     33.4           33.4           8.4         18.3             7.1         7.9       

Purchase obligations

     93.0           93.0           77.5         93.0             —           —     

Term Loans

     299.25         299.25         3.0         13.875         45.0         240.375   

Interest on long term debt

     78.2           78.2           14.9         44.4             27.4         6.4       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  503.85      503.85      103.8      169.575      79.5      254.675   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations represent commitments under various commercial facility and vehicle leases. Purchase obligations mainly represent outstanding purchase commitments for inventory components ordered in the normal course of business. Term Loan obligations represent repayment of principal based on the loan

 

70


Table of Contents

amortization schedule under the Credit Agreement and do not include interest payments due thereunder. Interest on long term debt is calculated based on the amortization schedule under the Credit Agreement and assuming current interest rates. The Company is not a party to any capital leases.

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions, including positions impacting only the timing of tax benefits, was $19.8 million at December 31, 2014, of which $14.0 million was classified as long-term liabilities and $5.8 million was classified as short-term liabilities. Payment of these obligations would result from settlements with taxing authorities. Due to the difficulty in determining the timing of settlements, these uncertain tax position obligations are not included in the table above.

5.G Safe Harbor

The safe harbor provided in Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act shall apply to forward-looking information provided pursuant to Items 5.E and F.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

6.A Directors and Senior Management

As of January 31, 2015, the directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President and Chief Operating Officer, the Corporate Executive Vice President for Technology and Innovation, the Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and the Corporate Secretary of the Company were as follows:

 

Name

 

Date of Birth

   Director
Since
 

Position with the Company

Yochai Richter (1)

  September 17, 1942    1992   Active Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”); Director

Dr. Michael Anghel (2)(3)

  January 13, 1939    2008  (4)   Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee of the Board; External Director

Yehudit Bronicki (2)

  December 29, 1941    2000  (5)   Director

Dan Falk (2)(6)(7)

  January 12, 1945    1997   Chairman of the Nominating Committee of the Board; Director

Avner Hermoni (2)(6)

  December 4, 1947    2012   External Director

Miron Kenneth (2)

  June 6, 1956    2014  (8)   Director

Dr. Jacob Richter (1)

  December 24, 1945    2012  ( 9)   Director

Joseph Tenne (2)(3)

  October 17, 1955    2014   External Director

Eliezer Tokman (2)(10)

  May 13, 1950    2007   Director

Prof. Shimon Ullman (2)(11)

  January 28, 1948    1992   Director

Arie Weisberg (2)

  October 19, 1950    2010   Director

Asher Levy

  February 15, 1959      Chief Executive Officer

Amichai Steimberg

  May 25, 1962      President and Chief Operating Officer

Dr. Abraham Gross

  April 29, 1951      Corporate Executive Vice President for Technology and Innovation

Doron Abramovitch

  September 29, 1968      Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Michael Havin

  December 14, 1958      Corporate Secretary

The above table should be read in conjunction with Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Board Practices - Membership of Board; External Directors; Independent Directors; Financial Experts.

 

(1) Yochai Richter and Dr. Jacob Richter are brothers.

 

71


Table of Contents
(2) ‘Independent director’ as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards.

 

(3) Member of the Audit Committee of the Board and the Remuneration Committee of the Board (the “ Audit Committee ” and the “ Remuneration Committee ”, respectively).

 

(4) Dr. Anghel also served as a director of the Company between April 1, 1986 and October 27, 1992 and between November 19, 1992 and June 25, 2006. Between June 21, 2000 and June 25, 2006, Dr. Anghel served two terms as an external director, the second of which expired on June 25, 2006. He was re-elected as an external director commencing on September 18, 2008, on June 26, 2011 and again on July 10, 2014.

 

(5) Mrs. Bronicki also served as a director of the Company between August 15, 1993 and February 27, 1994.

 

(6) Member of the Audit Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Nominating Committee of the Board (the “ Nominating Committee ”).

 

(7) Mr. Falk has been designated as the Audit Committee Financial Expert under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC; Mr. Falk also qualifies as a financial and accounting expert under the Companies Law. The Company has classified Mr. Falk as an independent director under the Companies Law.

 

(8) For information about Mr. Kenneth’s appointment to the Board in 2014, see below - Board Practices - Membership of Board; External Directors; Independent Directors; Financial Experts.

 

(9) Dr. Richter also served as a director of the Company between October 27, 1992 and August 15, 1993 and between September 29, 1997 and February 11, 2009.

 

(10) Member of the Remuneration Committee.

 

(11) Member of the Nominating Committee.

*            *             *            *            *            *             *            *            *             *

Yochai Richter has been the Active Chairman of the Board since May 8, 2006, and was the Chief Executive Officer of the Company from November 2002 to May 8, 2006. He was the President and Chief Executive Officer from November 1994 to November 2002 and was a joint Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer from October 1992 to November 1994. Mr. Richter was among the founders of Orbot and served as a member of the board of directors and as a managing director of that company from its organization in 1983 until the Merger. He received his degree in mathematics from the Technion-Israel Institute of Technology (the “ Technion ”) in Haifa in 1972.

Dr. Michael Anghel is a member of the board of directors of Partner Communications Company Ltd. and Syneron Medical Ltd., both of which are Israeli Nasdaq-listed companies. He is also a director of the Strauss-Group Ltd., Dan Hotels Corporation Ltd., Evogene Ltd. and BioLineRx Ltd., all of which are Israeli companies listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange (the “ TASE ”). From 2004 to 2005, Dr. Anghel served as the president and chief executive officer of Discount Capital Markets Ltd. In 1999, he founded CAP Ventures Ltd., and served as its managing director from 1999 to 2004. From 1977 to 1999, he served as director and senior manager of Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. Dr. Anghel has been instrumental in founding several major Israeli communications operating companies as well as a variety of other advanced technology ventures. Dr. Anghel was formerly a full-time member of the faculty of the Graduate School of Business Administration of Tel Aviv University and currently serves as chairman of Lahav, its Executive Program. Dr. Anghel received his bachelor’s degree in economics from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem (the “ Hebrew University ”) and his master’s degree in business administration and a doctorate in finance and business from Columbia University.

Yehudit Bronicki served, from 1991 to July 2014, as the managing director of Ormat Industries Ltd. (“ Ormat ”), an Israeli company, the predecessor of which, Ormat Turbines Ltd., she co-founded in 1965. Mrs. Bronicki was also the chief executive officer of Ormat Technologies, Inc. (“ Ormat Technologies ”), a Delaware New York Stock Exchange-listed company, and its subsidiaries until July 2014. Although Mrs. Bronicki retired from her executive position as chief executive officer of the companies within the Ormat group, she remains a member of the board of directors of Ormat Technologies and its principal subsidiaries. Mrs. Bronicki served as a member of the Advisory Board of the Bank of Israel between 1994 and 2001. She received her bachelor’s degree in social sciences from the Hebrew University, followed by advanced studies in management, finance and marketing.

 

72


Table of Contents

Dan Falk serves as a member of the boards of directors of Nice Systems Ltd. (“ Nice ”) and Attunity Ltd., both of which are Israeli Nasdaq-listed companies, and of Ormat Technologies. He is also chairman of the board of directors of Advanced Vision Technology Ltd., which is an Israeli company listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. From July 1999 to November 2000, he served as the president and chief operating officer of Sapiens International Corporation N.V., a Netherlands Antilles company. He was Executive Vice President of the Company from August 1995 to July 1999 and, between June 1994 and August 1995, served as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior thereto, he was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company from October 1992 until June 1994. He was director of finance and chief financial officer of Orbot from 1985 until consummation of the Merger. He received a master’s degree in business administration in 1973 from the Hebrew University School of Business and had 15 years’ experience in finance and banking, including senior positions at Discount Bank, prior to joining Orbot.

Avner Hermoni served as chief executive officer of NaanDanJain Irrigation Ltd., an Israeli company, from 2007 to December 2014. From 2003 to 2005, he was chief operations officer of Nice and, from 2000 to 2003, was chief executive officer of Shiron Satellite Communications Ltd. From 1997 to 1999, he simultaneously held the positions of president at Kulicke & Soffa (Israel) Ltd. and corporate vice president at Kulicke & Soffa Industries, Inc., a Nasdaq-listed company. From 1990 to 1997 he served as president of Orbot Instruments Ltd. From 1986 to 1989 he served as co-managing director of Orbot’s subsidiary in Belgium. Mr. Hermoni holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from the University of Haifa.

Miron Kenneth serves as a member of the board of directors of Allot Communications Ltd., an Israeli Nasdaq-listed company, and also serves as the chairman of the board of directors of Teridion Technologies Ltd., an Israeli company specializing in overlay network technologies for service providers. From 2011 to 2013, he was chief executive officer of Pontis Ltd. and, from 2001 to 2011, was chairman and chief executive officer of Voltaire Ltd. Mr. Kenneth received his bachelor’s degree in economics and computer science from Bar Ilan University in 1982 and his master’s degree in business administration from Golden Gate University in 1985.

Dr. Jacob Richter serves as the chairman of the board of directors and chief technology officer of Medinol Ltd., an Israeli company, and has been a director of that company since 1993 and also serves on the boards of directors of a number of other privately held companies. He was managing director of Marathon - Capital Development Fund Ltd., an Israeli venture capital fund, from 1992 to 1994, and was director of marketing of Orbot from January 1992 until consummation of the Merger. Previously, he was director of new product development of Orbot from January 1990 until 1992, and director of product development of Orbot from 1986 until 1990. Prior to joining Orbot he was head of research and development of the Israeli Air Force. He holds a doctorate in brain research from Tel Aviv University and has worked as a post-doctoral and research fellow at the Artificial Intelligence Laboratory of The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“ MIT ”).

Joseph Tenne serves as the vice president finance of Itamar Medical Ltd., an Israeli TASE-listed company, and is a member of the boards of directors of AudioCodes Ltd., an Israeli Nasdaq and TASE-listed company, Enzymotec Ltd., an Israeli Nasdaq-listed company, MIND C.T.I. Ltd., an Israeli Nasdaq-listed company, and Ratio Oil Explorations (Finance) Ltd., an Israeli TASE-listed company. From March 2014 to July 2014, Mr. Tenne served as the chief financial officer of Orgenesis Inc., a Nevada Over-The-Counter QB listed company. From March 2005 to April 2013, Mr. Tenne served as the chief financial officer of Ormat Technologies and from January 2006 to April 2013, also served as the chief financial officer of Ormat Industries. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Tenne was the chief financial officer of Treofan Germany GmbH & Co. KG, a German company. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Tenne was a partner in Kesselman & Kesselman, Certified Public Accountants in Israel and a member of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited (“ PwC ”). Mr. Tenne is a certified public accountant in Israel and holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting and economics and master’s degree in business administration from Tel Aviv University.

Eliezer Tokman currently serves as the chief executive officer of Siemens Israel and on the boards of directors of a number of privately-held companies. From 2001 to 2002, he served as senior vice president at

 

73


Table of Contents

Philips Medical Systems responsible for business integration, and from 1998 to 2001, he was employed by Marconi Medical Systems in the positions of senior vice president for product strategies and director of global computed tomography (CT) engineering. From 1977 to 1998, Mr. Tokman was employed within the Elscint group of companies in a variety of managerial roles, including as president of Elscint America and general manager of the CT division. Mr. Tokman holds a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from the Technion.

Prof. Shimon Ullman holds the position of professor of computer science in the Computer Science and Applied Mathematics Department of the Weizmann Institute of Science and served as head of that department from 1994 to 2003. He was the chief scientist of Orbot from its organization in 1983 until consummation of the Merger and of the Company following the Merger until 2005. Between 1986 and 1993 Prof. Ullman was a full professor at the Artificial Intelligence Laboratory of MIT. From 1997 to 2003, he served on a part-time basis as the chief scientist for new products development in the process diagnostic and control product business group of Applied Materials, Inc. Prof. Ullman is a member of the Israel Academy of Sciences and Humanities and was the 2014 recipient of the EMET prize for science, art and culture and the 2008 recipient of the international Rumelhart award in human cognition.

Arie Weisberg serves as a member of the board of directors of Lumenis Ltd., an Israeli Nasdaq-listed company, Plastopil Hazorea Company Ltd., an Israeli TASE-listed company, Advanced Vision Technology Ltd., an Israeli company listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, and Metzerplas Cooperative Agricultural Organization Ltd. He also acts as a consultant to various companies. From May 2006 to June 2009, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company. From November 2002 to May 2006, he was Co-President for Global Resources, and from August 2000 to November 2002 he served as Executive Vice President for Global Resources. From January to August 2000, he was Corporate Executive Vice President for Global Resources and Chief Financial Officer. From August 1995 to January 2000, he was Corporate Vice President for Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer. From January 1993 to August 1995, he was co-general manager of Orbotech S.A. and from July 1991 to January 1993, he was director of finance and operations of Orbot’s subsidiary in Belgium. Prior to joining Orbot he was, from 1988 to 1991, general manager of Sinus Ltd., a manufacturer of internal combustion valves, and from 1984 to 1988, he was west region general manager of Solcoor Inc. He received his bachelor’s degree in agricultural economics from the Hebrew University.

Asher Levy has been the Chief Executive Officer of the Company since January 1, 2013, and served as President Global Business from June 2010 to December 2012, and as Deputy Chief Executive Officer - Global Business from July 2009 to May 2010. From July 2006 to June 2009, he served as Executive Vice President for Business and Strategy, prior to which he had, from November 2002 to July 2006, served as Corporate Vice President and President of the Printed Circuit Board Division. From November 2000 to October 2002, he served as the managing director of Orbotech Technology Ventures, the wholly-owned venture capital fund of the Company, and from June 1997 to July 2000, he served as the President of Orbotech Pacific Ltd. He joined Orbot in 1990, and between that time and 1997 he held various managerial and marketing positions with Orbot and, following the Merger, with the Company, including vice president for sales and marketing at Orbotech, Inc. Prior to joining Orbot, Mr. Levy worked for Digital Equipment Corporation. Mr. Levy holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering and management from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev in Israel and a master’s degree in business administration from Tel Aviv University. He is a graduate of the advanced management program at Harvard Business School.

Amichai Steimberg has been the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since January 1, 2013, and served as Chief Operating Officer from June 2010 to December 2012, and as Deputy Chief Executive Officer - Global Finance and Operations from July 2009 to May 2010. From May 2006 to June 2009, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, prior to which he had, from August 2000 to May 2006, served as Corporate Vice President for Finance and Chief Financial Officer. From January 1997 to July 2000, he served as the Executive Vice President of Orbotech, Inc., and from 1995 to January 1997, he served as that company’s Vice President Finance and Operations. Prior to joining Orbotech, Mr. Steimberg was Chief Financial Officer of Orbot Instruments Ltd. Mr. Steimberg obtained his bachelor’s degree in agricultural economics and business administration from the Hebrew University.

 

74


Table of Contents

Dr. Abraham Gross has been the Corporate Executive Vice President for Technology and Innovation since October 2014 and was Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer from May 2006 to October 2014. From October 2012 to October 2014 he was on a period of leave of absence from the Company, during which he served as the Deputy Chief Scientist of the OCS. From 2000 to May 2006, he served as Chief Scientist of the Company. From 1998 to 2000, during a leave of absence from Orbotech, he served as the chief engineer of Microvision, Inc., a Seattle-based company. Prior to 1998, and since joining the Company in 1985, Dr. Gross held various managerial and research positions, in the course of which he has been involved in the research and development of optical techniques for testing and inspection of electronic materials, laser plotter technologies and laser matter interaction. Dr. Gross has authored numerous scientific publications in the field of electro-optics and optical engineering. He received both his bachelor’s and master’s degrees in physics from the Technion, and holds a doctorate in physics and atmospheric sciences from Drexel University.

Doron Abramovitch has been Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 1, 2011. Prior to joining Orbotech, from April 2010 to April 2011, Mr. Abramovitch served as senior executive vice president and chief operating officer of Bagir Group Ltd. (“ Bagir ”), until 2007 an Israeli TASE-listed company, where he was responsible for worldwide operations. From 2005 to April 2010, he served as chief financial officer of Bagir and, from April 2009 to April 2011, as chief executive officer of Bagir’s German subsidiary. Prior to joining Bagir, Mr. Abramovitch served, from 2000 to 2005, as chief financial officer and, from 2004 to 2005, as chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of Phytech Technologies (2000) Ltd., then an Israeli TASE-listed company. Mr. Abramovitch is a certified public accountant and received a bachelor’s degree and his master’s degree in business administration from Tel Aviv University.

Michael Havin has been Corporate Secretary since August 1996. Prior to joining the Company he practiced as a commercial attorney in Jerusalem from 1991 to 1995 and in Melbourne, Australia, from 1983 to 1989. He is qualified to practice law both in Israel and in Australia and holds bachelor of laws and bachelor of arts degrees from Monash University in Melbourne.

Yochai Richter and Dr. Jacob Richter are brothers. Other than that, there are no family relationships among any of the directors. Miron Kenneth was appointed as a director on September 23, 2014 pursuant to an agreement between the Company and one of its shareholders, Ion Asset Management Ltd., dated as of June 27, 2014. Other than that, none of the directors was elected or appointed under any arrangement or understanding with any major shareholder, customer, supplier or otherwise.

6.B Compensation

(a) Aggregate Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth, as a group, for all persons who were, at any time during 2014, Office Holders (as defined below) of the Company, all remuneration paid or accrued by the Company in respect of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014:

 

     Salaries, fees,
directors’ fees,
and bonuses
(including
deferred
compensation)
     Securities or
property,
insurance
premiums or
reimbursement,
personal benefits
(including
benefits in kind)
and payments or
accruals for
retirement,
severance,
disability or
similar payments
     Amount
recognized for
financial
statement
reporting
purposes for
equity
awards
 

2014 Office Holders as a group (consisting of 27 persons) (1)

   $ 7,924,137       $ 754,644       $ 1,193,132   

 

75


Table of Contents
(1) In addition to the 12 persons who served as members of the Board during 2014, the Company considers 15 other individuals, including its Chief Executive Officer, its President and Chief Operating Officer, its Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate Executive Vice President for Technology and Innovation and the President and Chief Operating Officer of SPTS to have been Office Holders in 2014. Two of these 27 individuals were no longer Office Holders as at December 31, 2014.

(b) Individual Compensation of Covered Executives

The following table sets forth the compensation granted to the Company’s five most highly compensated Office Holders with respect to the year ended December 31, 2014. All amounts reported in the table reflect the cost to the Company, as recognized in the Financial Statements. The five individuals for whom disclosure is provided are referred to herein as “ Covered Executives ”.

 

Information Regarding the Covered Executives

   Compensation for Services (1)  

Name and Principal Position (1)

   Salary and
Benefits 

($)  (2)
     Cash
Bonus
($)  (3)
     Equity-Based
Compensation
($)  (4)
     Other
($)  (5)
     Total ($)  

Yochai Richter

(Active Chairman of the Board)

     552,597         353,800         51,300         —           957,697   

Asher Levy

(Chief Executive Officer)

     685,827         443,000         176,756         —           1,305,583   

Amichai Steimberg

(President and Chief Operating Officer)

     527,518         394,000         145,688         —           1,067,206   

Shimshon Sayag

(Corporate Executive Vice President for Human Resources)

     333,169         105,000         43,283         583,869         1,065,321   

Yacov Bar-Haim

(Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer)

     297,424         99,500         36,324         532,083         965,331   

 

(1) All Covered Executives listed in the table are full-time employees of the Company. Cash compensation amounts denominated in currencies other than the Dollar were converted into Dollars at an exchange rate of NIS 3.59 = $1.00, which reflects the average conversion rate for 2014.
(2) Includes benefits and perquisites, including those mandated by applicable law. Such benefits and perquisites may include, to the extent applicable to the Covered Executives, payments, contributions and/or allocations for savings funds, pension, severance, vacation, car or car allowance, medical insurances and benefits, risk insurance (e.g., life, disability, accident), telephone, convalescence pay, relocation, payments for social security, tax gross-up payments and other benefits and perquisites consistent with the Company’s policies.
(3) Amounts reported in this column refer to the cash incentives provided by the Company with respect to 2014, including the annual cash bonus for 2014, which have been provided for in the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, but will be paid during 2015. They exclude bonuses paid during 2014 which were provided for in the Company’s financial statements for previous years.
(4) Amounts reported in this column represent the expense recorded in the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 with respect to equity-based compensation. Assumptions and key variables used in the calculation of such amounts are discussed in Note 10 to the Financial Statements.
(5) Amounts reported in this column include the additional expenses recorded in the Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 relating to the contemplated termination of employment of these persons.

 

76


Table of Contents

(c) Approval Required for Office Holders’ Compensation

Pursuant to an amendment to the Companies Law which became effective on December 12, 2012 (the “ 2012 Amendment ”), the Company was required to adopt a compensation policy regarding the terms of office and employment of its Office Holders, including exemption and release of the Office Holders from liability for breach of his or her duty of care to the Company, an undertaking to indemnify the Office Holder, post factum indemnification or insurance; any grant, payment, remuneration, compensation, or other benefit provided in connection with termination of service; and any benefit, other payment or undertaking to provide any payment as aforesaid (“ Terms of Office and Employment ”). The Company’s compensation policy with respect to the Terms of Office and Employment of the Company’s Office Holders (the “ Compensation Policy ”), was approved by the Board in August 2013 after considering the recommendations of the Remuneration Committee and by the Company’s shareholders in September 2013.

The term ‘Office Holder’ as defined in the Companies Law includes a general manager, chief executive officer, executive vice president, vice president, any other person fulfilling or assuming any of the foregoing positions without regard to such person’s title, as well as a director, or a manager directly subordinate to the general manager or the chief executive officer (“ Office Holder ”). As of January 31, 2015, in addition to the eleven members of the Board, the Company considers 14 other individuals, including its Chief Executive Officer, its President and Chief Operating Officer, its Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate Executive Vice President for Technology and Innovation and the President and Chief Operating Officer of SPTS to be Office Holders.

Pursuant to the Companies Law, arrangements between the Company and its Office Holders as to their Terms of Office and Employment must generally be approved by the Remuneration Committee and the Board, and be consistent with the Compensation Policy. However, under certain circumstances, the Company may approve an arrangement that is not consistent with the Compensation Policy, if such arrangement is approved by a majority of the Company’s shareholders, provided that: (i) such majority includes a majority of the votes cast by shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and who do not have a personal interest in the matter, present and voting (abstentions are disregarded); or (ii) the votes cast by shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and who do not have a personal interest in the matter who were present and voted against the arrangement constitute two percent or less of the voting power of the Company (the “ Compensation Majority ”).

The Terms of Office and Employment of directors, including a chief executive officer who is also a director, further require the approval of the shareholders by a simple majority; with respect to a chief executive officer who is not a director, shareholder approval is also required, by the Compensation Majority. In addition, under certain circumstances, a company may be exempt from receiving shareholder approval with respect to the Terms of Office and Employment of a candidate for chief executive officer.

Under certain circumstances, if the Terms of Office and Employment of Office Holders who are not directors are not approved by the shareholders, where such approval is required, the Remuneration Committee and the Board may subsequently override the resolution of the shareholders following a new discussion of the matter and for specified reasons. Amendment of Terms of Office and Employment of Office Holders who are not directors requires the approval of the Remuneration Committee only, if the Remuneration Committee determines that the amendment is not material.

Under the Companies Law and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the compensation payable to external directors and independent directors is subject to certain further limitations (see below under Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - 6.C Board Practices).

(d) Remuneration of the Active Chairman of the Board

Yochai Richter has an employment agreement with the Company pursuant to which he currently serves as Active Chairman of the Board. The agreement is terminable by Mr. Richter on 60 days’ notice and by the

 

77


Table of Contents

Company on 30 days’ notice as required by law. Upon termination, Mr. Richter is entitled to a lump sum payment equal to twelve times his monthly salary in effect at the time of termination plus certain benefits. He is also entitled to receive severance pay in cash equal to 150% of his last monthly salary payment times the number of years employed by the Company (commencing with his employment by Orbot in 1982) if he resigns and 200% of such payment times the number of years employed if the Company terminates the agreement other than for cause (in which case his severance payment would be between zero and half such amount).

The Audit Committee, the Board and the shareholders have approved the terms of Mr. Richter’s continued employment with the Company, including a monthly salary of $33,000 and an annual bonus equivalent to 1% of the net annual profit of the Company. A bonus of $353,800 will be paid to Mr. Richter in respect of 2014. Pursuant to shareholder approval, commencing from the 2010 annual general meeting of shareholders, Mr. Richter became eligible to participate in the 2005 Directors Plan (as defined below) and will, for as long as he remains the Chairman of the Board, continue to receive annual equity-based remuneration with an aggregate value equal to the lesser of $43,750 and the value of 3,750 “ Restricted Shares ” (which are Ordinary Shares awarded subject to certain transfer restrictions, forfeiture conditions and/or other terms and conditions). In addition, as a continuing employee, equity awards made to Mr. Richter prior to his becoming so eligible continued to vest and become exercisable on their original terms and all such awards have now vested in full.

The above terms of Mr. Richter’s employment and service were approved prior to the 2012 Amendment. Any change to the terms described above will be subject to the approval process and other conditions set forth in the 2012 Amendment.

(e) Other Directors’ Remuneration

Under arrangements previously approved by the Audit Committee, the Board and the shareholders of the Company, and re-approved by the Remuneration Committee, the Board and the shareholders, with the approval of the Compensation Policy, each of the members of the Board who is not, or will in the future cease to be, an employee of the Company is remunerated, as of September 2008, as follows: (i) an annual payment to each such director of NIS 65,000 plus applicable value added tax (“ VAT ”); and (ii) participation compensation to each such director of NIS 2,500 plus VAT for every meeting of the Board or any committee thereof that the director attends. In addition: (iii) the annual payment and the participation compensation of all such directors will be adjusted bi-annually to reflect changes in the Israeli CPI in the manner provided in the regulations promulgated pursuant to the Companies Law governing the terms of compensation payable to external directors (the “ Compensation Regulations ”); (iv) in the event that a director participates in a meeting by means of communication pursuant to Section 101 of the Companies Law, the Company shall pay 60% of the participation compensation; (v) in the event a resolution is adopted by the Board without a meeting pursuant to Section 103 of the Companies Law, the Company shall pay 50% of the participation compensation; and (vi) the annual payment shall be paid in four equal installments, and the participation compensation shall be remitted to the directors on a quarterly basis, in each case at the beginning of each calendar quarter with respect to the previous quarter, all as provided for in the Compensation Regulations. On December 31, 2014, after adjustment as described in (iii) above, the annual payment to each non-employee director stood at NIS 74,361.36; and the meeting participation compensation to each non-employee director stood at NIS 2,860.05.

On July 14, 2005, the shareholders of the Company approved a directors’ equity remuneration plan for certain directors of the Company (the “ 2005 Directors Plan ”), which was amended with shareholder approval at the 2010 annual general meeting of shareholders. Under the 2005 Directors Plan (as amended), and as re-approved by the Remuneration Committee, the Board and the shareholders, with the approval of the Compensation Policy, each director who is in office immediately after any annual general meeting of shareholders, including external directors and directors who are employees of the Company, but not including the Chief Executive Officer (even if a director), in addition to the existing annual and per meeting fees, will be granted equity awards, comprised of options to purchase Ordinary Shares and Restricted Shares or “ RSU ”s (which are awards representing an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Ordinary Shares, cash, other securities or other property in accordance with certain terms and conditions), with an aggregate value equal to the

 

78


Table of Contents

lesser of $43,750 and the value of 3,750 Restricted Shares with respect to the Chairman of the Board, and with an aggregate value equal to the lesser of $35,000 and the value of 3,000 Restricted Shares with respect to each other eligible director under the 2005 Directors Plan. There is no separate reserve of shares for purposes of the 2005 Directors Plan and awards will be granted to the extent that there are sufficient Ordinary Shares reserved under the 2000 Plan, the 2010 Plan and any other equity remuneration plan of the Company. All share-based remuneration awarded under the 2005 Directors Plan is currently granted as part of, and out of Ordinary Shares available for grant under, the 2000 Plan or the 2010 Plan. Equity awards under the 2005 Directors Plan will, to the extent that there are sufficient options available for grant under the applicable Company equity plan, be apportioned at a ratio of one Restricted Share or RSU for every 2.5 Ordinary Shares subject to an option. All awards vest in full on May 31 of the calendar year following the year in which they are granted and are otherwise generally subject to the terms of the applicable Company equity plan under which they are awarded. Options expire no later than seven years after the date on which they were granted, subject to earlier expiration if, at any annual general meeting of shareholders prior to the expiration of such seven-year period, a director’s term expires and he or she is not re-elected. In such case, options expire upon the last to occur of: (i) 90 days following that annual general meeting of shareholders; (ii) three years from date of grant; and (iii) the expiration of such period as is prescribed in the 2000 Plan in circumstances of retirement after the age of 60. Should a director not serve until the end of his or her term for any other reason (apart from death or disability - in which case the provisions of the applicable Company equity plan will apply), any options unexercised, or Restricted Shares or RSUs unvested, at the time of ceasing to serve will expire and be cancelled and forfeited immediately.

(f) Equity Awards to Directors

During the year ended December 31, 2014: (i) an option to purchase 4,021 Ordinary Shares, at an exercise price of $15.61 per share and expiring on July 9, 2021, was granted and 1,608 Restricted Shares were awarded, to the Active Chairman of the Board; and (ii) an option to purchase 3,217 Ordinary Shares, at an exercise price of $15.61 per share and expiring on July 9, 2021, was granted and 1,287 RSUs were awarded, to each other director of the Company. All of these awards were made as part of the 2005 Directors Plan, are subject to the terms of the 2000 Plan or the 2010 Plan, as relevant, and will vest in full on May 31, 2015. For information concerning the method of calculation of the number of Ordinary Shares subject to share options and Restricted Shares or RSUs awarded to directors under the 2005 Directors Plan, see - Other Directors’ Remuneration.

During 2014, options to purchase a total of 130,000 Ordinary Shares were exercised by directors of the Company. In addition, during 2014, a total of 1,976 Restricted Shares held by one director (which were awarded during 2013) vested and a total of 12,648 RSUs, (all of which were awarded during 2013) vested.

Pursuant to shareholder approval, each of the above equity awards, as well as any other equity awards which may in the future be awarded by the Company to directors of the Company through a trustee under the 2000 Plan or the 2010 Plan, will benefit from the capital gains tax treatment (other than equity awards to Yochai Richter and Dr. Jacob Richter granted during years in which their combined holdings exceed a certain percentage, as determined pursuant to relevant Israeli tax laws) which became available as part of the 2003 Israeli tax reform (and, with respect to RSUs, pursuant to a tax ruling the Company has received from the Israel Tax Authority) and pursuant to an election made by the Company thereunder. For further information see Item 6.E - Share Ownership - The 2000 Plan.

(g) Insurance, Indemnification and Release

The Remuneration Committee, the Board and the shareholders of the Company have resolved, consistent with the Compensation Policy, to ratify and approve the purchase and the periodic renewal of insurance coverage in respect of the liability of its Office Holders and any additional or other Office Holders as may be appointed from time to time in the future, including external directors, to the maximum extent permitted by law, that will provide for up to $50.0 million in coverage and will include coverage with respect to any public offering of shares or other securities of the Company; to undertake in advance to indemnify all directors and the chief executive officer of the Company currently in office, and any additional or other directors and chief executive

 

79


Table of Contents

officer(s) as may be appointed from time to time in the future, including external directors, for certain matters, costs and expenses as set forth in a letter of indemnification and exemption and release approved for issuance to them; and to exempt and release to the maximum extent permitted by law all directors and the chief executive officer of the Company currently in office, and any additional or other directors and chief executive officer(s) as may be appointed from time to time in the future, including external directors, from and against all liability for monetary or other damages due to, or arising or resulting from, a breach of their duty of care to the Company, including, with respect to directors, in their capacity as officers of the Company to the extent they also serve as officers of the Company, and to provide them with letters in this regard.

Following the adoption of the Compensation Policy, and consistent therewith, the Remuneration Committee and the Board resolved to similarly undertake in advance to indemnify all Office Holders of the Company (in addition to the directors and the chief executive officer of the Company) in office at the time such resolutions were adopted, which includes all of those currently in office; and to similarly exempt and release to the maximum extent permitted by law all such other Office Holders of the Company, from and against all liability for monetary or other damages due to, or arising or resulting from, a breach of their duty of care to the Company and to provide them with letters in this regard.

For information as to equity awards during 2014 to all Office Holders as a group, see Item 6.E - Share Ownership - Certain Information Concerning Equity Awards to Office Holders.

6.C Board Practices

(a) Membership of Board; External Directors; Independent Directors; Financial Experts

During 2014, the Company amended its Articles of Association (the “ Articles ”) to de-classify the Board such that: (i) the term of each director (other than external directors) shall expire at the end of the 2015 annual general meeting of shareholders (the “ 2015 AGM ”); and (ii) beginning with the 2015 AGM, all of the directors of the Company (other than external directors whose term is determined in accordance with applicable law) shall be elected on an annual basis to hold office until the end of the next annual general meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until any such director’s appointment terminates as provided for under applicable law or in the Articles. The Board previously consisted of three classes of directors (not including external directors who did not form part of any class), with one class being elected each year at the Company’s annual general meeting of shareholders for a term of approximately three years. No benefits are received by the directors upon the expiration of their term of office. The external directors currently serve three year terms as required by Israeli law and are elected according to the Companies Law.

In accordance with the Articles, any vacancies on the Board, including unfilled positions, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, and each director chosen in this manner would hold office until the next annual general meeting of shareholders (or until the earlier termination of his or her appointment as provided for in the Companies Law or the Articles). At its meeting held on September 23, 2014, the Board, under this mechanism, appointed Mr. Miron Kenneth as a member of the Board effective immediately and to hold office until the 2015 AGM, as discussed in Item 6A - Directors and Senior Management.

The Articles provide that the minimum number of members of the Board is three and the maximum number is eleven. The Board is presently comprised of eleven members, three of whom were elected as external directors under the provisions of the Companies Law, one by the shareholders at the 2012 annual general meeting of shareholders and two by the shareholders at the 2014 annual general meeting of shareholders.

Under the Companies Law and regulations promulgated thereunder, Israeli public companies are required to have on their board of directors at least two external directors meeting certain independence criteria, all as provided under Israeli law. External directors are elected for a term of three years at the general meeting of shareholders by a disinterested majority of the shareholders (and cannot be appointed by the Board), and may be

 

80


Table of Contents

re-elected to additional terms of three years each, subject to certain conditions; each committee of a company’s board of directors that has the authority to exercise powers of the board of directors must include at least one external director, and its audit committee and remuneration committee, must include all external directors.

Among other requirements, a person may not be elected as an external director if such person, his or her relative, partner, employer, anyone to whom he or she is directly or indirectly subordinate, or any entity under his or her control, has or had, on or within the two years preceding the date of his or her election, any ‘affiliation’ (as defined in the Companies Law) with the company, any controlling shareholder of the company, a relative of a controlling shareholder, or any entity controlled by the company or by a controlling shareholder of the company; and if the company has no controlling shareholder or a shareholder holding 25% or more of the company’s voting rights, also with the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the most senior financial officer of the company, or with a shareholder holding 5% or more of the outstanding shares or voting rights of the company.

Pursuant to the Companies Law, an external director is required to have either financial and accounting expertise or professional qualifications, according to criteria set forth under Israeli law, and generally, at least one external director is required to have financial and accounting expertise. In addition, the boards of directors of publicly traded companies are required to make a determination as to the minimum number of directors who must have financial and accounting expertise based, among other things, on the company’s size and the volume and complexity of its activities. The Board has determined that the minimum number of directors with financial and accounting expertise, in addition to the external director or directors who have such expertise, will be one, and that Mr. Dan Falk qualifies as such.

In addition to the external directors, a company may classify additional directors who meet the same non-affiliation criteria as external directors, and who have not served as directors of the company for more than nine consecutive years, as ‘independent directors’ under the Companies Law. For these purposes, ceasing to serve as a director for a period of two years or less would not be deemed to sever the consecutive nature of such director’s service. A company, such as the Company, whose shares are listed for trading on specified exchanges outside of Israel, including the Nasdaq Global Market and the Nasdaq Global Select Market, may also classify directors who qualify as independent directors under the relevant non-Israeli rules relating to independence standards and who meet certain non-affiliation criteria, as ‘independent directors’ under the Companies Law, all as provided under regulations promulgated under the Companies Law. The Company has classified Mr. Dan Falk as an independent director under the Companies Law.

External directors and independent directors may receive compensation solely as provided for in the Companies Law and the Compensation Regulations. In addition, the Companies Law includes specific provisions with respect to the manner in which external directors and independent directors may be dismissed from office. Following termination of service, external directors and independent directors and their relatives are subject to certain restrictions with respect to receipt of benefits, service as an Office Holder, employment and provision of professional services to the company, a controlling shareholder thereof or any entity controlled by a controlling shareholder.

There are no directors’ service contracts with the Company providing for benefits on termination of service. For information as to the employment agreement of the Active Chairman of the Board with the Company, which provides for benefits on termination of employment, see Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Compensation - Remuneration of the Active Chairman of the Board.

(b) Committees of the Board

The Articles provide that the Board may delegate any, or all, of its powers to one or more committees of the Board, and may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, general manager, chief executive officer and/or president (or any similar function with a different title) such of its powers as it deems appropriate. However, the

 

81


Table of Contents

Companies Law provides that certain powers and authorities (for example, the power to approve the financial statements) may not be delegated and may be exercised only by the Board. In addition, the Companies Law requires public companies such as the Company to appoint an audit committee and a remuneration committee.

(i) Audit Committee

The Companies Law requires public companies to appoint an audit committee comprised of at least three directors. The audit committee must include all of the external directors (one of whom shall serve as the chairman of the committee), must be comprised of a majority of independent directors under the Companies Law and may not include certain directors. Generally, any person who is not entitled to be a member of the audit committee may not attend the audit committee’s meetings.

The responsibilities of the Company’s Audit Committee include, among other things: (a) identifying flaws in the management of the Company’s business, making recommendations to the Board as to how to correct them and providing for arrangements regarding employee complaints with respect thereto; (b) reviewing and considering certain related party transactions and certain actions involving conflicts of interest; (c) reviewing the internal auditor’s performance and approving the internal auditor’s work plan and examining the Company’s internal control structure and processes; (d) examining the external auditor’s scope of work as well as the external auditor’s fees and providing its recommendations to the appropriate corporate organ; and (e) overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Company. In carrying out its duties, the Audit Committee meets with management at least once in each fiscal quarter at which time, among other things, it reviews, and either approves or disapproves, the financial results of the Company for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter and conveys its conclusions in this regard to the Board. The Company’s external and internal auditors also report regularly to the Audit Committee at its meetings, and the Audit Committee discusses with the Company’s external auditors the quality, not just the acceptability, of the accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments and the clarity of disclosures in the Company’s financial statements, as and when it deems it appropriate to do so. The Audit Committee also monitors generally the services provided by the Company’s external auditors to ensure their independence, and reviews all audit and non-audit services provided by them. See Item 16C - Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Dr. Michael Anghel, Mr. Dan Falk, Mr. Avner Hermoni and Mr. Joseph Tenne are the current members of the Audit Committee, with Dr. Anghel serving as its chairman. Each of them is an ‘independent director’ in accordance with the Nasdaq listing standards and in accordance with the Companies Law. In addition, Mr. Dan Falk has been designated as the Audit Committee Financial Expert under applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

Under the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), the Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the Company’s external auditors. However, under Israeli law and the Company’s Articles, the appointment of external auditors requires the approval of the shareholders of the Company, and their compensation requires the approval of the Board. In addition, pursuant to the Companies Law, the Audit Committee is required to examine the external auditors’ scope of work as well as the external auditors’ fees and to provide its recommendations with respect thereto to the appropriate corporate organ. Accordingly, the appointment of the external auditors will be required to be approved and recommended to the shareholders by the Audit Committee and approved by the shareholders. The compensation of the external auditors for audit services will be required to be approved and recommended to the Board by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board. The Board has delegated its authority to approve the compensation of external auditors for non-audit services to the Audit Committee or to a delegate thereof.

(ii) Remuneration Committee

The Companies Law requires public companies to appoint a remuneration committee comprised of at least three directors. The remuneration committee must include all of the external directors, one of whom shall serve as the chairman of the committee, and may not include certain directors. All other members of the committee,

 

82


Table of Contents

who are not external directors, must be directors who receive compensation that is in compliance with the Companies Law and the Compensation Regulations. Generally, any person who is not entitled to be a member of the remuneration committee may not attend the remuneration committee’s meetings.

The responsibilities of the remuneration committee under the Companies Law include: (i) making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the approval of the compensation policy and any extensions thereto; (ii) periodically reviewing the implementation of the compensation policy and providing the board of directors with recommendations with respect to any amendments or updates thereto; (iii) reviewing and resolving whether or not to approve arrangements with respect to the Terms of Office and Employment of Office Holders; and (iv) resolving whether or not to exempt a transaction with a candidate for chief executive officer from shareholder approval.

The Remuneration Committee also oversees the administration of the Company’s various compensation plans and arrangements, in particular, the incentive compensation, deferred compensation and equity based plans of the Company (and to the extent appropriate, the subsidiaries of the Company) and assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities relating to the compensation of directors, the chief executive officer and other Office Holders of the Company. In carrying out these duties, the Remuneration Committee meets on an ad hoc basis (usually several times in each fiscal year). Under the Companies Law, the Remuneration Committee may need to seek the approval of the Board and the shareholders for certain compensation decisions as described above (see Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Compensation - Approval Required for Office Holders’ Compensation). Each member of the Remuneration Committee is an ‘independent director’ in accordance with the Nasdaq listing standards.

Dr. Michael Anghel, Mr. Dan Falk, Mr. Avner Hermoni, Mr. Joseph Tenne and Mr. Eliezer Tokman are the current members of the Remuneration Committee, with Dr. Anghel serving as its chairman. Each of them is an ‘independent director’ in accordance with the Nasdaq listing standards.

(iii) Nominating Committee

The role of the Nominating Committee is to identify individuals qualified to become directors, to recommend such individuals for nomination for election as directors and to make recommendations to the Board concerning committee appointments. In undertaking this task, the Nominating Committee takes into account the composition requirements and qualification criteria set forth in the Companies Law and the Nasdaq listing standards, and determines the other criteria, objectives and procedures for selecting members of the Board and committee members, including factors such as independence, diversity, age, integrity, skills, expertise, breadth of experience, knowledge about the Company’s business or industry and willingness to devote adequate time and effort to the responsibilities of the Board in the context of the existing composition and needs of the Board and its committees. Membership of the Nominating Committee is limited to ‘independent directors’ in accordance with the Nasdaq listing standards who meet the composition requirements of the Companies Law, as in effect from time to time. However, under the Companies Law, the Company is not required to have an independent nominating committee as would be required under Nasdaq rules and it may in the future opt to appoint members who do not meet the Nasdaq independence standards. See Item 16G - Corporate Governance.

Mr. Dan Falk, Mr. Avner Hermoni and Prof. Shimon Ullman are the current members of the Nominating Committee, with Mr. Falk serving as its chairman. Each of them is an ‘independent director’ in accordance with the Nasdaq listing standards.

(c) Executive Sessions

At least twice per annum the ‘independent directors’ of the Company (in accordance with the Nasdaq listing standards) meet in ‘Executive Sessions’, which no other persons have the right to attend. These meetings are intended to provide a forum in which the Company’s independent directors can discuss any issues that they consider relevant in their capacity as such.

 

83


Table of Contents

6.D Employees

As of December 31, 2014, the Company employed 2,212 people, of whom 671 were based in Israel, 806 in the Far East and Japan, 266 in the United Kingdom and 208 elsewhere in Europe and 261 in the United States; and of whom 591 were employed in research and development, 855 in marketing, sales and service, 389 in production and 377 in management and administration. As of December 31, 2013, the Company employed 1,675 people, of whom 640 were based in Israel, 695 in the Far East and Japan, 167 in Europe and 173 in the United States; and of whom 401 were employed in research and development, 690 in marketing, sales and service, 248 in production and 336 in management and administration. As of December 31, 2012, the Company employed 1,642 people, of whom 556 were based in Israel, 732 in the Far East and Japan, 161 in Europe and 193 in the United States; and of whom 390 were employed in research and development, 720 in marketing, sales and service, 230 in production and 302 in management and administration.

The Company considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory and has not experienced a significant labor dispute or strike. The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to its Israeli employees. However, the Company is subject to certain labor related statutes and to certain provisions of collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordinating Bureau of Economic Organizations and/or the Industrialists’ Association, which are applicable to the Company’s Israeli employees by virtue of expansion orders of the Israeli Minister of the Economy. These statutes and provisions cover a wide range of subjects and provide certain minimum employment standards, including the length of the work day and work week, minimum wages, travel expenses, contributions to a pension fund, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual and other vacations, sick pay and other conditions of employment. The Company generally provides its employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimum. An additional provision applicable to all employees in Israel under collective bargaining agreements and expansion orders is the automatic adjustment of wages in relation to increases in the Israeli CPI. The amount and frequency of these adjustments are modified from time to time; however, no such adjustments have been made in recent years.

The severance pay liability of the Company and its Israeli subsidiary to their Israeli employees, based upon the number of years of service and the latest monthly salary, is in large part covered by regular deposits with recognized pension funds, deposits with severance pay funds and purchases of insurance policies. Pursuant to section 14 of the Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963, certain of the Company’s liabilities for employee rights upon retirement are covered by regular contributions to defined contribution plans so that upon termination of employment of the relevant employees, the Company is only required to release the payments made by it to such funds on account of severance and by doing so is deemed to have complied with all of its severance payment obligations relating to the service of applicable employees with respect to the period during which the provisions of such section apply. For information concerning the Company’s liability for severance pay, see Note 8 to the Financial Statements.

6.E Share Ownership

(a) General

The Company presently administers the 2000 Plan and the 2010 Plan, both of which were adopted with shareholder approval, as well as a number of equity remuneration plans which were administered by PDI prior to consummation of the PDI Acquisition and were assumed by the Company as part of the PDI Acquisition (the “ PDI Equity Remuneration Plans ”). These plans are discussed in further detail below.

Awards under the Company’s equity remuneration plans (other than: (i) to directors under the 2005 Directors Plan; or (ii) under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans) generally vest as to 50% after two years from the effective date of grant, 75% after three years and 100% after four years. Upon resignation by a grantee, options to the extent unexercised, Restricted Share awards to the extent that the applicable restrictions have not lapsed and unvested RSUs, held by the grantee generally expire or are forfeited on the earlier of the date of notice

 

84


Table of Contents

of resignation and the date of termination of employment or services. In any other case in which a grantee ceases to be an employee of, or consultant to, the Company (e.g. dismissal or departure by mutual agreement): (i) the vesting of all such equity awards ceases immediately upon notice; and (ii) unless the notice provides, or the Company and grantee agree, otherwise, the grantee may exercise awards, to the extent vested at the time of notice, until the termination of his or her employment or services. Ordinary Shares subject to equity awards granted under the 2000 Plan become available for purposes of future equity awards under the 2000 Plan upon the expiration, termination, forfeiture or cancellation of such equity awards. Ordinary Shares subject to equity awards granted under the 2010 Plan become available for purposes of future equity awards under the 2010 Plan upon the expiration, termination, forfeiture or lapse of such equity awards unless such expiration, termination, forfeiture or lapse occurred solely because the performance goals with respect thereto were not attained, in which case the Ordinary Shares subject to such equity awards do not again become available for purposes of the 2010 Plan.

Pursuant to Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version), 1961 (the “ Tax Ordinance ”) (and, with respect to RSUs, to a tax ruling the Company has received from the Israel Tax Authority) and to an election made by the Company thereunder, gains derived by employees (which term includes directors) in Israel arising from the sale of Restricted Shares, shares delivered in settlement of RSUs or acquired pursuant to the exercise of options granted to them through a trustee under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance after January 1, 2003, will generally be subject to a flat capital gains tax rate of 25%, although these gains may also include a salary income component. As a result of this election under Section 102, the Company will not, in the case of equity awards made on or after January 1, 2003, be allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes in Israel the amounts credited to the employee as capital gains, although it will generally be entitled to do so in respect of the salary income component (if any) of such awards when the related tax is paid by the employee.

Options under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans usually expire upon termination of the grantee’s continuous service; however, in most cases optionees will, for a period of three months from the date of termination of continuous service, be entitled to exercise options to the extent that they had vested on the date of termination of continuous service.

For further information concerning equity awards, see Note 10 to the Financial Statements.

(b) Equity Plans

(i) The 2000 Plan

On June 21, 2000, the Board adopted, and the Company’s shareholders subsequently approved, the Employee Share Ownership and Option Plan (2000), which was amended in 2003 with shareholder approval, and was broadly amended, restated and renamed in 2005, also with shareholder approval. The 2000 Plan is intended to provide incentives to employees, officers, directors and/or consultants of the Company, other companies, partnerships or entities in Israel in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 50% equity interest and/or the Company’s subsidiary entities and their respective subsidiary entities outside Israel, by providing them with the opportunity to purchase or receive shares of the Company.

The 2000 Plan is designed to enable the Company to grant options to purchase Ordinary Shares and issue shares under various and different tax regimes including, without limitation: (i) pursuant and subject to Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance or any provision which may amend or replace it and any regulations, rules, orders or procedures promulgated thereunder and to designate them as either grants made through a trustee or not through a trustee; (ii) pursuant and subject to Section 3(i) of the Tax Ordinance; (iii) as ‘incentive stock options’ within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”); (iv) as options to U.S. taxpayers which would not qualify as ‘incentive stock options’; (v) to grantees in jurisdictions other than Israel and the United States; and (vi) as Restricted Shares (provided that the aggregate number of Restricted Shares awarded (net of forfeitures, as described in the 2000 Plan) may not exceed 400,000). The 2000 Plan will terminate on June 4, 2015 (except as to awards outstanding on that date).

 

85


Table of Contents

During 2014, under the 2000 Plan: (i) options to purchase a total of 397,576, 853,444 and 271,655 Ordinary Shares (having respective weighted average exercise prices of $15.55, $9.32 and $18.93 per share) were awarded, exercised and cancelled, respectively; and (ii) a total of 1,608 and zero Restricted Shares were granted and forfeited, respectively. As of January 31, 2015, under the 2000 Plan: (i) options to purchase a total of 2,675,041 Ordinary Shares, expiring on various dates between February 20, 2015 and November 5, 2021 and having a weighted average remaining life of 3.72 years and a weighted average exercise price of $10.66 per share, were outstanding (of which 1,502,192 with a weighted average remaining life of 2.16 years and a weighted average exercise price of $9.55 per share had vested); (ii) 45,679 Ordinary Shares remained available for future equity awards (including up to 3,468 Restricted Shares); and (iii) a total of 37,022 Restricted Shares had been forfeited.

(ii) The 2010 Plan

On July 15, 2010, the Board adopted, and the Company’s shareholders subsequently approved, the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan is intended to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding employees, officers, directors and/or consultants of the Company and/or of companies, partnerships or other entities and their respective subsidiary companies, partnerships or entities inside or outside of Israel in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 50% equity interest, by providing them with equity-based incentives.

The 2010 Plan: (i) provides only for the awarding of Restricted Shares and RSUs and does not provide for the awarding of options to purchase Ordinary Shares; (ii) introduces performance-based equity awards to the Company’s equity program and provides that an aggregate of 250,000 or more of the Ordinary Shares subject to awards made under the 2010 Plan are to be subject to performance-based criteria to be established by the Board (but which shall be linked to the Company’s profitability); (iii) provides that if any award granted under the 2010 Plan expires, terminates or is forfeited or cancelled, settled in cash, or otherwise terminates for any reason without a delivery to the participant of the full number of Ordinary Shares to which the award related, the Ordinary Shares under such award which were not so delivered shall again be available for the purposes of the 2010 Plan; but that Ordinary Shares not delivered pursuant to performance-based Restricted Shares or RSUs which expire, terminate or are forfeited or lapse solely because the performance goals with respect thereto were not attained will not again be available for purposes of the 2010 Plan; and (iv) provides that if the employment or services of a grantee of Restricted Shares or RSUs with or to the Company is or are terminated prior to the full vesting of, and lapsing of forfeiture provisions on, such award for any reason, the Restricted Shares or RSUs held by such participant that have not theretofore vested and on which the forfeiture provisions have not theretofore lapsed shall immediately be forfeited upon the earlier of such termination or notice of termination irrespective of the effective date of such termination (unless the applicable agreement provides otherwise). The Company’s general policy is to settle RSUs granted under the 2010 Plan through the issuance of Ordinary Shares rather than in cash, other securities, other awards under the 2010 Plan or other property. The 2010 Plan will terminate on July 14, 2020 (except as to awards outstanding on that date).

During 2014, under the 2010 Plan: (i) 131,397 non-performance-based, and 39,464 performance-based, RSUs were awarded; (ii) no Restricted Shares were awarded; (iii) 163,262 RSUs vested; and (iv) 46,620 RSUs were cancelled. As of January 31, 2015, under the 2010 Plan: (i) a total of 328,493 non-performance-based, and 112,062 performance-based, RSUs were outstanding; (ii) no Restricted Shares had been awarded; and (iii) 143,437 Ordinary Shares remained available for future equity awards.

(iii) The PDI Equity Remuneration Plans

During 2014, under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans collectively, options to purchase a total of 41,460 and 6,590 Ordinary Shares (having respective weighted exercise prices of $9.72 and $15.01 per share) were exercised and cancelled, respectively. As of January 31, 2015, under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans

 

86


Table of Contents

collectively: (i) options to purchase a total of 17,576 Ordinary Shares, expiring on various dates between February 10 and November 10, 2015 and having a weighted average remaining life of 0.48 years and a weighted average exercise price of $7.81 per share, were outstanding (all of which had vested).

(c) Certain Information Concerning Equity Awards to Office Holders

The following table sets forth for all Office Holders as a group, including all persons who were, as of January 31, 2015 or at any time during 2014, Office Holders, certain information in respect of both the 2000 Plan and the 2010 Plan concerning: (i) equity awards granted by the Company between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014; (ii) options which were exercised and paid, and Restricted Shares and RSUs which vested, between such dates; (iii) equity awards which were cancelled between such dates; and (iv) equity awards which were outstanding on, and as at, December 31, 2014.

 

     Plan  
     2000      2010  

Equity Awards Granted:

     

•    Number of Ordinary Shares subject to options

     77,696         N/A   

•    Weighted average option exercise price per Ordinary Share

   $ 15.59         N/A   

•    Year of expiration of options

     2021         N/A   

•    Number of Restricted Shares

     1,608         0   

•    Number of RSUs

     N/A         55,871   

Options Exercised/Paid; Restricted Shares and RSUs Vested:

  

•    Number of Ordinary Shares subject to options

     333,300         N/A   

•    Weighted average option exercise price per Ordinary Share

   $ 8.34         N/A   

•    Restricted Shares vested

     3,226         0   

•    RSUs vested

     N/A         77,877   

Equity Awards Cancelled:

  

•    Number of Ordinary Shares subject to options

     118,455         N/A   

•    Weighted average option exercise price per Ordinary Share

   $ 20.77         N/A   

•    Number of Restricted Shares

     0         0   

•    Number of RSUs

     N/A         15,500   

Equity Awards Outstanding:

  

•    Number of Ordinary Shares subject to options

     795,598         N/A   

•    Weighted average option exercise price per Ordinary Share

   $ 9.82         N/A   

•    Weighted average remaining option life (years)

     2.76         N/A   

•    Number of Restricted Shares

     238,533         0   

•    Number of RSUs

     N/A         148,796   

 

87


Table of Contents

(d) Certain Information Concerning Ordinary Shares Owned by Office Holders

The following table sets forth information as of January 31, 2015, concerning the shareholdings of those Office Holders known to the Company beneficially to own, on an individual basis, more than 1% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares and of each other director of the Company.

 

Name

   Number of Shares   (1)      Including Ordinary
Shares held as
Restricted Shares  
(2)
     Percentage of
Ordinary Shares
Outstanding
 

•    Yochai Richter

     1,277,614         36,859         3.05 % (3)  

•    Michael Anghel

     11,203         8,058                (4)  

•    Yehudit Bronicki

     12,883         9,738                (4)  

•    Dan Falk

     20,883         9,738                (4)  

•    Avner Hermoni

     3,145         0                (4)  

•    Miron Kenneth

     0         0                (4)  

•    Jacob Richter

     3,037,090         2,440         7.25 % (3)  

•    Joseph Tenne

     0         0                (4)  

•    Eliezer Tokman

     11,351         8,206                (4)  

•    Shimon Ullman

     126,238         9,738                (4)  

•    Arie Weisberg

     83,062         35,106                (4)  

 

(1) Does not include Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of options, whether vested or unvested, held by such Office Holders. For information as to outstanding option awards to directors, see the below table.
(2) Regardless of whether the applicable restrictions have lapsed.
(3) The percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned is calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3(d) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(4) Less than 1%.

Ordinary Shares held by Office Holders have equal voting rights with those held by other holders of Ordinary Shares.

The following table sets forth information, as of January 31, 2015, concerning all outstanding option awards to directors:

 

     Date of
award
   Exercise price
per share ($)
     Shares subject
to option
     Shares vested
and unexercised
     Shares unvested      Scheduled date
of expiration

Yochai Richter

   Sep-1-2010      10.28         4,966         4,966         0       Aug-31-2017
   Jun-26-2011      12.48         4,583         4,583         0       Jun-25-2018
   Jun-24-2012      9.40         4,889         4,889         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         4,941         4,941         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         4,021         0         4,021       Jul-9-2021

Michael Anghel

   Sep-18-2008      9.89         5,301         5,301         0       Sep-17-2015
   Jun-23-2009      7.21         5,301         5,301         0       Jun-22-2016
   Sep-1-2010      10.28         3,972         3,972         0       Aug-31-2017
   Jun-26-2011      12.48         3,667         3,667         0       Jun-25-2018
   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

Yehudit Bronicki

   Sep-18-2008      9.89         5,301         5,301         0       Sep-17-2015
   Jun-23-2009      7.21         5,301         5,301         0       Jun-22-2016
   Sep-1-2010      10.28         3,972         3,972         0       Aug-31-2017
   Jun-26-2011      12.48         3,667         3,667         0       Jun-25-2018
   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

 

88


Table of Contents
     Date of
award
   Exercise price
per share ($)
     Shares subject
to option
     Shares vested
and unexercised
     Shares unvested      Scheduled date
of expiration

Dan Falk

   Sep-18-2008      9.89         5,301         5,301         0       Sep-17-2015
   Jun-23-2009      7.21         5,301         5,301         0       Jun-22-2016
   Sep-1-2010      10.28         3,972         3,972         0       Aug-31-2017
   Jun-26-2011      12.48         3,667         3,667         0       Jun-25-2018
   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

Avner Hermoni

   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

Jacob Richter

   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

Joseph Tenne

   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

Eliezer Tokman

   Sep-18-2008      9.89         5,301         5,301         0       Sep-17-2015
   Jun-23-2009      7.21         5,301         5,301         0       Jun-22-2016
   Sep-1-2010      10.28         3,972         3,972         0       Aug-31-2017
   Jun-26-2011      12.48         3,667         3,667         0       Jun-25-2018
   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

Shimon Ullman

   Sep-18-2008      9.89         5,301         5,301         0       Sep-17-2015
   Jun-23-2009      7.21         5,301         5,301         0       Jun-22-2016
   Sep-1-2010      10.28         3,972         3,972         0       Aug-31-2017
   Jun-26-2011      12.48         3,667         3,667         0       Jun-25-2018
   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

Arie Weisberg

   Aug-7-2008      11.84         30,000         30,000         0       Aug-6-2015
   Feb-26-2009      4.15         33,750         33,750         0       Feb-25-2016
   Sep-1-2010      10.28         3,972         3,972         0       Aug-31-2017
   Jun-26-2011      12.48         3,667         3,667         0       Jun-25-2018
   Jun-24-2012      9.40         3,911         3,911         0       Jun-23-2019
   Sep-11-2013      12.11         3,952         3,952         0       Sep-10-2020
   Jul-10-2014      15.61         3,217         0         3,217       Jul-9-2021

 

89


Table of Contents
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

7.A Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information as of January 31, 2015 (except with respect to the shareholders as noted below), concerning: (i) the only persons or entities known to the Company beneficially to own 5% or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares; and (ii) the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by all Office Holders as a group.

 

Identity of Person or Group

   Number
of
Shares   (1)
     Percentage of
Ordinary

Shares
Outstanding  (1)
 

•    Dr. Jacob Richter  (2)

Medinol Ltd.

Building No. 7, Entrance A, 5th Floor

Kiryat Atidim

P.O. Box 58165

Tel Aviv, 61581 Israel

     3,037,090         7.25

•    Clal Insurance Enterprises Holdings Ltd.  (3)

36 Raul Walenberg Street

Tel Aviv, 66180 Israel

     2,761,238         6.59

•    Harris Associates L.P.  (4)

111 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 4600

Chicago, Illinois 60606

     2,727,260         6.51

•    Richard Mashaal  (5)

540 Madison Avenue, 32nd Floor

New York, NY 10022

     2,338,859         5.59

•    Office Holders as a group

(consisting of 25 persons)  (6 )

     5,332,942         12.73

 

(1) The Company had outstanding, on January 31, 2015, 41,872,315 Ordinary Shares. This number does not include a total, as at that date, of 3,322,288 Ordinary Shares that were either subject to outstanding equity awards granted pursuant to equity remuneration plans adopted or assumed by the Company or available for grant pursuant to such plans, of which: 2,692,617 were subject to outstanding share options (1,519,768 of which had vested); 440,555 were subject to outstanding and unvested RSUs; and 189,116 remained available for future equity awards pursuant to such plans, comprised of:

 

  (a) 2,720,720 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to equity awards under the 2000 Plan, of which:

 

  (i) 2,675,041 were subject to outstanding options (1,502,192 of which had vested); and
  (ii) 45,679 remained available for future equity awards pursuant to the 2000 Plan;

 

  (b) 486,234 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to equity awards under the 2010 Plan, of which:

 

  (i) 440,555 were subject to outstanding and unvested RSUs; and
  (ii) 143,437 remained available for future equity awards pursuant to the 2010 Plan; and

 

  (c) 17,576 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to options under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans (all of which had vested).

The above number of Ordinary Shares outstanding also does not include a total of 5,410,773 Ordinary Shares held at that date as treasury shares, virtually all of which were repurchased by the Company or its subsidiaries, of which: (a) 1,993,918 were owned by Orbotech Ltd. as dormant shares under Israeli law and, for so long as they are owned by Orbotech Ltd., confer no rights and, accordingly, are neither eligible to participate in nor receive any future dividends which may be paid to shareholders of the Company nor entitled to participate in, be voted at or be counted as part of the quorum for, any meetings of shareholders

 

90


Table of Contents

of the Company; and (b) 3,416,855 were owned by one or more subsidiaries of Orbotech Ltd. and, for so long as they are owned by a subsidiary of Orbotech Ltd., confer no voting rights and, accordingly, are not entitled to participate in, be voted at or be counted as part of the quorum for, any meetings of shareholders of the Company.

Because the Company uses the above number of Ordinary Shares outstanding as the calculation base, the percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned for each listed person or entity may differ from the percentage, if any, in the reports filed by such person or entity with the SEC.

 

(2) As of January 3, 2012, based on a report filed with the SEC dated January 3, 2012, updated to reflect the actual number of Ordinary Shares owned. The report indicated sole voting and dispositive power as to none of such Ordinary Shares, and shared voting and dispositive power as to 3,033,945 Ordinary Shares, with his wife, Dr. Judith Richter. Dr. Jacob Richter serves as a member of the Board. Dr. Jacob Richter and Yochai Richter, the Active Chairman of the Board, are brothers.
(3) As of December 31, 2014, based on a report filed with the SEC dated February 17, 2015. The report indicated shared dispositive power and shared voting power as to 2,761,238 Ordinary Shares by Clal Insurance Enterprises Holdings Ltd. (“ Clal ”), an Israeli public corporation and IDB Development Corporation Ltd. (“ IDB Development ”), an Israeli private corporation. Of the 2,761,238 Ordinary Shares reported as beneficially owned by Clal, the report indicated that: (i) 226,205 Ordinary Shares are beneficially held for its own account; and (ii) 2,535,033 Ordinary Shares are held for members of the public through a variety of investment funds that are managed by subsidiaries of Clal which operate under independent management and make independent voting and investment decisions.
(4) As of December 31, 2014, based on a report filed with the SEC on February 11, 2015. The report indicated sole voting and dispositive power as to 2,154,662 Ordinary Shares by Harris Associates L.P. and by Harris Associates Inc., its general partner, and voting power as to 572,598 Ordinary Shares by reason of advisory and other relationships with the person who owns the Ordinary Shares. The report indicated that Harris Associates L.P. has been granted the power to vote the Ordinary Shares in circumstances it determines to be appropriate in connection with assisting its advised clients to whom it renders financial advice in the ordinary course of business, by either providing information or advice to the persons having such power, or by exercising the power to vote.
(5) As of December 31, 2014, based on a report filed with the SEC dated February 17, 2015. The report indicated sole voting and dispositive power as to none of such Ordinary Shares, and shared voting and dispositive power as to all 2,338,859 Ordinary Shares by Richard Mashaal (“ Mashaal ”) and various investment vehicles managed by Rima Senvest Management, L.L.C. (“ RIMA ”) and Senvest International L.L.C. (“ Senvest ”). Of the 2,338,859 Ordinary Shares, 1,700,762 are owned by RIMA and 638,097 are owned by Senvest. Mashaal, in his capacity as the Managing Member of RIMA or as President of Senvest, has voting or dispositive power as to all Ordinary Shares owned by RIMA and Senvest.
(6) Includes 722,108 Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of options referred to in footnote (1) above which had either vested as of, or will vest within 60 days from, January 31, 2015. Also includes 191,583 Restricted Shares, regardless of whether the applicable restrictions have lapsed. The percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned is calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3(d) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

On January 31, 2015, there were 38 shareholders of record of the Ordinary Shares in the United States, who, among them, held a total of 40,073,522 Ordinary Shares (net of 5,089,629 Ordinary Shares held of record in the United States at such date as treasury shares), constituting approximately 95.70% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares as at that date.

The Articles provide that each Ordinary Share shall confer upon its holder the right to vote in general meetings of the Company. All outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than treasury shares) have equal voting rights.

 

91


Table of Contents

7.B Related Party Transactions

Yochai Richter has an employment agreement with the Company pursuant to which he serves as Active Chairman of the Board. For information concerning this agreement, see Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Compensation - Remuneration of the Active Chairman of the Board.

For information concerning the eligibility and participation of directors in the 2005 Directors Plan and information concerning unexercised options and unvested Restricted Shares held by directors, including awards made during 2014, see Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Compensation - Remuneration of the Active Chairman of the Board; Other Directors’ Remuneration; Equity Awards to Directors.

For information concerning the insurance, indemnification and release of the directors, the chief executive officer and other Office Holders of the Company, see Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Compensation - Insurance, Indemnification and Release.

Certain equity awards held by certain Office Holders of the Company are subject to immediate vesting in the event of such Office Holder’s death or a change in control of the Company. In addition, certain Office Holders are, under certain circumstances, eligible for increased severance pay.

The shareholders approved the Compensation Policy at the 2013 annual general meeting of shareholders. A copy of the Compensation Policy is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report.

7.C Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

92


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Information

8.A Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

(a) Consolidated Financial Statements

See Item 18 - Financial Statements and pages F-1 through F-51.

(b) Export Sales

See Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Operating Results - Geographical Analysis; Worldwide Economic Situation; Cost of Revenues - Geographical Analysis and Worldwide Economic Situation and Note 14 to the Financial Statements.

(c) Legal Proceedings

The Company has not been party to any legal or arbitration proceedings, including any relating to bankruptcy, receivership or similar matters or any governmental proceedings known to the Company, the resolution of which against the Company has had in the recent past a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or profitability.

In June 2012, charges were filed in the Seoul Central District Court of the Republic of Korea (the “ Seoul Court ”) against the Korean subsidiary of Orbotech Ltd. and six employees thereof. These charges, as amended in September 2013, related to the alleged acquisition and misuse of confidential information of certain of the Company’s significant customers in violation of the Korean Act on Prevention of Divulgence and Protection of Industrial Technology, the Korean Unfair Competition Prevention and Trade Secret Protection Act and the Criminal Code of Korea. The charges included (1) the unlawful acquisition of certain industrial trade secrets related to the production of active matrix OLED panels of Samsung Mobile Display Co., Ltd. and LG Display Co. Ltd., customers of the Company’s Korean subsidiary (the “ Customer Technology ”), (2) unlawful use of the Customer Technology by preparing certain presentation materials, (3) unlawful divulgence of the Customer Technology to other employees of the Company inside and outside of Korea, (4) breach of trust in office by acquiring and divulging the Customer Technology without the customer’s permission for financial gain, and (5) the Korean subsidiary’s vicarious liability for the conduct of its employees. In December 2013, Orbotech Ltd.’s Korean subsidiary and five of its Korean employees were acquitted by the above court on all charges, and one Korean employee was found guilty of certain legal violations and received a criminal fine of approximately $10,000. Following such acquittal, the prosecutor filed a notice of appeal with respect to all aspects of the decision issued by the court. The prosecutor appealed the court’s decision with respect to all the defendants on the grounds that the court’s decision contained errors of fact, errors of law and an unjust sentence. The employee of Orbotech’s Korean subsidiary who was found guilty of certain legal violations and who received a criminal fine also appealed the court’s decision issued in respect of him. In December 2014, the appellate panel of the Seoul Court denied all appeals and re-affirmed the trial court’s decision. Following this decision, a notice of appeal was filed by the prosecutor with respect to all aspects of the decision and with respect to all defendants. The Company’s Korean subsidiary and its employees did not appeal the appellate panel’s decision. Given the ongoing nature of these appeals, Orbotech cannot predict the timing, outcome or impact of this matter. In addition, the investigation by the prosecutor into the Company and the actions of employees of the Company outside of Korea is ongoing. The fiscal effect of these matters on the Company in 2014 has not been material; taking into account insurance participation, the Company recorded an expense of $0.5 million in 2014, compared with income of $1.6 million in 2013, in connection with the ongoing Korean litigation, which are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, and expects to continue to incur fees and expenses associated therewith. The Korean Matter is expected to continue through at least the second half of 2015; however, it could extend beyond that time frame as a result of many factors that are outside the Company’s control. A portion of the costs have been or are expected to be reimbursed under the Company’s applicable insurance policies. The Company’s Korean subsidiary continues to co-operate with the Korean authorities in this matter. Because this is an ongoing matter, the Company is unable to predict the outcome or what additional actions, if any, might be

 

93


Table of Contents

taken in the future by the Korean authorities as a result of matters related to this proceeding, and the timing and amount of costs associated with the existing and any future matters. However, the applicable Korean laws provide that fines of up to 1.50 billion Korean Won (at the exchange rate on January 31, 2015 of Korean Won 1099 = $1.00, approximately U.S. $1.36 million) may be levied on employers based on vicarious liability for convicted employees. Employees may also be subject to monetary penalties in addition to, or in lieu of, prison sentences. These amounts may be paid by the Company under certain circumstances. The Company has not recorded a provision related to the Korean Matter and ongoing investigation as of the date of this Annual Report because the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount of the financial impact of an adverse outcome in these matters. The Company and its Korean subsidiary may also become subject to civil actions brought by third parties, including the Company’s customers, which may result in monetary judgments, settlements or loss of business or which may require the Company to change its business model. For further information about the Korean Matter, see Item 3 - Key Information - Risk Factor (x).

One of the Company’s AOI products is the subject of patent infringement litigation in China. In this case, one of the Company’s competitors in China copied certain of the Company’s technologies and PCB AOI systems and proceeded to register utility model patents in China on certain components thereof. This competitor subsequently filed a lawsuit in the Intermediate People’s Court of Shenzhen Municipality, Guangdong Province, China, against one of the Company’s Chinese customers claiming that some of the Company’s PCB AOI systems being used by the customer infringe upon one of these utility model patents. During 2013, the above court found in favor of the competitor and this matter is now under appeal. The Company has agreed to cover the customer’s attorneys’ fees in these proceedings, which have, to date, not been material. The Company has filed lawsuits against two Chinese customers of this competitor in the Shenzhen Longgang District People’s Court, in Guangdong Province, China, claiming infringement of the Company’s copyright by using software copied from the Company for operating PCB AOI systems purchased by these customers from the competitor. These proceedings are still pending. Although the Company believes there are meritorious defenses and claims in the above proceedings, it is unable to predict the timing, scope, cost and/or outcome of these matters.

From time to time, the Company is involved in other claims and legal and administrative proceedings that arise in the conduct of its business. Based on information available as of the date hereof, the Company does not believe that the ultimate outcome of any such unresolved matters, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. However, litigation and administrative proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties and the Company’s view of these matters, including settlement thereof, may change in the future. An unfavorable outcome or settlement may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations for the period in which it occurs, and potentially in future periods.

See Note 9b to the Financial Statements.

(d) Dividend Policy

The Company does not have any current plans to pay dividends. Under a share repurchase program approved by the Board and announced on February 27, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately 971,000 Ordinary Shares, at a cost of approximately $14.6 million. This repurchase program was terminated on August 5, 2014, in anticipation of the closing of the SPTS Acquisition. See Item 16E - Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

On August 19, 2014, the Company adopted a capital allocation policy which was publicly disclosed in the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on August 21, 2014, and is included as an exhibit to this Annual Report.

8.B Significant Changes

For information as to any significant change which has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements included in this Annual Report, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Trend Information.

 

94


Table of Contents
Item 9. The Offer and Listing

9.A Offer and Listing Details

Except as set forth below, the information called for in this Item is not applicable in an Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The following table sets forth, in Dollars, the intraday high and low reported sales prices of the Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq during the periods indicated.

 

Year

  

Period

   High      Low  

2010

   Full Year      13.44         8.57   

2011

   Full Year      15.62         8.95   

2012

   Full Year      11.85         6.43   

2013

   Full Year      14.41         8.05   
  

•    First Quarter

     10.51         8.05   
  

•    Second Quarter

     12.83         9.09   
  

•    Third Quarter

     13.40         11.41   
  

•    Fourth Quarter

     14.41         11.09   

2014

   Full Year      16.79         13.12   
  

•    First Quarter

     15.54         13.12   
  

•    Second Quarter

     15.98         14.14   
  

•    Third Quarter

     16.79         14.15   
  

•    September

     16.42         15.23   
  

•    Fourth Quarter

     16.79         13.82   
  

•    October

     16.04         14.27   
  

•    November

     16.79         14.20   
  

•    December

     16.00         13.82   

2015

   Full Year (through February 20)      16.28         14.36   
  

•    First Quarter (through February 20)

     16.28         14.36   
  

•    January

     16.00         14.36   
  

•    February (through February 20)

     16.28         15.15   

*            *             *            *            *            *             *            *            *             *

On December 31, 2014, there were 38 shareholders of record of the Ordinary Shares in the United States who, among them, held a total of 40,054,135 Ordinary Shares (net of 5,089,629 Ordinary Shares held of record in the United States at such date as treasury shares), constituting approximately 95.70% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares as at that date. Such holders of record include several who are nominees for certain beneficial owners, the exact number of whom is not known to the Company. The Company believes that, as of August 20, 2014, there were in excess of 1,450 beneficial holders of the Ordinary Shares.

9.B Plan of Distribution

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

9.C Markets

The Company’s Ordinary Shares are quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol ORBK.

 

95


Table of Contents

9.D Selling Shareholders

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

9.E Dilution

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

9.F Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 10. Additional Information

10.A Share Capital

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

10.B Memorandum and Articles of Association

The Memorandum of Association of Orbotech Ltd. (the “ Memorandum ”) and the Articles (each in their original form) were registered on February 8, 1981, under registration number 51-087517-2 with the Israeli Registrar of Companies (the “ Registrar ”). In July 1984, the Company became a public company under Israeli company law, under registration number 52-003521-3. At the 2001 annual general meeting of shareholders, the shareholders adopted new articles of association as well as amendments to the Memorandum and the new articles of association. At the 2006 annual general meeting of shareholders, the shareholders resolved to increase the authorized (registered) share capital of the Company and to amend the Memorandum and the Articles accordingly. The shareholders adopted amendments to the Memorandum at the 2013 annual general meeting of shareholders, and to the Articles at the 2013 annual general meeting of shareholders and the 2014 extraordinary general meeting of shareholders.

Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of the Memorandum, the Articles and the Companies Law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Memorandum and Articles and by Israeli law. The Memorandum, in a form which reflects, integrated into the text, all amendments thereto since the Company’s incorporation, and the Articles, in a form which reflects, integrated into the text, all amendments thereto since being adopted on November 8, 2001, are exhibits to this Annual Report.

(a) Objects of the Company

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Memorandum the purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful activity.

(b) Directors

During 2014, the Company amended the Articles to de-classify the Board, such that: (a) the term of each director (other than external directors) shall expire at the end of the 2015 AGM; and (b) beginning with the 2015 AGM, and at each annual general meeting thereafter, all of the directors (except for external directors whose term shall be determined in accordance with applicable law) shall be elected by shareholder resolution to hold office until the end of the next annual general meeting and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until any such director’s appointment terminates as provided for in the Companies Law or the Articles. The Board previously consisted of three classes of directors (not including external directors who did not form part of any class), with one class being elected each year at the annual general meeting of shareholders for a term of approximately three years. Ordinary Shares do not have cumulative voting rights. As a result, the holders of Ordinary Shares that represent a simple majority of the voting power represented at a shareholders’ meeting and voting at the meeting have the power to elect all of the directors put forward for election, subject to specific requirements under the Companies Law with respect to the election of external directors. Under the

 

96


Table of Contents

Companies Law, the Company is required to appoint at least two natural persons as ‘external directors’; such appointments are to be for a term of three years and may be extended for additional three-year terms, subject to certain conditions as provided under the Companies Law and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. For further information as to these appointments, see Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees; Board Practices - Membership of Board; External Directors; Independent Directors; Financial Experts.

Under the Articles, a director shall vacate his or her office if that director dies; is declared bankrupt; is declared to be legally incompetent; resigns such office by notice in writing given to the Company; is not re-elected by the shareholders upon expiration of his or her term at the relevant annual general meeting of shareholders; or otherwise as provided in the Companies Law.

In general, the management of the business of the Company is vested in the Board which may exercise all such powers of the Company, including the power to borrow or secure the payment of any sum or sums of money for the purposes of the Company, in such manner, at such times and upon such terms and conditions in all respects, as it thinks fit. The directors may, from time to time, appoint any one or more persons, whether or not directors, to be managing director(s), general manager(s), chief executive officer(s), president(s) or any similar function with a different title, for such period, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, and upon such terms as the directors think fit, and, subject to the limitations imposed by the Companies Law upon the delegation by a board of directors of certain powers and authorities, may entrust to and confer upon such managing director(s), general manager(s), chief executive officer(s) or president(s) such of the powers of the Board as the directors think fit, and such powers may be made exercisable for such period or periods, and for such objects and purposes, and upon such terms and conditions, and subject to such restrictions, as the directors may determine.

The Articles also provide that a director may, by written notice to the Company, appoint another person to serve as an alternate director provided that such appointment is approved by a majority of the directors then in office, and that such appointing director may remove such alternate. A person who is not qualified to be appointed as a director, or a person who already serves as a director or an alternate director, may not be appointed as an alternate director. Unless the appointing director limits the time or scope of the appointment, the appointment is effective for all purposes until the earlier of (i) the appointing director ceasing to be a director; (ii) the appointing director terminating the appointment; or (iii) the occurrence, with respect to the alternate, of any of the circumstances under which a director shall vacate his or her office. The appointment of an alternate director does not in itself diminish the responsibility of the appointing director, as a director. An alternate director is solely responsible for his or her actions and omissions and is not deemed an agent of the appointing director. At present, there are no appointments of alternate directors in effect.

(c) Conflict of interest

(i) Approval of related party transactions

The Companies Law requires that transactions between a company and its Office Holders or in which an Office Holder has a personal interest, be approved as provided for in the Companies Law and the company’s articles of association. The approval of a majority of the disinterested members of the audit committee and of the board of directors is generally required and, in some circumstances, shareholder approval may also be required. With respect to the Terms of Office and Employment of Office Holders, the approval of the remuneration committee would be required in lieu of that of the audit committee. See Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees; Compensation.

(ii) Disclosure by Office Holders

The Companies Law requires that an Office Holder of a company promptly disclose to the company any personal interest that the Office Holder may have in an existing or proposed transaction by the company. The Office Holder must also disclose related material information and documents about the existing or proposed

 

97


Table of Contents

transaction. Disclosure of personal interest includes disclosure of the interests of any entity in which the person with respect to which the disclosure is made is a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager, or in which such person has the power to appoint one or more directors or the general manager. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, the Office Holder must also disclose any personal interest of his or her spouse, siblings, parents, grandparents, descendants, spouse’s descendants, siblings and parents and the spouses of any of these people. This disclosure must be made no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is discussed. The disclosure is made to the board of directors and to the audit committee or remuneration committee if it must approve the transaction. In those circumstances in which shareholder approval is also required, shareholders have the right to review any documents in the company’s possession related to the proposed transaction. However, the company may prohibit a shareholder from reviewing the documents if the company believes the request was made in bad faith, the documents include trade secrets or patents or their disclosure could otherwise harm the company’s interests.

(iii) Approval procedure

The Companies Law requires that after the Office Holder complies with these disclosure requirements, the company may approve the transaction under the provisions of applicable law and its articles of association. If the transaction is with an Office Holder or with a third party in which the Office Holder has a personal interest, the approval must confirm that the transaction is to the benefit of the company. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, it must be approved as required by the articles of association and must also be approved by the audit committee and the board of directors. An extraordinary transaction is a transaction: (i) other than in the ordinary course of business; (ii) on terms other than on market terms; or (iii) that is likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities. The audit committee is responsible for determining if a transaction is extraordinary or not. If the transaction is not an extraordinary transaction, it must be approved by the board of directors, unless a different approval procedure is set forth in the articles of association. Pursuant to the Company’s Articles, the Board may delegate its authority to approve transactions that are not extraordinary transactions, to one or more committees of the Board, and it may from time to time revoke such delegation. As of the date of this Annual Report, no such delegation has been made. The Terms of Office and Employment of Office Holders are subject to the approval of the remuneration committee and the board of directors, and must generally be consistent with the company’s compensation policy. In some circumstances, shareholder approval is required. See Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees; Compensation.

A person with a personal interest in any matter may not generally be present at any audit committee, remuneration committee or board of directors meeting where the matter is being considered, and if the person is a member of the committee or a director he or she may not generally vote on the matter following appropriate disclosure as aforesaid.

(iv) Transactions with controlling shareholders

The Companies Law extends the disclosure requirements applicable to an Office Holder to a controlling shareholder in a public company. A shareholder that holds 25% or more of the voting rights in a company would be considered a controlling shareholder for the purposes of these disclosure requirements if no other shareholder holds more than 50% of the voting rights. If two or more shareholders are interested parties in the same transaction, their shareholdings are combined for the purposes of calculating percentages. Extraordinary transactions of a public company with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, as well as any engagement by a public company of a controlling shareholder or of such controlling shareholder’s relative, directly or indirectly, with respect to the provision of services to the company, and, if such person is also an Office Holder of such company, with respect to such person’s Terms of Office and Employment as an Office Holder, and if such person is an employee of the company but not an Office Holder, with respect to such person’s employment by the company, generally require the approval of the audit committee (or with respect to Terms of Office and Employment - the remuneration committee), the board of directors and the shareholders of the company. If required, shareholder approval must include at least a majority of the

 

98


Table of Contents

shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the transaction and are present and voting at the meeting (abstentions are disregarded). Alternatively, the total shareholdings of the disinterested shareholders who vote against the transaction must not represent more than two percent of the voting rights in the company. The Israeli Minister of Justice may determine a different percentage. Transactions that are for a period of more than three years generally need to be brought for approval in accordance with the above procedure every three years.

According to Article 73(a) of the Articles, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, no Office Holder of the Company shall be disqualified by such office from holding any office or place of profit within or outside the Company or with any company in which the Company shall be a shareholder or otherwise interested, or with any company which is a shareholder of, or otherwise interested in, the Company, or from contracting with the Company either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, either on his or her own behalf or as a director of another company or member of a firm or otherwise, nor (unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law) shall any such contract, or any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Office Holder shall be in any way interested, be void or voidable nor shall any Office Holder be liable to account to the Company for any profit arising from any such office or place of profit or realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such Office Holder’s holding that office or of the fiduciary relations thereby established. An Office Holder who knows that he or she has, directly or indirectly, a personal interest in any existing or contemplated contract or arrangement of the Company of the type described in Article 73(a) shall disclose to the Company the nature of this interest, as well as any material fact or document, without delay and no later than the meeting of the Board at which such contract or arrangement is first considered. Should the Office Holder acquire, or become aware of, such personal interest subsequently, that interest shall be disclosed without delay, and no later than the first meeting of the Board after the time at which it was acquired.

According to Article 73(b) of the Articles, unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law, every director shall be entitled, after such disclosure, to vote as a director in respect of any contract or arrangement in which he or she is so interested as aforesaid. Unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law, a general notice that a director is a member of any firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in all transactions with that firm or company shall be a sufficient disclosure under Article 73(a) as regards such director and the said transactions, and after such general notice (unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law), it shall not be necessary for such director to give a special notice relating to any particular transaction with that firm or company. Pursuant to Article 73(c) of the Articles, the duty of an Office Holder to disclose his or her interest as aforesaid shall not apply to transactions in which the interest of Office Holder arises solely due to the interest of a relative in a transaction which is not an extraordinary transaction (as defined in the Articles).

(d) Dividends

Dividends may be distributed only out of profits available for dividends as determined by the Companies Law, provided that there is no reasonable concern that the distribution will prevent the Company from being able to meet its existing and anticipated obligations when they become due. Generally, under the Companies Law, the decision to distribute dividends and the amount to be distributed is made by a company’s board of directors. The Articles provide that the Board may from time to time declare, and cause the Company to pay, such dividends as may appear to it to be justified by the profits of the Company and that the Board has the authority to determine the time for payment of such dividends and the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive such dividends, provided the date is not before the date of the resolution to distribute the dividend. Declaration of dividends does not require shareholder approval.

(e) Ordinary Shares

The registered capital of Orbotech Ltd. is NIS 11,200,000 divided into 80,000,000 Ordinary Shares. All issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Holders of Ordinary Shares have one vote for each Ordinary Share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders, including the election of directors. Ordinary Shares do not entitle their holders to preemptive rights. The Memorandum and Articles and

 

99


Table of Contents

Israeli law do not restrict in any way the ownership or voting of Ordinary Shares by non-residents or persons who are not citizens of Israel, except with respect to subjects of nations which are in a state of war with Israel.

Subject to the rights of holders of shares with special rights (which may be issued in the future), holders of paid up Ordinary Shares are entitled to participate in the payment of dividends and, in the event of a winding-up of the Company, in the distribution of assets available for distribution, in proportion to the amount paid up or credited as paid up on account of the nominal value of the shares held by them respectively and in respect of which such dividend is being paid or such distribution is being made, without considering any premium those holders might have paid in excess of that nominal value.

Shares with preferential rights relating, among other things, to dividends, voting and repayment of share capital can be created by adoption of a resolution of the shareholders at a general meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present, by a simple majority of the voting power represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and voting thereon. The Company can similarly subdivide issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares. Modification or abrogation of the rights of any class of shares requires the written consent of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of such a class or adoption of a resolution passed by a simple majority of those present in person or by proxy and voting at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Ordinary Share certificates registered in the names of two or more persons are deliverable to the person first named in the share register and such delivery shall be deemed sufficient delivery to all co-owners. If two or more such persons tender a vote, the vote of the person whose name first appears in the share register will be accepted to the exclusion of any other. Notices may be given only to the person whose name first appears in the register. If two or more persons jointly hold or are entitled to a share, any one of them may give effectual receipt for any dividend payable or property distributable in respect of such share.

(f) Transfer of Shares

Ordinary Shares which have been fully paid-up are transferable, by submission of a proper instrument of transfer to the Company or its transfer agent together with the certificate of the shares to be transferred and such other evidence, if any, as the directors may require to prove the rights of the intending transferor in the transferred shares.

(g) Shareholders’ Meetings

The Articles provide that an annual general meeting of shareholders must be held at least once in every calendar year, not later than 15 months after the last preceding annual general meeting of shareholders, at such time and place as may be determined by the Board. The Board may, in its discretion, convene additional shareholder meetings and, pursuant to the Companies Law, must convene a meeting upon the demand of two directors or one quarter of the directors in office or upon the demand of the holder or holders of five percent or more of the Company’s issued share capital and one percent or more of its voting rights or upon the demand of the holder or holders of five percent or more of its voting rights. All demands for shareholder meetings must set forth the items to be considered at that meeting. Pursuant to the Companies Law, the holder or holders of one percent or more of the Company’s voting rights may request the inclusion of an item on the agenda of a future shareholder meeting, provided the item is appropriate for discussion at a shareholder meeting.

The agenda for a shareholder meeting is determined by the Board and must include matters in respect of which the convening of a shareholder meeting was demanded and any matter requested to be included by holder(s) of one percent or more of the Company’s voting rights, as detailed above. According to regulations promulgated pursuant to the Companies Law and governing the terms of notice and publication of shareholder meetings of public companies (the “ General Meeting Regulations ”), holder(s) of one percent or more of the Company’s voting rights may propose any matter appropriate for deliberation at a shareholder meeting to be included on the agenda of a shareholder meeting, including nomination of candidates for directors, generally by

 

100


Table of Contents

submitting a proposal within seven days of publicizing the convening of a shareholder meeting, or, if the Company publishes a preliminary notice at least 21 days prior to publicizing the convening of a meeting, stating its intention to convene such meeting and the agenda thereof, within fourteen days of such preliminary notice. Any such proposal must further comply with the information requirements under applicable law and the Articles.

Pursuant to the Companies Law and the General Meeting Regulations, shareholder meetings generally require prior notice of not less than 21 days. Pursuant to the Articles, the Company is not required to deliver or serve prior notice of a general meeting or of any adjournments thereof to any shareholder. However, the Company will publicize the convening of a general meeting in any manner reasonably determined by the Company, such as by filing an appropriate periodic report with the SEC, by posting a notice on the Company’s website or by publishing in one or more international wire services or in one or more newspapers, and any such publication shall be deemed duly made, given and delivered to all shareholders on the date on which it is first made, posted, filed or published in the manner so determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

The function of the annual general meeting of shareholders is to elect directors in accordance with the Articles, receive and consider the profit and loss account, the balance sheet and the ordinary reports and accounts of the directors and auditors, appoint auditors and transact any other business which under the Articles or applicable law may be transacted by the shareholders of a company in a general meeting.

The quorum required for either an annual (regular) or an extraordinary (special) general meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person or by proxy holding shares conferring in the aggregate more than 50% of the voting rights of the Company. If a meeting is convened by the Board upon the demand of shareholders or upon the demand of less than 50% of the directors then in office or directly by such shareholders or directors and no quorum is present within half an hour from the time appointed, it shall be cancelled. If a meeting is otherwise called and no quorum is present within such time, the meeting is adjourned to the same day one week later at the same time and place or to such other day, time and place as the Board may determine and specify in the publication with respect to the general meeting and it shall not be necessary to give notice of or publicize such adjournment. If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time stated for such adjourned meeting, any shareholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall constitute a quorum. Generally, under the Companies Law and the Articles, shareholder resolutions are deemed adopted if approved by the holders of a simple majority of the voting rights represented at a meeting and voting unless a different majority is required by law or pursuant to the Articles. The Companies Law provides that resolutions on certain matters, such as amending a company’s articles of association, assuming the authority of the board of directors in certain circumstances, appointing auditors, appointing external directors, approving certain transactions, increasing or decreasing the registered share capital and approving most mergers must be made by the shareholders at a general meeting. A company may determine in its articles of association certain additional matters in respect of which resolutions by the shareholders in a general meeting will be required.

A company such as Orbotech Ltd., incorporated prior to February 1, 2000, is subject to various rules with respect to the transition from being governed by the Companies Ordinance to being governed by the Companies Law. These rules provide, among other things, that any amendment to the Memorandum or Articles will generally require a resolution adopted by the holders of 75% or more of the voting power represented and voting at a general meeting and that the approval of a merger will require a resolution adopted by the holders of 75% or more of the voting power represented and voting at a general meeting, unless and until the Company amends the Articles in such manner to provide for a different majority. The Articles provide that all shareholder resolutions generally require only a simple majority of the votes cast, other than with respect to the amendment or replacement of the Memorandum or Articles and certain other matters which by law require a different majority, but including with respect to certain actions which, pursuant to Israeli law, would otherwise require a majority of 75% of the votes cast, such as a change of corporate name, an increase in authorized share capital, a consolidation or division of the Company’s share capital into shares of larger or smaller nominal value, a

 

101


Table of Contents

cancellation of unissued shares, a reduction of share capital, the creation of new classes, or the modification of the rights of classes, of shares and the approval of mergers. Subject to the Companies Law, a resolution in writing signed by the holders of all of the Ordinary Shares entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to which all such shareholders have given their written consent will be sufficient to adopt the resolution in lieu of a meeting. The Companies Law does not currently provide for public companies such as the Company to have shareholder resolutions adopted by means of written consent in lieu of a shareholder meeting.

(h) Changes in Control

Under the Companies Law, a merger is generally required to be approved by the shareholders and board of directors of each of the merging companies. If the share capital of the company that will not be the surviving company is divided into different classes of shares, the approval of each class is also required, unless determined otherwise by the court. Similarly, unless an Israeli court determines otherwise, a merger will not be approved if it is objected to by shareholders holding a majority of the voting rights participating and voting at the meeting (abstentions are disregarded), after excluding the shares held by the other party to the merger, by any person who holds 25% or more of the other party to the merger or by anyone on their behalf, including by the relatives of or corporations controlled by these persons. In addition, upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, an Israeli court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of any of the parties to the merger. Further, a merger can be completed only after all approvals have been submitted to the Registrar and 30 days have passed from the time that shareholder resolutions were adopted in each of the merging companies and 50 days have passed from the time that a proposal for approval of the merger was filed with the Registrar. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, an acquisition of shares in a public company must be made by means of a tender offer to the extent that as a result of such acquisition the acquirer will hold 25% or more of the voting rights in the company if there is no other holder of 25% or more of the company’s voting rights, or hold more than 45% of the voting rights in the company if there is no other holder of more than 45% of the company’s voting rights.

Under the Companies Law, a person may not acquire shares in a public company if, after the acquisition, he will hold more than 90% of the shares or more than 90% of any class of shares of that company, unless a tender offer is made to purchase all of the shares or all of the shares of the particular class. The Companies Law also provides (subject to certain exceptions with respect to shareholders who held more than 90% of a company’s shares or of a class of its shares as of February 1, 2000) that as long as a shareholder in a public company holds more than 90% of the company’s shares or of a class of shares, that shareholder shall be precluded from purchasing any additional shares. In order that all of the shares that the purchaser offered to purchase be transferred to him by operation of law, one of the following needs to have occurred: (i) the shareholders who declined or do not respond to the tender offer hold less than 5% of the company’s outstanding share capital or of the relevant class of shares and the majority of offerees who do not have a personal interest in accepting the tender offer accepted the offer, or (ii) the shareholders who declined or do not respond to the tender offer hold less than 2% of the company’s outstanding share capital or of the relevant class of shares.

A shareholder that had his or her shares so transferred, whether he or she accepted the tender offer or not, has the right, within six months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, to petition the court to determine that the tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. However, the purchaser may provide in its offer that shareholders who accept the tender offer will not be entitled to such rights.

If the conditions set forth above are not met, the purchaser may not acquire additional shares of the company from shareholders who accepted the tender offer to the extent that following such acquisition, the purchaser would own more than 90% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital.

 

102


Table of Contents

The above restrictions apply, in addition to the acquisition of shares, to the acquisition of voting power.

In addition, certain provisions of the Memorandum and Articles may have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition of the Company deemed undesirable by the Board. Those provisions include: limiting the ability of the Company’s shareholders to convene general meetings of the Company (as discussed above); and controlling procedures for the conduct of shareholder and Board meetings, including quorum and voting requirements.

Furthermore, the requirement under the Companies Law to have at least two external directors, who cannot readily be removed from office, may make it more difficult for shareholders who oppose the policies of the Board to remove a majority of the then current directors from office quickly. The above requirement may also, in some circumstances, together with the other provisions of the Memorandum, Articles and Israeli law, deter or delay potential future merger, acquisition, tender or takeover offers, proxy contests or changes in control or management of the Company, some of which could be deemed by certain shareholders to be in their best interests and which could affect the price some investors are willing to pay for Ordinary Shares.

Israeli tax law treats some acquisitions, including stock-for-stock swaps between an Israeli company and a foreign company, less favorably than U.S. tax law. Israeli tax law may, for instance, subject a shareholder who exchanges Ordinary Shares for shares in a non-Israeli corporation to immediate taxation.

(i) Duration and Liquidation

The Articles do not limit the Company’s duration.

10.C Material Contracts

On July 7, 2014, the Company announced a definitive share sale agreement to acquire the entire issued share capital of SPTS Technologies Group Limited for an aggregate sum of $375.1 million. On and after the SPTS Closing Date, SPTS and its consolidated subsidiaries are included in the Company’s financial results as the SD business. The SPTS Acquisition, which is the largest acquisition by the Company to date, is a major part of Orbotech’s strategic move into the high growth areas of Advanced Packaging and MEMS.

On August 7, 2014, the Company, and the Borrower, entered into the Credit Agreement. Under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower borrowed $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Term Loans on August 7, 2014. The proceeds of the Term Loans were used by the Borrower on August 7, 2014, together with approximately $100.0 million of cash available to the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) to pay the cash consideration in respect of the SPTS Acquisition, (ii) to repay indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Facilities Agreement dated as of May 31, 2012, by and among SPTS Technologies Group Limited, Barclays Bank PLC, HSBC Bank PLC and the other parties thereto, (iii) to redeem outstanding notes of a subsidiary of SPTS Technologies Group Limited and (d) to pay transaction costs associated with the foregoing. As of January 31, 2015, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans was $299.25 million. For more information, see Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources.

10.D Exchange Controls

There are currently no exchange controls in effect in Israel that restrict the repatriation by non-residents of Israel in non-Israeli currency of any dividends, if any are declared and paid, and liquidation distributions or the Company’s ability to import and export capital.

10.E Taxation

To the extent that the following discussion is based on new or existing tax or other legislation that has not been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the views expressed herein will be accepted by the tax or other authorities in question. The summary below does not address all of the tax

 

103


Table of Contents

consequences that may be relevant to all purchasers or holders of Ordinary Shares in light of each purchaser’s or holder’s particular circumstances and specific tax treatment. For example, the summary below does not address the tax treatment of residents of Israel and traders in securities who are subject to specific tax regimes. As individual circumstances may differ, holders of Ordinary Shares should consult their own tax advisors as to United States, Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares. This discussion is not intended, nor should it be construed, as legal or professional tax advice and it is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. Each individual should consult his or her own tax or legal advisor.

(a) Israeli Taxation

(i) Taxation of Capital Gains Applicable to Non-Israeli Shareholders

Israeli law generally imposes a capital gains tax on the sale of securities of an Israeli company traded on the TASE, on an authorized stock exchange outside Israel or on a regulated market (which includes a system through which securities are traded pursuant to rules prescribed by the competent authority in the relevant jurisdiction) in or outside Israel (a “ Recognized Exchange ”). The capital gains tax rate applicable to individuals upon the sale of such securities is such individual’s marginal tax rate but not more than 25% (or 30% with respect to a Substantial Shareholder). A tax rate of up to 30% will apply to an individual who meets the definition of a ‘Substantial Shareholder’ on the date of the sale of the securities or at any time during the 12 months preceding such date. A ‘Substantial Shareholder’ is defined as a person who, either alone or together with any other person, holds, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of any of the means of control of a company (including, among other things, the right to receive profits of the company, voting rights, the right to receive the company’s liquidation proceeds and the right to appoint a director). An additional tax at a rate of 2% on the capital gain may be imposed upon shareholders whose annual taxable income from all sources exceeds a certain amount. Different tax rates may apply to capital gains accrued from the sale by individuals of securities that are not publicly traded as aforesaid.

With respect to corporate investors, capital gains tax equal to the corporate tax rate (as of January 1, 2014 - 26.5% and thereafter) will generally be imposed on the sale of traded shares.

If the Ordinary Shares are traded on a Recognized Exchange, gains on the sale of Ordinary Shares held by non-Israeli tax resident investors will generally be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax so long as the shares were not held through a permanent establishment that the non-Israeli tax resident investor maintains in Israel. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dealers in securities in Israel are taxed at regular tax rates applicable to business income.

Persons paying consideration for shares, including purchasers of shares, Israeli securities dealers effecting a transaction, or a financial institution through which securities being sold are held, are required, subject to any applicable exemptions and the demonstration by the selling shareholder of its non-Israeli residency, to withhold tax upon the sale of publicly traded securities at a rate of 25% for individuals and at the corporate tax rate (currently 26.5%) for corporations.

Israeli law also generally exempts non-resident individuals and entities from capital gains tax on the sale of securities of Israeli companies, provided that such securities are not traded on a stock exchange in Israel when sold and that the securities were acquired on or after January 1, 2009.

(ii) Income Taxes on Dividend Distribution to Non-Israeli Shareholders

Non-Israeli residents (whether individuals or corporations) are generally subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends paid on the shares of companies that are not publicly traded at the rate of 25% (30% if the dividend recipient is a Substantial Shareholder, at the time of distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period), which tax is to be withheld at source, unless a different rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty. Dividends paid on the shares of companies that are publicly traded, like the Company’s Ordinary Shares,

 

104


Table of Contents

to non-Israeli residents, although generally subject to the same tax rates applicable to dividends paid on the shares of companies that are not publicly traded, are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax at a rate of 25% (whether or not the recipient is a Substantial Shareholder), unless a different rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty. The distribution of dividends to non-Israeli residents (either individuals or corporations) from income derived from Orbotech Ltd.’s Approved Enterprises or Benefiting Enterprises during the applicable benefits period is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 15%, unless a different tax rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty. The distribution of dividends to non-Israeli residents (either individuals or corporations) from income derived from Preferred Income is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 20%, unless a different tax rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty.

A non-resident of Israel who has dividend income derived from or accrued in Israel, from which the full amount of tax was withheld at source, is generally exempt from the duty to file tax returns in Israel in respect of such income, provided that: (i) such income was not derived from a business conducted in Israel by the taxpayer; and (ii) the taxpayer has no other taxable sources of income in Israel with respect to which a tax return is required to be filed.

Residents of the United States generally will have withholding tax in Israel deducted at source. As discussed below, they may be entitled to a credit or deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for all or part of the amount of the taxes withheld, subject to detailed rules contained in U.S. tax legislation.

(iii) U.S. - Israel Tax Treaty

The Convention between the Government of the State of Israel and the Government of the United States of America With Respect to Taxes on Income (the “ Treaty ”) is generally effective as of January 1, 1995. Under the Treaty, the maximum Israeli withholding tax on dividends paid to a holder of Ordinary Shares who is a Treaty U.S. Resident (as defined below) is generally 25%. However, pursuant to the Investment Law, dividends distributed by an Israeli company and derived from income eligible for benefits under the Investment Law will generally be subject to a reduced dividend withholding tax rate, as detailed above, subject to the conditions specified in the Treaty. The Treaty further provides that a 15% or a 12.5% Israeli dividend withholding tax will apply to dividends paid to a U.S. corporation owning 10% or more of an Israeli company’s voting shares during, in general, the current and preceding tax year of the Israeli company. The 15% rate applies to dividends distributed from income derived from an Approved Enterprise or, presumably, from a Benefiting Enterprise, in each case within the applicable period or, presumably, from a Preferred Enterprise, and the lower 12.5% rate applies to dividends distributed from income derived from other sources. However, these provisions do not apply if the company has certain amounts of passive income.

Pursuant to the Treaty, the sale, exchange or disposition of Ordinary Shares by a person who qualifies as a resident of the United States within the meaning of the Treaty and who is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such residents under the Treaty (a “ Treaty U.S. Resident ”) generally will not be subject to the Israeli capital gains tax unless such Treaty U.S. Resident holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting power of the Company during any part of the 12-month period preceding such sale, exchange or disposition subject to certain conditions. A sale, exchange or disposition of Ordinary Shares by a Treaty U.S. Resident who holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting power of the Company at any time during such preceding 12-month period would not be exempt under the Treaty from such Israeli tax; however, under the Treaty, such Treaty U.S. Resident would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against U.S. federal income tax imposed on any gain from such sale, exchange or disposition, under the circumstances and subject to the limitations specified in the Treaty and U.S. domestic law. As mentioned above, gains on the sale of Ordinary Shares held by non-Israeli tax resident investors will generally be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax if the Ordinary Shares are traded on a Recognized Exchange. This exemption would generally apply notwithstanding the Treaty.

(iv) Estate Taxes

Israel presently has no estate tax.

 

105


Table of Contents

(b) United States Federal Income Taxation

The following general discussion sets forth the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences that are applicable to the following persons who invest in Ordinary Shares, are the beneficial owners of such Ordinary Shares and hold such Ordinary Shares as capital assets (“ U.S. Shareholders ”): (i) individuals who are citizens or residents (as specifically defined for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) of the United States; (ii) corporations (or entities treated as corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia; and (iii) estates whose income is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source, and (iv) trusts if (x) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trusts’ administration and (y) one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trusts. This discussion does not deal with: (i) all aspects of U.S. Federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular U.S. Shareholders based on their particular circumstances (including potential application of the alternative minimum tax); (ii) certain U.S. Shareholders subject to special treatment under the U.S. Federal income tax laws such as banks, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, taxpayers whose functional currency is not the Dollar; (iii) U.S. Shareholders owning directly or by attribution 10% or more of the Ordinary Shares; (iv) any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. tax laws; or (v) U.S. taxes that are not income taxes. Additionally, the following discussion does not consider the tax treatment of persons who hold Ordinary Shares through a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes). If a partnership holds Ordinary Shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and on the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding Ordinary Shares should consult their tax advisors.

The summary of U.S. Federal income tax laws set out below is based on the Code, Treasury regulations, judicial decisions and published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) as of the date hereof and is subject to any changes occurring in United States law after that date, which could have retroactive effect.

(i) Distributions on Ordinary Shares

Distributions on Ordinary Shares paid (before reduction for Israeli withholding taxes) out of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. tax principles, will be dividends and will be includible in a U.S. Shareholder’s ordinary income when actually or constructively received. If a U.S. Shareholder is an individual, trust or estate, dividends received from the Company will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15% or 20%, depending on the income level of the taxpayer, provided the taxpayer has held the stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and certain other conditions are satisfied. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations. The Company does not intend to compute earnings and profits under U.S. tax principles. If the Company does not compute earnings and profits under U.S. tax principles, the entire distributions will likely be treated as paid out of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.

The amount of any dividend paid in Israeli currency will equal the Dollar value of the Israeli currency received calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividend is received by the U.S. Shareholder, regardless of whether the Israeli currency is converted into Dollars. If the Israeli currency received as a dividend is not converted into Dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. Shareholder will have a basis in the Israeli currency equal to the Dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss realized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Israeli currency will be treated as ordinary income or loss, and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Shareholder’s basis, and any excess will be treated as capital gain. Such distributions (treated as a capital gain) would not give rise to income from sources outside the United States.

 

106


Table of Contents

There is no assurance that dividends received by U.S. Shareholders from the Company will be eligible for the preferential tax rates mentioned above. Dividends that are not eligible for the preferential tax rates will be taxed at ordinary income rates.

(ii) Credit for Israeli Taxes Withheld

U.S. Shareholders may be entitled to deduct, or claim a U.S. foreign tax credit for, Israeli taxes that are withheld on dividends received, subject to applicable limitations in the Code, including separate limitations with respect to specific classes of income. Dividends paid with respect to Ordinary Shares will generally be treated as ‘passive category income’ for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The rules governing the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and additional limitations on the credit apply to individuals receiving dividends eligible for the preferential tax rates on dividends described in (i) above.

(iii) Disposition of Ordinary Shares

A U.S. Shareholder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or exchange of Ordinary Shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Ordinary Shares. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Shareholder’s holding period exceeds one year and otherwise will generally be short-term capital gain or loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Gain or loss from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Ordinary Shares will generally be treated as from U.S. sources for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. (See ‘U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty’ above). Long-term capital gains of individuals, trusts and estates are generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% or 20%, depending on the income level of the taxpayer. U.S. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the treatment of any foreign currency gain or loss on any Israeli currency received in respect of the sale, exchange or other disposition of Ordinary Shares.

(iv) Unearned Income Medicare Contribution Tax

Each U.S. Shareholder who is an individual, estate or trust is generally subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on the lesser of (i) such U.S. Shareholder’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year, and (ii) the excess of such U.S. Shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be $125,000, $200,000, or $250,000, depending on the individual’s circumstances). For this purpose, net investment income generally includes dividends on and capital gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Ordinary Shares, subject to certain exceptions. U.S. Shareholders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to income and gains from ownership of Ordinary Shares.

(v) Passive Foreign Investment Company

A ‘passive foreign investment company’ (“ PFIC ”) is generally defined as any foreign corporation at least 75% of whose gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or at least 50% of the value of whose assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income. For the purpose of determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, such corporation is also deemed to hold its proportionate share of the assets and receive its proportionate share of the income of any corporation in which it owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock. The Company believes that it is not and has not been a PFIC for U.S. Federal income tax purposes for taxable years through 2014, and the Company expects that it will not become a PFIC for taxable years after 2014. If the Company were to become a PFIC, then all U.S. Shareholders would be required either: (i) to include in their taxable income certain undistributed amounts of the Company’s income if a qualified electing fund election has been made (and certain information is provided by the Company); or (ii) to pay an interest charge together with tax calculated at maximum ordinary income rates on certain ‘excess distributions’ (defined to include gain on the sale of Ordinary Shares). In addition, if the Company is a PFIC, U.S. Shareholders who are

 

107


Table of Contents

individuals, trusts or estates will not be eligible for the preferential tax rates on dividends described above, and U.S. Shareholders that own PFIC stock worth more than a certain threshold amount are required to file an annual report with respect to each PFIC in which they own stock.

(vi) Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

A U.S. Shareholder may, under certain circumstances, be subject to information reporting requirements and ‘backup withholding’ at a 28% rate on payments of dividends on, and the proceeds of disposition of, Ordinary Shares. Backup withholding will apply only if a U.S. Shareholder: (a) fails to furnish its social security or other taxpayer identification number (“ TIN ”) within a reasonable time after the request therefor; (b) furnishes an incorrect TIN; (c) is notified by the IRS that it has failed properly to report payments of interest and dividends; or (d) under certain circumstances, fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments. U.S. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for exemption, if applicable. The amount of backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Shareholder generally will be allowed as a credit against such U.S. Shareholder’s U.S. Federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Shareholder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

(vii) Tax Return Disclosure

U.S. individuals that hold certain specified foreign financial assets (which include stock of a non-U.S. corporation) are subject to U.S. return disclosure obligations (and related penalties for failure to disclose). Such U.S. individuals are required to file IRS Form 8938 with their U.S. Federal income tax returns, unless an exception applies. U.S. Shareholders that are individuals are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the filing of IRS Form 8938.

10.F Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

10.G Statements by Experts

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

10.H Documents on Display

The material documents referred to herein to which the Company is a party, to the extent that their disclosure is not otherwise limited or restricted, may, by prior arrangement, be inspected at the offices of the Company in Yavne, Israel. In addition, the Company believes that all publicly filed documents referred to herein should be available for inspection, upon payment of any prescribed fees and otherwise upon such terms and conditions as may be specified, at the respective public archives or institutions with which they are filed.

10.I Subsidiary Information

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

(a) General

The Company uses financial instruments and derivatives in order to limit its exposure to risks arising from changes in exchange rates. The use of such instruments does not expose the Company to additional exchange rate risks since the derivatives are held against an asset (for example, excess assets in Euros).

 

108


Table of Contents

The Company’s derivative transactions in 2014 were executed through Israeli and international banks. The Company is exposed to counterparty risk arising from certain of its financial instruments and derivative contracts and it could be adversely affected by the soundness of counterparties, which include customers, suppliers and financial institutions. The Company uses derivatives to hedge certain exchange rate risk by entering into exchange rate-based derivative instruments with financial institution counterparties, such as broker/dealers, commercial banks and investment banks. These transactions are typically entered into on an unsecured basis and should the counterparty fail to honor its obligations under the relevant agreements, the Company could sustain losses which could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

(b) Exchange Rate Risk Management

Since the Company’s functional currency and that of virtually all of its subsidiaries is the Dollar, the Company, including through its subsidiaries, protects itself against exposure arising from the difference between assets and liabilities in each currency other than the Dollar (“ Balance Sheet Exposure ”). The majority of the Balance Sheet Exposure in such subsidiaries is in Japanese Yen, GBP, Euros, Chinese Renminbi and NIS.

The Company endeavors to limit its Balance Sheet Exposure through ‘natural’ hedging, i.e., by attempting to match its non-Dollar denominated assets and liabilities in any given currency. The currency exposure that is not able to be hedged through the matching of assets and liabilities is managed through the use of derivative instruments. To the extent possible, the Company engages in its exchange rate hedging on a consolidated basis.

The table below details the Balance Sheet Exposure, expressed in currency and geographical terms, as at December 31, 2014 (at fair value - as explained below). All data in the table have been converted for convenience into Dollar equivalents (in millions). The Company does not have any Balance Sheet Exposure maturing beyond 2015 that would have a material effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

     Euro      GBP     Japanese
Yen
    Chinese
Renminbi
     Other Far
Eastern
Currencies*
     NIS     Total  

Israel

     0.9           (1.0           (9.7     (9.8

Europe

     3.3                     3.3   

U.K.

        (19.0               (19.0

Japan

          20.8                20.8   

China

            29.6              29.6   

Far East

               22.9           22.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  4.2      (19.0   19.8      29.6      22.9      (9.7   47.7   

 

* Includes Korean won and Taiwanese dollar.

Explanatory note:

 

(1) The data presented in the table reflects the net exposure after taking into account set-offs between matching non-Dollar denominated assets and liabilities.

 

109


Table of Contents

The Company enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge its Balance Sheet Exposure as well as certain future cash flows in connection with payroll and related expenses and anticipated probable transactions which are expected to be denominated in non-Dollar currencies. The terms of most existing currency derivatives are less than three months and none exceed one year. The table below details the hedging acquired in forward exchange contracts in order to limit foreign currency exposure risks. The notional amounts of these forward exchange contracts, as of December 31, 2014, were as follows ($ in millions).

 

     Euro      GBP      Korean
Won
     Taiwanese
Dollar
     Chinese
RMB
     Japanese
Yen
     NIS      Total  

Israel

                       43.1         43.1   

Europe

     18.6                           18.6   

U.K.

        39.9                        39.9   

Japan

                    34.2            34.2   

Far East

           25.1         27.7         13.1               65.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  18.6      39.9      25.1      27.7      13.1      34.2      43.1      201.7   

(c) Fair Value of Derivatives

The fair value of derivatives as of December 31, 2014 constituted assets and liabilities of approximately $1.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The fair value of the derivatives generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would receive or pay upon termination of the contracts at the reporting date.

(d) Interest Rate Risk Management

The interest rate on $300.0 million of the Company’s debt is variable. As a result, interest expense would increase if interest rates rise. Fluctuations in LIBOR above 1% may increase the Company’s overall debt service obligation and could have a material adverse effect on its ability to service its debt obligations. An increase of 1% in the interest rate payable on the Company’s outstanding variable rate debt would increase its annual debt service requirements by approximately $3.0 million. The Company did not enter any swap agreement to hedge the floating rate risk.

Substantially all of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits bear interest. The annual interest rates as of December 31, 2014 ranged up to 1.27%. Due to the relatively short-term maturities of the Company’s cash and deposits portfolio, an immediate 10% change in interest rates is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s near-term financial condition or results of operations.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

12.A Debt Securities

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

12.B Warrants and Rights

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

12.C Other Securities

Not applicable in Annual Report on Form 20-F.

12.D American Depositary Shares

None

 

110


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company’s management (with the participation of its chief executive officer and chief financial officer) conducted an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report such disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management (with the participation of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer) conducted an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting includes all of the Company’s businesses except those of SPTS, which was acquired on August 7, 2014, and whose financial statements comprise approximately 15% of total assets and 19% of revenues of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. Based on the results of this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

Kesselman & Kesselman, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Financial Statements included in this Annual Report containing the disclosure required by this Item 15(b), has issued an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

111


Table of Contents

(c) Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

See report of Kesselman & Kesselman included under Item 18 on page F-2.

(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were not any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) promulgated under the Exchange Act that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

Dan Falk, a member of the Registrant’s Audit Committee, has been designated by the Board as an Audit Committee Financial Expert under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and as having financial and accounting expertise under the Companies Law and applicable regulations. Mr. Falk is ‘independent’, as that term is defined in the Nasdaq listing standards. In addition, the Audit Committee and the Board have determined that Mr. Dan Falk also qualifies as an independent director under the Companies Law. For information as to certain financial, accounting and professional qualification requirements for external and other directors under the Companies Law, see Item 6.C - Board Practices - Membership of Board; External Directors; Independent Directors; Financial Experts.

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

The Company has a code of business conduct and ethics which is applicable to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, including its principal executive, financial and accounting officers and persons performing similar functions (the “ Code of Ethics ”). The Code of Ethics covers areas of professional and business conduct, and is intended to: promote honest and ethical conduct, including fair dealing and the ethical handling of conflicts of interest; promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in all material respects in reports and documents the Company files with, or furnishes to, the SEC and other applicable governmental authorities, and in its other public communications; promote compliance with applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010; ensure the protection of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, and legitimate business interests; deter wrongdoing; ensure that the intellectual property rights of third parties are respected; promote the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code of Ethics to the appropriate person at the Company; and promote accountability and adherence to the Code of Ethics. The Company encourages all of its directors, officers and employees promptly to report any violations of the Code of Ethics, and has provided mechanisms by which they may do so.

The Code of Ethics may be accessed through the ‘Corporate Governance’ hyperlink contained on the ‘Investors’ section of the Corporate Website. In addition, the Company will provide a copy of the Code of Ethics to any person, without charge, upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at the Company’s corporate headquarters in Israel.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The Audit Committee maintains a policy of approving and recommending only those services to be performed by the Company’s external auditors which are permitted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the applicable rules of the SEC relating to auditor’s independence, and which are otherwise consistent with and will encourage, and are remunerated at levels that accord with, the basic principles of auditor independence. The general practice of the Audit Committee is to receive from the Company’s management, either at the time of the

 

112


Table of Contents

Audit Committee’s final review of management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting or at the time of approval of the Company’s annual financial statements for the preceding fiscal year, a list of all services, including audit, audit-related, tax and other services, proposed to be provided during the current fiscal year to the Company by Kesselman & Kesselman and/or other member firms of PwC, as well as a report regarding the extent of such services actually provided by Kesselman & Kesselman and PwC during the previous fiscal year and the fees paid for such services performed. After reviewing and considering the services proposed to be provided during the current fiscal year and, where appropriate in order better to understand their nature, discussing them with management, the Audit Committee pre-approves such of the proposed services, with a specific pre-approved budget, as it considers appropriate in accordance with the above principles. Management also maintains a practice of discussing these matters on an ongoing basis during the year with Mr. Dan Falk, a member of the Audit Committee and its appointed delegate in respect of audit-related and non-audit-related services. Additional services from Kesselman & Kesselman and PwC and any increase in budgeted amounts will similarly be submitted for pre-approval during the year by the Audit Committee on a case-by-case basis.

All audit-related and non-audit-related services performed by Kesselman & Kesselman and/or other member firms of PwC during 2014 and 2013 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with the procedures outlined above.

The following table provides information regarding fees paid by the Company to Kesselman & Kesselman and/or other member firms of PwC for all services, including audit services, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Audit fees (1)

   $ 1,150,000       $ 841,000   

Audit-related fees (2)

     261,000         32,000   

Tax fees (3)

     312,000         272,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 1,723,000    $ 1,145,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes professional services rendered with respect to the audits of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, the audits of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting, review of consolidated quarterly financial statements, statutory audits of the Company, consents and assistance with review of documents filed with the SEC.
(2) Includes mainly due diligence fees and consultations concerning the SPTS Acquisition.
(3) Includes fees for services related to tax compliance, including assistance in preparation of tax returns, claims for refund and assistance with audits and appeals; and tax planning and advice, including advice related to acquisitions and dispositions, services for employee benefit plans, issues with respect to transfer pricing and other.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

None

 

113


Table of Contents
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

On February 27, 2014, the Board approved, and the Company publicly announced, the approval of $30.0 million for the repurchase of Ordinary Shares. Repurchases during 2014 under this program were as follows:

 

Period    Total Number of
Shares Purchased
     Average Price Paid
per Share ($)
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
     Maximum
Remaining Amount
Allocated for
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs
 

March 2014

     284,450         14.65         284,450       $ 25.8 million   

April 2014

     233,248         15.10         233,248       $ 22.3 million   

May 2014

     195,804         14.88         195,804       $ 19.4 million   

June 2014

     156,019         15.27         156,019       $ 17.0 million   

July 2014

     69,613         15.74         69,613       $ 15.9 million   

August 2014

     31,952         15.34         31,952       $ 15.4 million   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

  971,086      15.01      971,086      —     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

As of December 31, 2014, a total of 971,086 Ordinary Shares had been repurchased under the program at an average purchase price of $15.01 per share.

 

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on Nasdaq, Orbotech Ltd. is permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of those followed by U.S. companies under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

As described in Item 10 - Additional Information - Memorandum and Articles of Association - Shareholders’ Meetings, if a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time stated for an adjourned general meeting of shareholders of the Company, any shareholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall constitute a quorum, consistent with Israeli law. As such, the quorum requirements for an adjourned meeting are different from the Nasdaq requirement that an issuer listed on Nasdaq have a quorum requirement that in no case be less than 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of the company’s common voting stock.

Under the Companies Law, Orbotech Ltd. may not be required to obtain shareholder approval for certain issuances of shares in excess of 20% of the outstanding shares of the Company, as would be required in certain circumstances by the Nasdaq listing standards. At this time, the Company does not have any intention to enter into any such transaction; however, it may in the future do so and opt to comply with the Companies Law, which may not require shareholder approval. Any such determination to follow the Companies Law requirements rather than the standards applicable to U.S. companies listed on Nasdaq will be made by the Company at the time in light of then-current circumstances.

Under the Companies Law, Orbotech Ltd. may not be required to obtain shareholder approval for equity-based compensation plans, as would be required by the Nasdaq listing standards. While in recent years the Company has generally brought its equity-based compensation plans to its shareholders for approval, it may, in the future, opt to follow Israeli legal requirements, which may not require shareholder approval.

 

114


Table of Contents

In addition, under the Companies Law, Orbotech Ltd. is not required to have an independent nominating committee, nor is there a requirement that its independent directors select (or recommend for selection) director nominees, as would be required by the Nasdaq listing standards for a U.S. domestic issuer. While the composition of the Company’s Nominating Committee currently complies with Nasdaq listing standards, the Company may in the future opt to appoint members to its Nominating Committee who are not ‘independent directors’ in accordance with Nasdaq listing standards, as is permitted under the Articles and the Companies Law or not to maintain a nominating committee at all, such that the functions of such committee would be performed by the full Board, a practice which is compliant with Israeli law. See Item 6 - Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

 

115


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

17. Financial Statements

The Company is furnishing financial statements pursuant to the instructions of Item 18 of Form 20-F.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

18. Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-8   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are either included in the notes to the Financial Statements or, if not required under the related instructions or inapplicable, have been omitted.

 

Item 19. Exhibits

 

(1.1)    Memorandum of Association reflecting amendments integrated into the text (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 6, 2013).
(1.2)    Articles of Association reflecting amendments integrated into the text.
(2.1)    Forms of Share Certificates Representing Ordinary Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 000-12790)).
(4.1)    Equity Remuneration Plan for Key Employees of Orbotech Ltd. and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries (as Amended and Restated, 2005) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 000-12790) filed on March 30, 2006).
(4.2)    2010 Equity-Based Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on July 26, 2010).
(4.3)    2005 Directors Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B from the Company’s Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on July 26, 2010).
(4.4)    Photon Dynamics, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 from Photon Dynamics’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 000-27234) filed on February 14, 2007).
(4.5)    Letter of Agreement entered into on February 10, 2013 between Orbotech Ltd. and Israel Discount Bank Ltd. and dated January 31, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 000-12790) filed on February 22, 2013). (1)

 

116


Table of Contents
(4.6) Irrevocable Letter of Undertaking by Orbotech Ltd. to Israel Discount Bank Ltd. dated February 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 000-12790) filed on February 22, 2013). (1)
(4.7) Letter of Agreement from Bank Hapoalim Ltd. to Orbotech Ltd. dated January 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 000-12790) filed on February 22, 2013). (1)
(4.8) Irrevocable Letter of Undertaking by Orbotech Ltd. to Bank Hapoalim Ltd. dated February 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 000-12790) filed on February 22, 2013). (1)
(4.9) Asset Purchase Agreement entered into and signed on October 31, 2010, among GE Medical Systems Israel Ltd., Orbotech Medical Solutions Ltd., General Electric Company and Orbotech Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 000-12790) filed on February 24, 2011). (2)
(4.10) Settlement Agreement and Mutual General Release entered into and signed on February 10, 2011, among General Electric Company, GE Medical Systems Israel Ltd., Orbotech Ltd. and Orbotech Medical Solutions Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 000-12790) filed on February 24, 2011).
(4.11) Compensation Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit C from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 6, 2013).
(4.12) Letter of Indemnification and Release (incorporated by reference to Exhibit D from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 6, 2013).
(4.13) Credit Agreement dated as of August 7, 2014, among Orbotech, Inc., as borrower, Orbotech Ltd., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 7, 2014).
(4.14) Guarantee Agreement dated as of August 7, 2014, among Orbotech, Inc., Orbotech Ltd., the subsidiaries of Orbotech Ltd. party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 7, 2014).
(4.15) Collateral Agreement dated as of August 7, 2014, among Orbotech, Inc., the subsidiaries of Orbotech Ltd. party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 7, 2014).
(4.16) Secured Bond (Encumbrance on All Assets) issued on August 7, 2014, by Orbotech Ltd. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as trustee for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Debenture) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 7, 2014). (1)
(4.17) Share Sale Agreement Relating to SPTS Technologies Group Limited entered into and signed July 4, 2014, among the Bridgepoint Funds, Sumitomo Precision Products Co. Ltd., the Management Sellers, Barclays Wealth Trustees (Guernsey) Limited, the EBT Beneficiaries, Orbotech Holding U.K. Limited, Orbotech Ltd., SPTS Technologies Group Limited and Orbotech, Inc.
(8.1) List of Subsidiaries.

 

117


Table of Contents
   The following are the principal subsidiary entities of Orbotech Ltd. (all wholly-owned except as indicated):

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Organization

•    Orbotech, Inc.

   United States

•    Photon Dynamics, Inc.

   United States

•    Orbotech LT Solar LLC (indirectly owned approximately 81% by Orbotech Ltd.)

   United States

•    Orbotech S.A.

   Belgium

•    Laser Imaging Systems GmbH & Co. KG

   Germany

•    New System s.r.l.

   Italy

•    Orbotech Pacific Ltd.

   Hong Kong

•    Orbotech Holding U.K. Limited

   United Kingdom

•    SPTS Technologies Group Limited

   United Kingdom

•    Orbotech Singapore Corporation Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

•    Orbotech B.V.

   The Netherlands

•    Orbotech Asia Ltd.

   Hong Kong

•    Orbotech Japan Ltd.

   Japan

•    Orbograph Ltd. (owned approximately 94% by Orbotech Ltd.)

   Israel

•    Frontline P.C.B. Solutions Ltd. (owned 50% by Orbotech Ltd.)

   Israel

•    Frontline P.C.B. Solutions Limited Partnership

   Israel

 

  (12.1)   Certification by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  (12.2)   Certification by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  (13.1)   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  (15.1)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  (15.2)   Capital Allocation Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 from the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on August 21, 2014).
  (15.3)   Agreement dated as of June 27, 2014 between Ion Asset Management Ltd. and Orbotech Ltd. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 6-K (File No. 000-12790) filed on June 30, 2014).
(101)   Interactive Data Filing.

 

(1) English translation from the official, original version in Hebrew.
(2) Confidential treatment granted as to certain portions, which portions were omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

 

118


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

ORBOTECH LTD.
By:

  /s/ Asher Levy

  Asher Levy
  Chief Executive Officer

Dated: February 27, 2015

 

119


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

(An Israeli Corporation)

2014 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

2014 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     F-2   

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  

Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Statements of Operations

     F-6   

Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-7   

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-8   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the shareholders of

ORBOTECH LTD.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Orbotech Ltd. (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management and Board of Directors are responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 15(b). Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and Board of Directors, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that

 

LOGO

 

F-2


Table of Contents

controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 15(b), management has excluded SPTS Technologies Group Limited (“ SPTS ”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2014. We have also excluded SPTS from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. SPTS is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 15% and 19%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

LOGO
Tel Aviv, Israel Kesselman & Kesselman
February 27, 2015

Certified Public Accountants (Isr.)

A member of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  
Assets      

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 136,367       $ 161,155   

Restricted cash

     10,000      

Short-term bank deposits

     10,000         38,650   

Marketable securities

        5,265   

Accounts receivable:

     

Trade

     248,071         198,203   

Other

     39,076         31,546   

Deferred income taxes

     8,213         8,094   

Inventories

     157,030         93,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

  608,757      536,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

Marketable securities

  5,890      13,106   

Funds in respect of employee rights upon retirement

  9,755      11,024   

Deferred income taxes

  13,067      15,130   

Equity method investees and other receivables

  8,926      9,911   

Deferred financing costs

  7,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  45,108      49,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net

  55,580      27,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS , net

  145,082      10,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

GOODWILL

  179,445      12,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,033,972    $ 636,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

/s/    YOCHAI RICHTER

) Active Chairman of the
Yochai Richter ) Board of Directors

/s/    ASHER LEVY

)
Asher Levy ) Chief Executive Officer

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)

 

     December 31  
     2014     2013  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  
Liabilities and equity     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Current maturities of long-term loans

   $ 2,636    

Accounts payable and accruals:

    

Trade

     64,683       43,663  

Other

     81,747       55,482  

Deferred income

     38,008       24,854  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  187,074     123,999  

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:

Long term loans

  293,851  

Liability for employee rights upon retirement

  22,763     25,845  

Deferred income taxes

  20,185     2,406  

Other tax liabilities

  13,218     17,178  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

  350,017     45,429  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (see Note 9)

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  537,091     169,428  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY:

Orbotech Ltd. shareholders’ equity

Ordinary shares of NIS 0.14 par value per share (“ Ordinary Shares ”)

Authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

80,000,000 Ordinary Shares

Issued at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

47,263,701 and 46,203,927 Ordinary Shares, respectively

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

41,852,928 and 41,764,240 Ordinary Shares, respectively

  2,163     2,124  

Additional paid-in capital

  293,056     281,159  

Retained earnings

  303,950     268,570  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  (1,980   409  

Less—treasury shares, at cost (December 31, 2014 – 5,410,773

Ordinary Shares; December 31, 2013 – 4,439,687 Ordinary Shares)

  (99,539   (84,946
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Orbotech Ltd. shareholders’ equity

  497,650     467,316  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

  (769   (162
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

  496,881     467,154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

$ 1,033,972   $ 636,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  
     (except per share data)  

REVENUES:

      

Sale of products

   $ 403,963     $ 294,027     $ 238,920  

Services rendered

     178,783       145,968       148,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  582,746     439,995     387,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COST OF REVENUES:

Cost of products sold

  223,981     156,702     129,601  

Cost of services rendered

  105,572     91,753     103,846  

Write-down of inventories

  14,255  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  329,553     248,455     247,702  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

  253,193     191,540     139,306  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS:

Expenses incurred

  91,320     72,736     70,524  

Less - government participations

  2,669     3,163     1,821  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

  88,651     69,573     68,703  

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

  96,169     75,948     73,051  

EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF FRONTLINE

  (5,769   (5,553   (6,764

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

  19,235     4,041     9,907  

SPTS ACQUISITION COSTS

  6,761  

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

  5,063  

IMPAIRMENT OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

  30,142  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

  48,146      47,531     (40,796

FINANCIAL EXPENSES - net

  9,046     1,191     5,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES ON INCOME

  39,100     46,340     (45,916

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

  3,419     6,927     456  

SHARE IN LOSSES OF EQUITY METHOD INVESTEE

  417     252     165  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

  35,264     39,161     (46,537

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

  116     840      958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORBOTECH LTD.

$ 35,380   $ 40,001   $ (45,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORBOTECH LTD.:

NET INCOME (LOSS):

Basic

$ 0.85   $ 0.94   $ (1.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

$ 0.83   $ 0.92   $ (1.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES USED IN COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE - IN THOUSANDS:

Basic

  41,703     42,571     43,501  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  42,757     43,253     43,501  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  

Net income (loss)

   $ 35,264     $ 39,161     $ (46,537
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Net change in respect of derivative instruments designated for cash flow hedge, net of taxes

  (2,337   (219   1,228  

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment

  860   

Net change in respect to available for sale securities, net of tax

  (52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  (2,389   (219   2,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  32,875     38,942     (44,449
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to the non-controlling interests

  116     840     958  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Orbotech Ltd.

$ 32,991   $ 39,782   $ (43,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Share capital     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other

comprehensive
income (loss)
    Treasury
shares
    Non
controlling
interest
    Total
shareholders’
equity
 
    Number of
shares
    Amount              
    In thousands    

U.S. dollars in thousands

 

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2012

    45,305     $ 2,092     $ 270,966     $ 274,148     $ (1,460   $ (57,192   $ 1,578     $ 490,132   

Comprehensive loss

          (45,579     2,088         (958     (44,449

Acquisition of treasury shares

              (1,959       (1,959

Acquisition of non- controlling interest

        252             (252  

Exercise of employee equity awards

    328       10       709           *          719   

Compensation relating to equity awards granted to employees and others

        2,929             141       3,070   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

    45,633     $ 2,102     $ 274,856     $ 228,569     $ 628     $ (59,151   $ 509     $ 447,513   

Comprehensive income

          40,001       (219       (840     38,942   

Acquisition of treasury shares

              (25,795       (25,795

Exercise of employee equity awards

    571       22       3,290           *          3,312   

Compensation relating to equity awards granted to employees and others

        3,013             169       3,182   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

    46,204     $ 2,124     $ 281,159      $ 268,570     $ 409      $ (84,946   $ (162   $ 467,154   

Comprehensive income

          35,380       (2,389       (116     32,875   

Acquisition of treasury shares

              (14,593       (14,593

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

        551              (551  

Exercise of employee equity awards

    1,060       39       8,214                8,253   

Compensation relating to equity awards granted to employees and others

        3,132              60        3,192   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

    47,264     $ 2,163     $ 293,056      $ 303,950     $ (1,980   $ (99,539   $ (769   $ 496,881   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Represents an amount of less than $1,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     U.S. dollars in thousands  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 35,264     $ 39,161     $ (46,537

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     30,333       13,261       17,919  

Impairment of intangible assets

         30,142  

Compensation relating to equity awards granted to employees and others

     3,192       3,182       3,070  

Increase (decrease) in liability for employee rights upon retirement, net

     (1,553     624       (640

Long term loans discount amortization

     237      

Deferred financing costs amortization

     612      

Capital loss from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     645      

Deferred income taxes

     1,253       (1,558     (5,440

Non cash expenses in respect of restructuring

         601  

Loss from sale of marketable securities

     339      

Amortization of premium and accretion of discount on marketable securities, net

     656       554       588  

Equity in earnings of Frontline, net of dividend received

     468       446       (1,232

Other

     597       268       1,498  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Increase (decrease) in deferred income

     1,346       7,466       (8,522

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable:

      

Trade

     (17,440     (33,721     31,725  

Other

     (2,075     (2,954     (2,708

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accruals:

      

Trade

     2,140       11,377       (4,780

Other

     9,326       8,045       (6,166

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     (13,984     (190     11,925  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 51,356     $ 45,961     $ 21,443  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (12,500     (12,978     (9,484

Withdrawal (placement) of bank deposits

     28,650       (35,636     142,278  

Purchase of marketable securities

     (15,152     (9,936     (18,167

Redemption of marketable securities

     26,586       6,037       2,553  

Acquisition of SPTS, net of cash acquired (a)

     (375,061    

Investment in equity method investee

     (250     (2,250  

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     15       39       3,034  

Increase in restricted cash

     (10,000    

Increase in funds in respect of employee rights upon retirement

     (260     (262     (254
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ (357,972   $ (54,986   $ 119,960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Long term loans, net of $8 million financing costs

     288,918      

Repayment of long-term loans

     (750     (64,000     (32,000

Employee stock options exercised

     8,253        3,312       719  

Acquisition of treasury shares

     (14,593     (25,795     (1,959
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 281,828     $ (86,483   $ (33,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (24,788     (95,508     108,163  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

     161,155       256,663       148,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

   $ 136,367     $ 161,155     $ 256,663  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Interest paid

   $ 6,274     $ 1,307     $ 3,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

   $ 9,387     $ 7,739     $ 5,970  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes refunded

   $ 897     $ 371     $ 390  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment on credit

   $ 2,852     $ 908     $ 1,635  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Acquisition of subsidiaries consolidated for the first time:

      

Working capital (excluding cash and cash equivalents)

   $ (48,918    

Property, plant and equipment

     (25,160    

Long-term liabilities

     19,934      

Goodwill

     (167,001    

In- process research and development

     (6,920    

Other intangible assets

     (146,996    
  

 

 

     
   $ (375,061    
  

 

 

     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

 

  a. General:

 

  (i) Nature of operations

Orbotech Ltd. (the “ Company ” or “ Orbotech ”) is an Israeli company, which, together with its subsidiaries and one joint venture, is principally engaged in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of cutting-edge solutions designed to enable the production of innovative, next generation electronic products and improve the cost effectiveness of existing and future electronics production processes.

Through its subsidiary, Orbotech LT Solar, LLC (“ OLTS ”), the Company is engaged in the research, development and marketing of products for the deposition of anti-reflective coating on crystalline silicon photovoltaic wafers for solar energy panels, and through its subsidiary, Orbograph Ltd. (“ Orbograph ”), in the development and marketing of character recognition solutions to banks, financial and other payment processing institutions.

On August 7, 2014, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of United Kingdom-based SPTS Technologies Group Limited (“ SPTS ”) for an aggregate amount of approximately $375.1 million (the “ SPTS Acquisition ”). SPTS is included in the Company’s consolidated financial results from August 7, 2014 (the “ SPTS Closing Date ”). See Note 3.

The Company continues to develop technologies for use in other applications both within and outside the electronics industry. The Company derives a significant portion of its revenues from the service and support of its substantial installed base of products.

For information as to the Company’s reportable segments, principal geographical markets and major customers, see Note 14.

 

  (ii) Accounting principles

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) in the United States of America.

 

  (iii) Functional currency

The currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company and virtually all of its subsidiaries are conducted is the United States dollar (the “ Dollar ”).

Virtually all product revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries are derived outside Israel in non-Israeli currencies, mainly the Dollar. Most purchases of materials and components are made in Dollars or in Israeli currency under contracts linked to the Dollar. Thus, the functional currency of the Company and all of its subsidiaries is the Dollar.

Monetary accounts maintained in currencies other than the Dollar are re-measured using the representative foreign exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Operational accounts and non-monetary balance sheet accounts are measured and recorded at the rate in effect at the date of the transaction. The effects of foreign currency re-measurement are recorded in financial expenses - net, as appropriate.

 

  (iv) Use of estimates in the preparation of financial statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions which affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex, and, consequently actual results may differ materially from those estimates and assumptions. As applicable to these financial statements, the most significant estimates and assumptions relate to revenue recognition, inventories, deferred tax assets, provision for uncertain tax positions, provision for doubtful accounts, goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and employee compensation in connection with equity awards.

 

  b. Principles of consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Profits from intercompany sales not yet realized outside of the Company and its subsidiaries have also been eliminated.

Orbotech’s holding in OLTS, is currently approximately 81.2% on a fully diluted basis.

A portion of OLTS’s equity interest is held by the two developers of certain of OLTS’s technology. The Company has granted each of these two developers a put option to sell a portion of his holdings in OLTS to the Company. These put options were exercised in full on December 31, 2013. The purchase price paid by the Company upon the exercise of each put option was based on the Company’s valuation of OLTS used in the framework of equity investments in OLTS prior to exercise of the put option. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, these put options were exercised by the two developers and the Company purchased a portion of their equity interests in OLTS for approximately $0.3 million and $0.7 million in cash in each of these years, respectively, recorded as research and development expenses. In addition to the put options referred to above, each of the two developers was granted a put option to sell his holdings in OLTS to, at the Company’s election, the Company and/or OLTS. These put options shall become exercisable starting in 2015, subject to the achievement of a certain financial milestone by OLTS in the fiscal year immediately preceding the year in which the put option is exercised. The purchase price to be paid by the Company upon the exercise of this put option shall be equal to the fair market value of the equity interest being sold, as determined by an external appraiser. There is a limit on the number of equity interest units that the two developers may require the Company to purchase, upon exercise of these put options, each year. The put options shall expire upon the earlier of an initial public offering, merger and acquisition transaction or a third party investment in OLTS that results in such third party holding at least 5% of OLTS’s equity interest.

 

  c. Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments including cash and short-term bank deposits that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use and the period to maturity of which does not exceed three months at the time of investment, to be cash equivalents.

 

  d. Restricted cash

The company has restricted cash deposited as a guarantee for customers. The Company classifies these amounts as a current asset due to their short maturity, which does not exceed three months at the time of investment.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

  e. Short-term bank deposits

Bank deposits with original maturity dates of more than three months but less than one year are included in short-term deposits. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, short-term deposits are in Dollars and bear interest at an average annual rate of 0.48% and 0.79%, respectively.

 

  f. Concentration of credit risks and allowance for doubtful accounts

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, most of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited with major Israeli, European, United States and Far Eastern banks. The Company is of the opinion that the credit risk in respect of these balances is not material.

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers for the purpose of determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. In respect of sales to customers in certain economies, the Company may require letters of credit from banks.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined for specific debts doubtful of collection.

The Company routinely receives letters of credit or promissory notes in connection with the sale of products in the Far East and Japan. From time to time, the Company sells some of these letters of credit and promissory notes to third parties at a discount in return for cash. The resulting costs related to the letters of credit and promissory notes are charged to ‘financial expenses - net’, as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company sold face amounts of $38.9 million, $19.0 million and $33.7 million, respectively, of these letters of credit and promissory notes.

 

  g. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined as follows: components, products in process and finished products - on the weighted average basis; and labor and overhead - on the basis of actual manufacturing costs assuming normal manufacturing capacity.

Inventories are written-down for estimated excess and obsolescence, based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Once written-down, a new lower cost basis for that inventory is established.

 

  h. Marketable securities

As of December 31, 2014, all of the Company’s investments in marketable securities were classified as available-for-sale securities. As of December 31, 2013, all of the Company’s investments in marketable securities were classified as held to maturity securities. In accordance with accounting requirements, the Company is prohibited from classifying security purchases as held to maturity for a period of two years.

Securities classified as available- for- sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, recorded as a separated component of comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity until realized.

Unrealized losses that are considered to be other- than- temporary are charged to income as impairment charge.

 

  i. Investment in equity method investees

Investments in shares of an entity over which the Company has significant influence or joint control but owns less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20%-50% of the voting power in an Investee.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

  j. Property, plant and equipment

These assets are stated at cost and are depreciated by the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives.

Annual rates of depreciation are as follows:

 

     %

Machinery and equipment

   10-20
   (mainly 20)

Leasehold improvements

   Over the term of the
lease (mainly 10)

Building

   3

Office furniture and equipment

   6-15

Computer equipment

   20-33

Vehicles

   15; 20

 

  k. Other intangible assets

Acquired intangible assets are presented at cost, net of accumulated amortization and impairments. These intangible assets consist primarily of intellectual property, customer relations and backlog and are being amortized mostly over periods of five to seven and, in some cases, up to twelve, years.

Research and development acquired in a business combination is capitalized as an indefinite life intangible asset until the related research and development efforts are either completed or abandoned. In the reporting period where they are treated as indefinite life intangible assets, they are not amortized but rather are monitored and tested for impairment. Upon completion of the related research and development efforts, management determines the useful life of the intangible assets and amortizes them accordingly. In case of abandonment, the related research and development assets are impaired.

 

  l. Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, including definite life intangible assets, held and used by an entity are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets (or asset group) may not be recoverable. In the event that the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the long-lived assets (or asset group) is less than the carrying amount of such assets, an impairment charge would be recognized, and the assets (or asset group) would be written down to their estimated fair values. In the year ended December 31, 2012, an impairment charge of $30.1 million of intangible assets was recognized. See Note 6.

 

  m. Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment annually, as of September 30 of each year, or whenever events or circumstances present an indication of impairment, by assessing the fair value of the Company’s various reporting units.

The goodwill impairment test is applied by performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit. If, on the basis of qualitative factors, it is considered not more likely

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, further testing of goodwill for impairment would not be required. Otherwise, goodwill impairment is tested using a two-step approach.

The first step involves comparing the fair value of a company’s reporting units to their carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit is determined to be greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit’s carrying amount is determined to be greater than the fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. The second step involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in step one. The implied fair value of the goodwill in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the carrying value of the goodwill, an impairment loss equivalent to the difference is recorded.

In the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment for the annual goodwill impairment test.

As a result of performing the annual impairment tests, on September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company determined that there was no impairment with respect to goodwill.

 

  n. Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of non-software products to end users upon delivery, provided that appropriate documentation of the arrangement, such as a signed contract, purchase order or letter of agreement, has been received by the Company, the fee or sale price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company does not, in the normal course of business, provide a right of return to its customers. Installation and training are not essential to the product capabilities as they do not require specialized skills and can be performed by other vendors.

The Company’s revenue arrangements contain multiple elements, as it grants its customers a warranty on products sold, which includes the provision of post-sale service and maintenance, usually for a period of six to twelve months and installation service. Upon meeting the revenue recognition criteria of the product, the Company records a portion of the sale price that relates to the value of the services and maintenance expected to be performed during the aforementioned period as deferred income, and recognizes it as service revenue ratably over such period. The cost to the Company of warranting that the product will perform according to certain specifications and that the Company will repair or replace the product if it ceases to work properly, is insignificant and is treated according to accounting guidance for contingencies. In addition, the Company defers the value of the installation and training and recognizes it upon installation.

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as product warranty and installation, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (“ VSOE ”), if available, and otherwise is based on third party evidence (“ TPE ”) or on the relative estimated selling price (“ ESP ”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Because of the nature of its products, the Company generally utilizes the ESP.

The determination of ESP involves consideration of several factors based on the specific facts and circumstances of the arrangement. Specifically, the Company considers the cost to produce the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

deliverable, the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar parts in different geographical regions, its ongoing pricing strategy and policies and other economic conditions and trends.

In the case of delivery of newly developed products or technologies, revenue is deferred until acceptance is received.

Service revenue in respect of the Company’s products is recognized ratably over the contractual service period or in a fee for services arrangement, as services are performed.

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of software to end users upon delivery, provided that appropriate documentation of the arrangement, such as a signed contract, purchase order or letter of agreement, has been received by the Company, the fee or sale price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable. When software is made available to customers electronically, it is deemed to have been delivered when the Company has provided the customer with the access codes necessary to enable immediate possession of the software. If collectability is not considered probable, revenue is recognized when the fee or sale price is collected. Maintenance revenues are comprised of revenue from support arrangements which include technical support and the right to unspecified upgrades on an if-and-when-available basis. Revenues from these services are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related agreement, which is typically one year.

The Company recognizes revenues net of value added tax.

 

  o. Research and development

Research and development expenses, which consist mainly of labor costs, materials and subcontractors, are expensed as incurred. Pre-payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and amortized over the period that the goods are delivered or the related services are performed, subject to an assessment of recoverability. Government funding for development of approved projects is recognized as a reduction of expenses as the related cost is incurred. The Company is not required to pay royalties on sales of products developed using government funding.

 

  p. Shipping and handling costs

Shipping and handling costs are classified as a component of cost of revenues.

 

  q. Income taxes :

 

  (i) Deferred income taxes

Deferred income taxes are determined utilizing the asset and liability method based on the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and on the tax rates anticipated to be in effect when the deferred taxes are expected to be paid or realized. Valuation allowance is included in respect of deferred tax assets when it is considered more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

The Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of intercompany dividend distributions by some of its subsidiaries. Such additional tax liability in respect of these non-Israeli subsidiaries has not been provided for in these financial statements as it is the Company’s

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

policy permanently to reinvest the subsidiaries’ earnings and to consider distributing dividends only when this can be facilitated in connection with a specific tax or other opportunity that may arise.

Tax liabilities which would apply in the event of disposal of investments in subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing the deferred taxes, as it is the Company’s intention to hold, and not to realize, these investments.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as current or non-current based on the classification of the related asset or liability for financial reporting or, if not related to an asset or liability for financial reporting, according to the expected reversal dates of the specific temporary differences.

 

  (ii) Uncertain tax positions

The Company follows a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. Such liabilities are classified as long-term, unless the liability is expected to be resolved within twelve months from the balance sheet date. The Company presents unrecognized tax benefits as a reduction to deferred tax asset where a net operating loss, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists, when settlement in this manner is available under the applicable tax law.

 

  r. Treasury shares

Treasury shares are presented as a reduction of equity, at their cost to the Company.

 

  s. Derivative financial instruments

The Company uses financial instruments and derivatives to hedge existing non-Dollar assets and liabilities as well as certain anticipated transactions which are probable and are expected to be denominated in non-Dollar currencies.

All derivative instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at their fair value. On the date that the Company enters into a derivative contract it designates the derivative, for accounting purposes, as either a hedging instrument or a non-hedging instrument.

For derivative financial instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in fair value of the spot component are recorded in other comprehensive income, as ‘gains (losses) in respect of derivative instruments designated for cash flow hedge, net of taxes’ and are recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, if any, and hedge components such as time value, excluded from assessment of effectiveness testing, are recognized immediately in the statement of operations among ‘financial expenses - net’. Changes in the fair value of other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized in the statement of operations among ‘financial expenses - net’ and amounted to gain (loss) of $2,115,000, $2,100,000 and $(957,000), in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

Cash flows from derivatives that qualify as a cash flow hedge are recognized in the statement of cash flows in the same category as that of the hedged item. Cash flows from other economic derivatives remain part of cash flows from operating activities.

 

  t. Share-based compensation

Equity awards granted to employees and directors are accounted for using the grant date fair value method. The fair value of share-based payment transactions is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions.

The Company elected to recognize compensation cost for awards that have a graded vesting schedule using the accelerated multiple-option approach.

Certain equity awards are subject to forfeiture should the Company fail to attain specified performance goals. The fair value of these awards is estimated on the date of grant using the same option valuation model used by the Company for non-performance equity awards. For so long as the Company assumes that performance goals will be achieved, compensation cost is recorded with respect thereto. If and when a point in time is reached that the Company believes the performance goals will not be achieved, it will then reverse the share-based compensation expenses recognized through such date.

Equity awards granted to non-employees are re-measured at each reporting period at fair value until they have vested. The fair value of equity awards is charged to the statement of operations over the service period.

Liability awards are measured at fair value and are re-measured at each reporting period until settled. The fair value of liability awards is charged to statement of operations over the service period.

 

  u. Comprehensive income (loss)

In addition to net income (loss), comprehensive income includes (i) gains or losses in respect of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges’ net of tax and foreign currency translation adjustments (see s. above); and (ii) unrealized gains and losses arising from securities classified as available- for- sale (see h. above)

 

  v. Earnings (loss) per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share are computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year (net of treasury shares). In computing diluted earnings (loss) per share, the potential dilutive effect of outstanding equity awards is taken into account using the treasury stock method. In the year ended December 31, 2012, outstanding equity awards were not taken into account due to their anti-dilutive effect.

 

  w. Impact of recently issued accounting pronouncements:

 

  (i)

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the United States (the “ FASB ”) issued guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers. Under this guidance, revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP when it becomes

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (continued) :

 

  effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The updated standard will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2017. The Company has not yet selected a transition method and is currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

  (ii) In August 2014, the FASB issued amended guidance related to disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The new guidance requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and, as necessary, to provide related footnote disclosures. The guidance has an effective date of December 31, 2016. The Company believes that the adoption of this new standard will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 - EQUITY METHOD BASED INVESTEES:

 

  (i) Frontline P.C.B. Solutions Limited Partnership (“ Frontline ”)

Frontline, an Israeli limited partnership, is equally owned by the Company and Mentor Graphics Development Services (Israel) Ltd., and combines the former CAM operations of both companies. The Company’s subsidiaries market and provide customer support in respect of Frontline’s products. The Company’s share in the earnings of Frontline is presented under operating income since Frontline is integrated into the operations of the Company. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s investment in Frontline amounted to $4,683,000 and $5,223,000, respectively. The Company’s share in Frontline’s earnings amounted to $5,769,000, $5,553,000 and $6,764,000 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Summarized financial information for Frontline is presented below:

 

    December 31  
    2014      2013  
    $ in thousands  

(i) Balance sheet data:

    

Assets:

    

Current assets

    11,445         12,354   

Non Current assets

    1,888         2,084   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  13,333      14,438   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

Current liabilities

  1,663      2,767   

Non Current liabilities

  2,192      2,276   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  3,855      5,043   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2 - EQUITY METHOD BASED INVESTEES  (continued) :

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

(ii) Operating results data:

        

Total revenues

     28,776         27,210         28,246   

Gross profit

     20,688         19,565         23,893   

Net income

     11,538         11,106         13,528   
(iii) Other:         

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Related parties transactions included in:

     

Cost of products sold

     682         852         802   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3,310         3,127         1,800   

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Balances with related parties (included in trade payables)

     5,345         6,408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (ii) PixCell Medical Technologies, Ltd. (“ PixCell ”)

At December 31, 2013, the Company held 37.6% of the share capital of PixCell. In 2014, the Company purchased additional shares from other shareholders of PixCell for a total amount of $0.25 million, following which, at December 31, 2014, it held approximately 40% of the share capital of PixCell. PixCell is an Israeli company developing diagnostic equipment for point-of-care hematology applications, in particular low cost, high speed complete blood count (CBC) and hemoglobin level tests. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s investment in PixCell amounted to $2,987,000 and $3,154,000 respectively. The Company’s share in PixCell’s losses amounted to $417,000, $252,000 and $165,000 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 3 - BUSINESS ACQUIRED

On August 7, 2014, as part of the Company’s strategy to move into the high growth areas of Advanced Packaging and micro-electro-mechanical systems (“ MEMS ”), the Company completed the SPTS Acquisition. The Company acquired all outstanding shares of SPTS for a total consideration of approximately $375.1 million in net cash. SPTS is engaged in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of etch, physical vapor deposition (“ PVD ”), chemical vapor deposition (“ CVD ”) and thermal processing equipment for use in the manufacture of MEMS, Advanced Packaging, power, radio frequency and high brightness light emitting diode devices.

In August 7, 2014, in connection with the SPTS Acquisition, the Company borrowed $300 million (before a discount of 1%) through a senior secured long term loans (the “ Term Loans ”), see Note 7.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 3 - BUSINESS ACQUIRED  (continued)

 

The Company accounted for this acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired and liabilities assumed from SPTS were recorded at their estimated fair values, as follows:

 

     $ in
thousands
 

Cash and cash equivalents

     8,309   

Current assets, excluding inventory

     38,056   

Inventories

     49,108   

Property, plant and equipment

     25,160   

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

In-process research and development (1)

     6,920   

Technological intellectual property (2)

     60,870   

Customer relations (3)

     69,768   

Trade name (3)

     5,960   

Backlog (4)

     10,398   

Goodwill

     167,001   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

  441,577   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  38,246   

Deferred taxes and other long-term liability

  19,934   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

  58,180   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  383,370   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) On successful completion of each project, in-process research and development assets are reclassified to developed technology and amortized over their estimated useful lives.
  (2) Amortized over a period of up to 7 years.
  (3) Amortized over a period of approximately 5 years.
  (4) Amortized over an estimated period of 1.5 years.

The purchase price allocation for SPTS takes into account the information management believes is reasonable. Nevertheless, the Company has one year from the SPTS Closing Date to make a final determination of purchase accounting allocations; and, accordingly, adjustments may be made to the foregoing allocations for SPTS.

The results of the acquired business are consolidated as of August 7, 2014, the SPTS Closing Date. The goodwill was allocated to the Semiconductor Device Division reporting unit.

The goodwill arising from the SPTS Acquisition is a result, among other things, of workforce, sales sources, marketing positioning value, cross-selling opportunities and joint development opportunities for new products in the future.

None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Revenues of SPTS for the period from the SPTS Closing Date to December 31, 2014 were approximately $110.6 million.

Below is the unaudited pro forma, combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, presented as if the SPTS Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2013, after giving effect to: (a) purchase accounting adjustments, including the increase in

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 3 - BUSINESS ACQUIRED  (continued)

 

amortization of identifiable intangible assets based on the estimated fair value thereof; (b) transaction costs; (c) interest accrued on shareholders loans; (d) estimated additional interest expense due to the receipt of the Term Loans, only with respect to amortization, in the amount of $9.5 million and $16.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and; (e) related tax impact. This unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the combined results that would have been attained had the SPTS Acquisition taken actually place on January 1, 2013, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results.

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands except for
share data
 
     (unaudited)  

Revenues

     657,799         597,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income*

  20,999      21,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

Basic

$ 0.48    $ 0.51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

$ 0.47    $ 0.50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 4 - INVENTORIES

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Components:

     

For manufacturing of systems

     51,323         25,540   

For servicing of systems

     35,824         27,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  87,147      53,296   

Work in process

  25,266      11,843   

Finished products

  44,617      28,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  157,030      93,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 5 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

 

  a. Composition of assets

Composition of assets, grouped by major classifications, is as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Cost:

     

Machinery and equipment

     47,169         29,399   

Leasehold improvements

     43,950         42,994   

Land and buildings

     13,334         5,928   

Office furniture, equipment

     15,564         10,141   

Computer equipment

     47,702         42,380   

Vehicles

     455         486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  168,174      131,328   

Less - accumulated depreciation and amortization

  112,594      103,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  55,580      27,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b. Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses totaled $11,098,000, $9,220,000 and $8,012,000 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 6 - GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

 

  a. Goodwill:

 

  (i) Composition

Composition of goodwill and changes therein the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Balance at the beginning of year

     12,444         12,444   

Acquired during the year (see Note 3)

     167,001      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  179,445      12,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (ii) Annual goodwill impairment test

As mentioned in Note 1m, the Company has designated September 30 of each year as the date on which it performs its annual goodwill impairment test.

In the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company determined there was no impairment with respect to goodwill.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 6 - GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS  (continued) :

 

  b. Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets are composed as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Cost:

     

Intellectual property

     120,780         59,910   

Customer relations

     100,831         31,063   

Trade name

     5,960      

In-process research and development

     6,920      

Backlog

     10,398      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  244,889      90,973   

Less:

Accumulated amortization

  99,807      80,572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  145,082      10,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, in light of the extended downturn in the FPD industry, the Company tested whether the intangible assets acquired as part of the Photon Dynamics, Inc. (“ PDI ”) acquisition in 2008 should be impaired, based on cash flow projections and fair value estimates. The determination of cash flow was based on the Company’s strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts. The growth rates included in the plans were based on industry and Company specific data. The profit margin assumptions included in the plans were projected based on the current cost structure and anticipated cost changes. As a result of the foregoing, the Company determined that the carrying amount of certain intangible assets, primarily existing technology and customer relations allocated to FPD division, exceeded their fair value by $30.1 million. As a result, an impairment charge of $30.1 million was recorded in 2012.

For a discussion of Level 3 fair value inputs, see Note 12c.

Amortization of other intangible assets totaled $19,235,000, $4,041,000 and $9,907,000 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for the years stated below is as follows:

 

     $ in thousands  

Year ending December 31:

  

2015

     33,030   

2016

     25,273   

2017

     25,213   

2018

     25,201   

2019

     17,919   

2020 and thereafter

     11,526   
  

 

 

 
  138,162   
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 7 - LONG-TERM LOANS:

On August 7, 2014, the Company, through one of its subsidiaries, entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. Under the Credit Agreement, the Company borrowed $297.0 million (net of $3 million discount) aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans on August 7, 2014.

 

  (a) Interest and Maturity

The Term Loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to, at the Company’s option (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the interest rate announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) a LIBO rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for Dollar deposits for a one-month interest period adjusted for certain additional costs plus 1% or (b) a LIBO rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for Dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. For purpose of determining the interest rate payable on loans under the Term Loans under clauses (a) and (b) of the immediately preceding sentence, the LIBO rate will in no event be less than 1.0%. The applicable interest rate margin will be 3.0% with respect to base rate borrowings and 4.0% with respect to LIBO rate borrowings. Interest is paid monthly, bi-monthly or quarterly at the Company’s election. The Term Loans will mature on August 7, 2020.

 

  (b) Amortization and Prepayments

The Company became required to make amortization payments in quarterly installments, commencing on December 31, 2014. The amount of the quarterly installments will be equal to $750,000 for the first 12 quarterly amortization payments. Subsequently, the amount of the quarterly amortization payments will be $5.625 million for the next 11 quarterly amortization payments, and the balance of the principal amount will be due at final maturity. Prepayments of all or any portion of the Term Loans reduce subsequent scheduled amortization payments of the Term Loans as directed by the Borrower.

The Company will be permitted to repay outstanding Term Loans at any time without premium or penalty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Term Loans are prepaid prior to the first anniversary of the funding date thereof with the proceeds of debt having an effective yield lower than the initial effective yield of the Term Loans (taking into account LIBOR floors and original issue discount), then such prepayment will be accompanied by a prepayment fee equal to 1.0% of the loans so prepaid.

In addition to permitting voluntary prepayments at any time, the Credit Agreement contains mandatory prepayment provisions. These mandatory prepayment provisions contain certain exceptions and customary thresholds. Subject to these exceptions and thresholds, the Company will be required to make mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans under certain circumstances, including from (a) 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain non-ordinary course assets sales (including casualty and condemnation proceeds) in excess of $2.5 million per sale and $5.0 million per year (with a 365-day reinvestment right and other exceptions), (b) 100% of the net cash proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of debt not otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement and, until the first anniversary of closing, the issuance of equity and hybrid securities and (c) 50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), with step-downs to 25% and 0% if the ratio of the Company’s total consolidated debt to its trailing four-quarter

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 7 - LONG-TERM LOANS  (continued) :

 

consolidated EBITDA (as defined) is less than 1.25 to 100 and 0.75 to 1.00, respectively. Any mandatory prepayment also reduces the remaining amortization payments.

The required annual principal payments based on the amortization schedule of the Term Loans as of December 31, 2014, starting with the year 2015 are as follows (without giving effect to any voluntary or other prepayments):

 

     $ in thousands  

Year ending December 31:

  

2015

     3,000   

2016

     3,000   

2017

     7,875   

2018

     22,500   

2019

     22,500   
  

 

 

 
  58,875   
  

 

 

 

 

  (c) Guarantees and Collateral for the Term Loans

The Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and by certain existing subsidiaries of the Company that are organized under the laws of Israel, England and Wales, Singapore, Hong -Kong and the United States, in each case subject to exceptions and limitations.

The Credit Agreement and the related guarantees are secured (or are expected to be secured) by security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Company and the guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and limitations). The Company also issued a secured bond on August 7, 2014 (the “Debenture”), to create a fixed charge on its goodwill and a floating charge on all of its assets, other than certain Excluded Assets (as defined in the Debenture) to guarantee payment of the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

  (d) Covenants and Events of Default

The Credit Agreement requires the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to maintain compliance with a minimum liquidity amount (as defined) of $40 million tested as of the last day of each month, and places certain restrictions on the ability of the Company, the Company or certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to, among other things, incur debt and liens; merge, consolidate or liquidate; make investments; dispose of assets; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; pay dividends and make other restricted payments; undertake transactions with affiliates; enter into restrictive agreements on their ability to grant liens, make dividends and other distributions; amend material documents, change fiscal periods; and designate unrestricted subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all covenants in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, such as payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, material judgments, invalidity of loan documents, certain liens and guarantees and change in control.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 8 - LIABILITY FOR EMPLOYEE RIGHTS UPON RETIREMENT

Israeli law generally requires the payment of severance pay upon dismissal of an employee or upon termination of employment in certain other circumstances. The severance pay liability of the Company and its Israeli subsidiaries to their Israeli employees, based upon the number of years of service and the latest monthly salary, is partly covered by regular deposits with recognized pension funds, deposits with severance pay funds and purchases of insurance policies. Under labor agreements, these deposits and insurance policies are in the employees’ names and, subject to certain limitations, are the property of the employees.

The severance pay liability covered by the pension funds is not reflected in the financial statements as the severance pay risks have been irrevocably transferred to the pension funds.

The liability for employee rights upon retirement covers the severance pay liability of the Company and its Israeli and Japanese subsidiaries in accordance with labor agreements in force and based on salary components which, in the opinion of management, create entitlement to severance pay. The Company records the obligation as if it were payable at each balance sheet date on an undiscounted basis.

The Company and its Israeli subsidiaries may only make withdrawals from the severance pay funds for the purpose of paying severance pay. Most of the Company’s non-Israeli subsidiaries provide defined contribution plans for the benefit of their employees. Under these plans, contributions are based on specific percentages of pay.

Severance pay expenses were $1,257,000, $1,748,000 and $2,663,000 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Defined contribution plan expenses were $5,030,000, $3,747,000 and $3,572,000 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company expects contribution plan expenses in 2015 to total approximately $5,400,000.

Upon reaching normal retirement age, the Company’s employees are entitled to amounts based on the number of service years that will have accumulated upon their retirement dates and their last salary rates. The Company accrues for such payments regularly and does not expect to record additional expenses when paying such amounts to employees who reach normal retirement age.

NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:

 

  a. Lease commitments

Most of the premises occupied by the Company and its subsidiaries are rented under various operating lease agreements. At December 31, 2014, the lease agreements for these premises expire on various dates between 2015 and 2023.

Minimum lease commitments of the Company and its subsidiaries under operating leases, at rates in effect on December 31, 2014, were as follows:

 

     $ in thousands  

Year ending December 31:

  

2015

     8,386   

2016

     5,710   

2017

     4,189   

2018

     3,665   

2019

     3,486   

2020 - 2023

     7,936   
  

 

 

 
  33,372   
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES  (continued) :

 

The rental payments for the premises in Israel, which constitute approximately half of the above amounts, are payable in New Israeli sheqels (“ NIS ”) linked to the Israeli consumer price index (the “ Israeli CPI ”).

Rental expenses totaled $7,916,000, $7,878,000 and $7,410,000 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

  b. Contingent liabilities:

 

  (i) Intellectual Property

The Company has in the past received and may receive in the future notifications from customers with respect to possible indemnification or other action by the Company in connection with intellectual property claims resulting from use of the Company’s products. The Company typically undertakes, subject to various contractual conditions and other limitations, to defend intellectual property claims against customers arising from the purchase and use of its products. The Company’s obligations under these agreements generally provide that the Company may, at its option, either obtain the right to continue using the products or modify them and, in some cases, take back the products with a refund to the customer. To date, no demands have been made by customers seeking indemnification against the Company with respect to intellectual property claims.

 

  (ii) Litigation:

In June 2012, charges were filed in the Seoul Central District Court of the Republic of Korea (the “ Seoul Court ”) against the Korean subsidiary of the Company and six employees thereof. These charges, as amended in September 2013, related to the alleged acquisition and misuse of confidential information of certain of the Company’s significant customers in violation of the Korean Act on Prevention of Divulgence and Protection of Industrial Technology (the “ ITA” ), the Korean Unfair Competition Prevention and Trade Secret Protection Act and the Criminal Code of Korea (the “ CC ”). The charges included (1) the unlawful acquisition of certain industrial trade secrets related to the production of active matrix OLED panels of Samsung Mobile Display Co., Ltd. and LG Display Co. Ltd., customers of the Company’s Korean subsidiary (the “Customer Technology”), (2) unlawful use of the Customer Technology by preparing certain presentation materials, (3) unlawful divulgence of the Customer Technology to other employees of the Company inside and outside of Korea, (4) breach of trust in office by acquiring and divulging the Customer Technology without the customer’s permission for financial gain, and (5) the Korean subsidiary’s vicarious liability for the conduct of its employees. In December 2013, the Company’s Korean subsidiary and five of its Korean employees were acquitted by the above court on all charges, and one Korean employee was found guilty of certain legal violations and received a criminal fine of approximately $10,000. Following such acquittal, the prosecutor filed a notice of appeal with respect to all aspects of the decision issued by the court. The prosecutor appealed the court’s decision with respect to all the defendants on the grounds that the court’s decision contained errors of fact, errors of law and an unjust sentence. The employee of the Company’s Korean subsidiary who was found guilty of certain legal violations and who received a criminal fine also appealed the court’s decision issued in respect of him. In December 2014, the appellate panel of the Seoul Court denied all appeals and re-affirmed the trial court’s decision. Following

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES  (continued) :

 

this decision, a notice of appeal was filed by the prosecutor with respect to all aspects of the decision and with respect to all defendants. The Company’s Korean subsidiary and its employees did not appeal the appellate panel’s decision.

The Company recorded expenses (income) of $0.5, ($1.6) and $4.0 million, which is net of $1.7 million, $4.9 million and $1.6 million insurance reimbursement, in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in connection with the ongoing Korean litigation, which are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, and expects to continue to incur fees and expenses associated therewith. The Company’s Korean subsidiary continues to co-operate with the Korean authorities in this matter. The Company is unable to predict the outcome or what additional actions, if any, might be taken in the future by the Korean authorities as a result of matters related to this proceeding, and the timing and amount of costs associated with the existing and any future matters. However, the ITA and the Criminal Code CC provide that fines of up to 1.50 billion Korean Won (approximately U.S. $1.36 million at the exchange rate of Korean Won 1099 = U.S. $1.00 in effect on December 31, 2014) may be levied on employers based on vicarious liability for convicted employees. These amounts may be paid by the Company under certain circumstances. The Company’s judgment, based on information and assessments provided by its legal advisors, is that since the appeal case is still in its beginning stage, it has not recorded any liability in respect of this matter because the Company is unable to estimate the outcome of this matter. The Company and its Korean subsidiary may also become subject to civil actions brought by third parties, including the Company’s customers, which may result in monetary judgments, settlements or loss of business or which may require the Company to change its business model.

From time to time, the Company is involved in other claims and legal and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Based on currently available information, the Company does not believe that the ultimate outcome of any such unresolved matters, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. However, litigation and administrative proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties and the Company’s view of these matters, including settlement thereof, may change in the future. An unfavorable outcome or settlement may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations for the period in which it occurs, and potentially in future periods.

 

  c. Restrictions on the Company’s assets

See Notes 7(c) and 1(d).

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

  a. Outstanding shares; trading market

At December 31, 2014, a total of 41,852,928 Ordinary Shares were outstanding. This does not include a total of 5,410,773 Ordinary Shares held at that date as treasury shares, virtually all of which were repurchased by the Company or its subsidiaries, of which: (a) 1,993,918 were owned by Orbotech as dormant shares under Israeli law and, for so long as they are owned by Orbotech, confer no rights and, accordingly, are neither eligible to participate in nor receive any future dividends which may be paid to shareholders of the Company nor entitled to participate in, be voted at or be counted as part of the quorum for, any meetings of shareholders of the Company; and (b) 3,416,855 were owned by one or more subsidiaries of Orbotech and, for so long as they are owned by a subsidiary of Orbotech, confer

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  (continued) :

 

no voting rights and, accordingly, are not entitled to participate in, be voted at or be counted as part of the quorum for, any meetings of shareholders of the Company.

On February 27, 2014, the Board of Directors approved, and the Company publicly announced, the allocation of $30 million for the repurchase of Ordinary Shares. This repurchase program terminated on August 5, 2014, as of which date a total of 971,086 Ordinary Shares had been repurchased under the program for approximately $14.6 million, at an average purchase price of $15.01 per share.

The Ordinary Shares are traded in the United States on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol ORBK.

 

  b. Equity remuneration plans:

 

  (i) Description of plans

The Company, through its board of directors (the “ Board ”) and, subject to Israeli company law, the remuneration committee of the Board (the “ Remuneration Committee ”), currently administers the Equity Remuneration Plan for Key Employees of Orbotech Ltd. and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries (as Amended and Restated, 2005) (the “ 2000 Plan ”) and the 2010 Equity-Based Incentive Plan (the “ 2010 Plan ”), both of which were adopted with Orbotech shareholder approval; and, as at December 31, 2014, two equity remuneration plans which were adopted or assumed by PDI prior to its acquisition by the Company on October 2, 2008 (the “ PDI Closing Date ”), and were assumed by the Company in connection with that acquisition. These plans are discussed in further detail below.

 

  (A) The 2000 Plan

The 2000 Plan is intended to provide incentives to employees, officers, directors and/or consultants of the Company, other companies, partnerships or entities in Israel in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 50% equity interest and/or the Company’s subsidiary entities and their respective subsidiary entities outside Israel, by providing them with the opportunity to purchase or receive shares of the Company.

Equity awards under the 2000 Plan are issuable in the form of restricted shares (which are Ordinary Shares awarded subject to certain transfer restrictions, forfeiture conditions and/or other terms and conditions) or as options to purchase Ordinary Shares, either within or outside the context of Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version), 1961 (the “ Tax Ordinance ”), in the form of incentive stock options that qualify for favorable tax treatment under United States tax law or ‘nonqualified’ stock options, or otherwise. The 2000 Plan will expire on June 4, 2015, except as to equity awards outstanding on that date.

At December 31, 2014, under the 2000 Plan, options to purchase a total of 2,694,428 Ordinary Shares (of which 1,521,579 had vested) remained outstanding, a total of 274,607 restricted shares that had been granted (of which 272,999 had vested) remained beneficially held by the grantees, and 45,679 Ordinary Shares remained available for future equity awards.

 

  (B) The 2010 Plan

On July 15, 2010, the Board adopted, and the Company’s shareholders subsequently approved, the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan is intended to assist the Company in attracting,

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  (continued) :

 

retaining, motivating and rewarding employees, officers, directors and/or consultants of the Company and/or companies, partnerships or other entities and their respective subsidiary companies, partnerships or entities inside or outside of Israel in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 50% equity interest, by providing them with equity-based incentives.

The 2010 Plan: (i) provides only for the awarding of restricted shares and restricted share units (“ RSU ”s) (which are awards representing an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Ordinary Shares, cash, other securities or other property in accordance with certain terms and conditions), either within or outside the context of Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance, and does not provide for the awarding of options to purchase Ordinary Shares; (ii) introduces performance-based equity awards to the Company’s equity program and provides that an aggregate of 250,000 or more of the Ordinary Shares subject to awards made under the 2010 Plan are to be subject to performance-based criteria to be established by the Board (but which shall be linked to the Company’s profitability); (iii) provides that if any award granted under the 2010 Plan expires, terminates or is forfeited or cancelled, settled in cash, or otherwise terminates for any reason without a delivery to the participant of the full number of Ordinary Shares to which the award related, the Ordinary Shares under such award which were not so delivered shall again be available for the purposes of the 2010 Plan; but that Ordinary Shares not delivered pursuant to performance-based restricted shares or RSUs which expire, terminate or are forfeited or lapse solely because the performance goals with respect thereto were not attained will not again be available for purposes of the 2010 Plan; and (iv) provides that if the employment or services of a grantee of restricted shares or RSUs with or to the Company is or are terminated prior to the full vesting of, and lapsing of forfeiture provisions on, such award for any reason, the restricted shares or RSUs held by such participant that have not theretofore vested and on which the forfeiture provisions have not theretofore lapsed shall immediately be forfeited upon the earlier of such termination or notice of termination irrespective of the effective date of such termination (unless the applicable agreement provides otherwise). The Company’s general policy is to settle RSUs granted under the 2010 Plan through the issuance of Ordinary Shares rather than in cash, other securities, other awards under the 2010 Plan or other property. The 2010 Plan will terminate on July 14, 2020 (except as to awards outstanding on that date).

At December 31, 2014, under the 2010 Plan: (i) 328,493 non-performance-based RSUs and 112,062 performance-based RSUs were outstanding; (ii) no Restricted Shares had been awarded; and (iii) 143,437 Ordinary Shares remained available for future equity awards.

 

  (C) PDI equity remuneration plans

On the PDI Closing Date, the Company assumed all of the equity remuneration plans which had previously been adopted or assumed by PDI and under which equity awards were outstanding immediately prior to the PDI Closing Date (collectively, the “ PDI Equity Remuneration Plans ”).

At December 31, 2014, under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans collectively, options to purchase a total of 18,040 Ordinary Shares (all of which had vested) remained outstanding.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  (continued) :

 

  (ii) General

The exercise price of options awarded under the 2000 Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares on the date of grant.

Generally, awards under the Company’s equity remuneration plans (other than: (i) awards to directors; and (ii) awards under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans) vest or are settled as to 50% after two years from the effective date of grant, 75% after three years and 100% after four years. Options generally expire seven years from the date of grant. Upon resignation by a grantee, options to the extent unexercised, and restricted share awards to the extent that the applicable restrictions have not lapsed and unvested RSUs, held by the grantee generally expire or are forfeited on the earlier of the date of notice of resignation and the date of termination of employment or services.

In any other case in which a grantee ceases to be an employee of, or consultant to, the Company (e.g., dismissal or departure by mutual agreement): (i) the vesting of all such equity awards ceases immediately upon notice; and (ii) unless the notice provides, or the Company and grantee agree, otherwise, the grantee may exercise awards, to the extent vested at the time of notice, until the termination of his or her employment or services. Ordinary Shares subject to equity awards granted under the 2000 Plan become available for future equity awards under the 2000 Plan upon the expiration, termination, forfeiture or cancellation of such equity awards. Ordinary Shares subject to equity awards granted under the 2010 Plan become available for purposes of future equity awards under the 2010 Plan upon the expiration, termination, forfeiture or lapse of such equity awards unless such expiration, termination, forfeiture or lapse occurred solely because the performance goals with respect thereto were not attained, in which case the Ordinary Shares subject to such equity awards do not again become available for purposes of the 2010 Plan. Ordinary Shares issued upon the exercise of options or in settlement of RSUs, and restricted shares (other than certain limitations on their transferability), have the same rights as other Ordinary Shares, immediately upon allotment.

Options under the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans usually expire upon termination of the grantee’s continuous service; however, in most cases optionees will, for a period of three months from the date of termination of continuous service, be entitled to exercise options to the extent that they had vested on the date of termination of continuous service.

Certain equity awards held by certain officers of the Company are subject to immediate vesting in the event of death or a change in control of the Company.

 

  (iii) Taxation

As a result of an election made by the Company under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance, the Company will not, in the case of equity awards made on or after January 1, 2003, be allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes in Israel the amounts credited to the employee as capital gains to the grantees, although it will generally be entitled to do so in respect of the salary income component (if any) of such awards when the related tax is paid by the employee.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  (continued) :

 

  (iv) Equity awards data:

 

  (A) Overview

At December 31, 2014, under all of the Company’s equity remuneration plans (including the PDI Equity Remuneration Plans), equity awards (comprised of options to purchase Ordinary Shares, restricted shares and RSUs) with respect to a total of 3,427,630 Ordinary Shares were outstanding (of which 1,812,618 had vested) and 189,116 Ordinary Shares remained available for future equity awards.

The compensation cost charged against income for the Company’s equity remuneration plans during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively, without any reduction in income taxes.

 

  (B) Valuation assumptions

The fair value of each option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Company’s Ordinary Shares. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding based on historical behavior of grantees. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Dividend yield has been assumed to be zero.

The fair value of each restricted share or RSU awarded is determined based on the market price of the Ordinary Shares on the date of grant.

 

  (C) Employee equity awards:

 

  1. Options

 

     Year ended December 31, 2014  
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise
price ($)
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value ($ in
thousands)
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     3,423,566        10.36         

Changes during the year:

           

Granted (1)

     390,871        15.55         

Exercised

     (887,829      9.32         

Forfeited or expired

     (269,220      18.79         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Outstanding at end of year

  2,657,388     10.62      3.79      11,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

  1,503,242     9.50      2.24      8,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Including options to purchase a total of 32,947 Ordinary Shares awarded to directors of the Company, at an exercise price of $15.61 per share.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  (continued) :

 

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pretax capital gain that would have been received by the holders of all ‘in-the-money’ options had they exercised all such options and sold the underlying shares at the closing price of the Ordinary Shares on December 31, 2014 (which was $14.80).

The weighted average grant date fair value of employee options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $4.38, $3.67 and $3.15, respectively. The total intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $4.8 million, $2.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

 

  2. Restricted shares

 

     Year ended December 31, 2014  
     Number      Weighted average
grant date
fair value ($)
 

Non-vested at beginning of year

     3,226        11.49   

Changes during the year:

     

Awarded (1)

     1,608        15.61   

Vested

     (3,226      11.49   

Forfeited

     0     
  

 

 

    

Non-vested at end of year

  1,608     15.61   
  

 

 

    

 

  (1) To one director of the Company.

The weighted average grant date fair value of employee restricted shares awarded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $12.11 and $9.40, respectively.

The total fair value of employee restricted shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.05 million, $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

  3. RSUs

 

     Year ended December 31, 2014  
     Number      Weighted average
grant date
fair value ($)
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     472,143        10.11   

Changes during the year:

     

Awarded

     168,876        15.56   

Vested

     (160,345      9.50   

Forfeited

     (46,620      9.84   
  

 

 

    

Outstanding at end of year

  434,054     12.49   
  

 

 

    

The weighted average grant date fair value of employee RSUs awarded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $11.95 and $8.61, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of employee RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $2.4 million, $1.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  (continued) :

 

  4. Black-Scholes data

In calculating the fair value of options granted to employees under share-based remuneration arrangements during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company used the following assumptions: dividend yield of 0% and expected life of 4.5 years in each year; expected volatility of: 2014 - 30.7%, 2013 - 34.2% and 2012 - 42.6%; and risk-free interest rate of 1.5% for the three years ended December 31, 2014.

 

  5. Unrecognized compensation expense

At December 31, 2014, there was $2.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested employee options, $3.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested employee RSUs and non-vested employee restricted shares, granted under the Company’s equity remuneration plans. That cost is generally expected to be recognized over a period of four years.

 

  (D) Non-employee equity awards:

 

  1. Options

 

     Year ended December 31, 2014  
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise
price ($)
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value ($ in
thousands)
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     64,475        12.00         

Changes during year:

           

Granted

     6,705        15.57         

Exercised

     (7,075      11.31         

Forfeited or expired

     (9,025      20.17         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Outstanding at end of year

  55,080     11.18      3.42      205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

  36,377     10.61      2.38      153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of non-employee options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $5.91, $6.25 and $3.54, respectively. The total intrinsic value of non-employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $29,300, $50,800 and $27,300, respectively.

 

  2. Restricted shares

No restricted shares were awarded to non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. No restricted shares held by non-employees vested during the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013.

The total fair value of non-employee restricted shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4,000.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 10 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  (continued) :

 

  3. RSUs

 

     Year ended December 31, 2014  
     Number      Weighted average
grant date
fair value ($)
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     7,433        9.89   

Changes during year:

     

Awarded

     1,985        15.57   

Vested

     (2,917      9.27   

Forfeited

     0     
  

 

 

    

Outstanding at end of year

  6,501     11.94   
  

 

 

    

The weighted average grant date fair value of non-employee RSUs awarded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $11.93 and $8.49, respectively.

1,834 and 1,000 non-employee RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

  4. Black-Scholes data

In calculating the fair value of options granted to non-employees under share-based remuneration arrangements during 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company used the following assumptions: dividend yield of 0% and expected life of 7 years in each year; expected volatility of: 2014 - 37.7%, 2013 - 38.7% and 2012 - 38.1 %; and risk-free interest rate of 1.5% for the three years ended December 31, 2014.

 

  5. Unrecognized compensation expense

At December 31, 2014, there was $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested non-employee options and non-employee restricted shares.

 

  c. Dividends

The distribution of cash dividends out of all the retained earnings of the Company (approximately $304 million as of December 31, 2014) would subject the Company to a 15%-25% tax on the amount distributed, thereby effectively reducing the dividend distribution by the amount of the tax.

In the event that cash dividends are declared by the Company, such dividends could be declared and paid in Israeli currency.

NOTE 11 - TAXES ON INCOME:

 

  a. Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959

Most of the production facilities of the Company and its Israeli subsidiaries have been granted ‘approved enterprise’ ‘benefiting enterprise’ or ‘preferred enterprise’ status under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the “ Investment Law ”). The main benefit arising from such status is the reduction in tax rates on income derived from ‘approved enterprises’ ‘benefiting enterprise’ or ‘preferred enterprise’.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 11 - TAXES ON INCOME  (continued) :

 

In April 2005, substantive amendments to the Investment Law came into effect, which revised the criteria for investments qualified to receive tax benefits. These amendments do not generally apply to investment programs approved prior to January 1, 2005. Under the law as amended, eligible investment programs of the type in which the Company participated prior to the amendment were eligible to qualify for substantially similar benefits as a ‘Benefiting Enterprise’ subject to meeting certain criteria (replacing the previous terminology of ‘Approved Enterprise’, which required pre-approval from the Investment Center of the Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor of the State of Israel). As a result of these amendments, tax-exempt income generated under the provisions of the amended law will, if distributed upon liquidation or if paid to a shareholder for the purchase of his or her shares, be deemed distributed as a dividend and will subject the Company to taxes.

Since the Company is a ‘foreign investors’ company’ as defined by the Investment Law, it is entitled to a ten-year period of benefits (instead of a seven-year period).

Income derived from approved and benefited enterprises is tax exempt for a period of two years out of the ten-year period of benefits. Based on the percentage of foreign shareholding in the Company, income derived during the remaining eight years of benefits is taxable at the rate of 15%-25%. The period of benefits relating to the ‘benefited enterprises’ expires in phases through 2022.

The tax benefits in respect of part of the production facilities of the Company have expired.

In the event of distribution of cash dividends from income which was tax exempt as above, the Company would have to pay the 15%-25% tax in respect of the amount distributed.

The entitlement to the above benefits is conditional upon the Company and its Israeli subsidiaries fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the Investment Law and regulations published there under.

Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2011 and were further amended in August 2013 (the “ 2011 Amendment ”). Under the 2011 Amendment, income derived by ‘Preferred Companies’ from ‘Preferred Enterprises’ (both as defined in the 2011 Amendment) would be subject to a uniform rate of corporate tax as opposed to the incentives prior to the 2011 Amendment that were limited to income from Approved or Benefiting Enterprises during their benefits period. According to the 2011 Amendment, the uniform tax rate on such income, referred to as ‘Preferred Income’, would be 15% during 2011-2012, 12.5% in 2013 and 16% thereafter. Dividends distributed from taxable income derived from an Approved Enterprise or Benefiting Enterprise during the applicable benefits period, would be subject to a 15% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), while dividends distributed from Preferred Income would be subject to a 20% tax, commencing 2014 (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), which both would generally be withheld by the distributing company, provided however that dividends distributed from ‘Preferred Income’ from one Israeli corporation to another, would not be subject to tax. While the Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of distribution of dividends from tax exempt income generated from its Approved and Benefiting Enterprises, no additional tax liability will be incurred by the Company in the event of distribution of dividends from Preferred Income.

 

  b. Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 1969

The Company and its Israeli subsidiaries are ‘industrial companies’ as defined by this law and as such are entitled to certain tax benefits, consisting mainly of accelerated depreciation and amortization of patents and certain other intangible property.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 11 - TAXES ON INCOME  (continued) :

 

  c. Other applicable tax rates:

 

  (i) Income from other sources in Israel

Income not eligible for benefits under the Investment Law mentioned in a. above is taxed at the corporate tax rate of 25% in 2012 and 2013 and 26.5% in 2014 and thereafter.

 

  (ii) Income of non-Israeli subsidiaries

Non-Israeli subsidiaries are taxed according to the tax laws in their countries of residence. Certain subsidiaries operate in several jurisdictions outside Israel, some of which benefit from tax incentives such as reduced tax rates, investment tax credits and accelerated deductions. If earnings are distributed to Israel in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company may be liable to additional Israeli income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and foreign withholding taxes. The Company’s management has determined not to distribute any amounts of its undistributed income as a dividend if such distribution would result in a tax liability. The Company intends to reinvest the amount of such profits; accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided for.

 

  d. Carryforward tax losses

Carryforward tax losses totaled approximately $197 million at December 31, 2014, of which $71.4 million have no expiration date. As of December 31, 2014, a U.S. subsidiary had a federal net operating tax loss carryforward of approximately $118 million, which is included in the above $197 million amount of the carryforward tax losses. The federal operating losses carryforward can be offset against taxable income for 15-20 years and expires from 2017-2027. The Company believes that, as a result of having undergone an ownership change within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, its ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future U.S. taxable income, and thereby reduce its tax liability, is limited.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, valuation allowance in the amount of approximately $43 million and $43.9 million, respectively, has been recorded in respect of deferred tax assets relating to these losses.

Carryforward capital losses for tax purposes totaled approximately $19.3 million at December 31, 2014. Such losses have no expiration date.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 11 - TAXES ON INCOME  (continued) :

 

  e. Deferred income taxes

Provided in respect of the following:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Provision for vacation pay

     801         682  

Accrued severance pay

     2,860         3,365  

Carryforward tax losses

     57,426         63,276  

Research and development costs

     5,280         5,438  

Taxes on undistributed income of Israeli subsidiary

     (2,148      (2,406

Intangible assets

     (19,135      (4,160

Other

     1,705         2,851  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  46,789      69,046  

Less - valuation allowance*

  45,694      48,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,095      20,818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* The changes in the valuation allowance are comprised as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Balance at beginning of year

     48,228         51,595         26,068   

Additions (reductions) during the year

     (2,534      (3,367      25,527   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  45,694      48,228      51,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred taxes are included in the balance sheets as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Assets:

     

Current deferred income taxes

     8,213         8,094   

Non-current deferred income taxes

     13,067         15,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  21,280      23,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability-

Non-current deferred income taxes

  20,185      2,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,095      20,818   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realization of this deferred tax balance is conditional upon earning, in the coming years, taxable income in an appropriate amount. The amount of the deferred tax asset, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are reduced.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 11 - TAXES ON INCOME  (continued) :

 

The deferred taxes are computed for the Company and its Israeli subsidiaries at tax rates ranging from 12% to 26.5%. For non-Israeli subsidiaries, the deferred taxes are computed at applicable tax rates, ranging from 12% to 38%.

As stated in a. above, part of the Company’s income is tax-exempt due to the approved enterprise status granted to most of the Company’s production facilities. The Company has decided to permanently reinvest the amount of the tax-exempt income and not to distribute such income as cash dividends. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided in respect of such tax-exempt income.

The amount of tax that would have been payable had such exempt income earned through December 31, 2014 been distributed as dividends is approximately $29 million.

 

  f. Taxes on income included in the statements of operations

As follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Current:

        

Israeli

     (665      (78      578  

Non-Israeli

     4,652         8,563        5,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  3,987      8,485     5,896  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

Israeli

  954      255     (4,985

Non-Israeli

  (1,522   (1,813   (455
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (568   (1,558   (5,440
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income taxes expense

  3,419      6,927     456  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 11 - TAXES ON INCOME  (continued) :

 

Following is a reconciliation of the theoretical tax expense, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory corporate tax rate applicable to Israeli corporations, and the actual tax expense:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     $ in thousands  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes on income*

     39,100       46,340        (45,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Theoretical tax expense (benefit) on the above amount   10,362     11,585     (11,479)   
Different tax rates arising from approved enterprises   1,278     (1,365   (2,495)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  11,640     10,220     (13,974
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

Different tax rates applicable to non-Israeli subsidiaries

  (5,784   (199   (9,141

Permanent differences, including difference between the basis of measurement of income reported for tax purposes and the basis of measurement of income for financial reporting purposes - net

  228     (443   (173

Deferred taxes on losses for which valuation allowance was provided

  (1,529)   

Other

  (131   716     (254)   

Net change in valuation allowance

  (2,534   (3,367)      25,527  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Actual tax expense   3,419     6,927     456  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
*As follows:

Taxable in Israel

  (7,746   4,390     (3,885)   

Taxable outside Israel

  46,846     41,950     (42,031)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  39,100     46,340     (45,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  g. Tax assessments

The Company files income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions having varying statutes of limitations. For the various tax years through 2008, the Company and most of its subsidiaries have either received final tax assessments or the applicable statute of limitations rules have become effective. Open tax years in the following major jurisdictions are: Israel - 2011 and onwards; Hong Kong - 2007 and onwards; United States and Japan - 2009 and onwards; United Kindom - 2011 and onwards.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 11 - TAXES ON INCOME  (continued) :

 

  h. Uncertain tax positions

Following is a roll-forward of the total amounts of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and the end of the years ending on December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (not including interest or penalties):

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     $ in thousands  

Balance at beginning of year

     19,633        19,016       18,301  

Increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during the year

     1,412        2,376       1,821  

Increase (decrease) in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during a prior year

       (869     (121

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of statute of limitations expirations and tax audits

     (2,358     (890     (985
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  *18,687      *19,633      *19,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Of which $5,275,000 at December 31, 2014, $3,274,000 at December 31, 2013 and $3,348,000 at December 31, 2012 are classified as short term liabilities.

As of December 31, 2014, the entire amount of the unrecognized tax benefits could affect the Company’s income tax provision and the effective tax rate.

In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded net interest and penalties expenses for uncertain tax positions in the amounts of $(0.1) million, $(0.9) million and $0.2 million respectively, included in income tax expense in the statements of operations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amounts of interest and penalties accrued on the balance sheet related to unrecognized tax benefits were approximately $1.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, which is included within income tax accruals, on the balance sheets.

 

  i. Adoption of new accounting standard

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ ASU ”) 2013-11 on January 1, 2014. As a result, the Company changed the presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits, where the Company has net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, and/or a tax credit carryforwards that are available, under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction, to offset any additional income taxes that would result from the settlement of the tax position. Those unrecognized tax benefits are now presented as a reduction of the deferred tax assets for such net operating loss/tax credit carryforwards. Accordingly, the Company reduced its reserve for uncertain tax positions and deferred tax assets by $1.2 million as of December 31, 2014 in accordance with ASU 2013-11.

NOTE 12 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT:

 

  a. General

The Company operates internationally, which gives rise to exposure to market risks, mainly from changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company uses financial instruments and derivatives to hedge its balance sheet exposures as well as certain future cash flows in connection with payroll and related expenses and anticipated probable transactions which are expected to be denominated in non-Dollar currencies.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 12 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT  (continued) :

 

The Company is exposed to losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to financial instruments; however, as the counterparties are major Israeli, European and United States banks, the Company does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their obligations. The Company does not require or place collateral with respect to these financial instruments. The Company does not hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes.

 

  b. Derivative instruments

As stated in Note 1s, the Company enters into various types of foreign exchange derivatives in managing its foreign exchange risks. The notional amounts of these derivatives as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

     $ in millions  

Forward exchange and options for conversion of:

  

Euros into Dollars

     18.6   
  

 

 

 

Japanese Yen into Dollars

  34.2   
  

 

 

 

Dollars into NIS

  43.1   
  

 

 

 

Korean Won into Dollars

  25.1   
  

 

 

 

Chinese Yuan into Dollars

  13.1   
  

 

 

 

Taiwan Dollars into Dollars

  27.7   
  

 

 

 

Dollars into British Pounds

  39.9   
  

 

 

 

The terms of all of these currency derivatives are less than one year.

The following table summarizes activity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives classified as foreign currency cash flow hedges held by the Company during the reported years:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Balance at beginning of year

     409         628         (600 )

Unrealized gains (losses) from derivatives

     (2,364      2,050        636   

Reclassifications into earnings from other comprehensive income (loss):

        

included in revenues

     (1,917      (809      (888

included in various statements of operations items

     1,667         (1,519      1,634   

Tax effect

     277         59        (154
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  (1,928   409     628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  c. Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments included in working capital is usually close or identical to their carrying amounts. The fair value of non-current other receivables and long-term liabilities, including long term loans, also approximates the carrying amounts, since they bear interest at rates close to prevailing market rates.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 12 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT  (continued) :

 

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 and 2013, consistent with the fair value hierarchy provisions of the applicable accounting rules:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Total  

December 31, 2014:

        

Assets:

        

Marketable securities

     5,890            5,890   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Derivative assets not designated as hedging instruments

  1,665      1,665   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities -

Derivative liabilities designated as hedging instruments

  1,891      1,891   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities not designated as hedging instruments

  218      218   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

Assets:

Derivative assets designated as hedging instruments

  361      361   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets not designated as hedging instruments

  958      958   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities -

Derivative liabilities not designated as hedging instrument

  131      131   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1. Level 1 - Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

 

  2. Level 2 - Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active but for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly. Derivaties, as described in b. above, are of value primarily based on observable inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for currencies and the Company therefore has the ability to perform an independent verification to validate the quotation obtained.

 

  3. Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These estimated fair values are subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict.

NOTE 13 - SUPPLEMENTARY BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION:

 

  a. Cash and cash equivalents

Substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents bear interest. The annual interest rates as of December 31, 2014 ranged up to 1.27%.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 13 - SUPPLEMENTARY BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION  (continued) :

 

  b. Marketable securities

The amortized cost basis, aggregate fair value and unrealized holding gains and losses by major security type were as follows:

Available-for-sale securities:

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Amortized
cost
     Aggregate
fair value
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
losses
 
     $ in thousands  

Government and corporate bonds:

           

Classified as long term*

     5,942         5,890         2         (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  5,942      5,890      2      (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held- to- maturity bonds:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
cost
     Aggregate
fair value
     Unrealized
Gains (1)
     Unrealized
losses
 
     $ in thousands  

Government and corporate bonds:

           

Classified as short term

     5,265         5,279         27         (13

Classified as long term*

     13,106         12,949         24         (181
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  18,371      18,228      51      (194
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Mature in less than 5 years

 

  c. Accounts receivable:

 

  (i) Trade accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, the balance and the changes in the allowance are comprised as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Balance at beginning of year

     3,874         4,565         4,330   

Increase (decrease) during the year

     485         (93      1,849   

Bad debt written off

     (927      (598      (1,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  3,432      3,874      4,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 13 - SUPPLEMENTARY BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION  (continued) :

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

(ii) Other:

     

Employees

     1,014         1,360   

Prepaid expenses

     21,088         14,122   

Deposits in respect of rent and other

     3,488         3,221   

Government departments and agencies (mainly value added tax refundable)

     8,522         5,591   

Advance payments to suppliers

     2,311         5,299   

Derivative assets

     1,665         1,319   

Sundry

     988         634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  39,076      31,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  d. Accounts payable and accruals – other

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Employees and employee institutions

     28,932         23,812   

Government departments and agencies

     11,610         9,903   

Derivative liabilities

     2,109         131   

Accrued expenses

     33,511         18,942   

Sundry

     5,585         2,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  81,747      55,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  e. Deferred income

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  
     $ in thousands  

Deferred income relating to warranty and installations commitments(*)

     25,916         21,408   

Deferred income

     12,092         3,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  38,008      24,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* The changes in deferred revenues relating to warranty and installation commitments:

 

     Year ended December 31  
         2014              2013      
     $ in thousands  

Balance at beginning of year

     21,408         15,588  

Revenue recognized during the year

     (25,661      (21,173

Deferred revenues acquired

     7,392      

Deferred revenue relating to new sales

     22,777         26,993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  25,916      21,408  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 13 - SUPPLEMENTARY BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION  (continued) :

 

  f. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

     December 31  
     2014     2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Accumulated gain (loss) in respect of derivative instruments designated for cash flows hedge, net of tax

     (1,928     409         628   

Accumulated realized and unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net

     (52     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (1,980   409      628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 14 - SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

 

  a. Segment and geographical information:

 

  (i) Reportable segments:

The Company’s three reportable segments are: Production Solutions for the Electronics Industry, Solar Energy and Recognition Software. As defined under the accounting literature, the Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance for the entire Company.

The Company’s material operating segments qualify for aggregation due to their similarities of their long-term economic characteristics, nature of products and services, and processes for procurement, manufacturing and distribution.

The Production Solutions for the Electronics Industry comprises the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of cutting-edge solutions designed to enable the production of innovative, next generation electronic products and improve the cost effectiveness of existing and future electronics production processes. The Company’s products in this segment include capital equipment for inspection, repair, imaging, testing, etch, deposition and thermal processing for manufacturers of printed circuit boards (“ PCB ”s), flat panel displays (“ FP D ”s) and semiconductors devices (“ SD ”s).

The Solar Energy includes the design, development, manufacture and marketing of solar photovoltaic energy systems that produce electricity directly from sunlight.

The Recognition Software includes the development and marketing of check processing and healthcare revenue cycle management solutions to banks, financial and other payment processing institutions.

The measurement of revenues and assets of the reportable segments is based on the same accounting principles applied in these financial statements.

Segment income or loss reflects the income or loss from continuing operations of the segment and does not include financial expenses net equity losses or taxes on income since those items are not allocated to the segments. Segment assets do not include deferred tax assets and deferred issuance expenses or equity method investee balances (excluding investment in Frontline).

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 14 - SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA  (continued) :

 

  1. Financial data relating to reportable segments:

 

     Production
solutions for the
electronics
industry
     Solar
energy
     Recognition
software
     Total  
     $ in thousands  

Year ended December 31, 2014:

           

Revenues from unaffiliated customers:

           

Sales of products

     385,341        11,162        7,460        403,963  

Services rendered

     172,297        719        5,767        178,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

  557,638     11,881     13,227     582,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  *47,507      (428   1,067     48,146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets (at end of year)

  985,690     3,699     12,482     1,001,871  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenditures for segment assets

  12,330     170     12,500  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

  30,162     171     30,333  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013:

Revenues from unaffiliated customers:

Sales of products

  286,506     7,521     294,027  

Services rendered

  140,280     5,688     145,968  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

  426,786     13,209     439,995  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  *50,954     (5,022   1,599     47,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets (at end of year)

  579,569     3,492     26,599     609,660  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenditures for segment assets

  12,928     50     12,978  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

  12,953     136     172     13,261  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012:

Revenues from unaffiliated customers:

Sales of products

  230,822     8,098     238,920  

Services rendered

  141,884     6,204     148,088  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

  372,706     14,302     387,008  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  *(39,494   (5,117   3,815     (40,796
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets (at end of year)

  604,931     1,995     24,428     631,354  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenditures for segment assets

  9,425     59     9,484  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

  17,545     179     195     17,919  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment of intangible assets

  30,142     30,142   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

 

* Including share in net income of Frontline

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 14 - SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA  (continued) :

 

  2. Following is a reconciliation of the operating income of the reportable segments to the data included in the statements of operations:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Operating income:

        

Total operating income of reportable segments

     48,146         47,531         (40,796
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial expenses, net

  9,046      1,191      5,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes on income

  39,100      46,340      (45,916
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  3. Following is a reconciliation of the assets of the reportable segments to the data included in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Total assets of reportable segments at end of year

     1,001,871         609,660         631,354   

Assets not allocated to segments

     32,101         26,922         22,652   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated assets at end of year

  1,033,972      636,582      654,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (ii) Geographical information:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Revenues - classified by geographical area (based on the location of customers):

        

China

     202,836         177,304         117,903   

Taiwan

     98,405         74,807         74,758   

North America

     87,900         43,042         41,569   

Korea

     55,607         72,333         62,954   

Europe

     54,004         18,605         18,477   

Japan

     44,840         33,676         43,877   

Other (*)

     39,154         20,228         27,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

  582,746      439,995      387,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)   mainly in the Far East.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 14 - SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA  (continued) :

 

  (iii) Revenues by major product lines are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Inspection

     171,300         149,134         145,329   

Direct Imaging

     152,607         167,522         138,843   

Test and Repair

     82,034         77,335         55,664   

PVD/CVD

     78,529         

Others

     98,276         46,004         47,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

  582,746      439,995      387,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (iv) Revenues by major operating segments are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

PCB

     286,225         295,228         275,494   

FPD

     160,759         131,558         97,212   

SD

     110,654         

Others

     25,108         13,209         14,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

  582,746      439,995      387,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (v) Property plant and equipment net of accumulated depreciation and amortization by geographical location:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

United Kingdom

     23,058         

Israel

     13,707         11,018         11,187   

United States

     4,865         3,354         1,891   

Italy

     4,470         4,578         4,621   

Germany

     5,770         5,455         4,621   

Rest of the world

     3,710         3,310         2,239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  55,580      27,715      24,559   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b. Major customers

No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 14 - SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA  (continued) :

 

  c. Cost of revenues:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012*  
     $ in thousands  

1) Cost of products sold:

Materials and subcontractors

  185,431      125,043      103,417   

Labor costs

  26,006      20,753      15,700   

Overhead and other expenses

  12,544      10,906      10,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  223,981      156,702      129,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2) Cost of services rendered:

Materials consumed

  51,167      44,088      45,704   

Labor costs

  37,135      34,117      35,954   

Overhead and other expenses

  17,270      13,548      22,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  105,572      91,753      103,846   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Excludes write-down of inventories and non-cancelable commitments in the amount of $14,255,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

  d. Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     $ in thousands  

Comprised as follows:

     

Selling

     45,044         35,746         43,542   

General and administrative

     51,125         40,202         29,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  96,169      75,948      73,051   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  e. Restructuring costs

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2012
 
     $ in thousands  

The primary components of the restructuring costs:

  

Costs relating to workforce reduction

     3,885  

Other costs - mainly fixed assets impairment

     1,178   
  

 

 

 
  5,063  
  

 

 

 

During 2012, the Company adopted certain measures designed to realign its infrastructure with current revenue levels and business conditions. These included a reduction in the Company’s worldwide workforce, consolidation of certain Company facilities and other cost-cutting measures, and resulted in a restructuring charge of approximately $5.1 million. As of the December 31, 2013 all related restructuring costs were paid.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ORBOTECH LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 14 - SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA  (continued) :

 

  f. Financial expenses - net

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     $ in thousands  

Income:

      

Interest:

      

In respect of bank deposits and marketable securities

     1,074       1,465       3,042   

Other

       39       58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  1,074     1,504     3,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

Interest:

Bank loan

  1,227      3,411   

Term loans

  7,184  

Costs relating to factoring of letters of credits and promissory notes

  227     71     122   

Net loss from sale of marketable securities

  339  

Marketable securities and bonds premium/discount amortization

  316     554     588   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  860   

Non-Dollar transaction losses - net

  1,159     168     2,545   

Bank charges and other

  895     675     694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  10,120     2,695     8,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (9,046   (1,191   (5,120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  g. Earnings (loss) per share

Following are data relating to the weighted average number of shares for the purpose of computing earnings (loss) per share:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     In thousands  

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding (net of treasury shares) - used in computation of basic earnings (loss) per share

     41,703         42,571         43,501   

Add - incremental shares from assumed exercise of options

     1,054         682      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share

  42,757      43,253      43,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 do not reflect ‘out-of-the-money’ options to purchase respective aggregate amounts of 427,628 and 1,249,444 Ordinary Shares, respectively, due to their anti-dilutive effect. Diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 do not reflect ‘in-the-money’ options to purchase an aggregate amount of 570,084 Ordinary shares, due to their anti-dilutive effect.

 

F-51

Exhibit 1.2

The Companies Law

Articles of Association of

Orbotech Ltd.

 

The name of the Company is:

LOGO

and in English is:

Orbotech Ltd.

Preliminary

 

1.     (a) In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (i) The “ Company ” means Orbotech Ltd.

 

  (ii) The “ Office ” means the registered office of the Company for the time being.

 

  (iii) The “ Companies Law ” means the Companies Law, 5759-1999 or any law which may replace or amend it, as shall be in force from time to time.

 

  (iv) The “ Register ” means the principal register of Members specified in Article 91, to be kept in accordance with the Companies Law, and/or, if the Company shall have any additional or branch register(s), any such additional or branch register(s) as the case may be.

 

  (v) Member ” or “ Shareholder ” means any person registered in the Register as the owner of shares of the Company.

 

  (vi) A “ General Meeting ” means a meeting of the Shareholders, whether an Annual General Meeting or an Extraordinary General Meeting, both as hereinafter defined.

 

  (vii) The “ Board of Directors ” or “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

  (viii) A “ Board Meeting ” means a meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

  (ix) A “ Shareholder Resolution ” means a resolution adopted by a simple majority of the voting rights of the Company represented, personally or by proxy, and voting with respect thereto, unless a different majority is required in respect to such matter pursuant to the Companies Law or these Articles at the time the resolution is voted on, in which case a “ Shareholder Resolution ” shall mean a resolution adopted by such required majority.

 

1.2-1


  (b) Subject to the provisions of this Article, in these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions used herein which are defined in the Companies Law, or any modification thereof in force at the date at which these Articles become binding upon the Company, shall have the meaning so defined, words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, words importing persons shall include bodies corporate and the captions used herein shall not be deemed to affect the construction of any provision hereof.

 

  (c) The Company may donate reasonable amounts to any worthy cause, as determined and approved by the Board of Directors, even if such donation is not made for business considerations.

 

  (d) The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful activity.

 

  (e) The liability of each Shareholder is limited to the unpaid sum, if any, owing to the Company in consideration for the issuance of the shares of the Company held by such Shareholder.

Share Capital

 

2.     (a) The share capital of the Company is 11,200,000 (Eleven Million Two Hundred Thousand) New Israeli Shekels (“ NIS ”), divided into 80,000,000 (Eighty Million) Ordinary Shares of NIS 0.14 (Fourteen New Agorot) each, all ranking pari passu (“ Ordinary Shares ”).

 

  (b) Ordinary Shares in respect of which all calls have been fully paid shall confer on their holders the right to attend and to vote at General Meetings of the Company. Subject to the rights of holders of shares with limited or preferred rights, Ordinary Shares shall confer upon the holders thereof equal rights to receive dividends and to participate in the distribution of the assets of the Company upon its winding-up, in proportion to the amount paid up or credited as paid up on account of the nominal value of the shares held by them respectively and in respect of which such dividends are being paid or such distribution is being made, without regard to any premium paid in excess of the nominal value, if any.

Shares

 

3. Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred upon the holders of existing shares of the Company, the Company may, from time to time, by Shareholder Resolution, provide for shares with such preferred or deferred rights or rights of redemption or other special rights and/or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividends, voting, repayment of share capital or otherwise, as may be stipulated in such Shareholder Resolution.

 

4.     (a)

If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the Company may by Shareholder Resolution, unless otherwise provided

 

1.2-2


  by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, modify, convert, broaden, add or otherwise alter the rights, privileges, advantages, restrictions and provisions related or unrelated at that time to the shares of any class either with the consent in writing of the holders of at least 75% of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a simple majority of those present, personally or by proxy, and voting thereon at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

  (b) The provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings and to the convening thereof and to notices in respect thereof and to resolutions to be passed thereat shall mutatis mutandis apply to every separate general meeting as mentioned above.

 

  (c) Unless otherwise provided by these Articles, the enlargement of an existing class of shares, or the issuance or allotment of additional shares thereof, or the creation of additional shares of that class as a result of conversion of shares from another class or the unification with another class shall not be deemed to modify or alter the rights attached to the previously issued shares of such class or of any other class.

 

5.     (a) The unissued shares shall be under the control of the Board of Directors who may issue or allot them or give any person the option to acquire them or otherwise dispose of them for cash or other consideration to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and either at a premium or at par, or, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, at a discount and at such times as the Board of Directors may deem fit, and with full authority to serve on any person a call on any shares as provided in Article 13 below, during such time and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem fit.

 

  (b) The Company may pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any shares in the Company, or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for any shares in the Company, provided such commission does not exceed 10% of the price at which the shares in respect of which the commission is paid are issued. Such commission may be paid in cash or in fully or partly paid shares of the Company, or in a combination of such methods.

 

6. If by the conditions of allotment of any share, the whole or any part of the price thereof shall be payable by installments, every such installment shall, when due, be paid to the Company by the registered holder of the share for the time being or from time to time or by his administrators.

 

7. The Board of Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders of such shares in the amount of calls and/or the time of payment thereof.

 

1.2-3


8. Save as herein otherwise provided, the Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof, and, accordingly, shall not, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or as by statute required, be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person and the Company shall not be bound by or required to recognize any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any shares or any right whatsoever in respect of any shares other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

Share Certificates

 

9. The certificates of title to shares (“ Share Certificates ”) shall be issued under the seal or the rubber stamp of the Company and shall bear the manual or facsimile signatures of two Directors, or one Director and the Secretary of the Company, or such other persons as are authorized by the Board of Directors. In case any Director, officer or such other authorized person who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such Director, officer or authorized person before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he were such Director, officer or authorized person at the date of issue.

 

10. Every Member shall be entitled without payment to receive one Share Certificate representing in aggregate all the shares registered in his name.

 

11. Share Certificates of shares registered in the names of two or more persons shall be delivered to the person first named in the Register in respect of such co-ownership and such delivery shall be deemed sufficient delivery to all co-owners. The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one Share Certificate to the joint holders.

 

12. If a Share Certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed upon production of such evidence of loss, the provision of such indemnities and the payment of such fee (if any) as the Board of Directors thinks fit.

Calls

 

13. The Board of Directors may from time to time make such calls as it deems fit upon the Members in respect of all moneys unpaid on the shares held by them respectively, and by the conditions of allotment thereof not made payable at fixed times, and each Member shall pay the amount of every call so made on him to the persons and at the time and place appointed by the Board of Directors. A call may be made payable by installments and shall be deemed to have been made when the resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing such call is passed.

 

14. Fourteen days’ notice of any call shall be given, specifying the time and place of payment, and to whom such call shall be paid, provided that before the time for payment of such call the Board of Directors may, by notice in writing to the Members, revoke the same or extend the time for payment thereof.

 

1.2-4


15. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

16. If by the terms of issue of any share or otherwise any amount is made payable at any fixed time or by installments at fixed times, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, every such amount or installment shall be payable as if it were a call duly made by the Board of Directors of which due notice had been given, and all the provisions herein contained in respect of such calls shall apply to such amount or to such installment.

 

17. If the amount of any call or installment is not paid on or before the due date for payment thereof, then the person who is for the time being the owner of the share on which the call was made or the installment became due shall pay interest on the said amount at the maximum rate permissible under law for the time being, or at such lesser rate as may be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time, as from the date for payment until the same is actually paid. The Board of Directors shall, however, be at liberty to waive the payment of interest, wholly or in part. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or to exercise any privileges as a Member until he shall have paid all calls for the time being due and payable on every share held by him whether alone or jointly with any other person together with interest and expenses (if any).

 

18. If the Board of Directors deems fit, it may receive from any Member willing to advance the same, any amounts due on account of all or any of his shares which have not yet been called or in respect of which the date of payment has not yet fallen due, and, unless otherwise agreed with such Member, the Board of Directors may pay him interest on all or any of the amounts so advanced, up to the date when the same would, if not paid in advance, have fallen due, at such rate of interest as may be agreed upon between the Board of Directors and such Member, and the Board of Directors may at any time repay any amount so advanced by giving such Member seven days’ prior notice in writing.

 

19. The Board of Directors may determine differences between Members in relation to the amount of any call and to the date of payment.

Forfeiture and Lien

 

20. If any Member fails to pay any call or installment on or before the day appointed for payment of the same, the Board of Directors may at any time thereafter, as long as the said call or installment remains unpaid, resolve to forfeit all or any of the shares in the event the Member does not pay the same, as provided below, together with any interest that may have accrued and all expenses that may have been incurred by reason of such non-payment.

 

21. Notice of any such resolution shall be served on the Member. The notice shall specify a day (being not less than 14 days from the date of the notice) and a place or places on and at which such call or installment and such interest and expenses as aforesaid are to be paid. The notice shall also state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made or installment is payable will be ipso facto forfeited, save shares that have been fully paid for.

 

1.2-5


22. Any forfeiture as aforesaid shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

23. Any share so forfeited shall be the property of the Company, and the Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions hereof, sell, re-allot and otherwise dispose of the same as it may deem fit.

 

24. The Board of Directors may, at any time before any share so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, annul the forfeiture on such conditions as it deems fit. No such annulment shall estop the Board of Directors from re-exercising its powers of forfeiture pursuant to these Articles.

 

25. Any Member whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, be liable to pay, and shall forthwith pay, to the Company, all calls, installments, interest and expenses owing upon or in respect of such shares at the time of forfeiture, together with interest thereon from the time of forfeiture, until payment, at the maximum rate of interest permissible under law for the time being, and the Board of Directors may enforce the payment of such moneys, or any part thereof, if it so thinks fit, but shall not be under any obligation to do so.

 

26. The provisions of these Articles relating to forfeiture shall apply to any case of nonpayment of a known sum which, according to the terms of issue or allotment of the share, is payable at any fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if such sum were payable under a call duly made, notified and delivered.

 

27. Except to the extent that the same may be waived or subordinated in writing, the Company shall have a first and paramount lien upon all the shares registered in the name of each Member (without regard to any equitable or other claim or interest in such shares on the part of any other person), and upon the proceeds of the sale thereof, for his debts, liabilities and obligations to the Company arising from any amount payable by such Shareholder in respect of any unpaid or partly paid share, whether or not such debt, liability or obligation has matured. Such lien shall extend to all dividends from time to time declared or paid in respect of such share. Unless otherwise decided by the Board, the registration by the Company of a transfer of shares shall be deemed to be a waiver on the part of the Company of the lien (if any) on such shares, immediately prior to such transfer.

 

28. For the purpose of enforcing such lien, the Board of Directors may sell the shares subject thereto in such manner as it deems fit; but no sale shall be made until the time for the fulfillment or discharge of the debts, liabilities and engagements as aforesaid shall have arrived, and until notice in writing of the Company’s intention to sell shall have been served on such Member, his executors or administrators, and the payment, fulfillment or discharge of such debts, liabilities or engagements shall not have been made during the seven days after such notice.

 

1.2-6


29. The net proceeds of any such sale, after payment of the costs thereof, shall be applied in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagements of such Member (including debts, liabilities and engagements which have not yet fallen due for payment or satisfaction) and the remainder (if any) shall be paid to the Member, his executors, administrators or assigns.

 

30. Upon any sale after forfeiture or for enforcing a lien in exercise of the powers hereinbefore given, the Board of Directors may appoint some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares sold and cause the purchaser’s name to be entered in the Register in respect of the shares sold, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the regularity of the proceedings, or to the application of the purchase money, and after his name has been entered in the Register in respect of such shares, the validity of the sale shall not be impeached by any person, and the remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale, if grounds for any remedy exist in accordance with law, shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

Transfer and Transmission of Shares

 

31.    (a) Any transfer of shares of the Company which have not been fully paid-up will be subject to the approval of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, at its sole discretion, refuse to approve a transfer of shares as aforesaid, without the requirement to provide reasons for its decision.

 

  (b) The transfer of shares which have been fully paid-up is not subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

32. No transfer of shares shall be registered or, if such approval is required, approved by the Board of Directors unless a proper instrument of transfer has been submitted to the Company (or its transfer agent) together with the Share Certificate for the transferred shares (if such has been issued) and with any other evidence the Board of Directors may require in order to prove to its satisfaction the rights of the intending transferor in the transferred shares.

 

33.    (a) The instrument of transfer shall be signed by the transferor and the transferee and shall be duly stamped, if required by law, and the transferor shall be considered the owner of the shares until the transferee is registered in the Register in respect of the shares transferred to him. The Board may decide that, with respect to a transfer of fully paid-up shares, the instrument of transfer need only be signed by the transferor. The Board may also decide that the signature of a witness on the instrument of transfer is not necessary. The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing in such usual or accepted form or forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

 

  (b) The Company may impose a fee for registration of a share transfer, at such reasonable rate as may be determined by the Board from time to time.

 

1.2-7


34. Instruments of transfer that are registered shall remain in the Company’s possession; however, instruments of transfer which the Board of Directors refuses to register in accordance with Article 31(a), 32 or 33 above shall, on demand made by whomever delivered them, be returned to such person together with the Share Certificate (if delivered).

 

35. The executors and administrators of a deceased sole holder of a share, or, if there are no executors or administrators, the persons beneficially entitled as heirs of a deceased sole holder, shall be the only persons recognized by the Company as having any title to the share. In case of a share registered in the names of two or more holders, the Company shall recognize the survivor or survivors as the only persons having any title to or benefit in the share. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share jointly held by him.

 

36. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death of any person, upon producing evidence of the grant of probate or letters of administration or declaration of succession or such other evidence as the Board of Directors may deem sufficient that he sustains the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this Article or of his title, shall be registered as a Member in respect of such shares, or may, subject to the regulations as to transfer herein contained, transfer such shares.

 

37. The Company may recognize the receiver or liquidator of any Member in winding-up or dissolution, or the trustee in bankruptcy or any official receiver of a bankrupt Member, as being entitled to the shares registered in the name of such Member.

 

38. The receiver or liquidator of a Member in winding-up or dissolution, or the trustee in bankruptcy or any official receiver of any bankrupt Member, upon producing such evidence as the Board of Directors may deem sufficient that he sustains the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this Article or of his title, may, with the consent of the Board of Directors (which the Board of Directors may refuse to grant without giving any reason for its refusal), be registered as a Member in respect of such shares, or may, subject to the regulations as to transfer herein contained, transfer such shares.

 

39. A person upon whom the ownership of a share devolves by transmission shall be entitled to receive, and may give a discharge for, any dividends or other monies payable in respect of the share but he shall not be entitled in respect of it to receive notices, or to attend or vote at General Meetings of the Company, or, save as otherwise provided herein, to exercise any of the rights or privileges of a Member, unless and until he shall be registered in the Register.

Redeemable Shares

 

40. The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, issue redeemable shares and redeem them.

 

1.2-8


Alteration of Share Capital

 

41. The Company may from time to time, by Shareholder Resolution, whether or not all the shares authorized have been issued, and whether or not the whole of the shares then issued has been called up for payment, increase its share capital by the creation of new shares, and such increase shall be in such amount and shall be divided into shares of such nominal amounts, and be issued subject to such restrictions and terms and with such rights and preferences, as the resolution creating the same shall provide. In particular the shares may be issued with preferential or deferred rights as to dividends or the distribution of assets and with special, limited or no voting rights.

 

42. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution authorizing the increase of share capital, the new shares shall be subject to the same provisions applicable to the shares of the original capital with regard to the payment of calls, lien, forfeiture, transfer, transmission and otherwise.

 

43. The Company may, by Shareholder Resolution and in accordance with and subject to the Companies Law:

 

  (a) consolidate its share capital or any portion thereof and divide it into shares of larger nominal value than its existing shares;

 

  (b) divide its existing shares or any portion thereof by subdivision into shares of smaller nominal value;

 

  (c) cancel any unissued shares provided there is no obligation of the Company, including a contingent obligation, to issue the shares, and reduce in such manner its share capital by the amount of the shares which are cancelled; and/or

 

  (d) reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by law and subject to any condition required by law.

 

44. With respect to any consolidation of issued shares into shares of larger nominal value, and with respect to any other action which may result in fractional shares, the Board of Directors may settle any difficulty which may arise with regard thereto as it deems fit, including, inter alia, by means of one or more of the following actions, subject to applicable law:

 

  (a) determine, as to the holder of shares so consolidated, which issued shares shall be consolidated into each share of larger nominal value;

 

  (b) allot, in contemplation of or subsequent to such consolidation or other action, such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional shareholdings;

 

  (c) redeem in the case of redeemable shares, and subject to applicable law, such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional shareholdings; and

 

1.2-9


  (d) cause the transfer of fractional shares by certain Shareholders of the Company to other Shareholders thereof so as to most expediently preclude or remove any fractional shareholdings, and cause the transferees to pay the transferors the fair value of fractional shares so transferred, and the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to act as agent for the transferors and transferees with power of substitution for purposes of implementing the provisions of this Article.

Purchase of the Company’s Shares

 

45. The Company may, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law, purchase or undertake to purchase, or provide finance and/or assistance or undertake to provide finance and/or assistance, directly or indirectly, with respect to the purchase of, its shares or securities which may be converted into shares of the Company or which confer rights upon the holders thereof to purchase shares of the Company.

Borrowing Powers

 

46. The Board of Directors may from time to time, at its discretion, borrow or secure the payment of any sum or sums of money for the purposes of the Company. The Directors may raise or secure the repayment of such sum or sums in such manner, at such times and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as they think fit and, in particular, by the issue of bonds, perpetual or redeemable debentures, debenture stock or any mortgages, charges or other securities on the undertaking of the whole or any part of the property of the Company, both present and future, including its uncalled capital for the time being and its called but unpaid capital.

Record Date for General Meetings

 

47. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles to the contrary, and subject to applicable law, the Board of Directors may fix a date, not exceeding 40 days prior to the date of any General Meeting, as the date as of which Shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting shall be determined, and all persons who are registered in the Register as holders of voting shares on such date and no others shall be entitled to vote at such meeting. A determination of Shareholders of record entitled to vote at any General Meeting shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

General Meetings

 

48.

An annual General Meeting shall be held at least once in every calendar year, not later than 15 months after the last preceding annual General Meeting, at such time and place as the Board of Directors may determine, and such meetings shall be called “ Annual General Meetings ”. The function of Annual General Meetings shall be to elect Directors in accordance with these Articles, receive and consider the profit and loss account, the balance sheet and the ordinary

 

1.2-10


  reports and accounts of the Directors and auditors, appoint auditors and transact any other business which under these Articles or applicable law may be transacted by the shareholders of a company in general meeting. All other General Meetings shall be called “ Extraordinary General Meetings ”.

 

49. The Board of Directors may whenever it thinks fit convene an Extraordinary General Meeting, and it shall be obliged to do so upon a request in writing as provided in the Companies Law.

 

50.    (a) The Company shall not be required to deliver or serve notice (‘ Hodaa ’) of General Meetings or of any adjournments thereof to any Shareholder.

 

  (b) Without derogating from the provisions of Article 50(a) above, the Company will publicize the convening of General Meetings in any manner reasonably determined by the Company, such as by filing an appropriate periodic report with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), by posting a notice on the Company’s website or by publishing in one or more international wire services or in one or more newspapers, and any such publication shall be deemed duly made, given and delivered to all Shareholders on the date on which it is first made, posted, filed or published in the manner so determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

Proceedings at General Meetings

 

51.    (a) No business shall be transacted at a General Meeting unless the requisite quorum is present at the commencement of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided in these Articles, two or more Members, present in person or by proxy, holding shares conferring in the aggregate more than 50% of the voting rights of the Company shall constitute a quorum.

 

  (b) If within half an hour from the time appointed for the General Meeting a quorum is not present, the General Meeting, if convened by the Board upon the demand of Shareholders or upon the demand of less than 50% of the Directors then in office or directly by such Shareholders or Directors, shall be cancelled. Otherwise, if a General Meeting is called and no quorum is present within half an hour from the time appointed for such General Meeting, it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the following week, at the same time and place or to such other day, time and place as the Directors may determine and specify in the publication with respect to the General Meeting. It shall not be necessary to give notice of or publicize such adjournment. If at such adjourned General Meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time stated, any Members present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum even if, between them, they represent shares conferring 50% or less of the voting rights of the Company.

 

52.

Unless otherwise prescribed by applicable law or by these Articles, a resolution of the Shareholders, including with respect to approval of a merger, a change of the Company’s name and modifications or alterations in the Company’s share capital as

 

1.2-11


  provided for in Articles 3, 4, 41 and 43 above, will be deemed adopted if approved at a General Meeting at which a quorum is present by a simple majority of the voting rights of the Company (as set forth in Article 60 below) represented personally or by proxy and voting thereon. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence concerning the majority required to change the Company’s name or make modifications or alterations in its share capital as provided for in Articles 3, 4, 41 and 43 above, a resolution with respect to the amendment or replacement of the Memorandum of Association or of the Articles of Association of the Company shall require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting rights of the Company represented personally or by proxy and voting thereon at a General Meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

53.    (a) The Chairman of the Board of Directors will serve as the chairman of General Meetings of the Company. If such Chairman shall have indicated in advance that he will not be attending, or shall be unwilling to act in such capacity, or shall not be present within 15 minutes from the time stated for the commencement of the meeting, the most senior of the Directors present (such seniority to be determined by the length of time such person has served as a Director) and willing to do so will chair the meeting and, if no Director is present or if no Directors are willing to chair the meeting, those present may choose from amongst themselves a person to chair the meeting.

 

  (b) The chairman of any General Meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

54. Every question submitted to a General Meeting shall be decided by a show of hands, but if a written ballot is demanded by a Member, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting, the same shall be decided by a written ballot. A written ballot may be demanded before the proposed resolution is voted upon or immediately after the declaration by the chairman of the results of the vote by a show of hands. If a written ballot is demanded after such declaration, the results of the vote by a show of hands shall be of no effect and the proposed resolution shall be decided by the written ballot.

 

55. If a written ballot is demanded as aforesaid, it shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place as the chairman of the General Meeting directs, and either at once or after an interval or adjournment, or otherwise, and the result of the written ballot shall be deemed to be the resolution of the General Meeting in respect of which the written ballot is demanded. The demand for a written ballot may be withdrawn at any time before the written ballot is taken.

 

56.    (a) The demand for a written ballot shall not prevent the continuation of the General Meeting for the transaction of any business other than in respect of the question on which the written ballot has been demanded.

 

  (b) A written ballot demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of an adjournment of a General Meeting shall be taken forthwith.

 

1.2-12


57. A declaration by the chairman of the General Meeting that a resolution has been carried unanimously, or carried by a particular majority, or rejected, and an entry to that effect in the book of proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor of or against such resolution.

 

58. The chairman of a General Meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting rights of the Company represented, personally or by proxy, at the General Meeting and voting on the question of adjournment, adjourn the same from time to time and from place to place and the chairman shall do so if so directed by the General Meeting; but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned General Meeting other than the business left unfinished at the General Meeting from which the adjournment takes place. The Company will publicly announce the adjournment and the matters to be included on the agenda of the adjourned General Meeting in the same manner in which it announced the convening of the original General Meeting.

 

59. Subject to applicable law, a resolution in writing signed by all Members then entitled to vote at General Meetings or to which all such Members have given their written consent (including, but not limited to, by letter, telegram, telex, facsimile, electronic mail or otherwise) shall be deemed to have been adopted as if it were adopted as a Shareholder Resolution at a General Meeting duly convened and held. Any such resolution may consist of several documents in like form and signed or consented to as aforesaid, by one or more Members.

Votes of Members

 

60. Subject to any special conditions, rights or restrictions as to voting rights set forth in the terms of issue of any shares or attached at the time to any class of shares, every Member present in person or by proxy, whether in a vote by a show of hands or by written ballot, shall have one vote for each Ordinary Share of record held by him.

 

61. A company or other corporate body being a Member of the Company may duly authorize any person it deems fit to be its representative at any General Meeting or to execute or deliver a proxy on its behalf, as provided for below. Any person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise, on behalf of the corporation which he represents, all the powers which the corporation could have exercised if it were an individual Member. Upon request of the chairman of the General Meeting, written evidence of such authorization (in a form reasonably acceptable to the chairman) shall be delivered to him.

 

62. In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

1.2-13


63. Members may vote either personally or by proxy, or, if the Member is a company or other corporate body, by a representative pursuant to Article 61 above or by a duly authorized proxy, as prescribed hereinafter.

 

64. Any instrument appointing a proxy or representative shall be in writing under the hand of the appointer or of his attorney duly authorized in writing, or, if such appointer is a corporation, under its common seal if any, or under the hand of some officer duly authorized in that behalf.

 

65. No Member (or proxy or representative of a Member) shall be entitled to vote at a General Meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable in respect of his shares in the Company have been paid.

 

66. Every instrument of proxy, whether for a specified General Meeting or otherwise, shall be in writing in such usual or accepted form or forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

 

67. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of appointment of proxy or representative shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death of the principal, or revocation of the appointment, or transfer of the share in respect of which the vote is given, unless notice in writing of the death, revocation or transfer shall have been received at the Office or by the chairman of the General Meeting before the vote is given.

The Board of Directors

 

68.    (a) The members of the Board of Directors shall be called Directors. The number of Directors shall be not less than three or more than eleven, including any External Directors (as defined below). Subject to the aforesaid, the number of Directors from time to time shall be determined, from time to time, by a majority of the Directors then in office; provided that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

 

  (b) If at any time the Company shall be required to appoint independent or external directors, such as a public director or directors of any other type as may be required by law (“ External Directors ”), such directors shall serve on the Board according to the number required by law. External Directors will be appointed and removed, and will serve, pursuant to the relevant provisions of the law which apply to External Directors. If permitted by applicable law, External Directors will be appointed by the Board.

 

  (c) The Directors, other than External Directors (who will be chosen and appointed, will serve and whose term will expire in accordance with applicable law), shall be appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

 

  (d)

Beginning with the Annual General Meeting to be held during the year 2015, and at each Annual General Meeting thereafter, the Directors

 

1.2-14


  (except for External Directors whose term shall be determined in accordance with applicable law) shall be elected by Shareholder Resolution to hold office until the end of the next Annual General Meeting and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until any such Director’s appointment terminates as provided for in the Companies Law or due to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 71 below, in such manner that all Directors (not including External Directors but including all non-External Directors who were elected or appointed prior to the Annual General Meeting to be held during the year 2015) shall be appointed for a term of approximately one year, and shall stand for election each year.

 

  (e) Vacancies on the Board of Directors, however arising, including as a result of an increase in the number of Directors pursuant to Article 68(a) above, may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office. Each Director appointed in accordance with this Article 68(e) shall hold office until the end of the next Annual General Meeting or until such Director’s appointment terminates as provided for in the Companies Law or due to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 71 below.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Directors may not be dismissed from office by the Shareholders or by a General Meeting prior to expiration of their term of office pursuant to Article 68(d) or (e) above, and the provisions of Section 230(a) of the Companies Law in this regard shall not apply.

 

  (g) Except in the case of a person nominated by the Board of Directors, no person shall be eligible to be elected as a Director unless notice in writing of the intention to nominate such person is delivered to the Office not later than ten days, and not earlier than 40 days, prior to the date scheduled for the Annual General Meeting, signed by a Member entitled to participate in and vote at the scheduled meeting, together with the written consent of the proposed nominee and such information regarding the proposed nominee as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission had such nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the board of directors of a company subject to such rules and any other information reasonably requested by the Company.

 

  (h) In the event the number of nominees to serve as Directors at any Annual General Meeting is greater than the number of Directors to be elected at such Annual General Meeting as determined pursuant to these Articles, the Directors elected shall be those nominees who receive the greatest number of votes up to the number of Directors to be elected.

 

  (i) The term of office of a Director (including an External Director) will begin as of the date of the Annual General Meeting at which he was elected or as of the date of the meeting of the Board of Directors at which he was appointed (if appointed pursuant to Article 68(e) above) or at such later date as is determined in the resolution electing or appointing him or pursuant thereto.

 

1.2-15


69.    (a) A Director shall have the right, by written notice to the Company, to appoint a person as an alternate to act in his place, to remove the alternate and appoint another in his place and to appoint an alternate in place of an alternate whose office is vacated for any reason whatsoever. A person who is not qualified to be appointed as a Director, or a person who serves as a Director or an alternate Director, may not be appointed as an alternate Director. All references in these Articles to Directors shall, where the context so requires, mean and include alternate Directors.

 

  (b) Any notice given to the Company as aforesaid shall become effective on the date fixed therein, upon delivery to the Company or, with respect to the appointment of an alternate Director, when approved by a majority of the Directors then in office, whichever is later. The approval of the appointing Director will be counted in calculating whether a majority of Directors have approved. Unless the appointing Director limits the time or scope of the appointment, the appointment is effective for all purposes until the appointing Director ceases to be a Director or terminates the appointment.

 

  (c) An alternate for a Director shall, subject to any instructions or limitations contained in the instrument appointing him, have all the authority and powers held by the Director for whom he acts as alternate; provided however, that he may not in turn appoint an alternate for himself (unless the instrument appointing him otherwise expressly provides); and provided further that an alternate shall have no standing at any Board Meeting or any meeting of a committee of the Board at which the Director appointing him is personally present or at which the Director appointing him is not entitled to participate in accordance with Article 73 below.

 

  (d) The office of an alternate for a Director shall ipso facto be vacated if he is removed by the Director appointing him, or if the office of the Director for whom he acts as alternate is vacated for any reason whatsoever, or if one of the circumstances described in Article 71 below should occur with respect to the alternate.

 

  (e) An alternate Director shall alone be responsible for his actions and omissions and shall not be deemed an agent of the Director who appointed him.

 

  (f) Every alternate Director shall be entitled to receive, so long as he serves as an alternate, notice of Board Meetings and of meetings of any relevant committees.

 

70. Subject to applicable law, a Director who has ceased to hold office shall be eligible for re-election or re-appointment.

 

1.2-16


71. The office of a Director shall ipso facto be vacated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (a) His death, or, if the Director is a legal entity, it has adopted a resolution of voluntary liquidation or winding-up, or a liquidation order has been issued with respect thereto;

 

  (b) Should he be declared to be legally incompetent;

 

  (c) Should he be declared bankrupt;

 

  (d) Should he resign his office by notice in writing to the Company; or

 

  (e) Otherwise as provided in the Companies Law.

 

72. A Director shall not be required to hold qualification shares.

 

73.    (a) Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, no Director or “Office Holder” (as defined below) of the Company shall be disqualified by his office from holding any office or place of profit within or outside the Company or with any company in which the Company shall be a shareholder or otherwise interested, or with any company which is a shareholder of, or otherwise interested in, the Company or from contracting with the Company either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, either on his own behalf or as a director of another company or member of a firm or otherwise, nor (unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law) shall any such contract, or any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or Office Holder shall be in any way interested, be void or voidable, nor shall he be liable to account to the Company for any profit arising from any such office or place of profit or realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such Director or Office Holder holding that office or of the fiduciary relations thereby established, but it is declared that the nature of his interest must be disclosed by him as provided in the Companies Law and in any event not later than at the Board Meeting at which the contract or arrangement is first taken into consideration, if his interest then exists or, in any other case, at the first Board Meeting after the acquisition of his interest.

 

  (b) Unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law, every Director shall be entitled, after such disclosure, to vote as a Director in respect of any contract or arrangement in which he is so interested as aforesaid. Unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law, a general notice that a Director is a member of any firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in all transactions with that firm or company shall be a sufficient disclosure under this Article as regards such Director and the said transactions, and after such general notice (unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law), it shall not be necessary for such Director to give a special notice relating to any particular transaction with that firm or company.

 

1.2-17


  (c) The duty of a Director or Office Holder to disclose his interest as aforesaid shall not apply to transactions in which the interest of such Director or Office Holder arises solely due to the interest of a relative in a transaction which is not an “Extraordinary Transaction” (as defined below).

 

  (d) A transaction referred to in this Article 73, which is not an Extraordinary Transaction shall be approved by the Board or by a committee authorized to do so by the Board. Such approval may be general in nature and may be given in advance. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, if according to the provisions of the Companies Law a specific or special approval for a particular transaction or type of transaction is required, such transaction shall also require such approval.

 

  (e) An Extraordinary Transaction requires approval as provided under the Companies Law.

 

  (f) In this Article 73:

 

  (i) Office Holder ” means a Director, managing director, general manager, chief executive officer, executive vice-president, vice president, other managers directly subordinate to the managing director and any other person fulfilling or assuming any such positions or responsibility without regard to such person’s title.

 

  (ii) Extraordinary Transaction ” means a transaction not in the ordinary course of business of the Company, a transaction which does not accord with market conditions, or a transaction that is likely to have a material impact on the profits, assets or liabilities of the Company.

 

74.    (a) A Director may be paid remuneration by the Company for his services as a Director to the extent such remuneration is approved by a Shareholder Resolution and pursuant to the Companies Law.

 

  (b) If a Director, willing to do so, is called upon to fulfill special services or make special efforts for any of the Company’s objects, by travelling abroad or staying there or otherwise, the Company may pay him a salary at a fixed rate or a percentage of its profits or otherwise as the Board of Directors may decide and subject to approval by Shareholder Resolution and the provisions of the Companies Law, and such salary may be in addition to or in place of the fixed remuneration (if any).

Proceedings of the Board of Directors

 

75.    (a) The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall convene Board Meetings in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law, and may adjourn and otherwise regulate the proceedings of such meetings, as he thinks fit. The quorum for Board Meetings and/or for any matter to be brought before the Board shall be a majority of the Directors then in office and entitled to participate and vote with respect thereto.

 

1.2-18


  (b) Unless and to the extent provided otherwise in the Companies Law, a Director who is an interested party in any transaction shall be counted for purposes of a quorum despite his interest.

 

  (c) A Director may participate personally or by his alternate.

 

76. Notice of a Board Meeting may be given verbally, by telephone or sent to all Directors at their registered addresses, by telex, facsimile, electronic mail or other reliable method of transmission, at least 24 hours prior to the Board Meeting unless all Directors agree to shorter notice. Directors will be entitled to participate by way of video or audio conference in such manner that all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other at the same time, and the Company will cooperate, as may reasonably be required, in providing video or audio conferencing capabilities to effectuate such participation.

 

77.    (a) Each Director shall have one vote.

 

  (b) All resolutions of the Board will be adopted by a simple majority of the Directors present and voting (with the Directors participating by video or audio conference, if any, being deemed present and entitled to vote) at a Board Meeting.

 

78. The Board of Directors shall elect one of its members to be the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and may remove such Chairman from office and appoint another in his place. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall take the chair at every Board Meeting, but if there is no such Chairman, or if he shall have indicated in advance that he will not be attending, or if at any meeting he is not present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if he is unwilling to take the chair, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be the Chairman of such meeting.

 

79. The Chairman of a Board Meeting, whether he be the Chairman of the Board of Directors or any other member of the Board of Directors, shall have no extra or casting vote.

 

80. A Board Meeting at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the authorities, powers and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board of Directors.

 

81.    (a) Subject to applicable law, the Board of Directors may for any particular matter delegate any or all of its powers to committees consisting of one or several Directors, as the Board of Directors may deem fit, including, as aforesaid, the authority to approve transactions that are not Extraordinary Transactions, pursuant to Sections 270(l) and 271 of the Companies Law, and the Board of Directors may from time to time revoke such delegation.

 

1.2-19


  (b) Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Board of Directors. The meetings and proceedings of any such committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions herein contained for regulating the meetings of the Board of Directors, so far as the same are applicable thereto, and so far as not superseded by any regulations made by the Board of Directors under this Article.

 

82. All acts performed at or in accordance with any Board Meeting, or any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors, or by any person acting as Director or alternate for a Director, shall, notwithstanding that it may afterwards be discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of such Directors or members of a committee of the Board of Directors or person acting as aforesaid or any of them, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director, alternate or a member of such a committee, as the case may be.

 

83. A resolution in writing signed by all Directors or members of a committee of the Board of Directors then in office and entitled to vote thereon or to which all such Directors or members shall have given their written consent (by letter, telegram, facsimile, electronic mail or otherwise) shall be deemed to have been unanimously adopted by a Board Meeting or committee meeting duly convened and held.

Managing Directors or General Manager

 

84. The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint one or more persons (whether a Director or not) to be managing director(s), general manager(s), chief executive officer(s) and/or president(s) (or any similar function with a different title) of the Company, either for a fixed term or without any limitation as to the period for which he is or they are to hold office, and may from time to time modify or revoke such titles or (subject to any provisions of any contract between him or them and the Company) remove or dismiss him or them from office and appoint another or others in his or their place or places.

 

85. The remuneration of a managing director, general manager, chief executive officer and/or president shall from time to time (subject to any contract between him and the Company and subject to the provisions of the Companies Law) be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may be in the form of a fixed salary or commission on dividend, profits or turnover of the Company, or of any other company the Company has an interest in, or by participation in profits or in one or more of these forms.

 

86.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may from time to time entrust to and confer upon a managing director, general manager, chief executive officer and/or president for the time being such of the powers exercisable under these Articles by the Board of Directors as it may think fit, and may confer such powers for such time, and to be exercised for such objects and purposes, and upon such terms and conditions, and with such

 

1.2-20


  restrictions, as it thinks expedient; and it may confer such powers, either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, and in substitution for, all or any of the powers of the Board of Directors in that behalf; and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

Powers of the Board of Directors

 

87. The management of the business of the Company shall be vested in the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as the Company is, by its Memorandum of Association and/or its Articles of Association or under the law, authorized to exercise and do, and are not hereby or by statute directed or required to be exercised or done by the Company in General Meeting, but subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the Companies Law and to these Articles.

 

88. Without prejudice to any of the general powers granted to the Board of Directors in accordance with Article 87 above and any other powers granted to it under these Articles, and without restricting or reducing in any way any of the above mentioned powers, it is hereby explicitly declared that the Board of Directors shall have the following powers:

 

  (a) To appoint a person or persons (whether they be incorporated or not) to receive and hold in trust for the Company any property whatsoever that belongs to the Company or that the Company has an interest in, or for any other purpose and to execute and perform all actions, deeds and necessary activities with relation to any such trust, and to see to the remuneration of any such trustee(s).

 

  (b) To initiate, manage, defend, compromise or discontinue any and all legal proceedings on behalf of or against the Company or its officials or that pertain in any way to its affairs, and to compromise and extend the period for payment or discharge of any debt due or suits or claims by or against the Company.

 

  (c) To refer any suit or claim by or against the Company to arbitration.

 

  (d) To determine, from time to time, those authorized to sign in the Company’s name on bills of exchange, promissory notes, receipts, certificates of receipt, endorsements, checks, certificates of dividend, releases, contracts and other documents of any kind whatsoever.

 

  (e) In general, and subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, to delegate to any person, firm, company or variable group of people, the powers, authority and discretion vested in the Board of Directors.

Local Management

 

89.

The Board of Directors may from time to time provide for the management and transaction of the affairs of the Company in any specified locality, whether in

 

1.2-21


  Israel or abroad, in such manner as it thinks fit, and the provisions contained in the next following Article shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this Article on the Board of Directors.

 

90. The Board of Directors may from time to time, and at any time, establish any local board or agency for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any specified locality, in Israel or abroad, and may appoint any person to be a member of such local board, or any manager or agent, and may fix their remuneration. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may from time to time, and at any time, delegate to any person so appointed any of the powers, authority and discretions for the time being vested in the Board of Directors, and may authorize any member for the time being of any such local board to continue in his office notwithstanding any vacancy which may occur, and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board of Directors may think fit, and the Board of Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation. The Board of Directors may authorize any person to whom it has delegated powers, authority or discretion, as mentioned, to delegate them or part of them further.

Register of Members

 

91.    (a) The Company shall keep a Register in which it may record such information as may be deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors and/or as may be permitted by the Companies Law or these Articles. In addition, the Company shall record in the Register the following information:

 

  (i) The names and addresses of the Members, the number of shares held by each Member and the amount paid or the amount to be considered as paid on the shares of each Member;

 

  (ii) The day each person was registered in the Register as a Member;

 

  (iii) The amounts called, if any, that are due on the shares of each Member; and

 

  (iv) Any other information required by the Companies Law or these Articles to be recorded in the Register.

 

  (b) The principal register shall be kept at the Office and, apart from the times the Register is closed in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law or these Articles, shall be open to the inspection of any Member free of charge, and of any other person at such fee as the Company shall determine for each matter, during regular business hours.

 

  (c) The Register may be closed for such period, if any, as the Board of Directors shall determine from time to time, on the condition that the Register shall not be closed for a period exceeding 30 days during any calendar year; and on the additional condition that the Register shall not be closed unless a notice has been published in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law, if required.

 

1.2-22


Minutes and the Seal

 

92.    (a) The Board of Directors shall cause minutes to be duly recorded regarding the names of the Directors present at each Board Meeting and each meeting of any committee(s) of the Board of Directors; the names of the Members present at each General Meeting; and the proceedings and resolutions of General Meetings and of Board Meetings and meetings of committee(s) of the Board of Directors. Any minutes as aforesaid of a Board Meeting, of a meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors or of a General Meeting, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of such meeting or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting, shall be accepted as prima facie evidence of the matters therein recorded.

 

        (b) (i)       The Company may have one or more rubber stamps for affixing on documents.

 

  (ii) The Board of Directors shall be entitled to authorize any person or persons (even if he or they is or are not Directors(s) of the Company) to act and sign on behalf of the Company, and further to delegate such signatory powers, and the acts and signatures of such person or persons on behalf of the Company shall bind the Company insofar as such person or persons acted and signed within his or their powers aforesaid.

 

  (iii) The Board of Directors may provide for a seal. If the Board of Directors so provides, it shall also provide for the safe custody thereof; such seal shall not be used except by the authority of the Board of Directors.

The Secretary, Officers and Attorneys

 

93. The Board of Directors may appoint a corporate secretary to the Company and may appoint officers, personnel, agents and servants, for fixed, provisional or special duties, as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem fit, and may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, suspend the service of any one or more of such persons.

 

94. The Board of Directors may determine the powers and duties, as well as the salaries, of such persons and may demand security in such cases and in such amounts as it deems fit.

 

95.

The Board of Directors may from time to time, and at any time, by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board of Directors, to be the attorney(s) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board of Directors under these Articles), and for such period and subject to such

 

1.2-23


  conditions as it thinks fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of the above-mentioned attorney(s) and/or of those persons who come into contact with such attorney(s) as the Board of Directors may think fit, and may also authorize any such attorney(s) to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him or them.

Dividends and Reserve Fund

 

96. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, set aside, out of the profits of the Company, such sums as it thinks proper, as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for special dividends, or for repairing, improving and maintaining any of the property of the Company, and for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall in its absolute discretion think conducive to the interests of the Company, and may invest the sums so set aside in such investments as it may think fit, and from time to time deal with and vary such investments, and dispose of all or any part thereof for the benefit of the Company, and may divide the reserve fund into such special funds as it thinks fit, and employ the reserve fund or any part thereof in the business of the Company, and that without being bound to keep the same separate from the other assets of the Company. The Board of Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which it deems prudent not to divide.

 

97. Subject to the rights of holders of shares with limited or preferred rights as to dividends, and subject to the provisions of these Articles as to the reserve fund, all dividends shall be paid to the Members in proportion to the amount paid up or credited as paid up on account of the nominal value of the shares held by them respectively and in respect of which such dividend is being paid, without regard to any premium paid in excess of the nominal value, if any, but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend from a particular date, such share will rank for dividend accordingly.

 

98. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may from time to time declare such dividends as may appear to the Board of Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company, and cause the Company to pay such dividends. The Board of Directors shall have the full authority to determine the time for payment of such dividends, and the record date for determining the Members entitled thereto, provided such date is not prior to the date of the resolution to distribute the dividend, and no Member who shall be registered in the Register with respect to any shares after the record date so determined shall be entitled to share in any such dividend with respect to such shares.

 

99. No dividend shall be paid other than out of the profits of the Company, as defined in the Companies Law, and no interest shall be paid by the Company on dividends.

 

100. A dividend may be paid, wholly or partly, by the distribution of specific assets of the Company or by the distribution of specific assets, paid-up shares, debentures or debenture stock of any other company, or in any one or more such ways.

 

1.2-24


101. The Board of Directors may resolve that any moneys, investments or other assets forming part of the undivided profits of the Company standing to the credit of the reserve fund, or to the credit of any reserve fund for the redemption of capital, or to the credit of any reserve fund for the revaluation of real estate or other assets of the Company or any other reserve fund or investment funds, or in the hands of the Company and available for dividends, or representing premiums received on the issue of shares and standing to the credit of the share premium account, be capitalized and distributed among such of the Members as would be entitled to receive the same if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportion on the basis that they become entitled thereto as capital; and that all or any part of such capitalized fund be applied on behalf of such Members in paying up in full, either at par or at such premiums as the resolution may provide, any unissued shares or debentures or debenture stock of the Company which shall be distributed accordingly or in or towards the payment, in full or in part, of the uncalled liability on any issued shares or debentures or debenture stock; and that such distribution or payment shall be accepted by such Members in full satisfaction of their share and interest in the said capitalized sum.

 

102. For the purpose of giving effect to any resolution under the two last preceding Articles, the Board of Directors may settle any difficulty which may arise in regard to the distribution as it thinks expedient, and, in particular, without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, may issue fractional Share Certificates or make payment in lieu of fractional shares in an amount determined by the Board, and may fix the value for distribution of any specific assets, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed, or that fractions of less than NIS 0.01 (one New Agora) in value may be disregarded in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such cash, shares, debentures, debenture stock or specific assets in trustees for the persons entitled to the dividend or capitalized fund against such securities as may seem expedient to the Board of Directors. Where requisite, a proper contract shall be filed in accordance with the Companies Law, and the Board of Directors may appoint any person to sign such contract on behalf of such persons entitled to the dividend or capitalized fund.

 

103. The Board of Directors may deduct from any dividend, bonus or other amount to be paid in respect of shares held by any Member, whether alone or together with another Member, any sum or sums due from him and payable by him alone or together with any other person to the Company on account of calls or the like.

 

104. (a) The Board of Directors may retain any dividend or other monies payable or property distributable in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien, and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities, or engagements in respect of which the lien exists.

 

  (b) The Board of Directors may, when paying any dividend, resolve to retain any dividend, or other monies payable or property distributable, for distribution with respect to a share in respect of which any person is under these Articles entitled to become a Member, or which any person is under these Articles entitled to transfer, until such person shall become a Member in respect of such share or shall transfer the same.

 

1.2-25


105. All unclaimed dividends or other monies payable in respect of a share may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board of Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed. The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or such other monies into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof. The principal (and only the principal) of an unclaimed dividend or such other moneys shall, if claimed, be paid to a person entitled thereto. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of three (3) years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited to the benefit of the Company; provided, however , that the Company, at its sole discretion, shall be entitled (but not required) to pay any such dividend, or any part thereof, as provided above, to a person who would have been entitled thereto had the same not been forfeited.

 

106. Any dividend or other monies payable in cash in respect of a share may be paid by check or warrant sent through the post to, or left at, the registered address of the person entitled thereto or by transfer to a bank account specified by such person (or, if two or more persons are registered as joint holders of such share to the one whose name appears first in the Register), or to such person and at such address as the person entitled thereto may by writing direct. Every such check or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, or to such person as the person entitled thereto as aforesaid may direct, and payment of the check or warrant by the banker upon whom it is drawn shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

107 If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, or are entitled jointly thereto in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise, any one of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend payable or property distributable on the share.

Books of Account

 

108. The Board of Directors shall cause accurate books of account to be kept in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law and any other applicable law. The books of account shall be kept at the Office or at any other place or places as the Board of Directors may deem fit, and they shall always be open to inspection by Directors. No Member not being a Director shall have the right to inspect any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorized by the Board of Directors.

Accounts and Audit

 

109. Once at least in every year the accounts of the Company shall be examined and the correctness of the profit and loss account and balance sheet ascertained by a duly qualified auditor.

 

110. The appointment, authorities, rights, salaries and duties of the auditor or auditors shall be regulated by the law in force for the time being and by the provisions of these Articles; provided, however , that the Board of Directors shall fix the remuneration of the auditor(s).

 

1.2-26


Notices

 

111. Without derogating from Article 50 above or Article 120 below, any notice or document may be served by the Company upon any Member either personally or by sending it by prepaid mail (air mail if sent from Israel to a place outside Israel) addressed to such Member at his address as described in the Register or such other address (if any) as he may have designated in writing for the receipt of notices and documents. Any notice or document may be served by any Member upon the Company by tendering the same in person to the managing director/general manager/chief executive officer/president of the Company at the Office or by sending it by prepaid registered mail (air mail if posted outside Israel) to the Company at the Office. Any such notice or document shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after it has been posted (seven days if sent from Israel to a place outside Israel, or if sent to Israel from a place outside Israel), or when actually received by the addressee if sooner than 48 hours or seven days, as the case may be, after it has been posted, or when actually tendered in person, to such Member (or to the managing director/general manager/chief executive officer/president); provided, however, that notice may be sent by cablegram, electronic mail, telex, facsimile or other customary method and confirmed by mail as aforesaid, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given the first business day after such cablegram, electronic mail, telex, facsimile or other customary method has been sent or when actually received by such Member (or by the Company), whichever is earlier. If a notice is, in fact, received by the addressee, it shall be deemed to have been duly served when received, notwithstanding that it was defectively addressed, or failed in some other respect, to comply with the provisions of this Article.

 

112. A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of a share by giving notice to the joint holder named first in the Register in respect of the share.

 

113. Without derogating from Article 50 above, any Member whose address is not described in the Register, and who shall not have designated in writing an address for the receipt of notices, shall not be entitled to receive any notice from the Company.

 

114. The Company may declare that any document(s) will be delivered or be available for review at the Office or any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

 

115. Whenever it is required to give prior notice or publicize a specified number of days in advance or where a notice or publication is valid for a specified period, the day of the publication or the day of service of the notice shall be included in such count or period.

 

116. Service of notice to a relative of a Member living at the same address with him will be deemed service to such Member.

 

117. Subject to applicable law, any Member, Director or other person entitled to receive notice in accordance with these Articles or law may waive notice, in advance or retroactively, in a particular case or type of case or generally, and if so, notice will be deemed as having been duly served, and all proceedings or actions for which the notice was required will be deemed valid.

 

1.2-27


118. Any person entitled to a share by operation of law or by transfer, transmission or otherwise will be bound by any notice served or by any publication made pursuant to these Articles with respect to such share prior to his being registered in the Register as owner of the shares.

 

119. It shall not be necessary to set forth in detail in any publication as provided for in Article 50(b) above, the full text of any proposed resolutions and a general description of the nature of the matters on the agenda will suffice. The Company shall be entitled, however, but shall be under no obligation to do so, to specify in any publication in respect of a meeting, a place and a time where and when the full text of proposed resolution(s) may be reviewed.

 

120. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may give notice to any Member by filing an appropriate periodic report with the SEC, by posting a notice on the Company’s website, by publishing in one or more international wire services or in one or more newspapers or by publicizing in any other manner reasonably determined by the Company, and the date of such filing, posting or other publication shall be deemed the date on which such notice has been served upon such Members. Where notice is given by more than one method, it will be deemed served on the earliest of such dates.

 

121. The accidental omission to give notice to any Member pursuant to any applicable law or these Articles or the non-receipt of any such notice by any Member entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate any action, transaction, resolution or proceedings taken by the Company and/or at or by any General Meeting.

Winding-Up

 

122. If the Company shall be wound up, then, subject to applicable law and the rights of holders of shares with limited or preferred rights, the assets of the Company available for distribution among the Members shall be distributed to them in proportion to the amount paid up or credited as paid up on account of the nominal value of the shares held by them respectively and in respect of which such distribution is being made, without regard to any premium paid in excess of the nominal value, if any.

 

1.2-28


Indemnification, Insurance and Exemption

 

123. (a) The Company may, subject and pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Law, indemnify an “Office Holder” of the Company (as such term is defined in Article 73 above) for all liabilities and expenses incurred by him arising from or as a result of any act (or omission) carried out by him as an Office Holder of the Company and which is indemnifiable pursuant to applicable law, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including with respect to the following:

 

  (i) Monetary liabilities or obligations imposed on the Office Holder in favor of another person pursuant to a court judgment, including a compromise judgment or an arbitrator’s decision approved by a court;

 

  (ii) Payments which the Office Holder is obligated to make to an injured party as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Israel Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the “ Securities Law ”) and expenses the Office Holder incurred in connection with a proceeding under Chapters H’3, H’4 or I’1 of the Securities Law, including reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, or in connection with Article D of Chapter Four of Part Nine of the Companies Law;

 

  (iii) Reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by the Office Holder in consequence of an investigation or proceeding conducted against the Office Holder by an authority that is authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, and which was concluded without the submission of an indictment against the Office Holder and without imposing on the Office Holder any financial obligation in lieu of criminal proceedings, or which was concluded without the submission of an indictment against the Office Holder but with imposing on such Office Holder a financial obligation in lieu of criminal proceedings in respect of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent or in connection with a financial sanction;

For the purposes hereof: (i) “a proceeding concluded without the submission of an indictment in a matter in respect of which a criminal investigation was conducted”; and (ii) “financial obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding”, shall have the meanings specified in Section 260(a)(1A) of the Companies Law;

 

  (iv) Reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees incurred by the Office Holder or imposed upon him by a court, in a proceeding brought against the Office Holder by the Company or on its behalf or by another person, or in a criminal action in which the Office Holder is acquitted, or in a criminal action in which the Office Holder is convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent;

 

  (v) Expenses incurred by the Office Holder in connection with a proceeding under Chapter G’1, of the Israel Restrictive Trade Practices Law, 5748-1988 (the “ Restrictive Trade Law ”), including reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees;

 

  (vi) Any other liability, obligation or expense indemnifiable or which may from time to time be indemnifiable by law.

 

1.2-29


The Company may indemnify an Office Holder post-factum and may also undertake in advance to indemnify an Office Holder, provided that: (x) an undertaking in advance to indemnify an Office Holder with respect to the matters specified in Article 123(a)(i) above is limited to types of occurrences which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, in light of the Company’s actual activities at the time of the undertaking, are foreseeable and to an amount or to criteria the Board of Directors has determined to be reasonable in the circumstances; and (y) in the undertaking in advance to indemnify an Office Holder, the types of occurrences that the Board of Directors believes to be foreseeable in light of the Company’s actual activities at the time the undertaking to indemnify was given are mentioned, as is the amount or criteria that the Board of Directors determined to be reasonable in the circumstances.

 

  (b) The Company may, subject and pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Law, enter into contracts to insure the liability of Office Holders of the Company for any liabilities or expenses incurred by or imposed upon them arising from or as a result of any act (or omission) carried out by them as Office Holders of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including in respect of any liability imposed on any Office Holder with respect to any of the following:

 

  (i) A breach of his duty of care to the Company or to any other person;

 

  (ii) A breach of his duty of loyalty to the Company, provided that the Office Holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that such act would not prejudice the interests of the Company;

 

  (iii) Monetary liabilities or obligations imposed on him in favor of another person;

 

  (iv) A payment which the Office Holder is obligated to make to an injured party as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Securities Law and expenses that the Office Holder incurred in connection with a proceeding under Chapters H’3, H’4 or I’1 of the Securities Law, including reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, or in connection with Article D of Chapter Four of Part Nine of the Companies Law;

 

  (v) Expenses incurred by the Office Holder in connection with a proceeding under Chapter G’1, of the Restrictive Trade Law, including reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees.

 

  (c)

The Company may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exempt and release an Office Holder of the Company, including in advance, from and against all or part of his liability for monetary or other damages due to, or arising or resulting from, a breach of his duty of care to the Company.

 

1.2-30


  The Directors of the Company are released and exempt from all liability as aforesaid to the fullest extent permitted by law with respect to any such breach, which has been or may be committed.

 

  (d) The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, procure insurance for, indemnify and/or exempt and release any person who is not an Office Holder including, without limitation, any employee, agent, consultant or contractor of the Company who is not an Office Holder.

 

  (e) The Company may, as aforesaid, indemnify, insure and exempt from liability any Office Holder to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Accordingly: (i) any amendment to the Companies Law, the Securities Law, the Restrictive Trade Law or any other applicable law expanding the ability of the Company to indemnify, insure or exempt from liability any Office Holder, or expanding the right of any Office Holder to be indemnified, insured or exempted from liability, beyond or in addition to the provisions of these Articles, shall, to the fullest extent possible, automatically and immediately apply to the Office Holders of the Company and be deemed as included in these Articles to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; and (ii) any amendment to the Companies Law, the Securities Law, the Restrictive Trade Law or any other applicable law adversely affecting the ability of the Company to indemnify, insure or exempt from liability any Office Holder or adversely affecting the right of any Office Holder to be indemnified, insured or exempted from liability as provided for in these Articles shall have no effect post factum and shall not affect the Company’s obligations or ability to indemnify, insure or exempt from liability an Office Holder for any act (or omission) carried out prior to such amendment, unless otherwise provided by applicable law.

 

1.2-31

Exhibit 4.17

 

LOGO

DATED 4 July 2014

(1) THE BRIDGEPOINT SELLERS (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(2) THE MANAGEMENT SELLERS (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(3) SUMITOMO PRECISION PRODUCTS CO. LTD

(4) THE TRUSTEE SELLER (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(5) THE EBT BENEFICIARIES (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(6) THE BUYER (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(7) THE GUARANTOR (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(8) THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(9) THE BORROWER (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

SHARE SALE AGREEMENT

RELATING TO SPTS TECHNOLOGIES GROUP LIMITED


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  

1.

 

Definitions and interpretation

     2   

2.

 

Sale of Shares

     20   

3.

 

Consideration

     21   

4.

 

Condition

     24   

5.

 

Interim Period

     24   

6.

 

Completion

     33   

7.

 

Termination

     34   

8.

 

Warranties

     35   

9.

 

Leakage

     44   

10.

 

Retention Account

     45   

11.

 

Protection of goodwill

     49   

12.

 

Confidentiality

     52   

13.

 

Announcements

     53   

14.

 

Costs

     54   

15.

 

Post-Completion arrangements

     54   

16.

 

Applicable law and jurisdiction

     54   

17.

 

General

     55   

18.

 

Notices

     58   

19.

 

Guarantee

     60   

20.

 

Debt commitment letter

     62   

21.

 

Trustee Liability

     63   

22.

 

Grossing up

     63   

23.

 

Taxation

     63   

24.

 

Further assurance

     64   

25.

 

Authority to execute

     64   

SCHEDULE 1 The Sellers

     65   

SCHEDULE 2 Shareholdings, Loan Note Holdings and Allocation of Cash Consideration and Retention Amount

     67   

SCHEDULE 3 The Company and the Subsidiaries

     83   

SCHEDULE 4 Condition

     101   

SCHEDULE 5 Completion and delivery obligations

     102   

SCHEDULE 6 Warranties

     106   

SCHEDULE 7 Limitations on claims

     134   

SCHEDULE 8 Particulars of Properties

     142   

SCHEDULE 9 Tax Covenant

     143   

SCHEDULE 10 Consents

     157   
Documents in the approved terms   

1

 

Agreed Announcement ( clause 1.1 )

  

2

 

Separation Agreement ( clause 1.1 )

  


3

Deferred Consideration Agreement ( clause 1.1 )

4

Certificate of Title ( clause 1.1 )

5

Powers of attorney ( paragraph 1.3 of part I of Schedule 5 )

6

Letters of resignation ( paragraph 1.5 of Part I of Schedule 5 )

7

Deed of Termination ( paragraph 1.6 of Part I of Schedule 5 )

8

Deeds of release ( paragraphs 1.7 of Part I of Schedule 5 )

9

Board resolutions ( paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 of Part I of Schedule 5

10

Legal Opinion ( paragraph 9 of Part II of Schedule 5 )

11

Financing Authorisation Letter ( clause 5.9.1.3 )

Annexures

1

Accounts

2

Management Accounts

3

Data Room Index

4

Deal Fee Schedule

5

Exchange Bonus Plan Table

6

Material Contracts

7

Retention Account Instruction Letter

8

BluGlass Legal Opinion


THIS AGREEMENT is executed as a deed on 4 July 2014

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE BRIDGEPOINT FUNDS which are set out in Part I of Schedule 1 (together the “Bridgepoint Sellers” );

 

(2) SUMITOMO PRECISION PRODUCTS CO. LTD incorporated and registered in Japan with company number 1400-01-049416 whose office is at 1-10 Fuso-cho, Amagasaki, Hyogo 660-0891 (“ SPP ”);

 

(3) THE SEVERAL PERSONS whose names and addresses are set out in Part II of Schedule 1 (the “Management Sellers” );

 

(4) BARCLAYS WEALTH TRUSTEES (GUERNSEY) LIMITED a private limited liability company incorporated in Guernsey (registered number 24531) whose registered office is at Floor 2, Le Marchant House, Le Truchot, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3BE as trustee of the Trust (the “Trustee Seller” );

 

(5) THE SEVERAL PERSONS whose names are set out in Part III of Schedule 2 (the “ EBT Beneficiaries ”);

 

(6) ORBOTECH HOLDING U.K. LIMITED incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 09098431 and whose registered office is at 20-22 Bedford Row London WC1R 4JS (the “ Buyer ”);

 

(7) ORBOTECH LTD. incorporated in the State of Israel with registered number 52-003521-3 and whose registered office is at 7 Sanhedrin Boulevard, PO Box 215, Yavne 8110101, Israel (the “ Guarantor ”);

 

(8) SPTS TECHNOLOGIES GROUP LIMITED incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 07635249 and whose registered office at Ringland Way, Newport, Gwent NP18 2TA (the “ Company ”); and

 

(9) ORBOTECH INC. incorporated in the United States of America and whose principal place of business is at 44 Manning Road, Billerica, MA 01821 USA (the “ Borrower ”).

INTRODUCTION

 

(A) The Company is the direct or indirect holding company of each of the Subsidiaries, further details of which are set out in Part II of Schedule 3.

 

(B)

Each of the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller in relation to the shares set out opposite its name in columns (4) and (5) in the final row of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2 in respect of which it is acting in its capacity as nominee for the EBT Beneficiaries) is the beneficial owner of (or is otherwise entitled to transfer the beneficial ownership of) and is entitled to transfer or procure the transfer of the legal and beneficial title to the number of

 

1


  Shares which is set out opposite its name (or, in the case of each of the Bridgepoint Sellers, set out opposite the name of its nominee) in columns (2) to (5) in the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2 and has the right to sell and vest the legal and beneficial ownership of such Shares in the Buyer free and clear from any Encumbrances.

 

(C) Each of the EBT Beneficiaries is the beneficial owner of the number of shares which is set out opposite his name in columns (3) and (4) in the table set out in Part III of Schedule 2 and the Trustee Seller (in its capacity as nominee for each EBT Beneficiary) is the legal owner of the number of Shares set out opposite its name in columns (4) and (5) in the final row of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2 and has the right to sell and vest the legal ownership of such Shares in the Buyer free and clear from any Encumbrances.

 

(D) Each of the Sellers has agreed to sell the Shares held by it in the Company and the Buyer has agreed to purchase such Shares, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

(E) Each of the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller) has agreed that a portion of the Consideration for the sale of the Shares held by it be placed in a Retention Account and that the Buyer shall be entitled, subject always to the terms of this Agreement, to have recourse to such Retention Account to obtain payment of any amounts due to it in respect of Relevant Claims which have been finally settled or determined.

 

(F) The Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Buyer under this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 The following words and expressions where used in this Agreement have the meanings given to them below:

2006 Act means the Companies Act 2006.

Accounts means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Target Group, prepared in accordance with the 2006 Act as at and for the accounting reference period ended on the Accounts Date, a copy of which comprises Annexure 1.

Accounts Date means 31 December 2013.

Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Without derogating from the aforesaid, in relation to the Bridgepoint Sellers the term Affiliate shall also include (i) any group undertaking of that Bridgepoint Seller; (ii) any adviser, nominee, manager or general

 

2


partner of that Bridgepoint Seller; (iii) any company or Fund which is advised by, or the assets of which are managed from time to time by that Bridgepoint Seller, or that Bridgepoint Seller’s general partner, nominee or manager; and (iv) any employee, officer, director, partner of that Bridgepoint Seller or of any of the Persons referred to in (i) to (ii) above.

Agreed Announcement means the press release in the approved terms in relation to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

Articles of Association means the articles of association of the Company as at the date of this Agreement.

Associate means in relation to any Person, a Person who is connected with that Person within the meaning of section 1122 Corporation Tax Act 2010 and section 993 Income Tax Act 2007.

Basis shall mean any fact, situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, plan, occurrence, event, incident, action, failure to act or transaction that would or could reasonably be expected to form the basis for any specified consequence.

Bank Indebtedness means an amount equal to all amounts owing by each Target Group Company to Barclays Bank plc and/or HSBC Bank plc or any of their respective subsidiaries, or their syndicates, at the Completion Date (including, but without limitation, amounts of principal debt, accrued interest, accrued fees, costs and charges and any early repayment or redemption penalties due as a result of the repayment of such amount at Completion or the termination of any interest hedging arrangements) in respect of those facilities outstanding under the Facilities Agreement.

BluGlass Legal Opinion means the legal opinion from Ashurst LLP (Australia) dated 18 June 2014 in relation to the gift of shares from SPTS Technologies UK Limited to Swansea University a copy of which comprises Annexure 8.

Bonus Plan Participants means those participants of the SPTS Employee Cash Bonus Plan whose names are set in the Exchange Bonus Plan Table or Completion Bonus Plan Table (as applicable).

Bridgepoint Loan Note Indebtedness means the aggregate nominal value of the Bridgepoint Loan Notes outstanding on the Completion Date together with all accrued but unpaid interest up to and including the Completion Date.

Bridgepoint Loan Notes means the Investment Loan Notes and the Payment in Kind Notes.

Bridgepoint Manager means Bridgepoint Advisers Limited of 95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB, incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03220373, acting in its capacity as manager of the limited partnerships comprising the Bridgepoint Sellers.

 

3


Business means the business carried on by the Target Group as at the date of this Agreement.

Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in England or the State of New York for purposes of the Debt Commitment Letter, the Marketing Period and all matters related thereto.

Buyer Deal Team means each of David Birnbaum, Armin Schon, Tal Opher, Doron Abramovitch, Amichai Steinberg.

Buyer Group means the Buyer, any holding company of the Buyer and any subsidiary of the Buyer or such holding company (including, for these purposes and with effect from Completion, the Company and every Target Group Company) from time to time and references to “Buyer Group Company” and to “any member of the Buyer Group” shall be construed accordingly.

Buyer’s Solicitors means Tulchinsky Stern Marciano Cohen Levitski & Co., Law Offices of Museum Tower, 4 Berkowitz St. Tel Aviv 64238, Israel.

Cash Consideration means:

 

  (a) the cash consideration of $188,871,172.33 (one hundred and eighty eight million, eight hundred and seventy one thousand one hundred and seventy two and thirty three); and

 

  (b) a cash amount equal to $45,353 (forty-five thousand three hundred and fifty three) multiplied by the number of days from (but excluding) 15 August 2014 up to (and including) the Completion Date,

such aggregate amount to be paid in cash on Completion.

Certificate of Title means the CLLS Long Form Certificate of Title (7 th Edition) relating to the Target Group Company’s freehold manufacturing facility premises at Ringland Way, Newport, Gwent NP18 2TA, United Kingdom prepared by the Sellers’ Solicitors in the approved terms.

Commitment Parties means JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and the other parties to the Debt Commitment Letter in accordance with the terms thereof.

Company Intellectual Property shall be as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 6.

Completion means completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares under this Agreement.

Completion Bonus Plan Table means an updated form of the Exchange Bonus Plan Table setting out details of the Bonus Plan Participants as at Completion.

Completion Date means the date on which Completion occurs.

 

4


Compliant means:

 

  (a) with respect to the audited financial statements described in clause (a) of the definition of “Required Information” and provided pursuant to clause 5.9, that in respect of such statements the audit opinion of Ernst & Young LLP with respect thereto has not been withdrawn, modified or qualified in any respect;

 

  (b) with respect to the unaudited quarterly financial statements described in clause (b) of the definition of “Required Information” and provided pursuant to clause 5.9, that such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP on a consistent basis with those accounting policies used in the preparation of the relevant audited financial statements described in clause (a) above except that such statements comprise only the unaudited balance sheets and related profit and loss statements and cash flow statements and exclude any other information such as notes to such financial statements;

 

  (c) with respect to all Required Information, that the Company confirms such Required Information does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make such Required Information not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statement is made (giving effect to all supplements and updates provided thereto); and

 

  (d) the Company shall have confirmed in writing to the Buyer that the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above may be used by the Guarantor as Marketing Documents and may be furnished by the Guarantor on a Form 6-K furnished to the SEC and, specifically, with respect to the financial statements referred to in clause (a) above the Company’s independent auditors shall have completed all procedures necessary with respect to the furnishing of such financial statements (save always that there shall be no obligation on the Target Group to reconcile the financial statements provided pursuant to clause 5.9 from GAAP to U.S GAAP prior to the Completion Date and the fact that such financial statements are not so reconciled and have not been audited pursuant to U.S. GAAS shall not result in the Required Information not being “Compliant” for the purposes of this definition).

Condition means the condition referred to in clause 4.1 and set out in Schedule 4.

Confidential Information means all information (whether oral or recorded in any medium) relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans) of the Company or any other Target Group Company, which is treated by the Company or that Target Group Company (as the case may be) as confidential, or is marked or is by its nature confidential, together with the contents of this Agreement (including all Schedules and Annexures).

Consideration means the consideration for the sale of the Shares, comprising:

 

  (a) the Cash Consideration;

 

5


  (b) the Retention Amount; and

 

  (c) the Deferred Consideration.

Contract means any contract, agreement, instrument, arrangement, understanding, commitment or undertaking, including leases, licenses, guarantees, sublicenses, and subcontracts.

Data Room means the Project Stellar online data room hosted by Intralinks Inc., an index of which is set out in Annexure 3.

Deal Fee Schedule means the schedule of fees payable by Target Group Companies to advisers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which forms Annexure 4.

Debt Commitment Letter shall bear the meaning set out in clause 8.21.

Deed of Termination means the deed in the approved terms to be entered into between, amongst others, the Sellers and the Company on Completion with respect to the termination of the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement.

Deferred Consideration means that part of the Consideration (if any) which may become payable to the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP and the Management Sellers following Completion in accordance with the Deferred Consideration Agreement.

Deferred Consideration Agreement means the agreement in the approved terms between the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP, the Management Sellers, the Buyer and the Guarantor dated on or about the date hereof in relation to the payment of the Deferred Consideration.

disclosed shall be as defined in clause 8.2.

Disclosed Matters means any fact, matter, event or circumstance which is disclosed in this Agreement or the Disclosure Letter (or which is deemed to be disclosed under the terms of the Disclosure Letter).

Disclosure Documents means the documentation relating to the Target Group which has, prior to the date of this Agreement, been made available for inspection via the Data Room.

Disclosure Letter means the letter dated with the date of this Agreement from the Warrantors to the Buyer containing disclosures against the Warranties.

EBT Loan means any amount owed to any Target Group Company by the Trustee Seller as at the Completion Date.

EBT Shares means the 4,663 C ordinary shares of $0.01 each and the 770 deferred shares of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company legal and beneficial title to which are held by the Trustee Seller.

 

6


Employee Shares means the 10,904 C Ordinary Shares of $0.01 each and the 3,236 deferred shares of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company legal title to which is held by the Trustee Seller as nominee for the EBT Beneficiaries.

Employee Tax Liability shall bear the meaning set out in clause 3.8.

Employer Tax Liability means such amount as is agreed by or on behalf of the Sellers’ Representatives and the Buyer immediately prior to Completion being an amount of the Consideration which is recommended by the Trustee Liaison Committee not to be apportioned to Further EBT Recipients pursuant to clause 3.8.2 and which is equal to the aggregate employer related social security charges arising in connection with amounts of Consideration apportioned by the Trustee Seller to Further EBT Recipients as recommended by the Trustee Liaison Committee in accordance with clause 3.8.2 (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any apportionments pursuant to the Completion Bonus Plan Table in accordance with clause 3.8.1).

Encumbrances means any mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or other security interest of any kind, hypothecation, restriction, right to acquire, right of pre-emption, option, conversion right, third party right or interest, right of set-off or counterclaim, equities, trust arrangement or any other type of preferential agreement (such as a retention of title arrangement) having similar effect, including any restriction on the right to sell or otherwise dispose of the subject property or any other rights exercisable by or claims by third parties and any Contract to create any of the foregoing.

Exchange Bonus Plan Table means the table forming Annexure 5 setting out details of the Bonus Plan Participants as at the date of this Agreement.

Exchange Rate means in relation to any currency to be converted into or from pounds sterling or US dollars for the purposes of this Agreement, the spot rate of exchange (closing mid-point) for that currency into or, as the case may be, from pounds sterling or US dollars (as the case may be), as published in the London edition of The Financial Times first published after the relevant date or, where no such rate of exchange is published in respect of that date, at the rate quoted by www.oanda.com as at the close of business in London on that date.

Existing Shareholders’ Agreement means the investment agreement in relation to the Company entered into between, among others, the Sellers (excluding the Trustee Seller) and the Company on 27 June 2011, which will be terminated on Completion pursuant to the Deed of Termination.

Facilities Agreement means the $85,000,000 term and multicurrency revolving credit facilities agreement dated 31 May 2012 and as amended on 11 April 2013 and entered into between, amongst others, (1) SPTS Technologies Investments Limited as Parent, (2) Barclays Bank PLC and HSBC Bank plc as Arrangers, (3) Barclays Bank PLC and HSBC Bank plc as Original Hedge Counterparties, (4) Barclays Bank PLC and HSBC Bank plc as Original Lenders, and (5) Barclays Bank PLC in its capacities as Agent and Security Agent.

 

7


Financing and Debt Financing shall bear the meaning set out in clause 8.21.

Financing Authorisation Letter means the letter in the approved terms from the Company to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC whereby the Company warrants certain information supplied by the Company and which is used in the Evaluation Materials (as defined in and for the purposes of such letter).

Financing Sources means the Commitment Parties and each other Person that has committed to provide or otherwise entered into any commitment letter, engagement letter, credit agreement, underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, indenture or other agreement with any Buyer Group Company in connection with, or that is otherwise acting as an arranger, bookrunner, underwriter, initial purchaser, placement agent, administrative or collateral agent, trustee or a similar representative in respect of, any Financing.

Fund means any unit trust, investment trust, limited partnership, general partnership or their collective investment scheme or body corporate or other entity, in each case the assets of which are managed professionally for investment purposes.

Further EBT Recipients shall bear the meaning set out in clause 3.8.2.

GAAP means accounting standards, policies, principles and practices generally accepted in the United Kingdom, including those set forth in the 2006 Act.

Governmental Entity means any government, court, tribunal, arbitrator, administrative agency, commission or other governmental or statutory official, authority or instrumentality, or Merger Control Authority, in each case whether domestic or foreign, any stock exchange or similar self-regulatory organization or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.

Hartig Intellectual Property Rights Licence Agreement means the licence agreement entered into on 1 August 2011 pursuant to which certain intellectual property rights are licensed to SPP for exploitation in Japan by SPTS Technologies Limited.

HMRC means HM Revenue & Customs.

Indebtedness of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal of and premium and interest (if any) in respect of (A) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, including, without limitation, shareholders’ loans, or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices); (iii) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction; (iv) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through

 

8


(iii) of any Persons for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise, including guarantees of such obligations; and (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of other Persons secured by any Encumbrance on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person).

Information Memorandum means the information memorandum relating to the Business prepared by Jefferies International Limited and dated March 2014.

Intellectual Property Rights means all intellectual and industrial property rights including patents, trade marks, trade names, service marks, domain names, logos and other indications of source, designs, design rights, copyright, rights in databases, and other rights of the same or similar effect anywhere in the world, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for the grant of any such rights and including the right to apply for the registration of such rights.

Interim Period means the period from the date of this Agreement up to (and including) the Completion Date.

Investment Loan Notes means the loan notes issued pursuant to the instrument entered into on 27 June 2011 by SPTS Technologies Holdings Limited constituting $120,500,000 10.1% unsecured subordinated redeemable loan notes 2020.

Know-how means inventions, discoveries, improvements, processes, formulae, techniques, specifications, technical information, methods, tests, reports, component lists, manuals, instructions, research and development records, trade secrets, product designs, engineering specifications, drawings and information relating to customers and suppliers.

Leakage means:

 

  (a) any dividend or distribution (whether in cash or in kind) declared, paid or made (whether actual or deemed) by any Target Group Company to, or at the direction of, any of the Sellers or the EBT Beneficiaries or in either case their Related Persons (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any “Special Dividend” as defined in and for the purposes of the Articles of Association);

 

  (b) any payments made or agreed to be made (including, without limitation, management and other professional advisers’ fees and expenses and any transaction bonuses by any Target Group Company, in either case in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (or future benefits granted or agreed to be granted) to, or at the direction of, or for the benefit of, (or assets transferred to, or liabilities assumed, indemnified, guaranteed, secured or incurred for the benefit of) any of the Sellers or the EBT Beneficiaries or in either case their Related Persons by any Target Group Company;

 

9


  (c) any payments made or agreed to be made by any Target Group Company to, or at the direction of, or for the benefit of, any of the Sellers the EBT Beneficiaries or in either case their Related Persons in respect of any share capital or other securities of any Target Group Company being issued, redeemed, purchased or repaid, or any other return of capital;

 

  (d) the waiver, release or discount or agreement to waive, release or discount by any Target Group Company of any amount or obligation owed to it by any of the Sellers, the EBT Beneficiaries or in either case their Related Persons;

 

  (e) the purchase by any Target Group Company of any assets from any Seller or EBT Beneficiary or in either case their Related Persons;

 

  (f) the payment of, or agreement to pay, any fees, costs or Tax or incurring any obligation to pay Tax at any time (including after Completion) to or on behalf of the Sellers or the EBT Beneficiaries or in either case their Related Persons by any Target Group Company; or

 

  (g) any Contract made or entered into by any Target Group Company to do or give effect to any matter referred to in (a) to (f) above,

but excluding any Permitted Leakage.

Legal Proceedings means any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, prosecution, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), mediation proceedings, hearing, inquiry, audit, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, any court or other Governmental Entity or any arbitrator, mediator or arbitration panel.

Loan Notes means together the Bridgepoint Loan Notes and the SPP Loan Notes.

Locked Box Date means 31 December 2013.

Long Stop Date means 1 September 2014 (or such later date as the Sellers’ Representative and the Buyer may agree in writing).

Management Accounts means the unaudited management accounts of the Target Group for the period beginning 1 January 2014 and ended 31 May 2014, a copy of which comprises Annexure 2.

Marketing Period means the first period of 14 consecutive Business Days commencing on or after 14 July 2014 and ended on or prior to 15 August 2014 throughout which Buyer shall have the Required Information and such Required Information is Compliant for the entire period; provided, however, that the Marketing Period shall not commence and shall not be deemed to have commenced if, prior to the completion of such 14 consecutive Business Day period, in addition to the “Compliant” requirement, the Company shall have determined that

 

10


it must, restate any financial information or financial statements included in the Required Information or any such restatement is under consideration or is a possibility (in each case to the extent required to ensure the Required Information remains Compliant) in which case the Marketing Period may not commence unless and until such restatement has been completed and the applicable Required Information has been amended or the Company has determined and announced that no such restatement is required in accordance with GAAP.

Material Adverse Change means a material adverse change taking place between the date of this Agreement and the Completion Date on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition or property of the Target Group taken as a whole excluding any change arising from:

 

  (a) changes in stock markets, interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices or other general economic conditions;

 

  (b) changes after the date hereof in conditions generally affecting the industry in which the Target Group operates;

 

  (c) changes after the date hereof in laws, regulations or accounting practices;

 

  (d) Completion or the change in control of the Business resulting from this Agreement;

 

  (e) any action taken by the Buyer or any Buyer Group Company, whether or not in breach of this Agreement;

 

  (f) the general short term performance of the Target Group;

 

  (g) the Disclosed Matters or any other matter that the Buyer Group is actually aware of having read the Vendor Due Diligence Reports (for this purpose, the Buyer Group shall be deemed to be actually aware of anything of which any member of the Buyer Deal Team is actually aware); or

 

  (h) acts of God, national disaster, national or international social or political conditions, any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or acts of terrorism involving any country where the Target Group operates or any other calamity or emergency (other than to the extent that such event results in material damage to any of the assets or facilities of the Target Group (with such materiality measured in reference to the Target Group taken as a whole)),

except, in respect of matters referred to in (a), (b) or (c) where such matters have an impact on the Business that is disproportionate to the effect on other companies or businesses operating in the same industry.

Material Contract has the meaning given to in Schedule 6 paragraph 8.

 

11


Merger Control Authority means any person, tribunal, court, governmental body, agency or authority competent to review mergers or conduct antitrust or competition assessments in any jurisdiction. 

month means a calendar month.

Outgoing Directors means each of William Johnson, Christopher Bell, Kevin Reynolds and Henry Nothhaft.

Payment in Kind Notes means the payment in kind notes issued pursuant to the instrument entered into on 27 June 2011 by SPTS Technologies Holdings Limited constituting $120,500,000 10.1% unsecured subordinated redeemable loan notes 2020.

Permits means licenses, permits, authorizations or consents of any administrative agency or other Governmental Entity.

Permitted Leakage means:

 

  (a) all or any payments of emoluments or other benefits (including salary and directors fees) and expenses to or for the benefit of the Sellers, the EBT Beneficiaries or in either case their Related Persons as employees or directors of, any member of the Target Group (including all associated PAYE, income tax and national insurance contributions or equivalent in any jurisdiction outside the UK) incurred in the ordinary course of the Target Group’s business and pursuant to and in accordance with their respective terms of employment or engagement with a Target Group Company up to an aggregate amount of $3,000,000 per month (for all such Persons), including an aggregate amount of $300,000 per month (for all Sellers and their Related Persons);

 

  (b) all or any payments of emoluments or other benefits in respect of the placement of the Run-off Policy in relation to the Outgoing Directors (including all associated PAYE, income tax and national insurance contributions or equivalent in any jurisdiction outside the UK);

 

  (c) payments in respect of the redemption of the Loan Notes in accordance with clause 6.3.2 and Schedule 5;

 

  (d) payments made pursuant to the Deferred Consideration Agreement;

 

  (e) the payment of directors fees, monitoring fees and expenses together with any VAT or sales tax thereon made to any Affiliate of a Bridgepoint Seller or director appointed by an Affiliate of a Bridgepoint Seller to the board of any member of the Target Group in an aggregate amount not exceeding $400,000 per annum pro rated down based on the time elapsed between the Locked Box Date and the Completion Date;

 

12


  (f) in relation to SPP only, any payments or other arrangements in connection with the Trading Arrangements or any amounts or payments in relation to goods or services or similar arrangements provided between any Target Group Company (on the one hand) and SPP or its Related Persons (on the other hand) which are in the ordinary and usual course of business;

 

  (g) any liabilities, expenses or payments made or assumed (together with any VAT or sales tax thereon) by members of the Target Group to advisers in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (which (together with VAT or sales tax thereon) shall not exceed the respective amounts set out in the Deal Fee Schedule);

 

  (h) any liabilities, expenses or payments made or assumed (together with any VAT or sales tax thereon) by members of the Target Group in connection with the Financing and/or Debt Financing arrangements (including, without limitation, the preparation of the Required Information and/or any documentation required in connection with the completion of the Marketing Period);

 

  (i) any purchase by a Target Group Company of assets from any portfolio company, investee company and/or investment of any of the Bridgepoint Sellers and/or any of their Affiliates, provided always that such a purchase is on commercially reasonable arm’s length terms and consistent with past practice; and

 

  (j) payments (up to an aggregate of $75,000) in respect of employer social security contributions or similar charges arising in connection with the apportionment of any Cash Consideration by or on behalf of the Trustee Seller to Bonus Plan Participants.

Properties means the properties, details of which are set out in Schedule 8 and Property shall be construed accordingly.

Related Person means:

 

  (a) in the case of a Person which is a body corporate and/or a Fund, (i) any Affiliate of that Person, (ii) any trustee or nominee acting on its behalf in each case from time to time or (iii) an Associate; and

 

  (b) in the case of a Person which is an individual, (i) any spouse, domestic partner, civil partner, and/or lineal descendants by blood or adoption (or spouses thereof), (ii) any Person or Persons acting in its or their capacity as trustee or trustees of a trust of which such individual is the settler or (iii) an Associate,

 

13


but provided always that for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (i) no member of the Target Group shall be or shall be deemed to be a “Related Person” of any Seller; and

 

  (ii) no Seller shall be deemed to be a “Related Person” of any other Seller purely as a result of their being holders of Shares in the Company.

Relevant Claim shall bear the meaning set out in clause 10.13.

Relief means any relief, loss, allowance, exemption, set-off, deduction or credit in respect of any Taxation or relevant to the computation of any income, profits or gains for the purposes of any Taxation, and any right to a repayment of Taxation, whether in respect of Tax arising or payable in the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction.

Required Information means:

 

  (a) the audited financial statements of the Company for each of the three years ended 31 December 2011, 2012 and 2013, consisting of audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited consolidated profit and loss statements and cash flow statements which include the related notes and schedules thereto and the independent auditor’s report to the members of the Company; provided, that the Company and the Company’s independent accountants shall have completed all procedures necessary to facilitate the Guarantor’s ability to furnish the foregoing financial statements on Form 6-K with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”);

 

  (b) the following unaudited financial statements: unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited consolidated profit and loss statements and unaudited cash flow statements of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP on a consistent basis with those accounting policies used in the preparation of the relevant audited financial statements referred to in clause (a) above (except that such statements comprise only the unaudited balance sheets and related unaudited profit and loss statements and unaudited cash flow statements and exclude any other information such as notes to such financial statements) for each fiscal quarter that ended after 31 December 2013 and at least sixty (60) days before the Completion Date and for the comparable quarter of the prior fiscal year; and

 

  (c) “Business Overview”, “Management Overview” and “Credit Highlights” descriptions of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which shall be based substantially on sell-side marketing documents prepared in connection with the proposed sale of the Company with such changes as are appropriate for a public marketing process relating to the Debt Financing and consistent with clause (c) of the definition of Compliant and the Financing Authorisation Letter.

 

14


Retention Amount means $20,000,000 in cash which is to be paid by the Buyer into the Retention Account on Completion in part satisfaction of the Consideration.

Retention Account means the designated interest bearing deposit account entitled “Project Stellar Retention Account” (or such other name as the Sellers’ Representative and the Buyer may agree) to be opened by JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch for the purposes of holding the Retention Amount on and subject to the terms of the Retention Account Instruction Letter.

Retention Account Instruction Letter means the instruction letter relating to the operation of the Retention Account, a copy of which comprises Annexure 7.

Run-off Policy shall mean any D&O run-off insurance policy placed by the Target Group in relation to the Outgoing Directors.

Sellers means each of the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP, the Management Sellers and the Trustee Seller.

Sellers’ Fees means the fees payable by the Sellers to advisers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Sellers’ Representative means the Bridgepoint Advisers Limited (acting in its capacity as manager of the Bridgepoint Sellers).

Sellers’ Solicitors means Travers Smith LLP of 10 Snow Hill, London EC1A 2AL.

Sellers’ Solicitors’ Account means the bank account in the name of the Sellers’ Solicitors with National Westminster Bank plc, City of London Branch of 1 Princes Street, London EC2R 8BP, with sort code 60-00-01 and account number 00859184.

Sellers’ Warranties means the warranties set out in clauses 8.9 and 8.10.

Senior Employees means each of the Warrantors (other than William Johnson), Stephen Burgess, Mark Ford, Michael Hewlett, Christopher Jones, Gerald Kelly, David Thomas, David Tossell, Clive Widdicks, Keighley Peters, Anthony Knowles, Nicolas Launay, Paul Hammond and Andrew Tucker, and references to “ Senior Employee ” shall be construed accordingly.

Separation Agreement means the separation agreement between William Johnson and SPTS Technologies, Inc. in the approved terms to be entered into at Completion.

Shares means the 437,450 A ordinary shares of $0.01 each; the 238,833 B ordinary shares of $0.01 each; the 102,099 C ordinary shares of $0.01 each; and the 221,191 deferred shares of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company which together constitute the entire issued share capital of the Company.

 

15


SPP Fees Contribution means such amount as is notified by or on behalf of the Sellers’ Representatives to the Buyer immediately prior to Completion as being SPP’s contribution to the Sellers’ Fees.

SPP Loan Note Indebtedness means the aggregate nominal value of the SPP Loan Notes outstanding on the Completion Date as set out in Schedule 2.

SPP Loan Notes means the $8,728,427.99 loan notes issued pursuant to the instrument entered into on 27 June 2011 by the Company constituting unsecured subordinated redeemable loan notes 2020.

SPP’s Solicitors means Bingham McCutchen (London) LLP of 41 Lothbury, London EC2R 7HF.

SPP’s Solicitors’ Account means the bank account in the name of SPP’s Solicitors with Barclays Bank plc, 7th Floor, United Kingdom House, 180 Oxford Street London, W1D 1EA with sort code 20-77-67 and account number 42861188.

SPTS Employee Cash Bonus Plan means the cash bonus plan adopted by the board of directors of the Company on 30 September 2011.

SPTS Employee Share Offer means the employee share offer plan adopted by the board of directors of the Company.

Subsidiaries means the subsidiary undertakings of the Company, details of which are set out in Part II of Schedule 3 and references to “ Subsidiary ” shall be construed accordingly.

Target Group means the Company and the Subsidiaries and references to “Target Group Company” and to “member of the Target Group” shall be construed accordingly.

Taxation or Tax means:

 

  (a) all forms of tax, levy, impost, contribution, duty, liability and charge in the nature of tax and all related withholdings or deductions of any nature, including corporation tax, income tax, national insurance contributions, value added tax, stamp duty land tax, stamp duty reserve tax or other tax; and

 

  (b) outside the United Kingdom, all taxes of a like nature to those mentioned in paragraph (a) above; and

 

  (c) all interest, fines and penalties incidental or relating to any of the liabilities or amounts referred to in this definition (save insofar as attributable to the delay or default after Completion of any member of the Buyer Group),

in each case imposed by a Taxation Authority, whether directly or primarily chargeable against, recoverable from, or attributable to the Company or a Subsidiary or another Person.

 

16


Taxation Authority means any taxation or other authority (whether within or outside the United Kingdom) which seeks to determine liability for and/or administers Taxation.

Taxation Liability has the meaning set out in Schedule 9.

Tax Covenant means the tax covenant set out in Schedule 9.

Tax Warranties means the warranties set out in Part II of Schedule 6.

Trading Arrangements means the joint venture arrangements entered into by any Target Group Company and SPP or its Related Persons relating to SPP Technologies Co. Ltd and the Hartig Intellectual Property Rights Licence Agreement and all such arrangements as are ancillary thereto as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

Transaction Documents means this Agreement, the Disclosure Letter and any other document required to be entered into pursuant to this Agreement.

Trust means the SPTS Employee Benefit Trust established by the Company by way of trust deed entered into between the Company and the Trustee Seller on 8 November 2011.

Trustee Liaison Committee means the trustee liaison committee constituted under the trust deed establishing the Trust.

VAT means value added tax or any similar tax from time to time replacing it or serving a similar fiscal function.

Vendor Due Diligence Reports means each of:

 

  (a) the seller information document prepared by Ernst & Young LLP and dated April 2014 and the addendum dated May 2014;

 

  (b) the legal vendor due diligence report prepared by Travers Smith LLP and dated May 2014 and the report prepared by Keltie annexed thereto; and

 

  (c) the environmental report prepared by ERM and dated May 2014.

Warranties means the warranties set out in Schedule 6.

Warrantors means each of the Management Sellers (other than Henry Nothhaft).

Warrantors’ Representatives means William Johnson, Kevin Crofton and Richard Rees (acting jointly) or any other persons who shall be appointed as a Warrantors’ Representative pursuant to clause 8.18.

 

1.2

Unless the context requires otherwise, words and expressions defined in or having a meaning provided by the 2006 Act at the date of this Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Agreement. The use of the term “connected” and any question as to whether a person is “connected” with another shall be determined in accordance with the

 

17


  provisions, as at the date of this Agreement, of sections 1122 and 1123 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 and section 993 of the Income Tax Act 2007 but not section 1123(4) of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 or section 993(7) of the Income Tax Act 2007 by reason of securing or exercising control.

 

1.3 Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this Agreement to:

 

  1.3.1 any of the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall include other genders;

 

  1.3.2 the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.3.3 a “Person” shall include a reference to any natural person, body corporate (wherever incorporated), unincorporated association, partnership or trust;

 

  1.3.4 any statute or statutory provision shall be deemed to include any instrument, order, regulation or direction made or issued under it and shall be construed so as to include a reference to the same as it may have been amended, modified, consolidated, re-enacted or replaced except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase any liability or impose any additional obligation upon any party under this Agreement;

 

  1.3.5 any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than that of England, be deemed to include what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

  1.3.6 unless stated otherwise, any time or date shall be construed as a reference to the time or date prevailing in England; and

 

  1.3.7 a particular Governmental Entity shall include any Governmental Entity which is a successor to that entity.

 

1.4 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its meaning. References to a “clause” , “Schedule” or “paragraph” are (unless otherwise stated) to a clause of and Schedule to this Agreement and to a paragraph of the relevant Schedule. The Schedules and Annexures form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement.

 

1.5 A document expressed to be “in the approved terms” means a document, the terms of which have been approved by the parties and a copy of which has been identified as such and initialled by the Bridgepoint Sellers, Management Sellers and the Buyer (or by solicitors acting on their behalf).

 

1.6 A document expressed to be an “Annexure” means a document a copy of which has been identified as such and initialled by or on behalf of the Bridgepoint Sellers, Management Sellers and the Buyer (or by solicitors acting on their behalf).

 

18


1.7 In construing this Agreement, general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things and general words followed by the word “ including ” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.

 

1.8 Without prejudice to the provisions of (i) clause 5.1 below with regard to the joint and several liability of the Management Sellers in relation to the interim covenants set out therein and (ii) clause 8.3 below with regard to the awareness of each Warrantor, the obligations of each Seller under this Agreement (whether as a Seller or as a Warrantor) are entered into individually by that Seller on his own behalf and are made severally and separate from any obligation entered into by any other Seller. Save in respect of the Management Sellers in relation to the interim covenants, no claim can be made against any Seller in respect of any breach of this Agreement by any other Seller other than in respect of that Seller’s own breach.

 

1.9 Any reference in this Agreement to “ £ ” shall be a reference to pounds sterling and any reference in this Agreement to $ ” shall be a reference to US dollars.

 

1.10 References in any Warranty to any monetary sum expressed in US dollars shall, where such sum is referable in whole or part to a particular jurisdiction, be deemed to be a reference to an equivalent amount in the local currency of that jurisdiction translated at the Exchange Rate on the date of this Agreement.

 

1.11 Where it is necessary to determine whether a monetary limit or threshold set out in paragraph 3 or 4 of Schedule 7 ( Limitations on Claims ) has been reached or exceeded (as the case may be) and the value of the relevant claim or any of the relevant claim is expressed in a currency other than US dollars, the value of each such claim shall be translated into US dollars by reference to the Exchange Rate on the date that written notification is sent to the Warrantors Representatives from the Buyer in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 7 of the existence of such claim or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the Business Day immediately preceding such day.

 

1.12 Wherever (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) the Sellers are entitled or obliged to exercise or enforce any right or discretion or to give any direction, consent or notice, save as otherwise expressly provided, such right or discretion may be validly exercised, and such direction, consent or notice may be validly given:

 

  1.12.1 if it is in relation to the Warranties or the Tax Covenant at any time following the Final Retention Release Date, if it is jointly exercised or enforced or given by the Warrantors’ Representatives;

 

  1.12.2 if it is in relation to the Warranties or the Tax Covenant at any time prior to the Final Retention Release Date, if it is jointly exercised, enforced or given by or on behalf of the Sellers’ Representatives and the Warrantors’ Representative; and

 

19


  1.12.3 if it relates to any other matter under this Agreement, if it is exercised, enforced or given by or on behalf of the Sellers’ Representatives (provided that the Sellers’ Representatives shall notify the Sellers of any direction, consent or notice given in accordance with this clause 1.12.3 as soon as reasonably practicable after such direction, consent or notice has been given),

and each of the Sellers acknowledges and confirms to the Warrantors’ Representatives and the Sellers’ Representatives that they shall not assume or be deemed to have assumed any obligations of a fiduciary or other nature to any of the Sellers or Warrantors (as the case may be) as a result of so acting. For the purposes of this clause, the “ Final Retention Release Date ” shall mean the date on which all amounts standing to the credit of the Retention Account have been released to the Buyer or the Bridgepoint Sellers, the Management Sellers and SPP (as applicable) in accordance with clause 10.

 

1.13 Insofar as any loss, damage or other liability of any Warrantor is incurred or increased as a result of any act, omission, agreement, approval, consent or decision of the Warrantors’ Representatives, in each case acting in good faith in the proper execution and discharge of his appointment as Warrantors’ Representative hereunder, the Warrantors’ Representative shall not be responsible for, nor have any liability to any such Warrantor in relation to, any such loss, damage or other liability or such increased loss, damage or other liability.

 

1.14 To the extent that any loss, damage or other liability of any Seller is incurred or increased as a result of any act, omission, agreement, approval, consent, deed or decision of the Sellers’ Representatives or by any deed, agreement, instrument, consent or other document agreed, approved, signed, executed and/or delivered by the Sellers’ Representatives, in each case acting in good faith in the proper execution and discharge of his appointment as a Sellers’ Representative hereunder, a Sellers’ Representative shall not be responsible for, nor have any liability to any such Seller in relation to, any such loss, damage or other liability or such increased loss, damage or other liability.

 

2. SALE OF SHARES

 

2.1 At Completion, the Sellers and the EBT Beneficiaries shall sell and transfer the Shares to the Buyer on the terms and conditions of this Agreement as follows:

 

  2.1.1 each Seller (other than the Trustee Seller) shall sell (or procure to be sold) with full title guarantee the number of Shares set opposite his name in columns (2) to (5) of Part I of Schedule 2, free and clear from Encumbrances;

 

  2.1.2 the Trustee Seller (acting in its capacity as trustee) shall sell (or procure to be sold) the number of Shares set opposite its name in columns (4) to (5) of Part I of Schedule 2, free and clear from Encumbrances; and

 

  2.1.3 the Trustee Seller (acting in its capacity as nominee) shall sell (or procure to be sold) their legal interest in the number of Shares set opposite its name in columns (4) to (5) of Part I of Schedule 2, free and clear from Encumbrances, and the EBT Beneficiaries shall sell (or procure to be sold) their beneficial interest in such Shares, free and clear from Encumbrances,

 

20


and in each case the Buyer shall buy the Shares on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.2 Subject to Completion, the Buyer shall buy the Shares with effect from and including the Completion Date to the intent that as from that date all rights and advantages accruing to the Shares, including any dividends or distributions declared, made or paid on the Shares on or after that date shall belong to the Buyer.

 

2.3 The Buyer shall not be obliged to complete the purchase of any of the Shares unless the sale of all the Shares is completed simultaneously at Completion.

 

2.4 Each Seller waives any rights or restrictions conferred on him which may exist in relation to the transfer of the Shares under the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement, the Articles of Association or otherwise and hereby approves such transfer and, in addition, SPP waives any rights conferred on it which may exist pursuant to the Trading Arrangements in relation to or as a result of the transfer of the Shares under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any termination rights following a change of control) and hereby approves such transfer for all such purposes.

 

3. CONSIDERATION

 

3.1 The Consideration shall comprise in aggregate:

 

  3.1.1 the Cash Consideration, which (subject to clauses 3.9 and 3.10) shall be paid on Completion by or on behalf of the Buyer to the Sellers’ Solicitors and SPP’s Solicitors (as applicable) in accordance with paragraph 1 of Part II of Schedule 5 and apportioned between the Sellers in accordance with clause 3.2.1 below;

 

  3.1.2 the Retention Amount, which shall be paid on Completion by or on behalf of the Buyer into the Retention Account in accordance with paragraph 2 of Part II of Schedule 5 and apportioned between the relevant Sellers in accordance with clause 3.2.2 below; and

 

  3.1.3 the Deferred Consideration (if any), which shall be calculated and shall be payable in accordance with the Deferred Consideration Agreement and apportioned between the relevant Sellers in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

3.2 The Consideration shall be apportioned (as nearly as practicable) between the relevant Sellers as follows:

 

  3.2.1 as regards the Cash Consideration, in the proportions set out opposite their respective names in column (6) of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2;

 

21


  3.2.2 as regards the Retention Amount, in the proportions set out opposite their respective names (if applicable) in column (7) of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2;

 

  3.2.3 as regards the Deferred Consideration (if any) in the proportions set out in the Deferred Consideration Agreement.

 

3.3 Other than in respect of the Retention Amount (which shall be paid by or on behalf of the Buyer into the Retention Account) and subject to clause 3.4, the Sellers and the Buyer agree that any payment by the Buyer due to:

 

  3.3.1 the Sellers (other than SPP) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made to the Sellers’ Solicitors by way of payment to the Sellers’ Solicitors’ Account; and

 

  3.3.2 SPP pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made to SPP’s Solicitors by way of payment to the SPP’s Solicitors’ Account,

in each case which shall constitute a full and valid discharge of the Buyer’s obligation to pay such amount and the Sellers hereby agree that the Sellers’ Solicitors and/or SPP’s Solicitors (as applicable) shall receive any such payment, as agent for the relevant Sellers and the Buyer shall not be concerned with the basis upon which any such payment shall be distributed between the Sellers or be answerable for the loss or misapplication thereof.

 

3.4 SPP hereby directs and authorises the Buyer to deduct from the Cash Consideration payable to it pursuant to clause 3.2.1 an amount equal to the SPP Fees Contribution and to pay such amount to the Sellers’ Solicitors Account on Completion so that the Sellers’ Solicitors can settle any outstanding Sellers’ Fees on behalf of the Sellers.

 

3.5 Except with respect to the Retention Amount and save in respect of any deductions or set-offs from the Deferred Consideration as set out in the Deferred Consideration Agreement, the Buyer shall procure that all monies payable to any Seller under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid in full without any deduction, set-off or counterclaim whatsoever (except as may be required by law, in which case such deduction or withholding shall not exceed the minimum amount required to be deducted or withheld under law except as specifically provided for in this Agreement) and the Buyer irrevocably waives any right to set-off or counterclaim against, or deduct from, any monies owed by it to any Seller.

Cash Consideration payable to the Trustee Seller

 

3.6 On Completion, the Trustee Seller shall apportion any Cash Consideration payable to it under this Agreement:

 

  3.6.1 in its capacity as nominee of the Employee Shares, which it holds legal ownership of on behalf of the EBT Beneficiaries, in accordance with clause 3.7; and

 

  3.6.2 in its capacity as trustee of the EBT Shares, which it holds legal and beneficial ownership of, in accordance with clause 3.8.

 

22


3.7 On Completion, the Trustee Seller shall apportion the Cash Consideration payable to it in relation to the Employee Shares between the EBT Beneficiaries in the proportions set out opposite their names in column (5) of Part III of Schedule 2.

 

3.8 Subject to clause 3.9, and after the deduction of an amount equal to the professional fees of the Trustee Seller (together with the fees of the Trustee Seller’s legal advisers and any other disbursement and expenses in relation to the Trust), on Completion the Trustee Seller shall apportion the Cash Consideration payable to it in relation to the EBT Shares:

 

  3.8.1 firstly between the Bonus Plan Participants in the amounts set out opposite their names in the Completion Bonus Plan Table; and

 

  3.8.2 subject to clause 3.10, secondly, in relation to any Cash Consideration that is not so apportioned, to such Persons as recommended to it by the Trustee Liaison Committee in its absolute discretion between the date of this Agreement and Completion (the “ Further EBT Recipients ”),

and, in each case, if any such apportionment and/or recommendation results in a Target Group Company being required to account to any Taxation Authority for any income tax and/or employee (but not employer) social security contributions or similar in any jurisdiction, (together the “ Employee Tax Liability ”), then it shall be a condition of any payment made pursuant to such apportionment and/or recommendation that an amount equal to the Employee Tax Liability as advised to the Trustee by the Company before the apportionment or recommendation is deducted from such payment and paid by the Trustee Seller, or as the Trustee Seller may direct, to the relevant Target Group Company so that it can account to such Taxation Authority for the Employee Tax Liability. The Trustee Seller agrees and acknowledges that no payment pursuant to such apportionment and/or recommendation shall be made without agreement between the Trustee Seller and the Buyer and/or the relevant Target Group Company of the amount to be deducted from such payment to meet the relevant Employee Tax Liability as advised to it. The Buyer agrees and acknowledges that any recommendation(s) by the Trustee Liaison Committee to the Trustee Seller made in accordance with clause 3.8.2 cannot be revoked or amended by, or at the direction of, the Buyer following Completion. The Buyer agrees that the Trustee Seller shall have no liability under this Agreement or otherwise for any amount in respect of the Employee Tax Liability not advised to it by the Company.

 

3.9 The Trustee Seller hereby directs and authorises the Buyer to deduct the amount of the EBT Loan from the Cash Consideration payable to it in respect of the EBT Shares and apply such amount on behalf of the Trustee Seller in repaying the EBT Loan in full to the Company and the Buyer hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes so to do as soon as reasonably practicable following Completion. The parties agree that such deduction shall constitute full and valid discharge of the Trustee Seller’s obligations to repay the EBT Loan and the Trustee Seller shall not be concerned with the basis upon which any such deduction shall be paid to the Company by the Buyer or be answerable for the loss or misapplication thereof.

 

23


3.10 The Trustee Seller hereby directs and authorises the Buyer to deduct the amount of the Employer Tax Liability from the Cash Consideration payable to it in respect of the apportionment to the Further EBT Recipients and to pay such amount to any relevant Target Group Company so that it can pay to any Taxation Authority (to the extent it is required to do so) any amount in respect of any employer related social security charges arising in connection with the apportionment by the Trustee Seller to the Further EBT Recipients as recommended by the Trustee Liaison Committee in accordance with clause 3.8.2. The Buyer agrees that the Trustee Seller shall have no liability under this Agreement or otherwise for any amount in respect of the Employer Tax Liability not advised to it by the Company.

 

4. CONDITION

 

4.1 Completion is conditional upon the satisfaction or waiver of the Condition set out in Schedule 4.

 

4.2 The Buyer, the Company, the Borrower and the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller) severally agree to use all reasonable commercial endeavours to procure that the Condition set out in Schedule 4 of this Agreement is satisfied (but solely as to the delivery of information with respect to themselves) as soon as reasonably practicable after the date hereof but in no event later than 15 August 2014.

 

4.3 The Buyer and the Borrower severally agree to each use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Marketing Period (as defined in the Debt Commitment Letter and solely as to the information each of them is required to provide with respect to the Guarantor) is completed as soon as reasonably possible after the date of this Agreement but in no event later than 15 August 2014.

 

4.4 If by 5:30 p.m. on the Long Stop Date, the Condition shall not have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller) and the Buyer, this Agreement shall have no further force or effect and no Party shall have any liability in respect of it except as regards any antecedent breach and save that this clause 4.4 and clauses 1 (Definitions and Interpretation), 12 (Confidentiality), 13 (Announcements), 14 (Costs), 16 (Applicable law and jurisdiction), 17 (General) and 18 (Notices) shall continue in full force and effect.

 

5. INTERIM PERIOD

 

5.1

From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and Completion, (i) each of the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP and the Trustee Seller severally agrees to exercise its rights as a shareholder and/or as a director of the Company or as a director of any other Target Group Company, so far as it is reasonably able to do so; (ii) each Management Seller jointly and severally agrees to procure; and (iii) the Company agrees to procure in each case that the business of each Target Group Company is carried on in the

 

24


  ordinary and usual course in all material respects (in the context of the Business taken as a whole) and that no Target Group Company shall, except with the prior written consent of the Buyer:

 

  5.1.1 cause or permit any amendments to its constitutional documents;

 

  5.1.2 admit any Person as a shareholder (whether by subscription, transfer or transmission) or issue or grant or agree to issue or grant any shares or any other securities;

 

  5.1.3 make any increase or reduction or other alteration whatsoever (including by way of redemption, purchase, sub-division, consolidation or redesignation) of its share capital or grant any option to subscribe for or acquire any of its shares or issue any securities convertible into any of its shares;

 

  5.1.4 declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect of its profits, assets or reserves or in any other way reduce its reserves;

 

  5.1.5 grant, create or allow to arise any Encumbrance over its assets (other than charges arising by operation of law or which arise in the ordinary and usual course of trading);

 

  5.1.6 borrow any monies or incur any indebtedness other than in the ordinary and usual course of trading and save where required pursuant to clause 6.4;

 

  5.1.7 other than in the ordinary and usual course of trading, sell, license or otherwise dispose of any material asset or part of the undertaking of the Company or any other Target Group Company or acquire any material assets, business or undertaking (in the context of the Business taken as a whole);

 

  5.1.8 incorporate or liquidate any subsidiary undertaking or effect any hive-up or hive-down or any corporate reorganisation (provided always that the liquidation of STS GmbH and the striking off of SPTS Technologies PTY Ltd. shall both be deemed to have been consented to by the Buyer for the purposes of this clause 5.1);

 

  5.1.9 acquire or dispose of any freehold or leasehold property;

 

  5.1.10 make any offer to engage any new employee at an annual salary per employee in excess of $120,000 (on the basis of full-time employment);

 

  5.1.11 (other than in relation to a salary review in accordance with the ordinary course of business) amend the terms and conditions of employment or engagement of a Senior Employee (including the rights of such Senior Employee to receive bonus and other benefits) other than to reflect changes in law;

 

25


  5.1.12 enter into any transaction with any Seller or Related Person or Affiliate of any Seller other than in relation to the Trading Arrangements;

 

  5.1.13 make any loan to any Person (other than the granting of trade credit in the ordinary course or the permitting of customer evaluations of tools in the ordinary course);

 

  5.1.14 commence any Legal Proceedings other than (i) in relation to the collection of debts in the ordinary course; or (ii) in such cases where the Target Group determines in good faith that failure to commence Legal Proceedings would result in the material impairment of the Business taken as a whole, provided that, to the extent reasonably practicable, it consults with the Buyer prior to the commencement of such Legal Proceedings;

 

  5.1.15 save as the same may exist at the date of this Agreement under the Articles of Association or the Existing Shareholders Agreement, create any Encumbrance over the Shares,

 

  5.1.16 transfer or license to any Person any Intellectual Property Rights (other than in the ordinary course of business in connection with the sale of any of the Target Group’s products or services);

 

  5.1.17 enter into or amend any agreement (which is material in the context of the Business taken as a whole) in accordance with which any other party is granted marketing or other distribution rights of any type or scope with respect to any of the Target Group’s products or technology;

 

  5.1.18 make capital expenditures or commitments, capital additions or capital improvements in excess of $250,000 in aggregate (excluding expenditure in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, relating to customer evaluations or relating to tools for use with the Target Group’s demonstration laboratories);

 

  5.1.19 materially reduce the level of any insurance coverage provided by the Target Group’s current insurance policies (for the avoidance of doubt the placement of the Run-off Policy by the Target Group shall be deemed to have been consented to for the purposes of this clause 5.1);

 

  5.1.20 unless required by applicable law, enter into any collective bargaining agreement;

 

  5.1.21 terminate the Contract of any Senior Employee (save for cause and subject to following all due process required by the law applicable to the Contract) or induce or persuade any such Senior Employee to resign;

 

26


  5.1.22 make any advances to, or any investments in or capital contributions to, any Person, or forgive or discharge in whole or in part any Indebtedness (other than (i) in relation to the discharge of bad or doubtful debts in the ordinary course or (ii) in the ordinary course of business);

 

  5.1.23 acquire any additional shares in BluGlass Limited (an Australian public company limited by shares which is listed on the Australian Stock Exchange);

 

  5.1.24 make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, file any material Tax return or any amendment to a material Tax return, enter into any closing agreement in respect of Taxes, settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any Tax return or the payment of any Tax, if such action would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability of the Company or any Subsidiary for any period ending after the Completion Date or decreasing any Tax attribute of the Company or any Subsidiary existing on the Completion Date; or

 

  5.1.25 other than such portion of the Cash Consideration which may be payable to the Bonus Plan Participants and/or the Further EBT Recipients as contemplated by this Agreement, pay any transaction bonus to any directors, officers or employees of any Target Group Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder,

or agree to do any of the foregoing.

 

5.2 From the date of this Agreement until Completion, each Seller (other than SPP and the Trustee Seller) severally agrees to exercise its rights as a shareholder and/or as a director of the Company or as a director of any other Target Group Company, so far as it is reasonably able to do so, to procure that the Company shall:

 

  5.2.1 permit and allow, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, the Buyer and its accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access to all of the Target Group’s properties, books, Contracts, commitments and records and all such other information concerning the Business, Properties and personnel of the Target Group as the Buyer may reasonably request; and

 

  5.2.2 provide to the Buyer and its accountants, counsel and other representatives true, correct and complete copies of internal financial statements as soon as reasonably practicable upon written request,

provided that no information or knowledge obtained in any investigation in accordance with this clause 5.2 shall affect or be deemed to modify any of the Warranties, any of the Seller Warranties, or the Condition.

 

27


5.3 In the event that prior to the Completion Date: (i) a legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition arises or occurs that prevents or makes illegal the acquisition of the Shares by the Buyer; or (ii) an injunction or other order preventing or making illegal the acquisition of the Shares by the Buyer shall have been issued by a Governmental Entity (each of (i) and (ii) a “Legal Restraint” ):

 

  5.3.1 the Buyer at its own expense shall use all its reasonable efforts to have such Legal Restraint lifted, annulled, rescinded or revoked;

 

  5.3.2 each of the Company and the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller and SPP) shall and shall so far as it is reasonably able procure that each Target Group Company shall (in each case at the expense of the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller and SPP)) use all their reasonable endeavours to have such Legal Restraint lifted, annulled, rescinded or revoked and provide as promptly as reasonably practicable any information or documentary material that may reasonably be requested by the Buyer in connection with the lifting, annulment, rescission or revocation of such Legal Restraint; and

 

  5.3.3 unless the Sellers’ Representatives and Buyer agree otherwise in writing, Completion may be deferred to such later date (not being later than the Long Stop Date) as may be reasonably necessary to enable such Legal Restraint to be lifted, annulled, rescinded or revoked.

 

5.4 In the event a Governmental Entity issues a request for information or documentary material (a “ Request ”) to any of the Buyer, the Sellers, or any Target Group Company in connection with the sale and purchase of the Shares under this Agreement then, unless otherwise agreed in writing by both the Buyer and the Sellers Representative, (i) the Buyer at its own expense; and (ii) the Company and the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller and SPP) shall and shall procure that each Target Group Company shall (at the expense of the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller and SPP)):

 

  5.4.1 cooperate to supply as promptly as reasonably practicable any such information and documentary material that may be requested by the relevant Governmental Entity;

 

  5.4.2 to the extent permitted by law, keep each other fully informed as to all material developments relating to such Request, including (without limitation) all material dealings with any Governmental Entity in connection with such Request; and;

 

  5.4.3 to the extent permitted by law, provide each other with copies of all material communications with or from any Governmental Entity in connection with such Request or, where the relevant communication has been made orally, with a summary of it as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 5 Business Days of receipt;

 

28


  5.4.4 where reasonably practicable, use reasonable endeavours to ensure that their legal and financial advisers are able to attend or otherwise participate in all meetings or discussions (including, without limitation, pre-scheduled telephone or other conversations) with any Governmental Entity relating to any such Request and, if appropriate, to make oral submissions at such meetings or discussions.

 

5.5 From the date of this Agreement until Completion:

 

  5.5.1 subject to clause 5.6, neither the Company, any Target Group Company, the Sellers nor the Buyer shall directly or indirectly communicate with, whether in writing or otherwise, any Merger Control Authority without the prior written consent of the Buyer (with respect to the Company, any Target Group Company or the Sellers) or of the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller and SPP) (with respect to the Buyer), no such consent to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

 

  5.5.2 the Company and the Sellers shall use reasonable endeavours to provide the Buyer with such assistance and information as it may reasonably request in order to obtain consent from the counterparties to the agreements listed in Schedule 10 to the change of control of the Company which Completion would represent.

 

5.6 The obligation in clause 5.5.1 shall not apply in respect of a party’s communications with a Merger Control Authority pursuant to a Request.

 

5.7 Nothing in clause 5.1 shall restrict any Seller or Target Group Company from taking any action pursuant to the terms of or as contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

5.8 Not less than 3 Business Days prior to Completion the Company shall procure that the Buyer is sent:

 

  5.8.1 the Completion Bonus Plan Table;

 

  5.8.2 the list of Further EBT Recipients (in accordance with clause 3.8.2);

 

  5.8.3 confirmation of the amount of the EBT Loan, the Employee Tax Liability (to the extent known) and the Employer Tax Liability (in accordance with clauses 3.8, 3.9 and 3.10 respectively).

 

5.9 Company Co-operation in Relation to Debt Financing

 

  5.9.1

From the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the Completion Date and (ii) termination of this Agreement pursuant to clause 7.1, the Company shall and shall cause the Subsidiaries (and the Sellers (other than SPP and the Trustee

 

29


  Seller) shall severally use their commercially reasonable endeavours to cause the Company and the Subsidiaries) to procure the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ representatives to provide, the Buyer with such cooperation as and to the extent reasonably requested by the Buyer in connection with the arrangement of any Financing, including (in each case to the extent reasonably requested and at the reasonable cost and expense of Buyer):

 

  5.9.1.1 participating, upon reasonable advance notice, in a reasonable number of meetings, presentations, road shows, rating agency presentations and drafting sessions, and participating in reasonable and customary due diligence, in each case with or by the Financing Sources (or prospective lenders or investors in any Financing);

 

  5.9.1.2 furnishing the Buyer (for onwards transmission to the Financing Sources), as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, with the Required Information that is Compliant;

 

  5.9.1.3 assisting the Buyer and the Financing Sources in the preparation of customary syndication documents and materials (including assistance in creating usual and customary “public versions” of the foregoing), including a confidential information memorandum, lender presentations and rating agency presentations, in connection with the arrangement of any Financing (all of the foregoing collectively, the “ Marketing Documents ”), including providing the Required Information in a format for inclusion in the Marketing Documents, in each case with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the Company providing a duly executed copy of the Financing Authorisation Letter to the Guarantor and the parties thereto;

 

  5.9.1.4 using its commercially reasonable endeavours to cause its current or former independent accountants to cooperate with the Company and the Buyer as part of the Buyer and its affiliates arranging any Financing, including (i) to participate in a reasonable number of accounting due diligence calls and providing reasonable assistance with the due diligence process; and (ii) completing all procedures necessary to facilitate the Guarantor furnishing the Company’s financial statements on a Form 6-K submitted to the SEC;

 

  5.9.1.5

executing and delivering as of (but not effective before) the Completion Date definitive financing documents, including credit agreements, intercreditor agreements, pledge and security documents, and certificates, or other documents, to the extent reasonably requested by the Buyer and otherwise facilitating the granting or perfection of collateral to secure any Financing, including delivery of certificates representing equity interests constituting collateral,

 

30


  intellectual property filings with respect to intellectual property constituting collateral and mortgages with respect to owned real property constituting collateral and obtaining releases of existing Encumbrances; provided that the effectiveness of any definitive documentation executed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be subject to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  5.9.1.6 furnishing the Buyer and any Financing Sources promptly, and in any event at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Completion Date, with all documentation and other information required by any Governmental Entity with respect to any Financing under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the U.S. Patriot Act, in each case, to the extent that such documentation and information has been reasonably requested in writing at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the Completion Date;

 

  5.9.1.7 ensuring that, other than as agreed by the Buyer and the Financing Sources, there is no competing offering, placement, arrangement or syndication of any debt securities or bank financing (other than the Financing, obtaining consents under indebtedness of any Target Group Company pursuant to the Facilities Agreement with Barclays Bank plc and HSBC Bank plc and to the extent entered into in the ordinary course of the Guarantor’s or the Company’s business) or announcement thereof; and

 

  5.9.1.8 taking all corporate actions, subject to and only effective upon the occurrence of Completion reasonably requested by the Buyer to permit the consummation of any Financing and to permit the proceeds thereof to be made available to the Sellers immediately after Completion.

 

  5.9.2 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary it is agreed that in relation to the co-operation referred to in clause 5.9.1;

 

  5.9.2.1 neither the Sellers, the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or representatives shall be required to take any action that would cause it to bear any out-of-pocket cost or expense (not otherwise subject to reimbursement) or to pay any commitment or other similar fee or make any other similar payment or incur any other monetary liability or provide or agree to provide any indemnity in connection with the Financing or any of the foregoing, in each case, to the extent effective prior to Completion;

 

31


  5.9.2.2 neither the Sellers, the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or representatives shall be required to take any action under this clause 5.9 that would interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

 

  5.9.2.3 neither the Sellers, the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or representatives shall be required to take any action that will conflict with or violate their respective constitutional documents or result in the contravention of any Contract (other than the Facilities Agreement) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole prior to Completion, provided always that if any action does conflict with or violate such constitutional documents, the Sellers agree (subject always to the provisions of clause 5.9.2) to use all reasonable endeavours to amend such constitutional documents);

 

  5.9.2.4 nothing in this Agreement shall require any such co-operation to the extent it would result in any officer, director or manager of any Seller, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurring any personal liability with respect relating to the Financing;

 

  5.9.2.5 nothing in this Agreement shall require any director, officer or manager of any Seller, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to take (or omit to take) any action which is contrary to their fiduciary duties as officers, directors or managers acting in good faith and/or on the advice of legal advisers acting for such individuals or organisations.

 

  5.9.3 The Company hereby consents to the reasonable use of its and its Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the marketing of any Financing; provided that such logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to, and is not reasonably likely to harm or disparage the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the reputation or goodwill of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its or their respective marks, products, services, offerings or Intellectual Property Rights.

 

  5.9.4 Each Seller (other than the Trustee Seller and SPP) severally agrees to use their reasonable endeavours to procure that the Company and its Subsidiaries periodically update any Required Information provided to the Buyer as may be necessary so that such Required Information is, so far as such Seller is actually aware, Compliant.

 

  5.9.5

The Company agrees to use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Required Information is Compliant at all times throughout the Marketing Period, and, if at any time during the Marketing Period the Company becomes aware that any Required information is not Compliant, then the Company

 

32


  agrees to promptly notify Buyer that the Required Information is not Compliant and to use all reasonable endeavours to promptly update the Required Information so that it is Compliant as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  5.9.6 For the avoidance of doubt, no breach by the Sellers or any Target Group Company of this clause 5.9 shall entitle the Buyer (or, pursuant to clause 17.16, the Guarantor) to terminate this Agreement and the Buyer’s sole remedy for breach shall be an action for damages other than any such breach that relates to or causes a failure of the Condition.

 

6. COMPLETION

 

6.1 Completion shall take place at the offices of the Sellers’ Solicitors on the later of (i) 28 July 2014; and (ii) the fifth Business Day immediately following the day on which the Condition has become satisfied or been waived, provided always that the Buyer may at any time prior to the sixth Business Day prior to the Long Stop Date and in its sole discretion, give the Sellers’ Representatives 5 Business Days’ notice that Completion shall take place, in which event Completion shall take place on the fifth Business Day following such notice.

 

6.2 On Completion, the Sellers and the Buyer shall each perform their respective obligations in relation to the sale and purchase of the Shares in accordance with and as set out in Schedule 5 and shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the items set forth in Schedule 5.

 

6.3 Immediately following Completion, the Buyer shall procure:

 

  6.3.1 the repayment (by the relevant Target Group Company) of the Bank Indebtedness in accordance with paragraph 3 of Part II of Schedule 5 or otherwise reach agreement with respect to repayment of the Bank Indebtedness with Barclays Bank plc and/or HSBC Bank plc; and

 

  6.3.2 the redemption by the Company of the SPP Loan Notes in the nominal amount set out in column (4) of Part II of Schedule 2 in accordance with Part II of Schedule 5 and the redemption by SPTS Technologies Holdings Limited of the Bridgepoint Loan Notes in the nominal amounts set out in columns (2) and (3) (as applicable) of Part II of Schedule 2 and together with all interest accrued thereon and amounts payable in relation thereto in accordance with Part II of Schedule 5.

 

6.4 The Sellers shall, at the Buyer’s request, use their reasonable endeavours and shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that the Target Group Companies shall, assist the Buyer as shall reasonably be required, to reach an agreement with Barclays Bank plc and/or HSBC Bank plc with respect to leaving the Bank Indebtedness in place in accordance with the terms of the Facilities Agreement following Completion in the same manner as if the Sellers remained the owners of the Shares.

 

33


7. TERMINATION

Termination Events

 

7.1 If the Buyer shall before Completion become aware of any of the following:

 

  7.1.1 a Material Adverse Change having occurred;

 

  7.1.2 a material breach of one or more of the undertakings given pursuant to clause 5.1 in respect of the period between the date of this Agreement and Completion and, where such material breach is capable of remedy, it has not been remedied at the expense of the Sellers on or before Completion; or

 

  7.1.3 a Legal Restraint that will not be or is not capable of being lifted, annulled, rescinded or revoked (in accordance with clause 5.3) by the Long Stop Date,

(each a “ Termination Event ”), the Buyer may at any time before Completion (subject always to allowing the Sellers the opportunity to remedy any breach of clause 5.1 in accordance with clause 7.1.3), terminate this Agreement by giving notice in writing to the Sellers’ Representatives. For the avoidance of doubt, the Buyer’s only rights to terminate this Agreement shall be restricted to (i) a Termination Event having occurred in accordance with this clause 7.1; (ii) the provisions of clause 7.2; or (iii) the provisions of clause 4.4.

Failure to Complete

 

7.2 If on the Completion Date any Seller or the Company shall fail to comply with its obligations under Schedule 5 ( Completion and Delivery Obligations ), the Buyer may (provided it is willing and able to comply with its obligations therein) by notice in writing to the Sellers’ Representative:

 

  7.2.1 defer Completion to a date not more than 10 Business Days following the Completion Date but provided such date is on or prior to the Long Stop Date (and the provisions of this clause 7 shall apply to Completion as so deferred); or

 

  7.2.2 proceed to Completion so far as practicable but without prejudice to its rights under this Agreement; or

 

  7.2.3 provided it has deferred Completion at least once pursuant to clause 7.2.1 or if Completion cannot be deferred pursuant to this clause to a date falling on or prior to the Long Stop Date, terminate this Agreement.

 

7.3 If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this clause 7 it shall have no further force or effect and no party shall have any liability in respect of it except as regards any antecedent breach (excluding for these purposes any breach in relation to the Warranties) and save that the provisions of clauses 1 ( Definitions and Interpretation ), 12 ( Confidentiality ), 13 ( Announcements ), 14 ( Costs ), 16 ( Applicable law and jurisdiction ), 17 ( General ) and 18 ( Notices ) shall continue in full force and effect.

 

34


8. WARRANTIES

 

8.1 The Warrantors, upon the execution of this Agreement, severally warrant to the Buyer in the terms of the Warranties.

 

8.2 Each Warranty is given subject to the Disclosed Matters and to the limitations in Schedule 7, provided that none of the limitations in Schedule 7 shall apply if any Warrantor wilfully or fraudulently makes or wilfully or fraudulently omits to make a disclosure in the Disclosure Letter in such a way as to render any Warranty (when read with the Disclosure Letter) misleading or deceptive. For this purpose and for all purposes under this Agreement, the expression “ disclosed ” means fairly disclosed (including, without limitation, by way of an express internal cross reference to Disclosure Documents in the Disclosure Letter) in such manner as would enable the Buyer to make a reasonably informed assessment of the matter concerned.

 

8.3 Where any statement in the Warranties is qualified by the expression “to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the Warrantors” or “so far as the Warrantors are aware” or any similar expression, each Warrantor shall be deemed to include the knowledge of anything of which he is actually aware having made due and careful enquiries of each other Warrantor, Henry Nothhaft and Richard Craven, but without having made any additional enquiry (and any constructive or imputed knowledge of any Warrantor shall be expressly excluded from such statement or expression).

 

8.4 Each Warranty which is expressed to be given in relation to the Company shall also be deemed to be given in relation to each of the other members of the Target Group as if it had been repeated with respect to each such member naming it in place of the Company throughout. For the avoidance of doubt, each Warranty given in relation to the Company shall not be deemed to be given with respect to any company in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest but which is not a member of the Target Group.

 

8.5 In applying (in accordance with clause 8.4) any Warranty to any Target Group Company which is not a company incorporated in England or to any Property which is not located in England, any reference to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official, Tax or any legal concept or thing shall be deemed to include what most nearly approximates that English legal term in the relevant jurisdiction and any reference to any English statute, regulation, order or other statutory provision shall be deemed to include what most nearly approximates that statute, regulation, order or other statutory provision in the relevant jurisdiction.

 

8.6 For the avoidance of doubt, no warranty, express or implied, is given in relation to any expression of opinion, intention or expectation or any forecast or projection contained or referred to in the Disclosure Documents, the Information Memorandum and the Vendor Due Diligence Reports.

 

35


8.7 The Warranties and the Seller Warranties shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding Completion.

 

8.8 Each Warranty and each Seller Warranty shall be separate and independent and no Warranty or Seller Warranty shall be limited by reference to any other Warranty or Seller Warranty.

Sellers’ Warranties

 

8.9 Each of the Sellers (other than the Trustee Seller), in each case severally and in respect of itself, himself or herself only warrants to the Buyer as at the date of this Agreement and immediately prior to Completion that:

 

  8.9.1 to the extent such Seller is a corporation, trust or limited partnership, it is validly existing, and, where such concept is applicable, is in good standing, under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation;

 

  8.9.2 it has full capacity, power and authority and has obtained all necessary consents to enter into and perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Transaction Documents and that such obligations are legal, valid and binding and enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their respective terms;

 

  8.9.3 the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document will not:

 

  8.9.3.1 result in a breach of, or constitute a default under (with or without notice, lapse of fine, or both), any Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or

 

  8.9.3.2 result in a breach of any law or order, judgment or decree of any court, governmental agency or regulatory body to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or

 

  8.9.3.3 in the case of a Seller who is not an individual, conflict with, or result in a violation of or default under its constitutional documents (including, without limitation and to the extent applicable, its articles of association).

 

  8.9.4

the number of Shares set opposite its name in columns (2) to (5) of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2 are, solely, legally and beneficially owned by it (or, in the case of the Bridgepoint Sellers, are legally owned by the nominee of the relevant Bridgepoint Funds) and are free and clear from any and all Encumbrances (other than such Encumbrances as are contained in the Articles or Association and/or the Existing Shareholders Agreement) and, save as expressly set out in the Articles of Association, such Seller has not granted, and shall not grant, any rights to purchase, and, save as expressly set out in the

 

36


  Articles of Association, has no obligation to transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, such Shares to any other Person. The Shares registered in its name are fully paid, and it is able to sell and transfer (or procure the transfer of) the full legal and beneficial ownership of such Shares on the terms set out in this Agreement;

 

  8.9.5 in the case of the Bridgepoint Sellers, the number of Loan Notes set out opposite its name (or the name of its nominee) in columns (2) and (3) of the table set out in Part II of Schedule 2 are beneficially owned by it and are legally owned by it (or its nominee) free and clear from any and all Encumbrances (other than such Encumbrances as are contained in the Existing Shareholders Agreement and/or the loan note instruments constituting the Bridgepoint Loan Notes) and such Bridgepoint Seller has not granted, and shall not grant, any rights to purchase, and has no obligation to transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of such Loan Notes to any other Person;

 

  8.9.6 in the case of SPP, the number of Loan Notes set out opposite its name in column (4) of the table set out in Part II of Schedule 2 are beneficially owned by it and are legally owned by it free from any and all Encumbrances (other than such Encumbrances as are contained in the Existing Shareholders Agreement and/or the loan note instrument constituting the SPP Loan Notes) and SPP has not granted, and shall not grant, any rights to purchase, and has no obligation to transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, such Loan Notes to any other Person;

 

  8.9.7 the Shares set opposite his/her or its name in columns (2) to (5) of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2 constitute all of the Shares of the Company owned, legally and/or beneficially, by such Seller, and such Seller has no other rights to acquire any securities of the Company or any other Target Group Company;

 

  8.9.8 there are no Legal Proceedings outstanding or pending or (so far as such Seller is actually aware) threatened against or affecting such Seller that would reasonably be expected to (a) prevent such Seller from executing and delivering the Transaction Documents, or performing such Seller’s obligations pursuant to, or observing any of the terms and provisions of, the Transaction Documents, or (b) adversely affect the performance by such Seller of its obligations pursuant to, or the observance by such Seller of any of the terms and provisions of, the Transaction Documents;

 

  8.9.9 such Seller and any such Seller’s Related Persons, is not indebted to any Target Group Company;

 

  8.9.10

save in respect of William Johnson in his role as a director and shareholder of BluGlass Limited, such Seller and such Seller’s Related Persons does not engage in any activity which competes directly or, so far as the Seller is aware,

 

37


  indirectly with that of any Target Group Company or directly or indirectly owns any interest in any entity which is a competitor of any Target Group Company;

 

  8.9.11 such Seller and such Seller’s Related Person’s does not have any interest in any Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property or in any other assets, technology or Know-how used or held by the Company or any Target Group Company or which is required for the Company or any Target Group Company to operate its business as currently conducted;

 

  8.9.12 other than the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement, which will be terminated on Completion, the Articles of Association and the Transaction Documents, there are no Contracts to which the Seller is a party or bound with respect to his shareholding in the Company;

 

  8.9.13 it does not have any claims or rights or causes of action against any Target Group Company and no Target Group Company has any monetary obligation or debt to it, other than in respect of:

 

  8.9.13.1 any Permitted Leakage; and

 

  8.9.13.2 in relation to any Management Seller who is an employee or officer of any Target Group Company, in respect of accrued but unpaid salary or bonus entitlement, paid holiday entitlement (if any), expenses reasonably incurred in the performance of his duties and any other benefits under his contract of employment or to which he is otherwise entitled, in each case to the extent such contract and entitlements are disclosed,

and such Seller hereby waives (and shall procure that its Related Parties shall waive), with immediate effect, any claims or rights or causes of action they may have against any Target Group Company in respect of such claims, rights and causes of action (except those expressly excluded).

 

8.10 The Trustee Seller warrants to the Buyer as at the date of this Agreement and immediately prior to Completion that:

 

  8.10.1 it has full power and authority and has obtained all necessary consents to enter into and perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Transaction Documents (and any other Contract required to be entered into by him in connection with this Agreement);

 

38


  8.10.2 the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each such other Contract will not:

 

  8.10.2.1 result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or

 

  8.10.2.2 result in a breach of any law or order, judgment or decree of any court, governmental agency or regulatory body to which it is a party or by which it is bound;

 

  8.10.3 such obligations are legal, valid and binding and enforceable against it in accordance with their terms;

 

  8.10.4 the EBT Shares are legally and beneficially owned by it, are free from all Encumbrances and are fully paid up and the Employee Shares are legally owned by it, fully paid up and such title is free from all Encumbrances; and

 

  8.10.5 the EBT Shares constitute all of the Shares of the Company owned, legally and beneficially, by it and it has no other rights to acquire any securities of the Company or any other Target Group Company.

 

8.11 Each Bridgepoint Seller, SPP and each Management Seller irrevocably waives any right of contribution or indemnity or other claim which it may have against any Target Group Company or any of its directors, officers or employees in respect of any breach by the Company of its covenants or undertakings in this Agreement or in respect of any misrepresentation, inaccuracy or omission in or from any information or advice given by it or any of its directors, officers or employees to such Seller to enable it to give any of the Warranties (if applicable) or to prepare the Disclosure Letter or to assume any of the obligations assumed or to be assumed by it under or pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents.

Warrantors’ Representatives

 

8.12 Each Warrantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Warrantors’ Representatives to act jointly as his agent (and to the complete exclusion of any rights which the Warrantors may have in such regard) with full authority to:

 

  8.12.1 take all actions in exercise of that Warrantor’s rights, and take (on that Warrantor’s behalf) all actions contemplated in Schedule 7;

 

  8.12.2 agree any matter referred to or contemplated in Schedule 7 and any matter which is connected with, in anticipation of or related, consequential or ancillary to any such matter; and

 

  8.12.3 do or omit anything, incur any costs, give any consent or approval and agree the form and content of, and approve, sign, execute and/or deliver, any deed, agreement, instrument, consent or other document pursuant to, contemplated by or in relation to Schedule 7,

 

39


in each case, as the Warrantors’ Representatives, acting in good faith, considers necessary or desirable. Each Warrantor hereby agrees to be bound by each act, omission, agreement, approval, consent, deed and decision of the Warrantors’ Representatives and by each deed, agreement, instrument, consent or other document agreed, approved, signed, executed and/or delivered by the Warrantors’ Representatives.

 

8.13 Insofar as any loss, damage or other liability of any Warrantor is incurred or increased as a result of any act, omission, agreement, approval, consent, deed or decision of the Warrantors’ Representatives or by any deed, agreement, instrument, consent or other document agreed, approved, signed, executed and/or delivered by the Warrantors’ Representatives, in each case acting in good faith in the proper execution and discharge of his appointment as Warrantors’ Representative hereunder, a Warrantors’ Representative shall not be responsible for, nor have any liability to any such Warrantor in relation to, any such loss, damage or other liability or such increased loss, damage or other liability.

 

8.14 All rights, acts, omissions, agreements, approvals, consents, deeds and decisions of the Warrantors and/or the Warrantors’ Representatives under, or contemplated by, Schedule 7 and all deeds, agreements, instruments, consents and other documents agreed, approved, signed, executed and/or delivered by the Warrantors and/or jointly by the Warrantors’ Representatives under Schedule 7 or contemplated by Schedule 7 as being so agreed, approved, signed, executed and/or delivered may, for all purposes of this Agreement, be regarded as having been validly exercised, done, omitted, agreed, approved of, consented to, decided, signed, executed or delivered if exercised, done, omitted, agreed, approved of, consented to, decided, signed, executed or delivered by the Warrantors’ Representatives.

 

8.15 Each Warrantor irrevocably agrees that:

 

  8.15.1 any notice or other communication to be given to it is deemed to have been properly given if it is given to the Warrantors’ Representatives in accordance with clause 18 (whether or not such notice is forwarded to or received by such Warrantor); and

 

  8.15.2 failure by the Warrantors’ Representatives to notify it of the process will not invalidate the legal action or proceedings concerned.

 

8.16 Each of the Warrantors irrevocably:

 

  8.16.1 undertakes to the Buyer that the Warrantors’ Representatives has and shall retain the authority to bind it in relation to each matter referred to in clause 8.14 (“ Relevant Matter ”);

 

  8.16.2 agrees that the Buyer shall be entitled to rely on any notice or communication in writing provided by the Warrantors’ Representatives in relation to any Relevant Matter as binding on it;

 

40


  8.16.3 agrees that any notice or communication in writing by the Warrantors’ Representatives to the Buyer in relation to any Relevant Matter shall be deemed (unless the context requires otherwise) to be provided by the Warrantors’ Representative as agent for all of the Warrantors; and

 

  8.16.4 agrees that any irrecoverable costs and expenses incurred by the Warrantors’ Representatives in defending any claims under the Warranties will be borne in the proportions set out in column (3) of the table at paragraph 3.3 of Schedule 7.

 

8.17 The Buyer agrees that all acts, omissions, agreements, approvals, consents, deeds and decisions of the Warrantors’ Representatives under, or contemplated by, Schedule 7 and all deeds, agreements, instruments, consents and other documents jointly agreed, approved, signed, executed and/or delivered by the Warrantors’ Representatives thereunder or contemplated thereby shall be as valid and effective for all purposes of this Agreement as if the same had been effected by each of the Warrantors, provided always that nothing in this clause shall affect any claim which the Buyer might have against any party to this Agreement or a Warrantors’ Representative for breach of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

8.18 The first Warrantors’ Representatives shall be William Johnson, Kevin Crofton and Richard Rees and each of William Johnson, Kevin Crofton and Richard Rees hereby confirms that he is willing to act as a Warrantors’ Representative. In the event that William Johnson, Kevin Crofton or Richard Rees dies or becomes mentally or physically incapacitated or is otherwise unable or unwilling to act as a Warrantors’ Representative, the relevant replacement Warrantors’ Representative shall thereupon be such Person as a Majority of the Warrantors may appoint or, if they fail to appoint such a replacement Warrantors’ Representative, such Person as appointed by the Sellers’ Representative at the request of the Buyer (provided that such Person is a Warrantor). In this clause, “ Majority of the Warrantors ” means a majority in number of the Warrantors (excluding William Johnson, Kevin Crofton and Richard Rees (as applicable)) who are still alive and mentally capable at the time of such appointment.

Buyer’s warranties

 

8.19 The Buyer confirms to the Warrantors, the Bridgepoint Sellers and SPP that, apart from the Disclosed Matters, neither it nor any other member of the Buyer Group is actually aware of any fact, matter, event or circumstance which constitutes a breach of Warranty as at the date of this Agreement. For this purpose, the Buyer and the relevant members of the Buyer Group shall be deemed to be actually aware of anything of which any member of the Buyer Deal Team is actually aware (but otherwise any constructive or imputed knowledge of any Person shall be expressly excluded from the Buyer’s awareness).

 

8.20

The Buyer warrants to the Sellers as at the date of this Agreement and immediately prior to Completion that it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of England and Wales and that it has full power and authority and has obtained all necessary consents to enter into and

 

41


  perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Transaction Documents, that the obligations expressed to be assumed by it hereunder are legal, valid and binding and enforceable against it in accordance with their terms and that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each such other Transaction Document will not:

 

  8.20.1 result in a breach of, or constitute a default under (with or without notice, lapse of time, or both), any Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or

 

  8.20.2 result in a breach of any law or order, judgment or decree of any court, governmental agency or regulatory body to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or

 

  8.20.3 conflict with, or result in a violation of or default under its memorandum, articles of association or bylaws (or equivalent constitutional documents).

Buyer Financing Warranties and Undertakings

 

8.21 Financing

The Buyer warrants and undertakes to the Sellers as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

  8.21.1 it will have available to it at Completion, subject to the closing under the Debt Commitment Letter, sufficient cash to pay the aggregate Cash Consideration and Retention Amount and any other amounts (other than the Deferred Consideration) required to be paid by the Buyer in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby to which it is a party and to pay all related fees and expenses of the Buyer, and there is no restriction on the use of such cash for such purposes;

 

  8.21.2 it has delivered to the Company a true, complete and correct copy, including all exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto, of the fully executed commitment letter, dated as of the date hereof, from the Commitment Parties to the Borrower (the “ Debt Commitment Letter ”), pursuant to which the Commitment Parties have committed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (subject to any “market flex” provisions included in the fee letter dated the date hereof referred to therein (the “ Fee Letter ”), a true and complete copy of which has been delivered to the Company with fees, economic terms and other customary provisions redacted), to provide the financing set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter (the “ Debt Financing ” and together with any equity or other financing obtained to pay a portion of the Consideration, the “ Financing ”);

 

  8.21.3 it will promptly notify the Sellers if the respective commitments contained in the Debt Commitment Letter are withdrawn, terminated or rescinded in any respect after the date of this Agreement;

 

42


  8.21.4 as of the date of this Agreement, the Debt Commitment Letter is in full force and effect and represents a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Borrower and, to the knowledge of Borrower, a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Commitment Parties, to provide the financing contemplated thereby subject only to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter and, in each case, subject to the qualification that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting rights of creditors;

 

  8.21.5 the fees that are due and payable by Borrower in connection with the Debt Financing shall be paid prior to, or concurrently with, Completion;

 

  8.21.6 as of the date of this Agreement no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would or would reasonably be expected to constitute a material breach or default on the part of the Borrower, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any other party thereto under the Debt Commitment Letter, provided, however, that this clause 8.21.6 does not cover any matters related to the Sellers or the Company; and

 

  8.21.7 there are no conditions precedent related to the funding of the full amount of the Debt Financing (including pursuant to any “market flex” provisions included in the Fee Letter), other than the conditions precedent set forth in and contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter and the payment of customary fees.

 

  8.21.A

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if on or prior to 7p.m. UK time on 14 July 2014, the Buyer notifies the Sellers’ Representative of the Borrower’s or its Affiliates’ intention to enter into a commitment letter or other documentation with respect to such arrangement (the “ Alternate Debt Financing ”) pursuant to which the financial and other institutions party thereto (the “ Alternate Financing Parties ”) have committed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (subject to any changes that do not materially delay or condition the availability of the financing thereunder) (the “ Alternate Fee Letter ”), to provide an alternate financing arrangement (the “ Alternate Financing ”), then the Buyer may pursue such Alternate Financing instead of or in addition to the Financing under the Debt Commitment Letter. The only conditions to the Buyer’s, the Borrower’s and the Guarantor’s ability to pursue such Alternate Financing are that (i) the Guarantor shall have obtained prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative regarding the Buyer’s intention to pursue such Alternate Financing and the Sellers’ Representative prior written consent to the terms of the Alternate Financing (together the “ SR Alternative Financing Consent ”) and (ii) the Buyer reasonably believes such Alternative Financing will not materially delay completion of the Financing. After 14 July 2014, if the Buyer

 

43


  has notified the Sellers’ Representative of its intention to pursue the Alternate Financing on or prior to 14 July 2014 and has obtained an SR Alternative Financing Consent (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not otherwise) all references herein to the “ Commitment Parties ,” the “ Debt Commitment Letter ,” the “ Fee Letter ,” and the “ Financing ” will be deemed to refer to “ the Alternate Financing Parties ,”, the “ Alternate Debt Financing ,” “ the Alternate Fee Letter ” and the “ Alternate Financing ,” respectively, as if such terms were used in this Agreement; provided, however, that clause 17.19 of this Agreement shall also remain in effect for the benefit of, and enforceability by, the original Commitment Parties (without giving effect to the forgoing provisions of this clause 8.21A) in the event that the Buyer notifies the Sellers’ Representatives of such intention to pursue the Alternative Financing.

Guarantor’s Warranties

 

8.22 The Guarantor warrants to the Sellers as at the date of this Agreement and immediately prior to Completion that it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the State of Israel and that it has full power and authority and has obtained all necessary consents to enter into and perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Transaction Documents, that the obligations expressed to be assumed by it hereunder are legal, valid and binding and enforceable against it in accordance with their terms and that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each such other Transaction Document will not:

 

  8.22.1 result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound;

 

  8.22.2 result in a breach of any law or order, judgment or decree of any court, governmental agency or regulatory body to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or

 

  8.22.3 conflict with, or result in a violation of or default under its memorandum or articles of association or bylaws (or equivalent constitutional documents).

 

9. LEAKAGE

 

9.1 Each of the Sellers and each of the EBT Beneficiaries severally covenants to the Buyer (in respect of itself and its Related Persons only) that:

 

  9.1.1 in the period from the Locked Box Date up to and including Completion neither it nor any of its Related Persons have received or benefited from any amount of Leakage; and

 

  9.1.2

neither it nor any of its Related Persons have consented to or voted in favour of, through the exercise of any powers or rights it has as director or shareholder in the Company or as a party to the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement (or the

 

44


  failure to exercise any such powers or rights) or the giving of instructions to any director appointed by it, any Leakage to be paid, made or incurred (or agreed to be paid, made or incurred) in the period from the Locked Box Date up to and including Completion.

 

9.2 In the event of any Leakage which is prohibited by clause 9.1 (but subject always to clauses 9.3, 9.4 or 9.5), the relevant Seller or EBT Beneficiary, as the case may be, severally covenants to pay to the Buyer on demand an amount in cash equal to the amount or value of such Leakage received by it or by any of its Related Persons or in respect of which it or any of its Related Persons have benefitted.

 

9.3 No Seller or EBT Beneficiary, as the case may be, shall be liable for any claim under this clause 9 unless written notice has been given to the relevant Seller or EBT Beneficiary, as the case may be, on or before the date which is nine months following the Completion Date.

 

9.4 Save in the case of fraud or wilful concealment, the liability of each Seller and each EBT Beneficiary under this clause 9 shall not in any circumstances exceed the aggregate amount of Leakage actually received by such Seller or EBT Beneficiary, as the case may be, and by any of its Related Persons or in respect of which that Seller or EBT Beneficiary, as the case may be, or any of its Related Persons have benefitted plus any amounts owed by such Seller or EBT Beneficiary, as the case may be, pursuant to clause 22 of this Agreement ( Grossing Up ).

 

9.5 For the avoidance of doubt, the liability of any Seller or EBT Beneficiary pursuant to this clause 9 shall not be subject to any of the limitations set out in Schedule 7.

 

10. RETENTION ACCOUNT

 

10.1 The Buyer shall be entitled, subject always to the terms of this clause 10 and Schedule 7, to have recourse to the Retention Account to obtain payment of any amounts due to it or any Buyer Group Company in respect of any Relevant Claims which have been finally settled or determined (but for the avoidance of doubt not otherwise).

 

10.2 Without prejudice to paragraph 3.3 of Schedule 7, the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP and the Management Sellers agree that to the extent any amounts are released from the Retention Account in accordance with the provisions of this clause 10 then the liability for the amounts released, as between the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP and the Management Sellers, shall be in the proportions set out in column (7) of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2.

 

10.3 If:

 

  10.3.1 the Buyer has not made any Relevant Claim(s) prior to the expiry of the Retention Period; or

 

45


  10.3.2 the aggregate of the Initial Estimate (or, the last of any Revised Estimates provided prior to the expiry of the Retention Period) in respect all Relevant Claims is less than $1,200,000,

then the Sellers’ Representatives and the Buyer shall jointly procure that the Maximum Payment Amount is released to the Sellers’ Solicitors on or before the second Business Day following the expiry of the Retention Period.

 

10.4 If any Relevant Claims are made in the Retention Period:

 

  10.4.1 the Buyer shall provide to the Sellers’ Representatives a bona fide estimate (to the extent foreseeable) in writing of each such Relevant Claim and the circumstances giving rise to it (the “ Initial Estimate ”) and (if appropriate) shall, acting reasonably and in good faith, notify the Sellers’ Representatives in writing that it has revised the estimate (the “ Revised Estimate ”) at any time during the Retention Period if facts or circumstances come to light justifying any such revisions; and

 

  10.4.2 the Buyer shall promptly answer any reasonable questions raised by the Sellers’ Representatives in connection with the determination of the basis for, and/or amount of, any Relevant Claim and shall promptly provide copies of all such supporting evidence as the Sellers’ Representatives shall reasonably request. If the Sellers’ Representatives, acting in good faith and within 20 Business Days following delivery of an Initial Estimate or Revised Estimate disagrees that any Initial Estimate or Revised Estimate is made in good faith or on reasonable grounds or is a reasonable quantification of the loss likely to be proved (but without making any admission as to the claim), they may, without prejudice to the final determination of the underlying Relevant Claim require that the amount of the said estimate be submitted to counsel of not less than 10 years’ standing chosen by the parties (and in default of agreement within 15 Business Days from the first request that counsel be appointed, such counsel shall be nominated by the President of the Law Society in England and Wales for the time being on the application of any party and shall have an appropriate area of specialism). Such counsel shall be asked to determine for the purposes of this clause 10 whether the estimate is a reasonable estimation of the loss likely to be proved by the Buyer, taking due account of the likelihood that the Relevant Claim may be established. The counsel shall act as an expert and not an arbitrator, and his determination shall be binding for the purposes of this clause, but subject always to any subsequent Revised Estimate;

 

  10.4.3

upon the final settlement or determination of any Relevant Claim(s) the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representatives shall jointly procure that there is released from the Retention Account to the Buyer such amount(s) as is/are equal to the amount(s) finally agreed or determined to be payable to the Buyer in respect of such Relevant Claim(s) or, if the amount then standing to the balance of the

 

46


  Retention Account is insufficient, the balance then standing to the credit of the Retention Account and such release shall be applied in settlement of such amount of the Relevant Claim finally agreed or determined to be payable to the Buyer (without prejudice to the Buyer’s right of recourse against the Warrantors under this Agreement).

 

10.5 At the end of the Retention Period, the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representatives shall jointly procure that the Retention Payment Amount (if any) shall be released to the Sellers’ Solicitors on or before the second Business Day following the expiry of the Retention Period.

 

10.6 In respect of each Outstanding Relevant Claim (if any), the amount of the relevant Initial Estimate or Revised Estimate (as appropriate) shall be held in the Retention Account until the relevant Outstanding Relevant Claim(s) has been finally settled or determined (whereupon clause 10.7 shall apply).

 

10.7 Subject always to the partial release mechanics set out in clause 10.4.3, upon final determination or settlement of any Outstanding Relevant Claim(s), the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representatives shall jointly procure that there is released from the Retention Account to the Buyer such amount(s) as is/are equal to the amount(s) finally settled or determined to be payable to the Buyer in respect of such Outstanding Relevant Claim(s) or, if the amount then standing to the balance of the Retention Account is insufficient, the balance then standing to the credit of the Retention Account and such release shall be applied in settlement of such amount of the Relevant Claim finally settled or determined to be payable to the Buyer (without prejudice to the Buyer’s right of recourse against the Warrantors under this Agreement).

 

10.8 When all the Outstanding Relevant Claim(s) have been finally determined or settled and all amounts required to be released from the Retention Account to the Buyer pursuant to this clause have been so released, the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representatives shall jointly procure that the balance (if any) then standing to the credit of the Retention Account be released to the Sellers’ Solicitors.

 

10.9 Interest which accrues on the Retention Account shall follow the principal sum and shall be released to the relevant party or parties contemporaneously with, and proportionate to, the release of principal sum.

 

10.10 In the event of a release of amounts from the Retention Account to the Sellers’ Solicitors in accordance with this clause 10, the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP and the Management Sellers shall be entitled to such relevant proportion of such released amount(s) as is set out opposite their respective names in column (7) of the table set out in Part I of Schedule 2.

 

10.11 The parties shall promptly give to the Sellers’ Solicitors and the Buyer’s Solicitors all such written instructions as shall reasonably be necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause 10.

 

47


10.12 Any bank fees and similar fees payable to the operator of the Retention Account shall be paid by Bridgepoint, SPP and the Management Sellers for the first 9 months of operation of the Retention Account, and by the Buyer thereafter.

 

10.13 For the purposes of this clause 10:

 

  10.13.1 Initial Estimate as defined in clause 10.4.1 or as otherwise determined pursuant to clause 10.4.2;

 

  10.13.2 Maximum Payment Amount means the sum of $20,000,000 plus any interest accruing thereon in accordance with the terms of the Retention Account and less any fees and expenses charged in accordance with the terms of the Retention Account Instruction Letter;

 

  10.13.3 Outstanding Relevant Claim(s) means any Relevant Claim(s) that at the close of business on the last day of the Retention Period has/have not been finally settled or determined;

 

  10.13.4 Relevant Claim shall mean any claim(s) made in good faith by the Buyer under this Agreement in relation to:

 

  (a) a breach of the Warranties which has been notified by the Buyer to the Sellers’ Representatives in accordance with Schedule 7 and which is not a De Minimis Claim (as defined in paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 7); or

 

  (b) a breach of the Tax Covenant.

which in each case has not been previously withdrawn or paid or satisfied.

 

  10.13.5 Retention Payment Amount means such amount as is equal to the amount calculated as at the close of business on the last day of the Retention Period by subtracting from the Maximum Payment Amount:

 

  (a) a sum equal to any amounts released to the Buyer from the Retention Account pursuant to clause 10.4.3 and 10.9; and

 

  (b) the aggregate amount of any Initial Estimates or, to the extent that any Initial Estimate has been superseded by a Revised Estimate, the relevant Revised Estimate referable to Outstanding Relevant Claims(s);

 

  10.13.6 Retention Period means the period from the Completion Date up to midnight on 31 March 2016;

 

  10.13.7 Revised Estimate as defined in clause 10.4.1 or as otherwise determined pursuant to clause 10.4.2; and

 

48


  10.13.8 a Relevant Claim (other than a Relevant Claim under the Tax Warranties or the Tax Covenant) shall be deemed to have been withdrawn if legal proceedings in respect of it shall not have been commenced by being both issued and served on the Warrantors, on or before the expiry of nine months from the date on which the claim is notified to the Sellers’ Representatives; and

 

  10.13.9 a Relevant Claim shall be deemed to be finally settled or determined if either:

 

  (1) it is so determined by a duly appointed arbitrator or expert or a court of competent jurisdiction from which there is no appeal or from whose judgment any Warrantor or the Buyer (as the case may be) does not appeal within any applicable time limits; or

 

  (2) the Sellers’ Representatives and the Buyer shall so agree in writing.

 

11. PROTECTION OF GOODWILL

 

11.1 Each Warrantor (and, in the case of clause 11.1.4 only, SPP and Henry Nothhaft) severally undertakes to the Buyer that he will not (other than in accordance with the usual and ordinary course of his continuing employment by the Company or any other member of the Target Group), directly or indirectly:

 

  11.1. 1 at any time during the Restricted Period, within the Restricted Territories, carry on or engage in or be concerned or interested in any business which is in competition with the Business;

 

  11.1. 2 at any time during the Restricted Period solicit or endeavour to solicit the custom of, or deal or endeavour to deal with, any Person who is at the Completion Date or, at any time during the period of twelve months prior to the Completion Date, was a customer of any Target Group Company and who, during such period, had any dealings with any Target Group Company with a view to entering into a Contract with any Target Group Company in each case so as to compete with the Company or any other Target Group Company;

 

  11.1.3 at any time during the Restricted Period interfere or endeavour to interfere with the continuance of supplies to any Target Group Company (or the terms relating to those supplies) by any Person who is or, at any time during the period of twelve months prior to the Completion Date, was a supplier to any Target Group Company; or

 

  11.1.4 at any time during the Restricted Period solicit or entice away, or endeavour to solicit or entice away, from the Company or any other Target Group Company or engage or employ any Person who is or was at the Completion Date, or who at any time during the period of twelve months prior to the Completion Date had been, an employee of the Company or any other Target Group Company whether or not such Person would commit a breach of his employment contract by reason of leaving service.

 

49


11.2 Each of the Bridgepoint Sellers undertake to the Buyer that neither the Bridgepoint Sellers nor any of their Affiliates (excluding each portfolio company, investee company and/or investment of any of the Bridgepoint Sellers and/or any of their Affiliates) will during the period of (in the case of clauses 11.2.1 and 11.2.2) 12 months from Completion and (in the case of clause 11.2.3) 24 months from Completion:

 

  11.2.1 solicit or entice away any Management Seller, or endeavour to solicit or entice away, from the Company or any other Target Group Company or engage or employ any Management Seller, whether or not such Person would commit a breach of his employment contract by reason of leaving service;

 

  11.2.2 expressly direct any portfolio company, investee company and/or investment of the Bridgepoint Sellers and/or any of their Affiliates to solicit or entice away any Management Seller, or endeavour to solicit or entice away, from the Company or any other Target Group Company or engage or employ any Management Seller, whether or not such Person would commit a breach of his employment contract by reason of leaving service; or

 

  11.2.3 make any investment in the Restricted Companies,

and, for the purposes of clause 11.2.2, the Bridgepoint Sellers shall not be deemed to have given a direction just because it and/or any of its representatives are aware of or have approved or consented to an action being taken.

 

11.3 Nothing contained in:

 

  11.3.1 clause 11.1 shall prevent any Warrantor nor any Bridgepoint Seller (nor any of their Affiliates) from:

 

  11.3.1.1 being the holder or beneficial owner, by way of bona fide personal investment, of any class of securities in any company if such class of securities is listed, or dealt in, on a recognised investment exchange (within the meaning of Part XVIII of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) provided that he neither holds nor is beneficially interested in more than a total of 5% of any single class of the securities in that company; or

 

  11.3.1.2 in the case of William Johnson only, continuing as a director and having an interest in BluGlass Limited; or

 

  11.3.2 clause 11.1 or clause 11.2 shall prevent any Warrantor or Bridgepoint Seller from placing or procuring the placing of any recruitment advertisement for employees and communicating with or recruiting, employing or otherwise contracting with any Person who responds to such an advertisement.

 

50


11.4 For the purposes of clauses 11.1 and 11.2:

 

  11.4.1 directly or indirectly ” shall (without limiting the expression) mean any Covenantor acting either alone or jointly with or on behalf of any other Person whether as principal, partner, manager, employee, contractor, director, consultant, investor or otherwise;

 

  11.4.2 Restricted Companies ” shall mean each of Oerlikon Advanced Technologies; Plasma Therm; Leading Precision Inc; Tango Systems Inc; AMEC; and SAMCO Inc.

 

  11.4.3 Restricted Period ” shall mean:

 

  11.4.3.1 for the purposes of clauses 11.1.2 to 11.1.4 inclusive, the period of 12 months from the Completion Date;

 

  11.4.3.2 for the purposes of clauses 11.1.1, the period of 24 months from the Completion Date; and

 

  11.4.4 Restricted Territories ” shall mean each of the countries in which the Company or any of the other Target Group Companies operates or has operated in the last 12 months.

 

11.5 Each of the undertakings in clause 11.1 shall be construed as a separate and independent undertaking and if one or more of the undertakings is held to be void or unenforceable, the validity of the remaining undertakings shall not be affected.

 

11.6 Each of the restrictions and undertakings contained in clauses 11.1 and 11.2 is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Buyer’s legitimate interests in the goodwill and value of the Target Group, but if any such restriction or undertaking shall be found in any jurisdiction to be void or voidable but would be valid and enforceable in other jurisdictions or if some part or parts of the restriction or undertaking were deleted or limited, such restriction or undertaking shall apply in such jurisdictions where it is valid and enforceable and shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable in any jurisdiction where such modification is necessary.

 

11.7 Without prejudice to clause 11.6, if any restriction or undertaking is found by any court or other competent authority to be void or unenforceable, then the scope of such restriction shall be reduced to the extent required to make it valid and enforceable. If it is not possible to reduce the scope of any such restriction in this way, the parties agree to replace any void or unenforceable restriction with a valid and enforceable restriction that will achieve, to the extent possible, the intent of the parties.

 

51


12. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

12.1 Subject to clauses 12.2 and 12.3 and save (i) in respect of any Management Seller only, in relation to the proper discharge of his duties or obligations to which he might be subject as employee or director or consultant to any Target Group Company after the date of this Agreement and (ii) in respect of SPP only, in relation to the proper carrying out of the Trading Arrangements or other arrangements in relation to the provisions of goods or services in the ordinary and usual course of business, each Seller severally undertakes to the Buyer in all respects to keep confidential and not at any time, disclose or make known in any other way to anyone whomsoever or use for his own or any other Person’s benefit or to the detriment of any other party any Confidential Information, provided that (if applicable) any Seller shall be entitled to disclose to his officers, employees, agents or advisers such information as may be necessary to enable them to carry out their duties.

 

12.2 Each party (save in the case of clauses 12.2.3 or 12.2.4, which shall apply only as set out in such clauses) undertakes to the other to keep confidential in all respects and not disclose in any way to anyone whomsoever or use for its own or any other Person’s benefit or to the detriment of the Buyer or any of the Sellers (as the case may be) all information received or obtained as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement which relates to:

 

  12.2.1 the provisions, or subject matter, of this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document;

 

  12.2.2 the negotiations relating to this Agreement, and/or the other Transaction Documents;

 

  12.2.3 in the case of the Buyer only, the Sellers (other than in relation to the Business), and the businesses carried on by, and the affairs of, the Sellers or any of them or any of their connected persons; and

 

  12.2.4 in the case of the Sellers, the Buyer Group and the businesses carried on by, and the affairs of, the Buyer Group.

 

12.3 Any party may disclose Confidential Information or other information which is otherwise to be treated as confidential under this clause 12 if and to the extent:

 

  12.3.1 that the information becomes generally known (other than through a breach by any party of this clause 12) including, for the avoidance of doubt, any information contained in any announcement made pursuant to clause 13;

 

  12.3.2 required by or reasonably necessary under any law or by any competent Governmental Entity or by any recognised investment exchange, including the SEC and NASDAQ;

 

  12.3.3 the disclosure is advisable or necessary in connection with the Debt Financing or any other Financing;

 

52


  12.3.4 the disclosure is required for the purposes of any judicial proceedings arising out of a breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the disclosure is made to any Taxation Authority in connection with the tax affairs of the disclosing party;

 

  12.3.5 the disclosure is made to professional advisers of any party on terms that such professional advisers undertake to comply with the provisions of clause 12 in respect of such information;

 

  12.3.6 in the case of the Buyer, that the information was independently developed, or otherwise generally known prior to the date hereof (other than through a breach of this clause 12 or any other confidentiality obligations to which the Buyer has been subject in discussions with the Sellers for the purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement); or

 

  12.3.7 that the other party or parties have given their prior written consent to the disclosure, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

12.4 Notwithstanding clauses 12 and 13, each Bridgepoint Seller shall be permitted to provide information regarding any of the matters provided for or referred to in this Agreement to Bridgepoint Advisers Limited (as manager of the limited partnerships comprising the Bridgepoint IV Fund), its employees or investors in Funds which it manages or advises (the “ Bridgepoint Related Persons ”), provided however that each Bridgepoint Seller shall be liable for any breach of the confidentiality undertakings by such Bridgepoint Related Persons.

 

12.5 Following Completion no member of the Buyer Group shall have any obligations to any other party hereto with respect to Confidential Information.

 

13. ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

13.1 Subject to clauses 12.3 and 13.2, no party shall without the written consent of the Buyer and the Bridgepoint Manager (in the case of the Sellers) or the written consent of the Sellers’ Representatives (in the case of the Buyer) (in each case not to be unreasonably withheld) issue any press release or publish any circular to shareholders or any other document or make any public statement or otherwise make any disclosure to any Person who is not a party to this Agreement relating to any of the matters provided for or referred to in this Agreement or any ancillary matter. This clause shall not prohibit: (i) the release of the Agreed Announcement following Completion; (ii) the issue of any announcement or disclosure required by law or by any competent judicial or regulatory authority or by any recognised investment exchange (in which case the parties shall co-operate, in good faith, in order to agree the content of any such announcement so far as practicable prior to it being made); or (iii) a copy of this Agreement being filed by the Guarantor with, and made publicly available through, the SEC.

 

13.2 Nothing in clause 13.1 shall restrict the Buyer or any Target Group Company from informing employees, customers or suppliers of the fact of (but not any term of) the acquisition of the Target Group by the Buyer.

 

53


14. COSTS

Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, including, without limitation, as provided in the Deal Fee Schedule, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and completion or termination of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. In particular, but without limitation, stamp duty and any other transfer taxes payable in respect of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable by the Buyer.

 

15. POST-COMPLETION ARRANGEMENTS

 

15.1 The Buyer shall (and shall ensure that each Target Group Company shall), from and after Completion and to the fullest extent permitted in accordance with applicable laws, waive, release and discharge each Outgoing Director from any and all claims, demands, proceedings, causes of action, orders, obligations and liabilities arising out of any matter, cause or event occurring on or before Completion (each a “ Pre-Closing Event ”) which each Target Group Company has or may at any time have had against any Outgoing Director. The Buyer shall ensure that each Target Group Company shall not, directly or indirectly, assert any claim or demand, or commence, institute or cause to be commenced, any proceedings of any kind relating to any Pre-Closing Event against any Outgoing Director. The waivers, releases and discharge undertakings by Buyer (with respect to itself and the Target Group Companies) under this clause 15.1, shall not apply to the extent that such Outgoing Director is a Seller and the Pre-Closing Event in question gives rise or may give rise to a claim against such Seller under this Agreement.

 

15.2 Subject always to the provisions of any Run-Off Policy, the provisions of clause 15.1 shall be the sole remedies that any Outgoing Director may have against any Target Group Company, and each Outgoing Director hereby waives any additional rights to indemnification, contribution or otherwise that he may have at law, by contract or otherwise, against a Target Group Company.

 

16. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

16.1 This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties including all non-contractual obligations arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

16.2

The parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales in respect of any claim, dispute or difference arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any non-contractual obligation arising in connection with this Agreement, provided that nothing contained in this clause shall be taken to have limited: (i) the right of the Sellers to proceed in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction; or (ii) the right of the

 

54


  Buyer, the Guarantor or the Borrower to seek equitable remedies against any Seller in the courts of such Seller’s respective jurisdiction of incorporation or operation (in the case of incorporated Sellers, partnerships or trusts) or domicile or residence (in the case of Sellers who are natural persons).

 

17. GENERAL

Entire agreement

 

17.1 This Agreement (together with the other Transaction Documents) contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings or arrangements (both oral and written) relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and any such other document.

 

17.2 Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  17.2.1 it is not entering into this Agreement on the basis of, and is not relying and has not relied on, any statement or representation (whether negligent or innocent) or warranty or other provision (in any case whether oral, written, express or implied) made, given or agreed to by any Person (whether a party to this Agreement or not) except those expressly repeated or referred to in this Agreement or the Disclosure Letter and the only remedy or remedies available to the Buyer in respect of any misrepresentation or untrue statement made to it shall be a claim for breach of contract under this Agreement; and

 

  17.2.2 this clause 17.2 shall not apply to any statement, representation or warranty made wilfully or fraudulently or to any provision of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Warranties and the Seller Warranties) which was induced by fraud for which the remedies shall be all those available under the law governing this Agreement regardless of the other terms of this Agreement.

 

17.3 The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage could occur in the event that certain of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof. Accordingly, the parties agree that each of them may be entitled to seek injunctive relief to prevent breaches of the terms of this Agreement and to seek specific performance of the terms hereof or thereof, in addition to any other remedy now or hereafter available at law or in equity, or otherwise.

 

17.4 The parties acknowledge and agree that the express terms of this Agreement are in lieu of all warranties, conditions, terms, undertakings and obligations implied by statute, common law or otherwise all of which are hereby excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.5 This Agreement shall not be construed as creating any partnership or agency relationship between any of the parties.

 

55


Variations and waivers

 

17.6 No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing signed by or on behalf of all the parties and expressed to be such a variation.

 

17.7 No waiver by any party of any requirement of this Agreement, or of any remedy or right under this Agreement, shall have effect unless given in writing and signed by such party. No waiver of any particular breach of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any repetition of such breach.

Assignment

 

17.8 Subject to clause 17.9 and save as expressly provided in the relevant Transaction Documents, no party shall be entitled to assign, transfer or create any trust in respect of the benefit or burden of any provision of this Agreement (or other Transaction Document) without the prior written consent of the Buyer (in the case of an assignment by any of the Sellers) or the Sellers (in the case of an assignment by the Buyer or the Guarantor).

 

17.9 Subject to clause 22.2, all or any of the Buyer’s rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, in respect of the Warranties) may be assigned by the Buyer to any subsequent purchaser of any of the shares, business or assets of the Target Group, or to any successor in interest of the Buyer’s rights pursuant hereto to any other member of the Buyer Group (or by any such member to or in favour of any other member of the Buyer Group) provided that: (i) if such assignee company leaves the Buyer Group, such rights are assigned or transferred to or made the subject of a trust in favour of, another member of the Buyer Group; and (ii) any such assignment permitted pursuant to this clause 17.9 shall not increase the liability of any of the Sellers beyond that which the relevant party would otherwise have had pursuant to this Agreement.

Assignment by way of Security to Commitment Parties

 

17.10 Notwithstanding clauses 17.8 and 17.9, the Buyer or any member of the Buyer Group may assign this Agreement (in whole but not in part) effective at and after Completion, to any parties providing Debt Financing pursuant to the terms thereof for purposes of creating a security interest herein or otherwise assign as collateral in respect of such Debt Financing but (i) no such assignment shall relieve Buyer or any member of the Buyer Group of its respective obligations under this Agreement and (ii) any such assignment permitted pursuant to this clause 17.10 shall not increase the liability of any party beyond that which the relevant party would otherwise have had pursuant to this Agreement.

Effect of Completion

 

17.11 The provisions of this Agreement, insofar as the same shall not have been fully performed at Completion, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding Completion.

 

56


Counterparts

 

17.12 This Agreement may be executed as two or more counterparts and execution by each of the parties of any one of such counterparts will constitute due execution of this Agreement.

Other remedies

 

17.1 3 The parties acknowledge and irrevocably agree with each other that they will have no rights, remedies or powers provided by law or otherwise (including rights of rescission or termination) for breach of any provision of this Agreement other than as set forth in this Agreement.

Default interest

 

17.14 If any amount required to be paid by the Buyer, the Guarantor or the Sellers under this Agreement (or any other agreement or arrangement required to be entered into by it in connection with this Agreement) is not paid when it is due, such amount shall bear interest at the rate of 3% per annum over the base lending rate of National Westminster Bank Plc from time to time, calculated on a daily basis for the period from (and including) the relevant due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment, as well after as before any judgment.

Third party rights

 

17.15 Other than in respect of clause 8.11, which shall be enforceable by the persons named therein, clause 13 (which shall be enforceable by the Bridgepoint Manager), and clause 17.19 which shall be enforceable by the Financing Sources, no provisions of this Agreement which confer rights upon any third party shall be enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any such third party.

 

17.16 For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer Group Companies shall not be deemed third parties for the purposes of this Agreement, save that the Guarantor shall be entitled for all purposes to enforce any right of the Buyer under or for the purposes of this Agreement (and each Seller agrees and acknowledges accordingly).

Successors

 

17.17 This Agreement shall be binding on the parties’ assigns and successors in title and enure to the benefit of any assignee of the Buyer pursuant to clauses 17.8 and 17.9.

 

57


Records

 

17.18 The Buyer undertakes to the Sellers that it shall, and shall procure that each member of the Buyer’s Group shall:

 

  17.18.1 preserve for a period of at least seven years from Completion all books, records and documents of or relating to the Taxation of the Target Group at Completion; and

 

  17.18.2 permit and allow, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, any Seller incurring a Taxation Liability (or the employees, agents and professional advisers of any Seller or, in the case of a Seller which is a partnership, the employees, agents and professional advisers of the manager of such partnership) access to such books, records and documents and the right to inspect the same, if and to the extent required in connection with the Taxation Liability in question.

 

17.19 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Sellers and the EBT Beneficiaries acknowledge and agree that the obligations of the Financing Sources in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby are solely those set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter, and that none of the Sellers or the EBT Beneficiaries shall have any right or claim (whether based in contract, tort, strict liability or any other theory of liability) against the Financing Sources in connection with this Agreement, any Financing or the other transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that this clause 17.19 shall be for the benefit of, and enforceable by, the Financing Sources). Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, this clause 17.19 shall not (and no other provision of this Agreement, to the extent an amendment, modification, waiver or termination of such provision would modify the substance of this clause 17.19, shall) be amended, modified, waived or terminated in a manner that impacts or is adverse in any respect to the Financing Sources without the prior written consent of the Financing Sources or their authorised representative.

 

18. NOTICES

Form of notice

 

18.1 Any notice, consent, request, demand, approval or other communication to be given or made under or in connection with this Agreement (each a “Notice” for the purposes of this clause) shall be in English, in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Person giving it.

Method of service

 

18.2 Service of a Notice must be effected by one of the following methods:

 

  18.2.1 by hand to the relevant address set out in the designations at the beginning of this Agreement or in Schedule 1 of this Agreement (as applicable) and shall be deemed served upon delivery if delivered during a Business Day, or at the start of the next Business Day if delivered at any other time; or

 

  18.2.2 by prepaid first-class post to the relevant address set out in the designations at the beginning of this Agreement or in Schedule 1 of this Agreement (as applicable) and shall be deemed served at the start of the second Business Day after the date of posting; or

 

58


  18.2.3 by prepaid international airmail to the relevant address set out in the designations at the beginning of this Agreement or in Schedule 1 of this Agreement (as applicable) and shall be deemed served at the start of the fifth Business Day after the date of posting; or

 

  18.2.4 by facsimile transmission to the relevant facsimile number notified by the relevant party from time to time and shall be deemed served on despatch, if despatched during a Business Day, or at the start of the next Business Day if despatched at any other time, provided that in each case a receipt indicating complete transmission of the Notice is obtained by the sender and that a copy of the Notice is also despatched to the recipient using a method described in clauses 18.2.1 to 18.2.3 (inclusive) no later than the end of the next Business Day.

 

18.3 In clause 18.2 “during a Business Day” means any time between 9.30 a.m. and 5.30 p.m. on a Business Day based on the local time where the recipient of the Notice is located. References to “the start of [a] Business Day” and “the end of [a] Business Day” shall be construed accordingly.

Copies of Notices

 

18.4 Copies of all notices sent to the Bridgepoint Funds under this clause 18 shall also be sent or given to Christopher Bell and Charles Barter of Bridgepoint Advisers Limited at 95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB and to the Sellers’ Solicitors (reference: PJD/B.2374-243). Such copies shall be sent or given in accordance with one of the methods described in clause 18.2. Failure to communicate such copies shall not invalidate such notice.

 

18.5 Copies of all notices sent to any Management Seller or any Sellers’ Representative under this clause 18 shall also be sent or given to the Sellers’ Solicitors (reference: PJD/B.2374-243). Such copies shall be sent or given in accordance with one of the methods described in clause 18.2. Failure to communicate such copies shall not invalidate such notice.

 

18.6 Copies of all notices sent to the Buyer or any other member of the Buyer Group under this clause 18 shall also be sent or given to the Buyer’s Solicitors. Such copies shall be sent or given in accordance with one of the methods described in clause 18.2. Failure to communicate such copies shall not invalidate such notice.

EBT Beneficiary

 

18.7 The address for service of a Notice on an EBT Beneficiary in accordance with sub-clauses 18.2.1 to 18.2.3 above shall be c/o the Trustee Seller at the following address: Floor 2, Le Marchant House, Le Truchot, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 3BE.

 

59


Change of details

 

18.8 A party may change its address for service provided that the new address is within the United Kingdom and that it gives the other party not less than 14 days’ prior notice in accordance with this clause 18. Until the end of such notice period, service on either address shall remain effective.

 

18.9 The Guarantor irrevocably authorises and appoints the Buyer as its agent for service of Notices and/or proceedings in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and service on such agent in accordance with this clause 18 shall be deemed to be effective service on the Guarantor.

 

18.10 If the Buyer (or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to this clause) at any time ceases to act as such for any reason, the Guarantor shall forthwith appoint a replacement agent to accept service on behalf of the Guarantor, such agent having a service address in England or Wales, and the Guarantor shall notify the Sellers’ Representative forthwith of the name and address of the replacement agent.

 

19. GUARANTEE

 

19.1 The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to each of the Sellers:

 

  19.1.1 to procure that the Buyer duly and punctually performs and discharges all of its obligations under this Agreement (the “ Obligations ”);

 

  19.1.2 without prejudice to the generality of clause 19.1.1, and as principal obligor, to guarantee the due and punctual payment of any and all sums now and subsequently payable (the “ Sums Payable ”) by the Buyer arising out of or in connection with this Agreement when the same shall become due and the Guarantor shall pay such sums upon demand; and

 

  19.1.3 as a continuing obligation, to indemnify each of the Sellers against, and to pay on demand an amount equal to, any loss finally settled or determined which the Sellers may incur at any time or from time to time (whether by way of damages, settlement, costs or otherwise) and all costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and together with any applicable VAT) in respect of or as a result of any failure by the Buyer to perform and discharge any of the Obligations (save if and to the extent that they become invalid, illegal, void, voidable or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever) or to pay the Sums Payable.

 

19.2

The obligations assumed by the Guarantor in clause 19.1 constitute a continuing security which shall not be capable of being determined by notice and shall remain in force until all of the Obligations of the Buyer under this Agreement have been fully performed and discharged and all the Sums Payable have been fully paid or until otherwise agreed in writing by the Sellers’ Representative. Where any discharge (whether in respect of the

 

60


  Obligations of the Buyer or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made in whole or in part, or any arrangement is made on the faith of any payment, security or other disposition, which is avoided, or must be restored, on insolvency, liquidation or otherwise (without limitation), the liability of the Guarantor under this clause 19 shall continue as if the discharge or arrangement had not occurred.

 

19.3 Neither the obligations of the Guarantor nor the rights and remedies of the Sellers under clause 19.1 or otherwise conferred by law shall, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Sellers’ Representative, be discharged, prejudiced or impaired by reason of:

 

  19.3.1 any amendment to any of the Transaction Documents or any variation of any of the Obligations;

 

  19.3.2 any incapacity or lack of powers, authority or legal personality of, or dissolution or change in the members or status or constitution of, the Seller, the Guarantor, the Buyer or any other Person or the acquisition of all or part of the undertaking of the Buyer, the Seller, the Guarantor or any other Person by another Person;

 

  19.3.3 any time or indulgence given or agreed to be given, or any composition or arrangement made or accepted in respect of any of the Obligations;

 

  19.3.4 any postponement, discharge, reduction, non-provability or other similar circumstance affecting any of the Obligations and/or the Sums Payable resulting from:

 

  19.3.4.1 the making of any composition or arrangement by the Buyer with its creditors; or

 

  19.3.4.2 any insolvency, liquidation or dissolution proceedings; or

 

  19.3.4.3 any law, regulation or order.

in each such case (i) every reference to the Obligations and the Sums Payable shall, for the purposes of the liabilities of the Guarantor under this clause 19, be construed as if there were no such circumstance;

 

  19.3.5 any other act, event or omission which, but for this provision, would or might operate to offer any legal or equitable defence for or impair or discharge the Guarantor’s obligations under clauses 19.1 to 19.3 or prejudicially affect the rights or remedies of the Sellers under clauses 19.1 to 19.3 or otherwise conferred by law.

 

19.4 Any Seller may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor under clauses 19.1 to 19.3 without first taking any steps or proceedings against the Buyer.

 

61


19.5 Until all of the Obligations of the Buyer under this Agreement have been fully performed and discharged and all the Sums Payable have been irrevocably paid in full, the Guarantor shall not, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Sellers’ Representative, after a claim has been made or by virtue of any payment or performance by it under this clause 19:

 

  19.5.1 be subrogated to any rights, security or monies held, received or receivable by the Seller (or any Person on its behalf) or be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity in respect of any payment made or monies received on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this clause 19;

 

  19.5.2 claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of the Buyer in competition with any Seller (or any Person on its behalf);

 

  19.5.3 receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from or on account of the Buyer or exercise any rights of set-off against the Buyer, unless the Sellers’ Representative otherwise directs.

 

19.6 The Guarantor shall hold in trust and forthwith pay or transfer to the Sellers any payment or distribution or benefit of the security received by it contrary to this clause 19.

 

20. DEBT COMMITMENT LETTER

 

20.1 The Borrower shall not (and the Guarantor shall procure that neither the Borrower nor the Buyer shall) amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any material term of the Debt Commitment Letter except in writing:

 

  20.1.1 with the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); or

 

  20.1.2 in any way which is minor, technical or administrative in nature and/or would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the interests of the Sellers in connection with this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that such interests are limited to the availability of the Funds under the Debt Commitment Letter on the Completion Date);

 

  20.1.3 by means of execution of the definitive financing documents entered into in relation to such Debt Commitment Letter;

 

  20.1.4 with respect to any “market flex” provisions contained in the Debt Commitment Letter.

 

20.2 The Borrower shall (and the Guarantor shall procure that the Borrower shall) use reasonable efforts and take all practical steps to preserve and enforce its rights and pursue any claims and remedies arising under the Debt Commitment Letter.

 

62


21. TRUSTEE LIABILITY

 

21.1 The Trustee Seller is entering into this Agreement in respect of the Shares it holds as trustee of the Trust.

 

21.2 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in so far as the Trustee is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as trustee of the Trust, the aggregate liability of the Trustee Seller for all claims under this Agreement shall be limited to the value of the aggregate capital assets of the Trust at the time when payment is due to be made by the Trustee Seller in respect of such claim.

 

22. GROSSING UP

 

22.1 All sums payable to the Buyer under clause 9.2 and/or paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 9 of this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of all deductions or withholdings whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deductions or withholdings are required by law, the Sellers (including in their capacity as Warrantors) shall pay such sum as will, after such deduction or withholding has been made, leave the amount which would have been received in the absence of any such requirement to make a deduction or withholding.

 

22.2 If the Buyer incurs a Taxation Liability which results from, or is calculated by reference to, any sum paid to it under clause 9.2, any Warranty Claim, and/or paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 9 of this Agreement, the amount so payable shall be increased by such amount as will ensure that, after payment of the Taxation Liability, the Buyer is left with a net sum equal to the sum it would have received had no such Taxation Liability arisen. If this Agreement or any rights under it has been assigned, payments under this clause shall be made only to the extent that they would have been payable as between the original parties to this Agreement.

 

22.3 If the Buyer would, but for the availability of a Relief, incur a Taxation Liability falling within this clause 22, it shall be deemed for the purposes of this clause 22 to have incurred and paid that liability.

 

22.4 If a payment is made under clause 22.1 or 22.2, and the Buyer receives a credit for or refund of Taxation by reason of the relevant deduction or withholding, it shall, provided it determines in good faith it can do so without prejudice to the retention of that credit or refund, reimburse the Sellers with such amount as shall leave the Buyer in no better or worse position than it would have been in had no deduction or withholding been required.

 

23. TAXATION

The provisions of the Tax Covenant shall apply.

 

63


24. FURTHER ASSURANCE

Following Completion, each party shall at the reasonable request of another party hereto, use reasonable endeavours to execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be reasonably required to give effect to this Agreement.

 

25. AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE

The signatories to this Agreement on behalf of SPP warrant that they are duly authorised to execute this Agreement on behalf of SPP.

THIS AGREEMENT has been duly executed and delivered as a deed on the date first stated above.

 

64


SCHEDULE 1

THE SELLERS

PART I

THE BRIDGEPOINT SELLERS

 

Name

  

Address

Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘A’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘B’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘C’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘D’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘E’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘F’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘G’ LP    50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh EH3 9WJ

PART II

THE MANAGEMENT SELLERS

 

Names

  

Address

William Johnson   

7383 Cedar Mountain Drive

Livermore, California

USA

94550

Kevin Crofton   

Flat 9,

The Boat House,

Gas Works Lane,

Bristol BS1 5AT

Richard Rees   

41 Hollybush Road

Cardiff, CF23 6SY

Vivek Rao   

1678 Tupolo Drive

San Jose, California

USA, 95124

Andrew Noakes   

29 Croesonen Gardens

Abergavenny, Monmouthshire

NP7 6BJ

Paul Rich   

24 Tabernacle Road

Wotton Under Edge

Gloucestershire, GL12 7DR

 

65


Names

  

Address

David Butler   

2 The Laines

Gorsley, Ross on Wye

Herefordshire, HR9 7FH

Rutgers Chow   

No. 3, Lane 52,

SongCuei Road, BaoShan Township,

Hsin-Chu County,

Taiwan R.O.C. 30844

Henry R. Nothhaft   

14563 Fruitvale Avenue

Saratoga, California

USA, 95070-6152

 

66


SCHEDULE 2

SHAREHOLDINGS, LOAN NOTE HOLDINGS AND ALLOCATION OF CASH CONSIDERATION AND RETENTION AMOUNT

PART I

SHAREHOLDINGS AND ALLOCATION OF CASH CONSIDERATION AND RETENTION AMOUNT

 

(1)   (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)  

Name

  Number of A
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of B
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of C
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of
Deferred
Shares
    Relevant
Proportion of
Cash
Consideration
(%)
    Relevant
Proportion of
Retention
Amount (%)
 

Bridgepoint Europe IV (Nominees) Limited

    415,784        n/a        n/a        183,014        53.41644590959190000        54.50653172787640000   

Sumitomo Precision Products Co. Ltd

    21,666        n/a        n/a        9,536        2.78346621581691000        2.84026926581150000   

William Johnson

    n/a        110,000        28,022        7,978        17.73191055291620000        18.09377109784150000   

Kevin Crofton

    n/a        96,000        3,114        886        12.73333658794780000        12.99318969868190000   

Richard Rees

    n/a        29,500        15,957        4,543        5.83993463363747000        5.95911197341426000   

Vivek Rao

    n/a        n/a        14,789        4,211        1.89996685432089000        1.93874006148280000   

Andrew Noakes

    n/a        n/a        5,838        1,662        0.75001734366930400        0.76532317796582400   

Paul Rich

    n/a        n/a        5,838        1,662        0.75001734366930400        0.76532317796582400   

David Butler

    n/a        n/a        5,838        1,662        0.75001734366930400        0.76532317796582400   

Rutgers Chow

    n/a        n/a        5,838        1,662        0.75001734366930400        0.76532317796582400   

Henry Nothhaft

    n/a        3,333        1,298        369        0.59495209293123400        0.60709346302838800   

 

67


(1)   (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)  

Name

  Number of A
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of B
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of C
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of
Deferred
Shares
    Relevant
Proportion of
Cash
Consideration
(%)
    Relevant
Proportion of
Retention
Amount (%)
 

Barclays Wealth Trustees (Guernsey) Limited as Trustee of the SPTS Employee Benefit Trust (in its capacity as trustee)

    n/a        n/a        4,663        770        0.59906318491434800        n/a   

Barclays Wealth Trustees (Guernsey) Limited as Trustee of the SPTS Employee Benefit Trust (in its capacity as nominee)

    n/a        n/a        10,904        3,236        1.40085459324599000        n/a   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  437,450      238,833      102,099      221,191      100      100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


PART II

LOAN NOTE HOLDINGS

 

(1)

   (2)      (3)      (4)  

Name

   Amount of
Investment Loan
Notes

(US$)
     Amount of
Payment in Kind
Notes

(US$)
     Amount of SPP
Loan Notes (US$)
 

Bridgepoint Europe IV (Nominees) Limited

     95,047,255.55         7,434,486.58         —     

Sumitomo Precision Products Co. Ltd

     —           —           8,123,562.99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  95,047,255.55      7,434,486.58      8,123,562.99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


PART III

EBT BENEFICIARIES

 

(1)

  (2)   (3)     (4)     (5)  

Forename

  Surname   Number of C
Ordinary Shares
    Number of
Deferred Shares
    Relevant
Proportion (%)
 

Alan

  Adlington     31        9        0.28429933969185600

Jafar

  Al-kuzee     31        9        0.28429933969185600

Susan

  Alexander     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Oliver

  Ansell     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Daniel

  Archard     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Huma

  Ashraf     54        16        0.49523110785033000

Audrey

  Ashton     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Savraj

  Aulakh     31        9        0.28429933969185600

Lee

  Baker     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Simon

  Ball     31        9        0.28429933969185600

Martin

  Barlow     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Richard

  Barnett     54        16        0.49523110785033000

Anthony

  Barrass     54        16        0.49523110785033000

Paul

  Bennett     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Stephen

  Bolton     31        9        0.28429933969185600

Paul

  Booty     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Julie

  Bray     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Shaun

  Bray     9        3        0.08253851797505500

Keith

  Buchanan     54        16        0.49523110785033000

Stephen

  Burgess     77        23        0.70616287600880400

 

70


Lucy

Butterworth   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Kevin

Cadogan   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Joanne

Carpenter   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Mark

Carruthers   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Mark

Christoffersen   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Christopher

Clarke   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Andrew

Coe   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Wynford

Compton   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Stephen

Crabbe   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Ian

Davies   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Lisa

Davies   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nigel

Davies   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Rhys

Dawe   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paul

Densley   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Mark

Docherty   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Duncan

Drysdale   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Steven

Dunlop   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Thomas

Edwards   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Andrew

Evans   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Leighton

Everett   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Farhad

Feili   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Mark

Ford   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Anthony

Garcia   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Ian

Gardiner   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

71


Roger

Gargaro   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Robert

Gibbs   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Kevin

Gibson   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Kathrine

Crook   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paul

Gray   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Christopher

Griffiths   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Philip

Griffiths   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Mousa

Haghani   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Russell

Hamilton   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Phillip

Hardy   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Mark

Harris   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Alan

Hastings   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Karen

Hayes   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Michael

Hewlett   467      133      4.28283198826119000

Robert

Hickey   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Philip

Higginson   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Hill   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Matthew

Hill   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Gareth

Hook   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Janet

Hopkins   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Gordon

Horsley   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Ian

Hughes   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Lee

Hughes   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

72


Rhonda

Hyndman   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Christopher

James   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nathan

Janik   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nicholas

Jeffery   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Bethan

Jenkins   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Christopher

Jones   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Michael

Jones   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Simon

Jones   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Thomas

Kahan   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Simon

Keane   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Gerald

Kelly   467      133      4.28283198826119000

Christopher

Kendall   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nicholas

Knight   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Michael

Lacey   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paulo

Lima   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Alexander

Lovering   9      3      0.08253851797505500

John

Macdougall   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Geraint

Mack   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nicholas

Mackenzie-smith   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Anthony

Manning   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Stephen

Mansfield   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Allen

Mccarthy   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Anthony

Mellor   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Steven

Minchin   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

73


David

Mogford   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Ian

Moncrieff   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Colin

Moore   31      9      0.28429933969185600

David

Moore   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Angela

Moran   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Jason

Morgan   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Nicholas

Morin   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Sarah

Morrison   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Matthew

Muggeridge   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Roland

Mumford   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Susan

Niblett   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Daniel

Nicholls   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Anthony

O’brien   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nicholas

Oughton   31      9      0.28429933969185600

David

Owen   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Christopher

Parfitt   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Jashu

Patel   9      3      0.08253851797505500

James

Pearce   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Paul

Pearce   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Andrew

Perham   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Martin

Perry   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Gail

Powell   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Richard

Prescott   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

74


Andrew

Price   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Andrea

Ransome   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Amit

Rastogi   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Kevin

Riddell   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Kerry

Roberts   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paul

Rogers   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Ian

Rood   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Peter

Rowson   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Alison

Sayers   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Adam

Seaborne   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Self   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Carolyn

Short   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Peter

Shortman   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Adrian

Slatter   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Leigh

Smith   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Royston

Smith   31      9      0.28429933969185600

David

Somersall   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Steve

Spencer   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Garry

Baker   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Christian

Beasley   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Ann-marie

Brooks   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paul

Bloomfield   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Andrew

Rees   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Natasha

Osborne   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

75


Martyn

Arrowsmith   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Matthew

Smith   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Richard

Donovan   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paul

Knott   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paul

Meredith   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Brian

Kiernan   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Owain

Roberts   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Susan

Archer   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Jonathan

Peploe   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Christopher

Hester   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Paul

Holmes   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Alan

Jones   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Matthew

Day   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Wynford

Phillips   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Philip

Crawley   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Daniel

Ball   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Luke

Hicks   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Carl

Jorgensen   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Louise

Rees   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Grant

Baldwin   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nathan

Measures   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Claire

Haggerty   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Chaplin   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

76


Nicola

Cromwell   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Andy

Bavin   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Tap

Bui   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Sydney

Chon   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Michael

Clarkin   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Matt

Clouse   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Linda

Coker   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Bernard

Comito   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Gerry

Cook   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Beccy

Cooper   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Liam

Cunnane   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Heidi

Debellotte   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Sue

Debey   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Phon

Doan   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Elizabeth

Donelan   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Stan

Edwards   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Gary

Farnsworth   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Harry

Fulton   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Bob

Garbarino   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Frank

Gioia   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Jonny

Golder   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Paul

Hammond   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Alice

Harden   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Dale

Hoiem   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

77


Richard

Hunt   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Javier

Jimenez   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Maureen

Kelsen   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Scott

Kidder   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Ronald

Klopp   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Phong

Lieu   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Wei-mei

Ma   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Lisa

Mansfield   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Frank

Montano   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Daniel

Montes   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Julie

Moyer   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Kathleen

Nakamura   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nhan

Nguyen   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Russ

Nicolosi   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Robert

Osborn   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Alfred

Otenti   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Tu

Pham   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Than

Phung   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Joe

Pielage   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Lenin

Pimentel   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Peter

Potter   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Jared

Roesch   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Dana

Shippee   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

78


Gregory

Slivka   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Scott

Smith   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Dean

Stephens   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Steve

Stephens   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Mansun

Stevens   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Jeff

Stinson   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Regga

Tekeste   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Bee

Teo   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Terry   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Christopher

Thomas   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Thomas   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Haydn

Thomas   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Julian

Thomas   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Leland

Thomas   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Mark

Thomas   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Leigh

Thorley   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Tossell   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Ian

Tribble   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Robert

Trowell   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Andrew

Tucker   467      133      4.28283198826119000

Deborah

Vadimsky   9      3      0.08253851797505500

John

Valente   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Daniel

Vestyck   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Wait   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

79


Jeffrey

Waite   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Walker   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Etsuko

Walker   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Philip

Waller   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Edward

Walsby   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Cheryl

Watanabe   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Graeme

Wheeler   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Clive

Widdicks   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Bradley

Wiedel   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Anthony

Wilby   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Alan

Williams   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Brett

Williams   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Denise

Williams   9      3      0.08253851797505500

John

Williams   54      16      0.49523110785033000

Lucy

Williams   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Anthony

Wilson   54      16      0.49523110785033000

David

Wood   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Ian

Wright   77      23      0.70616287600880400

Anthony

Young   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Zakrzewski   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Feng

Zheng   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Yun

Zhou   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Simon

Clarke   9      3      0.08253851797505500

 

80


Angie

Ceaton   31      9      0.28429933969185600

Jackie

Phillips   9      3      0.08253851797505500

John

Lutz   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Richard

Copeman   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Nicholas

Bright   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Kevin

Williams   9      3      0.08253851797505500

George

Saghian   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Dan

Riddle   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Anthony

Barker   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Derek

Shaw   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Arthur

Mcgeown   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Hajas   9      3      0.08253851797505500

David

Davies   9      3      0.08253851797505500

James

Luck   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Cheng

Yang   9      3      0.08253851797505500

Keighley

Peters   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Tony

Knowles   467      133      4.28283198826119000

Richard

Craven   467      133      4.28283198826119000

SHARE PLAN BEFORE SECOND TRANCHE

  7,898      2,372      72.43213499633160000

Andrew

Evans*   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Peter

Shortman*   233      67      2.13683052090976000

Mike

Hewlett*   778      222      7.13499633162152000

Gerry

Kelly*   778      222      7.13499633162142000

Andrew

Tucker*   778      222      7.13499633162142000

 

81


Paul

Hammond   155      45      1.42149669845928000

Martin

Perry*   21      7      0.19258987527512800

David

Somersall*   21      7      0.19258987527512800

Owain

Roberts*   21      7      0.19258987527512800

Janet

Hopkins*   45      13      0.41269258987527500

Edward

Walsby*   21      7      0.19258987527512800

SHARE PLAN SECOND TRANCHE

  3,006      864      27.56786500366850000
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

  10,904      3,236      100   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Denotes EBT Beneficiaries’ whose names intentionally appear twice. The shareholdings and proportions of such individuals should be aggregated for the purposes of clause 3.7 of this Agreement.

 

82


SCHEDULE 3

THE COMPANY AND THE SUBSIDIARIES

PART I - THE COMPANY

 

Name: SPTS Technologies Group Limited
Incorporated: 16 May 2011
Registered in England under No.: 07635249
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital:

$9,995.73

Divided into:

437,450 Ordinary A Shares of $0.01

238,833 Ordinary B Shares of $0.01

102,099 Ordinary C Shares of $0.01

221,191 Deferred Shares of $0.01

Directors:

Christopher Bell

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Henry Nothhaft

Richard Rees

Kevin Reynolds

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Ernst & Young
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

83


PART II - THE SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name: SPTS Technologies Holdings Limited
Incorporated: 17 May 2011
Registered in England under No.: 07636450
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital:

$19,541.28

Divided into: 1,954,128 ordinary shares of $0.01

Directors:

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Richard Rees

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Ernst & Young
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

84


Name: SPTS Technologies Investments Limited
Incorporated: 16 May 2011
Registered in England under No.: 07635236
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital:

$19,541.28

Divided into: 1,954,128 ordinary shares of $0.01

Directors:

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Richard Rees

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Ernst & Young
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: Debenture dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Investments Limited, SPTS Technologies Sapphire Limited, SPTS Technologies UK Limited, SPTS Technologies Limited and SPTS Technologies Overseas Holdings Limited as Chargors and (2) Barclays Bank Plc as Security Agent.

 

85


Name: SPTS Technologies Sapphire Limited
Incorporated: 19 October 2010
Registered in England under No.: 07411841
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital:

$19,541.28

Divided into: 1,954,128 ordinary shares of $0.01

Directors:

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Richard Rees

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Ernst & Young
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: Debenture dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Investments Limited, SPTS Technologies Sapphire Limited, SPTS Technologies UK Limited, SPTS Technologies Limited and SPTS Technologies Overseas Holdings Limited as Chargors and (2) Barclays Bank Plc as Security Agent.

 

86


Name: SPTS Technologies UK Limited
Incorporated: 12 October 2009
Registered in England under No.: 07037812
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital:

£28,500,000.02

Divided into: 1,425,000,001 ordinary shares of £0.02

Directors:

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Richard Rees

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Ernst & Young
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: Debenture dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Investments Limited, SPTS Technologies Sapphire Limited, SPTS Technologies UK Limited, SPTS Technologies Limited and SPTS Technologies Overseas Holdings Limited as Chargors and (2) Barclays Bank Plc as Security Agent.

 

87


Name: SPTS Technologies Overseas Holdings Limited
Incorporated: 26 January 1984
Registered in England under No.: 01786418
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital:

£1,000

Divided into: 50,000 ordinary shares of £0.02

Directors:

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Richard Rees

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Deloitte LLP
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges:

Debenture dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Investments Limited, SPTS Technologies Sapphire Limited, SPTS Technologies UK Limited, SPTS Technologies Limited and SPTS Technologies Overseas Holdings Limited as Chargors and (2) Barclays Bank Plc as Security Agent.

 

Pledge Agreement dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Overseas Holdings Limited as Pledgor and (2) Barclays Bank Plc as Security Agent.

 

88


Name: SPTS Technologies Limited
Incorporated: 12 October 2009
Registered in England under No.: 07037852
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital:

£13,000,000.02

Divided into: 650,000,001 ordinary shares of £0.02

Directors:

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Richard Rees

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Ernst & Young
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: Debenture dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Investments Limited, SPTS Technologies Sapphire Limited, SPTS Technologies UK Limited, SPTS Technologies Limited and SPTS Technologies Overseas Holdings Limited as Chargors and (2) Barclays Bank Plc as Security Agent.
Mortgage dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Limited as Chargor and (2) Barclays Bank Plc as Security Agent.

 

89


Name: SPTS Technologies ET Limited
Incorporated: 25 August 2009
Registered in England under No.: 07000106
Registered Office:

Ringland Way

Newport

Gwent

NP18 2TA

Issued Share Capital: £1 comprising ordinary share of £1
Directors:

Kevin Crofton

William Johnson

Richard Rees

Secretary: Richard Craven
Auditors: Deloitte LLP
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

90


Name: SPTS Technologies SAS (France RCS GRENOBLE B 517 680 286) Limited
Incorporated: 21 January 2010
Registered in Grenoble under No.: 517 680 286
Registered Office: 445 rue Lavoisier – Bat. B
38330 Montbonnot, Saint Martin, France
Issued Share Capital: €600,000
Divided into: 600,000 nominal shares of €1
Directors: Richard Rees, President
Secretary: Richard Rees
Auditors: Ernst & Young
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

91


Name: SPTS Technologies Ltd. (Taiwan)
Incorporated: 26 December 2005
Registered in Taiwan under No.: 28063309
Registered Office: 10F-1, No. 120, Sec. 2
Gong Dao Wu Rd.
Hsinchu, 200
Taiwan, R.O.C.
Issued Share Capital: Amount: NT$500,000
Divided into: N/A
Directors: Richard Rees
Rutgers Chow
Kevin Crofton
Secretary: N/A
Auditors: Deloitte & Touche LLP
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

92


Name: STS GmbH (Germany shell)
Incorporated: 29 June 1995
Registered in German under No.: HRB3139
Registered Office: Imperial Park Newport (Liquidation address)
Issued Share Capital: Amount: €178,952
Divided into: 178,952 shares of €1 each
Directors: None as in liquidation (liquidator is Richard Rees)
Secretary: N/A
Auditors: N/A
Accounting Reference Date: None as in liquidation
Charges: None

 

93


Name: SPTS Technologies, Inc. (USA)
Incorporated: 20 October 1995
Registered in California under No.: CA C1951172
Registered Office: C/O Graeme Wheeler
1150 Ringwood Ct.
San Jose, CA 95131
Issued Share Capital: In California, there is no legal capital (in dollar amount form) other than that shown on financial statements because there is no concept of par value.
SPTS Inc is authorised to issue 10,000 shares of common stock, and there are 10,000 shares outstanding, all owned by STS
Directors: Richard Rees
Kevin Crofton
William Johnson
Secretary: Richard Rees
Auditors: Brent Hopkins (tax)
Hopkins & Yancey LLP
2033 Gateway Place, Suite 500
San Jose, CA 95110
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: Security Agreement dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Inc. and Primaxx Inc. as Debtors and (2) Barclays Bank as Security Agent.
Pledge Agreement dated 31 May 2012 and made between SPTS Technologies Inc. as Pledgor and (2) Barclays Bank as Security Agent.

 

94


Name: SPTS Technologies PTY Ltd. (Australia)
Incorporated: 17 March 2011
Registered in Australia under No: 149883992
Registered Office: 5/195 North Road, Gardenvale, Victoria, 3185
Issued Share Capital: $2
Divided into: 2 shares of $1 each
Directors: Richard Rees
William Johnson
Stuart Uhlhorn
Secretary: Charles Baird
Auditors: None (dormant)
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

95


Name: SPTS Technologies PTE Ltd. (Singapore)
Incorporated: 17 January 2005
Registered in Singapore under No.: 200500761E
Registered Office: 10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65, #05-11
Techpoint, Singapore 569059
Issued Share Capital: Amount: SG$62,940
Divided into: 62,940 ordinary shares of SG$1.00
Directors: Richard Rees
Ian Wright
Kevin Crofton
Secretary: Keioth Raj Kumar
Auditors: Deloitte & Touche LLP
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

96


Name: SPTS Technologies GmbH (Germany)
Incorporated: 13 January 2010
Registered in Germany under No.: HRB28939
Registered Office: Povianthofstr. 1
01099, Dresden
Issued Share Capital: Amount: €25,000
Divided into: 25,000 shares of €1
Directors: Kevin Crofton
Secretary: N/A
Auditors: N/A
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

97


Name: Primaxx, Inc. (USA)
Incorporated: 25 September 1998
Registered in Delaware under No: DE 2948408
Registered Office: 7377 William Avenue #800
Allentown, PA 18106
Issued Share Capital 100 shares of common stock of $0.10 each.
Directors: Richard Rees
Kevin Crofton
William Johnson
Secretary: Richard Rees
Auditors: Hopkins & Yancey, LLP
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: Security Agreement dated 31 May 2012 and made between (1) SPTS Technologies Inc. and Primaxx Inc. as Debtors and (2) Barclays Bank as Security Agent.

 

98


Name: SPTS Technologies Shanghai Inc. (China)
Incorporated: 4 August 2004
Registered in Shanghai under No.: 310115400156284 or 3100 765 584 204
Registered Office: Room 415, 4 th Floor, No. 5 Building
3000 Long Dong Avenue
Puding, Shanghai
China
Issued Share Capital: Amount: US$450,000
Divided into: N/A
Directors: Richard Rees
Rutgers Chow
Kevin Crofton
Secretary: N/A
Auditors: Shanghai JaHwa CPAs
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

99


Name: Xactix, Inc.
Incorporated: 16 December 1998
Registered in Pennsylvania under No.: PA 2850892
Registered Office: 2430 Sydney Street
Suite 300
Pittsburgh
Allegheny
Pennsylvania 15203
Issued Share Capital: 1,102,000 shares of common stock
509,151 shares of preferred stock
Directors: Kevin Crofton
William Johnson
Richard Rees
Secretary: Richard Rees
Auditors: None, as not required in USA
Accounting Reference Date: 31 December
Charges: None

 

100


SCHEDULE 4

CONDITION

 

1 The Marketing Period having been completed in accordance with this Agreement.

 

101


SCHEDULE 5

COMPLETION AND DELIVERY OBLIGATIONS

PART I - OBLIGATIONS AND DELIVERIES OF THE SELLERS

 

1 DELIVERY OBLIGATIONS

Subject to the Buyer performing its obligations in accordance with Part II of this Schedule at Completion, the Sellers shall deliver, or (if the Buyer shall so agree in writing) make available, to the Buyer (provided that the obligations in paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2 and, where appropriate, 1.5, 1.6, 1.8 and 1.10 shall be performed by each Seller on an individual basis):

Share transfers, statutory books etc.

 

1.1 duly executed transfers of the Shares by the registered holders in favour of the Buyer (or persons duly nominated by the Buyer) and the respective share certificates or, if the certificates or other instruments are found to be missing, an express indemnity in a form satisfactory to the Buyer in lieu of such share certificates;

 

1.2 a certified copy of any power of attorney under which this Agreement or any of the transfers or other documents referred to in this Schedule is executed (to the extent not previously provided);

 

1.3 the statutory books of each Target Group Company registered in England and Wales (including without limitation the statutory registers of transfers, allotments and members), together with the authentication codes for purposes of e-filing with Companies House in respect of such Target Group Companies;

 

1.4 powers of attorney in the approved terms in respect of the exercise of the rights attaching to the Shares executed by each registered holder of the Shares;

Resignations and Deed of Termination

 

1.5 resignation letters (as directors of such Target Group Companies as the Buyer may direct) in the approved terms executed as deeds by the Outgoing Directors;

 

1.6 the Deed of Termination duly signed by each party to the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement;

Banking arrangements

 

1.7 if so requested by the Buyer, executed releases, in the approved terms, of all mortgages, charges and debentures or other security granted or entered into by each Target Group Company;

 

102


Other documents in the approved terms etc.

 

1.8 the certificates issued in relation to the Loan Notes or an indemnity in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer in lieu of such certificates;

 

1.9 a copy of the Retention Account Instruction Letter signed by the Sellers’ Representatives;

 

1.10 the Separation Agreement executed by William Johnson;

 

1.11 a copy of the Completion Bonus Plan Table;

 

1.12 the Deferred Consideration Agreement duly signed by Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP and the Management Sellers.

 

2 PROCUREMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

2.1 Each Seller agrees with the Buyer to procure that at Completion that:

 

  2.1.1 the following documents shall be delivered, or (if the Buyer shall so agree in writing) made available, to the Buyer:

 

  2.1.1.1 the BluGlass Legal Opinion duly executed for and on behalf of Ashurst LLP (Australia); and

 

  2.1.1.2 the Certificate of Title duly addressed to the Buyer.

Board resolutions

 

2.2 (with the co-operation of the Buyer) board resolutions, in the approved terms, of the Company are passed approving:

 

  2.2.1 the registration (subject, where necessary, to due stamping) of the transfers in respect of the Shares; and

 

  2.2.2 appointing such persons as nominated by the Buyer to be the directors of the Company and accepting the resignations of the Outgoing Directors.

 

103


PART II - OBLIGATIONS AND DELIVERIES OF THE BUYER

Subject to the Sellers performing their obligations in accordance with Part I of this Schedule, on Completion the Buyer shall:

 

1 arrange for the wire transfer by CHAPS of the Cash Consideration less (i) an amount equal to the EBT Loan (which shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 3.9 of this agreement) and (ii) an amount equal to the Employer Tax Liability (which shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 3.10 of this Agreement) as follows:

 

  (i) the proportion payable to SPP, less the SPP Fees Contribution, shall be transferred to the SPP’s Solicitors Account; and

 

  (ii) the aggregate of the proportions of the Cash Consideration payable to the Bridgepoint Sellers, Management Sellers and Trustee Seller, plus the SPP Fees Contribution, shall be transferred to the Sellers’ Solicitors Account,

receipt of which shall discharge the Buyer from its obligation to pay such amount of the Consideration to the Sellers;

 

2 arrange for the wire transfer by CHAPS of the Retention Amount to the Retention Account;

 

3 deliver to the Sellers’ Solicitors a copy of the Retention Account Instruction Letter duly signed by the Buyer;

 

4 deliver to the Sellers’ Solicitors a copy of the Deferred Consideration Agreement duly signed by the Buyer and the Guarantor;

 

5 deliver to the Sellers’ Solicitors a certified copy of a board resolution for the Buyer authorising the execution and performance by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement and each of the documents to be executed by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

6 deliver to the Sellers’ Solicitors a foreign legal opinion in the approved terms confirming, among other things, that the Guarantor has all requisite corporate power, capacity and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Deferred Consideration Agreement.

Immediately following Completion, the Buyer agrees with the Sellers to procure that the Company:

 

1 makes a wire transfer by CHAPS of the Bridgepoint Loan Note Indebtedness to the Sellers’ Solicitors Account;

 

2 makes a wire transfer by CHAPS of the SPP Loan Note Indebtedness to SPP’s Solicitors’ Account;

 

104


3 to the extent required by the Commitment Parties as a Condition to the Debt Financing, or otherwise to the extent considered expedient or desirable by the Buyer (in its sole discretion), arranges for the payment to Barclays Bank plc (to such account as Barclays Bank plc may designate) and to HSBC Bank plc (to such account as HSBC Bank plc may designate) of an amount in aggregate equal to the Bank Indebtedness and arranges the release of all assets pledged as security related to the Bank Indebtedness; and

 

4 arranges, if applicable, for the provision of a bank-to-bank indemnity (or any equivalent security as may be specified by Barclays Bank plc prior to Completion) to Barclays Bank plc in relation to the migration of ancillary facilities provided by Barclays Bank plc.

 

105


SCHEDULE 6

WARRANTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL WARRANTIES

 

1 INCORPORATION AND INFORMATION

 

1.1 The Company is duly incorporated and validly subsisting and, if such concept is applicable, in good standing, under the laws of its country of incorporation. The Company has the corporate power conduct its business as now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business.

 

1.2 The Company is not in violation, in any material respect, of any of the provisions of its constitutional documents.

 

1.3 The information set out in Schedules 1, 2, 3 and 8 is true and accurate in all respects.

 

2 NO CONFLICT

 

2.1 Neither the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, nor the performance by the Sellers of their obligations under the Transaction Documents will:

 

  2.1.1 conflict with, or result in a violation of or default under any provision of the constitutional documents of the Company,

 

  2.1.2 conflict with, or result in a violation of, or a default under (with or without notice, lapse of time, or both), any Permit, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company,

 

  2.1.3 conflict with, or result in a material violation of, or material default under (with or without notice, lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation, renegotiation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any benefit under, or require consent, approval or waiver from any Person in accordance with, the terms of any Contract to which the Company is a party;

 

  2.1.4 result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance with respect to any property or assets of the Company: or

 

  2.1.5 cause the Company to lose any interest in or the benefit of any asset, right, license or privilege, it presently owns or enjoys and will not result in any present or future Indebtedness of the Company becoming due prior to its stated maturity.

 

2.2 Neither the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, nor the performance by the Sellers of their obligations under the Transaction Documents will not give rise or cause any option or right of pre-emption in relation to the Shares to become exercisable that would prevent or prohibit the acquisition of the Shares by the Buyer.

 

106


3 CONSENTS

Except for the consents set out in Schedule 10 of this Agreement, so far as the Warrantors are aware, no consent, waiver, approval, or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with (i) any Governmental Entity or (ii) any party to any Contract with the Company, is required in connection with acquisition of Shares by the Buyer or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4 CAPITALIZATION

 

4.1 The allotted and issued share capital of the Company as of the date of this Agreement comprises the Shares, all of which are duly authorised, validly issued and fully paid and are owned beneficially and of record by the shareholders listed in Schedule 2.

 

4.2 Apart from this Agreement (as it relates to the sale of Shares to the Buyer) and the Deferred Consideration Agreement (as it relates to the sale of shares in BluGlass), there is no Contract outstanding which calls for the allotment, issue or transfer of, or accords to any Person the right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, any share of capital, other security, right or loan capital of any Target Group Company, including, without limitation, options, warrants, calls, pre-emptive rights, or securities exercisable for, or convertible or exchangeable into, or other rights, Contracts or commitments of any character entitling anyone to purchase or receive, any shares of the capital stock of any Target Group Company.

 

5 SUBSIDIARY SHARES

 

5.1 The Company is the sole direct or indirect legal and beneficial owner of the entire allotted and issued share capital of each of the Subsidiaries.

 

5.2 The issued shares of each of the Subsidiaries held directly or indirectly by the Company are validly issued, fully paid and are free and clear from all Encumbrances.

 

5.3 The Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or redeem any of its issued share capital.

 

6 INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

 

6.1 Other than as set out in the Disclosure Letter, none of the Target Group Companies:

 

  6.1.1 holds or beneficially owns, or has agreed to acquire, any securities of any corporation other than its own Subsidiaries; or

 

  6.1.2 is or has agreed to become a member of any partnership or other unincorporated association, joint venture or consortium (other than recognised trade associations).

 

6.2 In respect of the Target Group’s holding in BluGlass Limited (a public company whose shares are listed on ASX, “ BluGlass ”):

 

  6.2.1 SPTS Technologies UK Limited is the only Target Group Company that holds shares in BluGlass, and in particular no “associate” (as defined in section 12 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001) of any Target Group Company holds shares in BluGlass;

 

107


  6.2.2 Swansea University is independent of the Target Group and no Target Group Company has any right to vote on or dispose of the shares in BluGlass gifted to Swansea University in May 2014; and

 

  6.2.3 the Target Group holds a “relevant interest” (as defined in Chapter 6 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001) of less than 20 per cent. of BluGlass.

 

7 CONSTITUTIONAL AND CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

 

7.1 All statutory books and registers of each of the Target Group Companies have been properly kept in all material respects.

 

7.2 All returns, particulars, resolutions and other documents which each of the Target Group Companies is required by law to file with or deliver to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales (or the equivalent authority in the relevant jurisdiction of incorporation) have been made up and filed or, as the case may be, delivered.

 

8 LICENCES AND CONSENTS

 

8.1 Each of the Target Group Companies has all necessary Permits and authorities materially necessary (in the context of the business of such Target Group Company) to carry on its business in the places and in the manner in which its business is now carried on.

 

8.2 No formal notice has been received by any of the Target Group Companies to suggest that and, so far as the Warrantors are aware, there is no Basis for, the suspension, cancellation, revocation or non-renewal of any of the Permits and authorities referred to in paragraph 8.1 above.

 

9 INSURANCE

 

9.1 A list of all of the Company’s current insurance policies is contained in the Disclosure Letter. There are no material outstanding claims under, or in respect of the validity of, any of the insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of each of the Target Group Companies and in respect of the Target Group Companies there is no Basis for any material claim under any of those policies.

 

9.2 All the insurance policies are in full force and effect, are not void or voidable and all premiums payable in respect of such policies have been paid.

 

10 DISPUTES

 

10.1 None of the Target Group Companies is as at the date of this Agreement engaged in any Legal Proceedings (except for debt collection in the normal course of business).

 

108


10.2 So far as the Warrantors are aware, no such proceedings, as are mentioned in paragraph 10.1 of this Part 1 of Schedule 6 are or have been threatened against any of the Target Group Companies in the last 12 months.

 

10.3 There are no Legal Proceedings pending nor, so far as the Warrantors are aware, threatened (i) against any of the Target Group Companies or any officer, director or employer of any of the Target Group Companies in their capacity as such; or (ii) that questions the validity of the Transaction Documents or the capacity of the Sellers to enter into them; or (iii) that could reasonably be expected to constitute, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.

 

10.4 So far as the Warrantors are aware, no officer, director or employee of any of the Target Group Companies is a party to or is named as subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality in their capacity as such or such as would materially affect any of the Target Group Companies in an adverse way.

 

11 CONTRACTS

For the purposes of this paragraph 11, “ Material Contract ” means any material Contract to which any of the Target Group Companies is a party as listed in Annexure 6.

 

11.1 Complete and accurate copies of all Material Contracts have been disclosed in the Data Room.

 

11.2 Except for the Material Contracts listed in Annexure 6, none of the Target Group Companies is a party to or subject to any of the following Contracts:

 

  11.2.1 any distributor, reseller, sales, advertising, agency or original equipment manufacturing Contract;

 

  11.2.2 one which is not in the ordinary and usual course of business of the relevant Target Group Company or which was entered into other than on an arm’s length basis with a third party;

 

  11.2.3 one which constitutes a partnership, joint venture, consortium, joint development, shareholders or similar arrangements;

 

  11.2.4 one for the purchase of materials, supplies, equipment or services, involving, in the case of any such Contract, more than $400,000 over the life of the Contract;

 

  11.2.5 any trust indenture, mortgage, promissory note, loan agreement or other Contract for the borrowing of money, any currency exchange, commodities or other hedging arrangement or any leasing transaction of the type required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP;

 

109


  11.2.6 any Contract with respect to the obligations, liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) or Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

  11.2.7 one that expires (or may be renewed at the option of any Person other than the relevant Target Group Company) so as to expire more than one year after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  11.2.8 one for any capital expenditure in excess of $200,000 individually or $500,000 in the aggregate.

 

11.3 Each Material Contract is in full force and effect and binding on the parties to it and so far as the Warrantors are aware none of the parties thereto has defaulted under or breached a Material Contract.

 

11.4 No written notice of termination of a Material Contract has been received or served by the Company and, so far as the Warrantors are aware, no Material Contract is liable to be terminated by another party as a result of the transfer of the Shares to the Buyer and no Material Contract exists under which rights of any Person are liable to arise or be affected as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

11.5 During the last 12 months, no material (in the context of the Business taken as a whole) supplier of the Company has ceased supplying it, nor has any such supplier notified the Company in writing that it will cease supplying it or that it will materially reduce its supplies to the Company.

 

11.6 During the last 12 months, no material (in the context of the Business taken as a whole) customer of the Company has ceased trading with it, nor has any such customer notified any of the Company in writing that it intends to cease trading with it.

 

11.7 So far as the Warrantors are aware, there does not exist any Basis for the Company not enjoying, following Completion, all economic benefits that the Company enjoyed prior to Completion, pursuant to any Contract to which it is a party as of the date of this Agreement.

 

11.8 Following Completion, so far as the Warrantors are aware, the Target Group Companies will be permitted to exercise all of their rights under any Contract to which they are party without the acceleration of any payments due thereunder and without the payment of any additional amounts of consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments that it would otherwise be required to pay in accordance with the terms of such Contracts had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.

 

12 FINANCE AND GUARANTEES

 

12.1 Particulars of all Indebtedness, including overdrafts, loans or other financial facilities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any ancillary banking facilities or credit card or BACS facilities, any interest-rate, currency or other hedging, derivative or similar transaction), outstanding or available to any of the Target Group Companies immediately prior to the date of this Agreement are contained in the Accounts or listed in the Disclosure Letter.

 

110


12.2 Except as disclosed, no guarantee, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment or other security agreement or indemnity, letter of support (of whatever nature), suretyship, or similar arrangement for the postponement or subordination of debt has been given by or entered into by any of the Target Group Companies.

 

12.3 No Indebtedness of any of the Target Group Companies is due and payable and no security over any of the assets of any of the Target Group Companies is now enforceable, and no Target Group Company has received a demand or notice (whether formal or informal) from any lenders of money to that company, requiring repayment thereof or indicating the intention of any such lender to enforce any security which it holds over any assets of that company, and, so far as the Warrantors are aware, there is no Basis for any such demand or notice, in each case whether by virtue of the stated maturity date of the Indebtedness having been reached or otherwise.

 

12.4 Except as disclosed, no Indebtedness, including overdrafts, loans or other financial facilities, of any of the Target Group Companies are dependent upon any guarantee or security provided by any third party.

 

12.5 Except as disclosed, no Target Group Company has applied for or received any grant or allowance from any Governmental Entity.

 

13 ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY

For the purposes of paragraphs 13, 14 and 22 of this Part I to Schedule 6, the following terms bear the following meanings:

Environment means the natural and man-made environment including all or any of the following media: air (including air within buildings and other natural or man-made structures above or below the ground), water and land and any ecological systems and living organisms or systems (including man) supported by those media.

E&S Matters means all matters relating to (i) pollution, contamination or protection of the Environment; (ii) health and safety at work; (iii) the presence, or Release of Hazardous Substances; (iv) the adverse exposure of any Person to Hazardous Substances; (v) the creation or existence of any noise, vibration, odour or radiation related common law or statutory nuisance; and/or (vi) protection, remediation, reinstatement or restoration of the Environment or any part of it (but in all cases excluding matters in relation to town and country planning and / or land zoning).

E&S Permits means all material (in the context of the Business taken as a whole) permits, licenses, consents, registrations and other authorisations required under any E&S Laws for the operation of the Business.

 

111


E&S Laws means all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, directives, orders, secondary legislation, common law and other national, international, federal and European Union laws and final court judgments and legally binding codes of practice and guidance notices and secondary legislation which relate to E&S Matters that are in all cases legally binding and in force as at the date of this Agreement.

Harm means any material harm to the Environment regulated by any E&S Laws.

Hazardous Substances means any pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous material, substance, or petroleum or any fraction thereof or any other material, substance or organism which, alone or in combination with others, is capable of causing Harm, including radioactive substances and materials containing asbestos.

Release means any release, spill, escape, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration of a Hazardous Substance into the indoor or outdoor environment of any Properties, including the subsequent movement of such Hazardous Substances through or in the air, soil, surface water or groundwater at any Properties.

Regulatory Authority means any governmental authority, agency or department having authority under, or jurisdiction in respect of, any E&S Laws.

 

13.1 Each of the Target Group Companies holds all E&S Permits currently required to carry on the Business in the places and in the manner in which the Business is now carried on and all such E&S Permits are in full force and effect and, so far as the Warrantors are aware, there is no Basis for the revocation, suspension, termination, imposition of a material amendment or non-renewal of any E&S Permits.

 

13.2 So far as the Warrantors are aware, each of the Target Group Companies has at all times complied and is in compliance in all material respects with all E&S Laws and E&S Permits and the Warrantors are not aware of any facts or circumstances which will lead to a breach of E&S Laws and a formal written claim in respect of the E&S Matters.

 

13.3 There have been no formal written claims, prosecutions, or proceedings, or regulatory investigations in the 4 years prior to the date of this Agreement: (i) brought by any Regulatory Authority against any of the Target Group Companies in respect of Harm arising from the operation of the Business which results from a breach of any E&S Permits or E&S Laws (ii) arising from the Release by any Target Group Company of a Hazardous Substance or (iii) brought or threatened in writing by a third party with regard to a breach of E&S Laws.

 

13.4 None of the Target Group Companies has received any formal written enforcement, prohibition, stop, remediation, improvement or any other notice from any Regulatory Authority with regard to a breach of E&S Laws in respect of the Target Group Companies or any of the Properties.

 

112


13.5 So far as the Warrantors are aware, the Company has made available copies or provided details to Buyer of material environmental-related audits, health and safety policy statements, reports and investigations that have been performed with respect to the Target Group Companies, the Business or any Property, produced for the Company within the 3 years prior to the date of this Agreement, and any recommendations in such environmental-related audits, reports and investigations have been complied with (save to the extent that failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the business of a Target Group Company, the Business or any Property).

 

13.6 So far as the Warrantors are aware, there has been no Release by any Target Group Company of any Hazardous Substances on any Properties or, to the knowledge of the Warrantors, at any third party location to which the Company sent Hazardous Substances for treatment or disposal, which in each case have resulted in a material breach of E&S laws by the Target Group Company.

 

13.7 The products manufactured, distributed or sold in connection with the Business are in material compliance with the EU Directive for the Restriction of Hazardous Materials in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, the EU Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment, and the EU Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and, so far as the Warrantors are aware, are otherwise in material compliance with E&S Laws.

 

13.8 So far as the Warrantors are aware, the Target Group Companies have not given or received any warranties or indemnities or any other agreement in respect of any liabilities, duties or obligations that arise under E&S Laws which remain extant as at the date of this Agreement.

 

14 PROPERTY

 

14.1 In this paragraph 14:

Leasehold Property ” shall mean all those leasehold premises described in Schedule 8 Part II; and

Freehold Property ” shall mean the freehold premises described in Schedule 8 Part I and which is the subject of the Certificate of Title.

 

14.2 Schedule 8 contains an accurate and complete list of all the real estate owned, controlled, used or occupied by the Target Group Companies or in which the Target Group Companies have any interest or liability (whether actual or contingent).

 

14.3 The Owner (in this paragraph 14 meaning the Target Group Company which is the occupier of the relevant Leasehold Property) is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the relevant Leasehold Property (other than any relevant landlord thereof) and has good title to the Leasehold Property and the Owner is in exclusive physical occupation and possession.

 

113


14.4 The Target Group Companies have in their possession or control the original title deeds and documents necessary to prove good title to the Properties

 

14.5 So far as the Warrantors are aware, the Leasehold Property has the benefit of the legal rights and easements necessary for the use and enjoyment of the Leasehold Property for the existing use (in each case as set out in Schedule 8, in this paragraph 14 “Existing Use”).

 

14.6 The Owner has not received written notice of any dispute in respect of the Leasehold Property or its use which remains outstanding and the Warrantors are not aware of any Basis for any such dispute.

 

14.7 The Owner has not received written notice of any material alleged breach of any covenants, restrictions, stipulations or other encumbrances affecting the Leasehold Property.

 

14.8 So far as the Warrantors are aware, all Permits that are required in relation to the Existing Use of the Leasehold Property or any alterations and improvements to them have been obtained.

 

14.9 No Permits required in relation to the Existing Use of the Leasehold Property are subject to an existing challenge to their validity and the Warrantors are not aware of any Basis to challenge such validity.

 

14.10 The Owner has not received written notice of any consents planning permissions, agreements, obligations, orders or regulations issued under any planning legislation, or any building regulations, consents or bylaws for the time being in force not having been fully complied with in relation to the Leasehold Property.

 

14.11 There are no rent reviews outstanding or in progress under any lease of any Leasehold Property.

 

14.12 So far as the Warrantors are aware the Freehold Property has never suffered from flooding.

 

14.13 The Owner has not received written notice of any breach of any applicable law or regulation in respect of the Leasehold Property and the Warrantors are not aware of any Basis to claim that any such breach has occurred.

 

14.14 The Owner has paid the rent due and payable under the leases set out at Part II of Schedule 8. The Owner has not received written notice that any covenants or conditions, on the part of the tenant contained in any such lease have not been observed or performed.

 

14.15 The content of the Certificate of Title is true and accurate in all material respects.

 

15 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

15.1

All Intellectual Property Rights which are of material importance to, and are used by, the Business are legally and beneficially owned by the Target Group Companies free and clear from Encumbrances or are licensed by the Target Group Companies. So far as the

 

114


  Warrantors are aware, all renewal, application and other registry fees required for the maintenance, protection and enforcement of such Intellectual Property Rights have been paid when due.

 

15.2 All Intellectual Property Rights which are beneficially or legally owned by Target Group Companies (“ Company Intellectual Property ”) are subsisting and enforceable and are not subject to any opposition, revocation or cancellation proceedings or counterclaims.

 

15.3 The Disclosure Letter contains all Contracts under which:

 

  15.3.1 any of the Target Group Companies uses or exploits Intellectual Property Rights owned by any third party (including any Seller or EBT Beneficiary) which are material to the Business (the “ Licensed Intellectual Property ”), other than standard commercially available off-the-shelf, shrink-wrap or click-through licenses; or

 

  15.3.2 any of the Target Group Companies has licensed or agreed to license to any third party (including any Seller or EBT Beneficiary), any Company Intellectual Property or otherwise permitted the use of any Company Intellectual Property by any third party (including any Seller or EBT Beneficiary).

 

15.4 So far as the Warranties are aware, the Contracts referred to in paragraph 15.3 of this Part I of Schedule 6:

 

  15.4.1 are valid and binding;

 

  15.4.2 have not been the subject of any breach or default by any party or of any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would constitute a default; and

 

  15.4.3 are not the subject of any claim, dispute or proceeding, pending or threatened.

and in each case, no Basis exists to claim otherwise.

 

15.5 So far as the Warrantors are aware, the activities of the Target Group Companies and the conduct of the Business do not infringe and have not in the last 24 months prior to the date of this Agreement infringed the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. There are no claims pending or, as far as the Warrantors are aware, threatened against any of the Target Group Companies asserting any such infringement or challenging the Target Group Companies’ title to any Company Intellectual Property or their right to use any Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

15.6 So far as the Warrantors are aware, other than the Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property, no other Intellectual Property Rights are necessary to enable the operation of the Business.

 

15.7 So far as the Warrantors are aware, no Intellectual Property Rights necessary to enable the conduct of the Business is owned or held by any current or former employee, consultant, director or shareholder of any of the Target Group Companies, nor does any of them have any right to any of such Intellectual Property Rights.

 

115


15.8 So far as the Warrantors are aware, there has been no infringement by any third party of any Company Intellectual Property, nor any third party breach of confidence, passing off or actionable act of unfair competition in relation to the business and assets of any of the Target Group Companies.

 

15.9 Reasonable steps have been taken to keep all Know-how which is material (in the context of the Business taken as a whole) and confidential to the Target Group Companies confidential (save as discussed in the ordinary course of business and then subject to a written obligation of confidentiality).

 

15.10 All Know-how of the Target Group Companies is sufficiently documented to allow its full and proper use without reliance on the special knowledge or memory of any one or more individuals.

 

15.11 None of the Target Group Companies is, nor as a result of the execution or delivery of any of the Transaction Documents or consummation of the transactions provided for therein, will any of the Target Group Companies be, in violation of any Contract relating to any Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property to which any of the Target Group Companies is a party or otherwise bound.

 

15.12 So far as the Warrantors are aware, none of the Target Group Companies have disclosed to any Person any source code that is part of the Company Intellectual Property and no Person, other than the relevant Target Group Company, possesses any current or contingent right to obtain, modify, distribute, disclose or have disclosed to them any source code that is part of the Company Intellectual Property.

 

15.13 None of the Company Intellectual Property was developed by or for or on behalf of, or using grants or any other subsidies of, any Governmental Entity or any university, and no government funding, facilities, faculty or students of a university, college, other educational institution or research centre or funding from third parties was used in the development of any Company Intellectual Property. No current or former employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor of any Target Group Company, who was involved in, or who contributed to, the creation or development of any Company Intellectual Property, has performed services for a Governmental Entity, university, college, or other educational institution or research center during a period of time during which such employee, consultant or independent contractor was also performing services for the Target Group Companies.

 

15.14 No software used or owned by the Target Group Companies:

 

  15.14.1 is subject to any ‘copyleft’ obligation or condition or contains any software code that is distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: GNU General Public License or GNU Lesser General Public License;

 

116


  15.14.2 contains any software code that is licensed under any terms or conditions that create, or purport to create, obligations requiring the disclosure, distribution or license of all or a portion of the source code for any software owned or used by the Target Group Companies;

 

  15.14.3 contains any software code that is licensed under any terms or conditions that impose any requirements that any software using, linked with, incorporating, distributed with, based on, derived from or accessing such software code (i) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; (ii) be licensed under terms that allow reverse engineering, reverse assembly or disassembly of any kind; or (iii) be redistributable at no charge; or

 

  15.14.4 is subject to any obligation or condition that could otherwise impose any limitation, restriction or condition on the right or ability of the Target Group Companies to use or distribute its products and services.

 

15.15 Each former and current employee, agent, consultant or contractor of and to any of the Target Group Companies has executed and delivered to the relevant Target Group Company a confidential information and intellectual property assignment agreement, and have conveyed to the relevant Target Group Company by appropriately executed instruments of assignment full, effective and exclusive ownership of all tangible and intangible property thereby arising. No current or former employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor associated with the Target Group Companies who has contributed to or participated in the conception and development of any Company Intellectual Property has any rights therein or has asserted or threatened any claim against any Target Group Company in connection with such person’s involvement in the conception and development of any Company Intellectual Property nor, to the Warrantors’ knowledge, is there any Basis for asserting or threatening any such claim.

 

15.16 The Disclosure Letter contains true details of all registered Intellectual Property Rights (and applications for such rights) beneficially or legally owned by any of the Target Group Companies.

 

16 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

For the purposes of this paragraph 16, the following terms bear the following meanings:

IT Contracts means all Contracts under which any third party provides any element of, or services relating to, IT System, including leasing, hire purchase, licensing, maintenance and service agreements.

IT System means all computer hardware and software owned, used, leased or licensed by any of the Target Group Companies.

 

117


16.1 The Disclosure Letter contains complete and materially accurate particulars of all IT Contracts of material importance to the Business of the Target Group Companies taken as a whole.

 

16.2 Save to the extent provided in (or reasonably apparent from) the IT Contracts, the Target Group Companies are the owners of the IT System free and clear from Encumbrances.

 

16.3 The IT Contracts are valid and binding and, so far as the Warrantors are aware, no act or omission has occurred which would, if necessary with the giving of notice or lapse of time, constitute a material breach of any such contract.

 

16.4 There are and have been no claims, disputes or Legal Proceedings arising or threatened under any IT Contracts.

 

16.5 The IT System has sufficient capacity and performance to meet the current business requirements of the Target Group Companies.

 

16.6 The Target Group Companies have not in the last six months experienced a material failure or breakdown of any portion of the IT System.

 

17 ACCOUNTS

 

17.1 The Accounts have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

17.2 The Accounts give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and state of affairs of the Company and the Subsidiaries as a whole as at the Accounts Date and of the profit and loss of the Target Group Companies for the financial year ended on that date.

 

17.3 No target Group Company has any liability, Indebtedness, obligation, expense, claim, deficiency, guaranty or endorsement of any type, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or other (“ Liability ”) of a type that would be required to be reserved against or otherwise disclosed or reflected on a balance sheet or the notes thereto prepared in accordance with GAAP, except for Liabilities specifically reflected, disclosed or reserved against in the Accounts or specifically disclosed in the notes thereto.

 

17.4 The Management Accounts have been carefully prepared on a basis consistent with the previous management accounts in the previous 12 month period, fairly reflect the assets and liabilities, state of affairs and trading position of the Target Group Companies as at their date and for the period to which they relate and, save as stated in the Management Accounts.

 

17.5 Since the Accounts Date, each of the Target Group Companies has carried on its business in the ordinary course and without interruption or alteration in the nature or scope of the business of the relevant Target Group Company, so as to maintain its assets and goodwill and to maintain it as a going concern.

 

17.6 Since the Accounts Date, none of the Target Group Companies:

 

118


  17.6.1 incurred or committed to incur:

 

  (a) any capital expenditure in excess of $1,000,000 in aggregate across all Target Group Companies (excluding expenditure in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, relating to customer evaluations or relating to tools for use with the Target Group’s demonstration laboratories); or

 

  (b) any liability whether actual or contingent except for full value or in the ordinary course of business;

 

  17.6.2 acquired or agreed to acquire:

 

  (a) any asset from a Seller or a Related Person of them;

 

  (b) any asset for a consideration higher than its market value at the time of acquisition or otherwise than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c) any business or substantial part of it or any share or shares in a body corporate;

 

  17.6.3 has:

 

  (a) disposed of, or agreed to dispose of, any of its assets (i) to any Seller or a Related Person of them; or (ii) except in the ordinary course of business and for fair value;

 

  (b) repaid wholly or in part any loan except upon the due date or dates for repayment;

 

  (c) issued or allotted share or loan capital, increased its authorised share capital, purchased or redeemed any shares, reduced or re organised its share capital or agreed to do so; or

 

  (d) declared, made, set aside or paid any distribution of profit, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of the Company’s share capital.

 

17.7 Additionally, since the Accounts Date there has not been:

 

  17.7.1 any material damage, destruction or loss of material assets or property (either in the context of the Business as a whole or having a value in excess of $250,000) owned by the Company, whether or not covered by insurance;

 

  17.7.2 any waiver or compromise by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of a valuable right or of a material debt (in the context of the business of the relevant Target Group Company) owed to it;

 

119


  17.7.3 any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or Encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, except in the ordinary course of business;

 

  17.7.4 any cancellation, termination or notice of intent to terminate or change the status relating to any Material Contract;

 

  17.7.5 any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, consultant, officer or director, and/or any change (whether or not material) in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or consultant who is also a shareholder or Related Person thereof;

 

  17.7.6 any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, with respect to any of its Properties or material assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s or Subsidiary’s ownership or use of such Property or assets;

 

  17.7.7 any incurring of any Indebtedness by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  17.7.8 any loans or guarantees made by the Company to or for the benefit of their respective employees, officers, directors or shareholders, or any Related Persons of any of them, other than travel advances and other customary advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  17.7.9 any sale, assignment, licensing or transfer of any Company Intellectual Property other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  17.7.10 any receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any material (in the context of the Business taken as a whole) customer of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries;

 

  17.7.11 any Contract by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to do any of the things described in paragraphs 17.6 or 17.7 above.

 

18 EMPLOYMENT

For the purposes of this paragraph 18 the following terms shall bear the following meanings:

Employee means any person employed by any of the Target Group Companies.

Employee Agreement means any Contract of employment between any of the Target Group Companies and any Employee.

Employment Legislation means legislation applying in England and Wales or such other jurisdiction in which the relevant Employee works that affects the contractual or other

 

120


relations between employers and their employees or workers including but not limited to any legislation and any amendment, extension or re-enactment of such legislation and any claim arising under any European treaty provisions or directives enforceable against any of the Target Group Companies.

Key Employee means any Employee of a Target Group Company with employment title of or of equivalent position to Director or Vice-President and Key Employee means any one of them.

Worker means any person who personally performs work for any Target Group Company but who is not in business on their own account or in a client/customer relationship.

 

18.1 The Disclosure Letter includes a materially accurate anonymised details of all Key Employees of all Target Group Companies including details of the Target Group Company that employs or engages them; their period of continuous employment, notice required to terminate the Contract or if it is for a fixed term, the date the fixed term will expire; workplace location; and current remuneration (including, without limitation, bonus, commission, profit sharing, share incentives, long term incentives and any other material benefits or arrangements or understandings in relation to payments to the Employees (the “ Schemes ”).

 

18.2 Other than the Schemes there are no bonus, commission, profit sharing, share incentives, long term incentives or any material benefits or arrangements or understandings in relation to payments to any of the Employees, officers or directors of the Target Group Companies. Further, the Company has not paid or agreed to pay any transaction bonus to any directors, officers or employees of any Target Group Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

18.3 No Target Group Company has any Contracts for the supply of agency workers or Contracts with any individual who provides services to any Target Group Company other than as an Employee.

 

18.4 No Target Group Company has made any outstanding offer nor agreed to employ any person who is not an employee of that Target Group Company at the date of this Agreement. So far as the Warrantors are aware, there is no Person (including, without limitation, “agents,” “distributors,” “independent contractors,” “consultants” or employees of manpower companies or other service providers) that is likely to be deemed to be an employee of any of the Target Group Companies.

 

18.5 There is not outstanding any Employee Agreement between any Target Group Company and any of its directors, officers or Employees which is not terminable by that Target Group Company without payment in lieu of notice, damages or compensation (other than any compensation mandated by applicable law) on three months’ (or less) notice given at any time.

 

121


18.6 Other than as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any transaction contemplated hereby or any termination of employment or service in connection therewith or subsequent thereto will (i) result in any payment (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any Employee, (ii) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to any Employee or result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits, (iii) increase the amount of compensation due to any Employee, or (iv) result in the forgiveness in whole or in part of any outstanding loans made by the Company to any Employee.

 

18.7 No notice to terminate the Contract of employment of any Key Employee (whether given by the relevant employer or by the Key Employee) is pending, outstanding or threatened and no dispute under any Employment Legislation or otherwise is outstanding or threatened and, to the Warrantors’ knowledge, no Basis exists for any such dispute between any of the Target Group Companies and any of its or their current or former Employees relating to or arising out of their employment or its termination.

 

18.8 There are no Employment Agreements, or other Contracts to which any of the Target Group Companies is a party or by which it is bound which, as a result of or in connection with this Agreement (i) will require any payment (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) by any of the Target Group Companies, or any consent or waiver from any Employee, (ii) will result in any change in the nature of any rights of any Employee, (iii) will entitle any Employee to receive any payment, right or benefit, (iv) will result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits, (v) will increase the amount of compensation due to any Employee, or (vi) will result in the forgiveness in whole or in part of any outstanding loans made by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to any Employee.

 

18.9 No actual or contingent liability has been incurred by any of the Target Group Companies for breach of any Employment Agreement with any Employee or former Employee whose employment terminated in the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement, including redundancy payments, protective awards, compensation for wrongful dismissal, unfair dismissal or for failure to comply with any order for the reinstatement or reengagement of any Employee, (ii) none of the Target Group Companies has made or agreed to make any payment or provided or agreed to provide any benefit to any Employee or former Employee in connection with the proposed termination or suspension of employment or variation of any Employment Agreement of any such Employee or former Employee which payment or benefit is pending or outstanding.

 

18.10 Each of the Target Group Companies has complied and is currently complying in all material respects, in respect of all Employees or former Employees whose employment or engagement terminated in the period of 24 months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement with all applicable law relating to employment and employment practices and with all other material obligations arising out of their terms and conditions of employment or engagement.

 

122


18.11 So far as the Warrantors are aware, each Target Group Company has maintained materially adequate, relevant and accurate records relating to its Employees and former Employees (including but not limited to records relating to employers’ liability insurance, data protection, working time legislation, national minimum wage, parental leave, maternity leave, paternity leave, adoption leave, sickness absence, accident records and evidence of entitlement to work in the United Kingdom or the relevant jurisdiction in which they work).

 

18.12 None of the Target Group Companies is, or has at any time in the last 12 months been, involved in any material industrial or trade dispute or negotiation regarding a claim with any Employee or former Employee, trade union, group or organisation of Employees or their representatives representing Employees and, so far as the Warrantors are aware, there is no Basis for any such dispute or claim.

 

18.13 There are no recognition, procedural or other arrangements with trade unions which relate to any of the Employees nor are any of the Employees members of a trade union; there are no outstanding applications for trade union recognition or derecognition relating to any of the Employees and nor, so far as the Warrantors are aware, are any such applications likely to be made; there is no staff association, works council or similar employee body or employee representatives relating to any of the Employees; the Company has not received an employee request under the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004 nor has any Target Group Company received any request from any Employee for any staff association, works council or similar employee body.

 

18.14 Since the Accounts Date or (where the relevant employment commenced after the beginning of such period) since the commencing date of the particular Employee’s employment save in the ordinary course of business there has been:

 

18.14.1 no material alteration in the terms of employment and/or engagement of any Employee;

 

18.14.2 no material change in the number of officers, Employees or consultants employed and/or engaged by the Target Group Companies; or

 

18.14.3 no material increase in any fees, earnings, remuneration or benefits paid or payable to any officer, Employee or consultant of the Target Group Companies, nor are any negotiations for any such increase current or, so far as the Warrantors are aware, likely to take place in the next 6 months.

 

18.15 None of the Target Group Companies is bound or accustomed to pay any material monies other than in respect of contractual remuneration or earnings of employment to or for the benefit of any Employee.

 

18.16 No Contract has been reached with any employee, trade union or other employee representative that will on a future date result in an increase in the rate of remuneration or enhanced benefits for any Employee, and no such change has occurred at any time since the Accounts Date.

 

123


18.17 No Employee of any Target Group Company is absent on maternity leave or has given notice to that Target Group Company of her intention to go on maternity leave, or has been absent (other than on holiday) for a period of more than four weeks at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of this Agreement owing to sickness or otherwise.

 

18.18 No Employee is currently subject to a disciplinary warning or disciplinary procedure and no Employee has raised a formal grievance in the period of 12 months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement.

 

18.19 All Employees of each Target Group Company have permission to work in the United Kingdom (or such other jurisdiction in which such Employee predominantly works) until at least 31 December 2014. Each Target Group Company has complied with its obligations under the relevant immigration rules in relation to checking and maintaining adequate records of its Employees’ entitlement to work in the United Kingdom (or such other jurisdiction in which such Employee predominantly works).

 

18.20 The Disclosure Letter contains details of all secondment arrangements relating to any Employees of the Target Group Companies.

 

18.21 The Disclosure Letter contains details of all consultancy arrangements relating to the Target Group Companies.

 

18.22 No Target Group Company engages any Workers.

 

18.23 No Target Group Company has been subject to a requirement in respect of any of its Employees to consult with appropriate representatives as defined in section 188 of the Trade Union and Labour Relations Consolidation Act 1992 and/or issue a form HR1 during the four months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement.

 

18.24 No Target Group Company has been a party to a “relevant transfer” (as defined in the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006) at any time during the period of three years immediately preceding the date of this Agreement and no Employees have had their Employee Agreements varied for any reason as a result of or connected to such a relevant transfer.

 

19 RETIREMENT BENEFITS

For the purposes of this paragraph 19 the following terms shall bear the following meanings:

Defined Benefit Pension Arrangement means any pension scheme or arrangement other than one which provides solely money purchase benefits (within the meaning of section 181(1) of the Pension Schemes Act 1993) and/or lump sum death in service benefits.

Relevant Benefits means any benefits that are provided under a pension scheme (as defined in section 150(1) of the Finance Act 2004).

 

124


UK Pension Schemes means the Target Group’s group personal pension scheme provided through Scottish Widows and which is registered under Chapter 2 of Part 4 of the Finance Act 2004 (the “Scottish Widows GPP” ) and the life assurance scheme provided through Canada Life established with effect from 20 December 1999.

US Pension Arrangement means the SPTS Technologies, Inc. 401 (k) Plan and the Xactix Inc. 401 (k) Profit Sharing Plan & Trust.

 

19.1 The UK Pension Schemes and the US Pension Arrangement are the only arrangements under which any of the Target Group Companies has or may have any obligation to provide or contribute towards pension, lump-sum, death, ill-health, disability or accident benefits in respect of its past or present officers and Employees. No proposal or announcement has been made to any Employee or officer of any of the Target Group Companies as to the introduction, continuance, increase or improvement of, or the payment of a contribution towards, any other pension, lump-sum, death, ill-health, disability or accident benefit. Nor has any indemnity, undertaking, security or guarantee been given by any Target Group Company in connection with any lump-sum, death, ill-health, disability or accident benefits, any occupational pension scheme or any personal pension scheme.

 

19.2 All benefits payable, or prospectively or contingently payable, under the UK Pension Schemes and the US Pension Arrangements are solely determined by the contributions made by the employee and/or employer and the investment return on those contributions. No employee participating in the UK Pension Schemes or the US Pension Arrangements has any guarantee as to the investment return on the assets or contributions held under the UK Pension Schemes and US Pension Arrangements nor any guarantee as to the amount of the benefits resulting therefrom.

 

19.3 All material details in relation to the UK Pension Schemes and the US Pension Arrangement are contained in the Disclosure Letter and that information is true, complete and accurate in all material respects. All contributions, insurance premiums, tax and expenses due to and in respect of the UK Pension Schemes have also been duly paid.

 

19.4 Further, save for those benefits payable under an insurance contact, all other benefits payable, or prospectively or contingently payable under the UK Pension Schemes are “money purchase benefits” within the meaning of section 181(1) of the Pension Schemes Act 1993.

 

19.5 So far as the Warrantors are aware, no Target Group Company is, nor has been at any time since 27 April 2004, connected with or an associate of any other company which participates, or has participated, in a scheme to which section 38 or 43 of the Pensions Act 2004 applies. For these purposes, “connected” and “associate” have the meanings given to them in sections 435 and 249 of the Insolvency Act 1986 respectively.

 

19.6 Each UK Pension Scheme is a registered pension scheme for the purposes of Chapter 2 of Part 4 of the Finance Act 2004.

 

125


19.7 All contributions and other amounts which have fallen due for payment by any UK or US Target Company in relation to the UK Pension Schemes and US Pension Arrangements have been paid.

 

19.8 So far as the Warrantors are aware, there have been no complaints or litigation brought in relation to the UK Pension Schemes including any reports made to the Pensions Regulator in respect of late payment or non-payment of contributions.

 

19.9 So far as the Warrantors are aware, each Target Group Company has complied with the requirements of sections 257 and 258 of the Pensions Act 2004 (pension protection on transfer of employment) to the extent that these provisions apply in respect of its employees and former employees.

 

19.10 So far as the Warrantors are aware, no Employee or former employee of the Company or SPTS Technologies Limited is entitled to any enhanced terms as a result of his contract of employment being transferred to the Company or SPTS Technologies Limited by way of a TUPE Transfer in circumstances where he had previously been entitled to such enhanced terms under a Defined Benefit Pension Arrangement in respect of the payment of, or the amount of, any pension or lump-sum benefit (whether under the Pension Schemes or otherwise) if he takes early retirement or is made redundant (or as a result of having taken early retirement or having been made redundant).

 

20 US EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

20.1 The Disclosure Letter contains a true and complete list of each material US based (i) incentive compensation, equity compensation plan, “welfare plan”, fund or program (within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)); (ii) deferred compensation or “pension plan”, fund or program (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA); (iii) employment, termination or severance agreement under which any Target Group Company may have any outstanding obligation; and (iv) other employee benefit plan, fund, program, agreement or arrangement, in each case, that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to by any Target Group Company or by any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that together with such Target Group Company would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b) of ERISA (an “ERISA Affiliate”), or to which any Target Group Company or an ERISA Affiliate is party, for the benefit of any employee or director of any Target Group Company (the “Company US Employee Plans”).

 

20.2 No Target Group Company nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to, or sponsors (or has in the past six years maintained, contributed to, or sponsored) a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or a Company US Employee Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

 

20.3 Each US Company Employee Plan has been operated and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and applicable Law, including ERISA and the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”).

 

126


20.4 Each Company US Employee Plan intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code is the subject of a letter from the IRS stating that it is so qualified and the trusts maintained thereunder are exempt from Taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code.

 

20.5 There are no pending or, so far as the Warrantors are aware, threatened claims against any Company US Employee Plan, by any Person or beneficiary covered under any such Company US Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits).

 

21 SOLVENCY

 

21.1 None of the Target Group Companies is insolvent or unable to pay its debts when they fall due within the meaning of section 123(1) or (2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 or any other insolvency legislation applicable to the company concerned.

 

21.2 No formal step has been taken in any applicable jurisdiction in which the Target Group Companies are incorporated to initiate any process (including, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) calling for and/or convening any formal or informal meeting at which a resolution will be proposed, (ii) petition threatened or presented, (iii) order made or resolution passed for the winding-up of any Target Group Company) by or under which:

 

  21.2.1 the ability of the creditors of the relevant Target Group Company to take any action to enforce their debts is suspended, restricted or prevented; or

 

  21.2.2 some or all of the creditors of the relevant Target Group Company accept, by agreement or in pursuance of a court order, an amount less than the sums owing to them in satisfaction of those sums with a view to preventing the dissolution of the relevant Target Group Company; or

 

  21.2.3 a provisional liquidator, special manager, administrator, receiver or other person is appointed to manage the affairs, business and assets of the relevant Target Group Company or on behalf of the relevant Target Group Company’s creditors; or

 

  21.2.4 the holder of a charge over all or any of the relevant Target Group Company’s assets is appointed to control the business and/or assets of the relevant Target Group Company.

 

21.3 No distress, execution, attachment or other process has been levied on or applied for in respect of any material (in the context of the business of such Target Group Company) asset of any Target Group Company.

 

21.4 No disqualification order has at any time been made pursuant to the provisions of the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986, or other equivalent legislation or proceedings threatened against any current officer of any Target Group Company.

 

21.5 No voluntary arrangement has been proposed, contemplated or entered into under section 1 Insolvency Act 1986 in respect of any Target Group Company.

 

127


21.6 No formal step has been taken in order to dissolve or strike off the register of any Target Group Company.

 

21.7 No unsatisfied court judgment or court order is outstanding against any Target Group Company or any of their assets.

 

22 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS

None of the Target Group Companies have materially violated or infringed, nor are any of them currently materially violating or infringing, any applicable law and the Warrantors are not aware of any Basis for any claim that it has committed or is liable for, any criminal, illegal, unlawful or unauthorised act or breach of any obligation or duty imposed by or pursuant to applicable law.

 

23 ASSETS

Each of the assets of material importance for the continuation of the Business taken as a whole in the manner carried on as at the date of this Agreement is included in the Accounts and each such asset and any such asset acquired by a Target Group Company since the Accounts Date is owned both legally and beneficially by the Target Group Companies free and clear from Encumbrance and any third party rights and, if capable of possession, is in its possession.

 

24 UNLAWFUL PAYMENTS

 

24.1 Without prejudice to the generality of the remainder of this Part, the Company has and its officers, employees and agents (past and present) in the course of their respective duties have complied with:

 

  24.1.1 all applicable anti-bribery and/or corruption laws and regulations of the United Kingdom and any foreign jurisdiction in which the Business is carried on;

 

  24.1.2 the Target Group’s anti-bribery and corruption, business gifts and whistle-blowing policies; and

 

  24.1.3 any relevant anti-bribery and corruption obligations pursuant to any contract with any third party.

 

24.2 The Company has in place adequate procedures to prevent its contractors, sub-contractors, service providers, agents and intermediaries, joint venture and consortium partners and any other person who is, or has at any time been, “associated” with the Company for the purposes of section 8 of the Bribery Act 2010, from undertaking any activity, practice or conduct relating to the Business that would constitute an offence under any of the anti-bribery and/or corruption laws and regulations of the United Kingdom or any foreign jurisdiction in which the Business is carried on.

 

128


25 BROKERS; FINDERS FEES

 

25.1 No Person has acted directly or indirectly as a broker, finder or financial advisor for the Company in connection with the negotiations relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

25.2 No Person (including, without limitation, employees, shareholders, directors of the Company and/or service providers to the Company) is or will be entitled to any fee or commission or payment of any kind from the Company in connection with or as a result of the negotiation, execution, delivery, performance and/or consummation of any of the Transaction Documents or of any of the transactions contemplated therein.

PART II - TAX WARRANTIES

 

1. ACCOUNTS, RECORDS

All liabilities, whether actual, deferred, contingent or disputed, of a Target Group Company for Tax measured by reference to income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before the Accounts Date or arising in respect of an event occurring or deemed to occur on or before the Accounts Date are fully provided for or (as appropriate) disclosed in the Accounts within generally accepted accounting principles.

 

2. RETURNS

 

2.1. Each Target Group Company has duly, and within any appropriate time limits, filed all returns, given all notices and supplied all other information required to be supplied to all relevant Tax Authorities and has maintained all records required to be maintained for Tax purposes; all such information was and remains complete and accurate in all material respects and all such returns and notices were and remain complete and accurate in all material respects and were made on a proper basis.

 

2.2. All Tax for which a Target Group Company is or has been liable has been duly paid within any relevant time limits.

 

2.3. Each Target Group Company has in its possession or power all records and information required by law or the published practice of any Tax Authority relating to past events.

 

3. DISPUTES, INVESTIGATIONS

 

3.1. No Target Group Company is, nor has been within the three year period ending on Completion, involved in any dispute with any Tax Authority or has been the subject of any investigation, enquiry, audit or non-routine visit by any Tax Authority. No Tax Authority has indicated in writing to any Target Group Company its intention to commence such a dispute, enquiry, audit, investigation or visit and so far as the Warrantors are aware there is no Basis for any such dispute or enquiry to commence.

 

129


4. PENALTIES, INTEREST

 

4.1. Within the past three years, no Target Group Company has paid or become liable to pay any penalty, fine, surcharge or interest in connection with Tax.

 

5. CONSENTS AND CLEARANCES

 

5.1. No Target Group Company has been a party or has otherwise been involved in any transaction scheme or arrangement in respect of which clearance from, or the consent of, a Tax Authority was required or sought.

 

6. SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

 

6.1. No Tax Authority has operated or, so far as the Warrantors are aware, has agreed to operate any special arrangement (being an arrangement which is not based on a strict interpretation of relevant legislation or any published practice) in relation to a Target Group Company’s Tax affairs.

 

7. WITHHOLDINGS

 

7.1. Each Target Group Company has made all withholdings or deductions for or on account of Tax that have been required to be made by that Target Group Company under any applicable laws in respect of payments made by that Target Group Company and each Target Group Company has properly and timely accounted for and paid to the relevant Tax Authority all such amounts so withheld or deducted and has materially complete and proper records detailing the amounts withheld or deducted.

 

8. ANTI-AVOIDANCE

 

8.1. No Target Group Company has:

 

  8.1.1. acquired or disposed of any asset, or entered into any transaction whatsoever, otherwise than by way of a bargain at arm’s length; or

 

  8.1.2. entered into any arrangements to which Schedule 11A VATA 1994 (disclosure of avoidance schemes) or Part 7, Finance Act 2004 (disclosure of tax avoidance schemes) or any regulations made thereunder, or so for as the Warrantors are aware any similar rules applicable in any other relevant jurisdiction, may apply.

 

9. COMPANY RESIDENCE/PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT

 

9.1. Each Target Group Company is and has at all times been resident for Tax purposes in its place of incorporation and is not and has not at any time been treated as resident in any other jurisdiction for any Tax purpose.

 

130


9.2. No Target Group Company is, and has at no time been, subject to Tax in any jurisdiction other than its place of incorporation by virtue of having a permanent establishment, agency or other place of business in that jurisdiction.

 

9.3. No Target Group Company constitutes or has within the last three years constituted a permanent establishment of any other person, business or enterprise for any Tax purpose.

 

10. TAX SHARING AND GROUPS

 

10.1. No Target Group Company is bound by or party to any Tax indemnity, Tax sharing or Tax allocation agreement other than with any other Target Group Company in respect of which claims against the Target Group Company would not be time barred.

 

10.2. No Target Group Company has at any time within the period of three years ending with the date of this Agreement ceased to be a member of a group of companies for any Tax purpose.

 

11. VALUE ADDED TAX

 

11.1. Each Target Group Company has complied in all respects with applicable legislation in respect of VAT.

 

11.2. Each Target Group Company is a taxable person for the purposes of VAT and is either duly registered in the jurisdiction in which it was incorporated, or is an official member of a registered VAT group and such registration is not subject to any conditions imposed by or agreed with any Taxation Authority.

 

11.3. No Target Group Company has registered, nor is it required to register, for VAT purposes in any jurisdiction other than that in which it is incorporated.

 

11.4. Each Target Group Company obtains credit for all VAT input tax paid or suffered by it, save for minor or incidental amounts.

 

12. EMPLOYEES

 

12.1. Except in connection with the SPTS Employee Cash Bonus Plan and the SPTS Employee Share Offer, no Target Group Company operates any share incentive, share option, restricted stock, phantom share option, or any long term incentive plan or scheme, any stock appreciation right or profit sharing arrangement, bonus, commission or other such incentive scheme for the benefit of all or any of its current or past directors or employees.

 

12.2. No shares or securities have been issued by a Target Group Company or a company that is a Related Person of any Seller or any EBT Beneficiary, and no options have been granted or issued in respect of such shares or securities, such that a Target Group Company will or may be liable to account for income tax under the pay-as-you-earn system or to collect or pay any national insurance contributions.

 

131


12.3. None of the consideration for the sale of the Shares to the Buyer will be treated as income in respect of which Tax will have to be accounted by the Buyer or a Target Group Company.

 

12.4. Each Target Group Company has made all payments, deductions, withholdings or reductions as it should have made in respect of any remuneration or benefits of any kind paid or provided to employees, sub-contractors or workers supplied by agencies in respect of Taxation, and all sums payable by each Target Group Company to any Taxation Authority in respect of such amounts have been paid to the relevant Taxation Authority within the prescribed time limits.

 

12.5. All acquisitions of restricted securities or restricted interests in securities within the meaning of s.423 Income Tax (Earnings & Pensions) Act 2003 by UK tax resident employees of each Target Group Company have been the subject of a valid election (or deemed election) under s.431(1) Income Tax (Earnings & Pensions) Act 2003 and copies of all such elections (other than deemed elections) have been retained by the relevant Target Group Company.

 

13. STAMP DUTIES

All documents in the possession or under the control of a Target Group Company or to the production of which any Target Group Company is entitled which establish or are necessary to establish the title of a Target Group Company to any asset, or by virtue of which a Target Group Company has any material right, have been duly stamped under applicable laws and any applicable stamp duties or similar duties or charges in respect of such documents have been duly accounted for and paid. No such documents would attract stamp duty if brought into the United Kingdom.

 

14. TRANSFER PRICING

No Target Group Company is, nor has been within the three year period ending on Completion, a party to any transaction on non-arm’s length terms. No Target Group Company is, nor has been within the three year period ending on Completion, required to compute its profits or losses as if an arm’s length provision had been made instead of any actual provision. Each Target Group Company has retained records and contemporaneous documentary evidence sufficient to demonstrate the same.

 

15. CAPITAL ALLOWANCES

No election has been made by any Target Group Company within the three year period ending on Completion that has changed the amount or rate of capital allowances that that company could claim but for such election.

 

16. HMRC CHARGES ETC.

So far as the Warrantors are aware, no shares in or assets of any Target Group Company are subject to any charge (whether by HMRC or any other person) or subject to a power of sale, charge or mortgage pursuant to s.212 Inheritance Tax Act 1984 or any similar provision (or equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction) and there are no circumstances which might lead to such a charge or power of sale, charge or mortgage arising.

 

132


17. CHANGE IN THE NATURE OF A TRADE

Since 27 June 2008 there has not been a major change in the nature or conduct of any trade carried on by any Target Group Company, and none is anticipated to occur prior to Completion.

 

133


SCHEDULE 7

LIMITATIONS ON CLAIMS

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1. In this Schedule (unless the context otherwise requires):

 

  1.1.1. a “ claim ” means any Warranty Claim or Tax Claim;

 

  1.1.2. a “ Warranty Claim ” means any claim under the Warranties;

 

  1.1.3. determination ” means a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction or a final award or decision of a duly appointed arbitrator or expert (as the case may be) and “determined” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  1.1.4. a “ Tax Claim ” means any claim under the Tax Warranties or Tax Covenant;

 

  1.1.5. references to the “ Relevant Date ” shall mean the date on which any claim is finally settled or determined;

 

  1.1.6. references to the “ Accounts ” shall be deemed to include a reference also to the Management Accounts.

 

2. TIME LIMITS

 

2.1. A Warrantor shall not be liable for any claim unless written notice of the claim has been given to the Warrantors Representatives by or on behalf of the Buyer on or before:

 

  2.1.1. in respect of a Tax Claim, the seventh anniversary of the Completion Date; and

 

  2.1.2. in respect of a Warranty Claim, other than a Tax Claim, 31 March 2016,

for the avoidance of doubt, the time limitations set forth in this paragraph 2.1 shall not apply in the case where a Warrantor wilfully or fraudulently breaches any Warranty.

 

2.2. The written notice of the claim referred to in paragraph 2.1 above, shall give reasonable details of the nature and quantum of the claim (to the extent available to the Buyer), the circumstances giving rise to it and the Buyer’s bona fide estimate of any alleged loss (to the extent feasible).

 

2.3. If not previously satisfied, settled or withdrawn, any claim (other than a Tax Claim) shall be deemed to be withdrawn (and no new claim (other than a Tax Claim) may be made in respect of the facts giving rise to such withdrawn claim) unless legal proceedings in respect thereof have been commenced within nine months of the giving of written notice of such claim. For this purpose such legal proceedings shall not be deemed to have commenced unless both issued and served provided that this nine month time limit shall not start to run:

 

  2.3.1. in relation to a contingent or unquantifiable claim (as referred to in paragraph 13 of this Schedule) until such claim has become an actual liability or capable of being quantified;

 

134


  2.3.2. in the case of a claim based on a liability to a third party, until such liability becomes due and payable; and

 

  2.3.3. in the case of a claim where paragraph 9 or paragraph 14 of this Schedule applies, until the Buyer has exhausted its rights against third parties required to be taken under paragraph 9 or paragraph 14 of this Schedule.

 

2.4. Subject always to the Buyers’ obligation to mitigate pursuant to paragraph 14 of this Schedule, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Buyer becomes aware that a claim (other than a Tax Claim) would or could reasonably be made, it will give notice of such fact to the Warrantors’ Representatives.

 

3. UPPER LIMITS

 

3.1. Subject always to paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 below, the total aggregate liability of each Seller under this Agreement shall be limited to: (i) the amount of Consideration received by such Seller; plus (ii) such Seller’s pro rata percentage of the Bank Indebtedness outstanding on the Completion Date, together with all unpaid interest up to and including the Completion Date; plus (iii) (to the extent applicable) any amounts received by the relevant Seller in respect of the Bridgepoint Loan Note Indebtedness and the SPP Loan Note Indebtedness.

 

3.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall limit the liability of any Seller in the event of (i) fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation or wilful concealment by such Seller; or (ii) breach or inaccuracy of such Seller’s warranties contained in clause 8.9.

 

3.3. The total aggregate liability of each Warrantor for all claims (save in the case of fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation or wilful concealment) shall be limited to the amount set out opposite his name in column (2) in the table set out in paragraph 3.4 below. For the purposes of these limits, the liability of the Warrantors shall be deemed to include the amount of all costs, expenses and other liabilities (together with any irrecoverable VAT thereon or any liabilities pursuant to clause 22 of this Agreement ( Grossing Up )) payable by the Warrantors in connection with the satisfaction, settlement or determination of any such claims.

 

3.4. If any amounts are released to the Buyer from the Retention Account in respect of a claim, the aggregate liability of each Warrantor shall be reduced from time to time by an amount equal to the percentage set opposite his name in column (3) below of the total amount released to the Buyer in respect of that claim.

 

135


(1)

Warrantor

   (2)
Aggregate Liability
     (3)
Percentage of Claim
%
 

William Johnson

     8,606,633.54         43.0331676716531   

Kevin Crofton

     6,180,448.60         30.9022429801642   

Richard Rees

     2,834,560.73         14.1728036316699   

Vivek Rao

     922,197.21         4.6109860507461   

Andrew Noakes

     364,039.98         1.82019991644166   

Paul Rich

     364,039.98         1.82019991644166   

David Butler

     364,039.98         1.82019991644166   

Rutgers Chow

     364,039.98         1.82019991644166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

$ 20,000,000      100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. LOWER LIMITS

 

4.1. The Warrantors shall not be liable for any claim unless the aggregate amount of such claim, when taken together with the amount of all other claims, exceeds $1,200,000 (the “Threshold” ) in which event the Warrantors shall, subject to the other limits contained in this Schedule, be liable for the whole amount of the claim and not just for the amount by which such aggregate amount exceeds the Threshold.

 

4.2. The Warrantors shall not be liable for any claim which does not exceed $100,000 (a “ De Minimis Claim ”) and no such De Minimis Claim shall count towards the Threshold. For the purpose of this paragraph 4.2, separate claims of whatever value arising from the same or substantially similar facts, matters, circumstances or liabilities shall be aggregated and if the amount of such aggregate exceeds $100,000 then those claims shall not constitute De Minimis Claims.

 

4.3. For the purposes of calculating claims counting towards the Threshold and/or any De Minimis Claim there shall be excluded from any claim the amount of any costs, expenses and other liabilities (together with any VAT thereon) incurred or to be incurred by the Buyer and any Target Group Company in connection with the making of any such claim (but for the avoidance of doubt, such costs, expenses and other liabilities (together with any VAT thereon) shall not be generally excluded from any claim if and to the extent that it is not a De Minimis Claim and/or, as the case may be, if and to the extent that the Threshold is exceeded in respect of all claims).

 

5. DOUBLE CLAIMS

 

5.1. If the same fact, matter, event or circumstance gives rise to more than one claim for breach of any Warranties or any other provision of this Agreement, the Buyer shall not be entitled to recover more than once in respect of such fact, matter, event or circumstance.

 

5.2. If any amount has been released to the Buyer from the Retention Account in satisfaction of a claim in respect of any fact, matter, event or circumstance then the Buyer shall not be entitled to recover such loss more than once by way of any further claim under this Agreement.

 

136


6. PROVISION OF INFORMATION

Upon any claim (other than a Tax Claim), the Buyer shall, and shall procure, where relevant, that the relevant Target Group Company shall:

 

6.1. make available to the Warrantors and their advisers and agents all such reasonable information in its possession and such assistance (including reasonable access at reasonable times so as not to unduly disrupt the management or business of the Target Group Company to personnel, properties, management, records, papers, documents and data) as Warrantors may reasonably request provided that: (a) such information shall be kept confidential and used only for the purpose for which it was supplied; and (b) the Buyer shall not be under any obligation to provide information which is legally privileged; or

 

6.2. use reasonable endeavours to procure that the auditors (both past and then present) of the relevant Target Group Company make reasonably available subject to the foregoing, their audit working papers in respect of audits of the accounts of the relevant Target Group Company for any relevant accounting period in connection with such claim.

 

7. ALLOWANCES, PROVISIONS AND RESERVES

The Warrantors shall not be liable for any claim (other than a Tax Claim), to the extent that:

 

7.1. any specific allowance, provision or reserve has been made in the Accounts in respect of the fact, matter, event or circumstance giving rise to such claim or to the extent that payment or discharge of the relevant matter has been taken into account therein or to the extent that such fact, matter, event or circumstance was referred to in the notes to the Accounts;

 

7.2. any specific allowance, provision or reserve made in the Accounts in respect of the fact, matter, event or circumstance giving rise to such claim is insufficient by reason of any change to legislation, any increase in rates of taxation or any change in the published practice of a revenue authority, in each case made on and/or after Completion with retrospective effect;

 

7.3. the Buyer or any member of the Buyer Group disclaims any part of the benefit of capital or other allowances against Taxation claimed or proposed to be claimed on or before Completion; or

 

7.4. in respect of a Tax Claim only, the provisions of paragraph 3.1 of Schedule 9 apply to reduce or eliminate such liability.

 

137


8. CHANGES ON AND/OR AFTER COMPLETION

The Warrantors shall not be liable for any claim (other than a Tax Claim), to the extent that it solely arises, or is increased or extended (whereupon the Warrantors will not be liable for that portion of the Warranty Claim that has increased or been extended) by:

 

8.1. any decision of any court or tribunal or the passing or coming into force of or any change in any legislation, regulation, directive, requirement or any practice of any government, government department or agency or regulatory body (including the withdrawal of any extra statutory concession of a revenue authority) whether or not having retrospective effect, or any increase in rates of taxation, in each case made on and/or after the date of this Agreement;

 

8.2. any change in the accounting reference date of the Buyer or any Target Group Company made on and/or after Completion;

 

8.3. any change in any accounting basis, policy, practice or approach of, or applicable to, any Target Group Company or the Buyer or any member of the Buyer Group, or any change in the way an accounting basis is adapted for tax purposes, in each case, made on and/or after Completion other than a change required to comply with any law in force at the date of this Agreement;

 

8.4. any cessation of, or any material change in, the nature or conduct of any business carried on by the Buyer or any Target Group Company, occurring on and/or after Completion; or

 

8.5. any act, omission, transaction or arrangement carried out or effected on and/or after the date of this Agreement by, or at the written request or with the written approval of, the Buyer or any member of the Buyer Group (or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents) otherwise than in the ordinary course of business of any Target Group Company as carried out up to and at Completion.

 

9. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

 

9.1. In respect of any claim against or threatened against the Buyer (or any Buyer Group Company or their respective Associates, shareholders, members, directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives) which would or is likely to result in a claim (other than a Tax Claim) (a “ Third Party Claim ”), the Buyer shall (and shall procure, where relevant, that the relevant Buyer Group Company shall):

 

  9.1.1. as soon as reasonably practicable, give written notice and reasonable details of the Third Party Claim to the Warrantors’ Representatives;

 

  9.1.2. not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise with any person, body or authority in relation to the Third Party Claim without prior consultation with, and with the prior written consent of, the Warrantors’ Representatives, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

138


  9.1.3. allow the Warrantors and their advisers and agents to investigate the Third Party Claim (including whether and to what extent any amount is payable in respect thereof);

 

  9.1.4. consult in good faith with the Warrantors as to any ways in which the Third Party Claim might be avoided, disputed, resisted, mitigated, settled, compromised, defended or appealed;

 

  9.1.5. have conduct of such Third Party Claim and at the written request of the Warrantors;

 

  9.1.5.1. take or procure that the Company or relevant Buyer Group Company shall take such reasonable action as the Warrantors may reasonably require and at the expense of the Warrantors to avoid, contest, dispute, resist, appeal, compromise or defend the Third Party Claim (including, but without limitation, making counterclaims and exercising all rights of set-off against third parties); and

 

  9.1.5.2. render or cause to be rendered to the Warrantors all such reasonable assistance (subject to paragraphs 6.1 and 6.2 of this Schedule 7) as the Warrantors may reasonably require (including providing reasonable access to information and to employees of the Company or the relevant Target Group Company, provided that the Warrantors shall give reasonable notice of any access to information or employees which may be required and provided further that the provision of such access does not interfere with the management or operation of the Business of the Buyer Group) for the purpose of avoiding, contesting, disputing, resisting, appealing, compromising or defending the third party claim,

provided that (i) the Warrantors shall not have the authority to make any settlement or compromise of the Third Party Claim without the prior approval of the Buyer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and (ii) the Warrantors shall provide the Buyer with such reasonable assistance, information and documents as it may reasonably request in connection with the Third Party Claim.

 

9.2. The Buyer shall in any event use its reasonable endeavours to keep the Warrantors fully and promptly informed as to the steps which are being taken in connection with any Third Party Claim.

 

10. REMEDIABLE BREACH

The Warrantors shall not be liable for any claim (other than a Tax Claim) to the extent that the fact, matter, event or circumstance giving rise to such claim is remediable and is remedied by, or at the expense of, the Warrantors within 60 days of the date on which written notice of such claim is given to the Warrantors’ Representatives pursuant to paragraph 2.

 

139


11. INSURANCE

 

11.1. The Warrantors shall not be liable for any claim to the extent that the Buyer or any Buyer Group Company recovers an amount (the “Insurance Recovery Amount” ) under an insurance policy in respect of any loss, damage or liability which is the basis of such claim, (provided that any costs incurred in recovering the Insurance Recovery Amount and any taxes payable in respect of such Insurance Recovery Amount shall be deducted for the purposes of any such calculation).

 

11.2. Save to the extent that a claim would either (i) result in an increase in the Buyer or the Buyer Group’s insurance premiums of more than 20 per cent.; or (ii) result in a material (in the context of the relevant insurance policy) loss, exclusion or condition of continued coverage under such policy, if the Buyer or any Buyer Group Company is insured against any loss, damage or liability under the terms of any insurance policy which loss, damage or liability is the basis of a claim, then the insured company shall make a claim in respect of such loss, damage or liability against the insurers under such policy. If, after any Warrantor has made any payment in respect of a claim (other than a claim under the Tax Covenant), the Buyer or any Buyer Group Company subsequently recovers or obtains payment in respect of the relevant claim under such policy, the Buyer shall pay or procure the payment to the Sellers’ Solicitors (for payment to the relevant Warrantor) an amount equal to the amount paid by the Warrantor to the Buyer in respect of the claim and the sum so recovered under the insurance policy (less any costs incurred in recovering such amount and any Taxes attributable in respect of such amount).

 

12. REIMBURSEMENT OF CLAIMS

If, between the date any Warrantor has made any payment in respect of a claim (other than a Tax Claim) and 31 March 2016, the recipient of that payment (or any other member of the Buyer Group) recovers from a third party (including any Tax Authority) (whether by payment, discount, credit, relief or otherwise) a sum which is referable to that payment (the “ Recovery Amount ”), then the Buyer shall forthwith pay (or procure the payment) to the Sellers’ Solicitors for payment to the relevant Warrantor of such sum of the Recovery Amount as does not exceed the sum paid by a Warrantor.

 

13. UNASCERTAINABLE CLAIMS

The Warrantors shall not be liable for any claim which arises by reason of a liability which, at the time when written notice of the claim is given to the Warrantors, is contingent only or is otherwise not capable of being quantified and the Warrantors shall not be liable to make any payment in respect of such claim unless and until the liability becomes an actual liability or (as the case may be) becomes capable of being quantified.

 

140


14. MITIGATION

 

14.1. Save in respect of claims under paragraph 2 of Schedule 9, the Buyer shall (and shall procure that any relevant Target Group Company shall) take all reasonable action to mitigate any loss suffered by it or the relevant Target Group Company which would, could or might result in a claim against the Warrantors and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall, in respect of any right of recovery (whether by payment, discount, credit, relief or otherwise) which could or might be made by it or any Target Group Company against any third party:

 

  14.1.1. as soon as reasonably practicable give written notice and reasonable details of such right of recovery to the Warrantors;

 

  14.1.2. take reasonable steps to maximise the amount recovered in respect of such right of recovery; and

 

  14.1.3. not withdraw, settle or compromise such right of recovery without the prior written consent of the Warrantors’ Representatives, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

14.2. Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate any Buyer Group Company to procure or maintain any insurance or (save as specifically required by this Agreement) initiate any Legal Proceedings against any third party.

 

15. REDUCTION IN CONSIDERATION

To the extent permitted by law, any amount paid by the Warrantors or released to the Buyer from the Retention Account in accordance with clause 10 of this Agreement in respect of any claim shall be treated as a reduction in the consideration payable by the Buyer to the Sellers for the Shares.

 

141


SCHEDULE 8

PARTICULARS OF PROPERTIES

PART I - FREEHOLD PROPERTIES

 

1. Office and manufacturing premises being the land and buildings at Ringland Way, Newport, Gwent, NP18 2TA, United Kingdom registered with title absolute at the Land Registry with freehold title numbers WA293480 and CYM409447.

PART II - LEASEHOLD PROPERTIES

 

1. Storage premises at Workshop Unit, Imperial Park, Newport, Gwent, NP10 8UJ, United Kingdom.

 

2. Office and manufacturing premises at 1150 Ringwood Court, San Jose, California 95131, USA.

 

3. Office and manufacturing premises at Primaxx, 7377 William Avenue, Upper Macungie Township, Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, USA.

 

4. Office and manufacturing premises at Xactix, 2403 Sidney Street, 16th Ward, City Of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA.

 

5. Warehousing and storage premises at 1755 Junction Avenue, San Jose, CA 95112, USA.

 

6. Office premises at Provianthofstrasse 1, Dresden, D-01099, Germany.

 

7. Office premises at Inovallee Bat B, 445 Rue Lavoisier, 38330, Montbonnot, France.

 

8. Office premises at 4 Avenue du pre du Charles, 74940, Annecy-le-Vieux, France.

 

9. Office premises at 10F-1, No.120, Sec 2, Gong Dao Wu Road, Hsinchu City, 30072, Taiwan.

 

10. Office premises at 7F, No.386-1, Sec.1, Wenhua, 3rd Road, Linkou District, New Taipei City 244, Taiwan.

 

11. Office premises at 10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65, No.05-11 Techpoint, 569059, Singapore.

 

12. Office and storage premises at Room 415, 4th floor, No. 5 Building 3000, Longdong Avenue, Puding, Shanghai, China

 

13. Office premises at Suite 21, 1st floor, Incubator Wing, KHTP Techno Centre, Kulim Hi-Tech Park, 0900 Kulim, Kedah, Malaysia.

 

14. Office and storage premises at Pangyo Inno-Valley, B-Dong 804, Sampyeong-Dong, 621, BunDang-Ku, SungNam City, Gyeonggi-Do, 463-400, Korea.

 

142


SCHEDULE 9

TAX COVENANT

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1. In this Schedule, unless the context requires otherwise, the following words and expressions have the following meanings and in the event of conflict the definitions in this schedule shall prevail over the definitions in clause 1 of this Agreement:

 

  1.1.1. Accounts Relief means any Relief which appears as an asset in the Accounts or has been taken into account in reducing or eliminating any provision for deferred tax which appears in the Accounts (or which, but for the presumed availability of such Relief, would have appeared in the Accounts) and any prepayment of Taxation which is treated as an asset in the Accounts;

 

  1.1.2. ATCA means the Advanced Thin Capitalisation Agreement dated 15 October 2012 between HMRC and certain Target Group Companies;

 

  1.1.3. Event means any event, act, omission or transaction (whether or not a Target Group Company is a party to such act, omission or transaction) and for the avoidance of doubt includes any change in the residence of any person and the death, winding up or dissolution of any person and any reference to an Event occurring on or before a particular date shall include a reference to any Event which for Tax purposes is deemed to have, or is treated or regarded as having, occurred on or before that date;

 

  1.1.4. GAAP means generally accepted accounting practice in any jurisdiction in which the accounts of a Target Group Company are relevant for determining its tax liability, including international accounting standards;

 

  1.1.5. Post-Completion Date Relief means any Relief which arises as a consequence of, or by reference to, an Event occurring or deemed to occur after the Completion Date;

 

  1.1.6. Taxation Claim means any notice demand assessment letter or other document issued or action taken by or on behalf of any Taxation Authority or any other person, or any computation or return (or amended computation or return) made or notice given (including without limitation any self-assessment return or voluntary disclosure) by or on behalf of a Target Group Company, from which it appears that a Taxation Liability is or is likely to be imposed on a Target Group Company;

 

  1.1.7. Taxation Liability : means:

 

  1.1.7.1.

any liability of a Target Group Company to make or suffer an actual payment (including an instalment payment) of Taxation or amount in respect of Taxation regardless of whether chargeable primarily

 

143


  against the Target Group Company and whether recovery is available from any other person, in which case the amount of the Taxation Liability shall be the amount of the liability;

 

  1.1.7.2. the loss of any Accounts Relief, in which case the amount of the Taxation Liability shall be equal to the amount of the Taxation which (on the basis of the rates prevailing on the date of this agreement) would have been saved but for such loss or, where the relevant Relief is a right to a repayment of Taxation, the amount of the repayment;

 

  1.1.7.3. the setting-off against Taxation, income, profits or gains of any Accounts Relief or any Post-Completion Date Relief where, but for such setting-off, a Target Group Company would have been subject to a liability to Taxation in respect of which the Buyer would have been entitled to make a claim against the Warrantors under this schedule (or would have been so entitled in the absence of any financial restrictions on such obligation) in which case the amount of the Taxation Liability shall be the amount of such claim or, where the relevant Relief is a right to a repayment of Taxation, the amount of the repayment so set off;

 

  1.1.7.4. any liability of a Target Group Company to make a payment pursuant to an indemnity, guarantee, covenant or warranty entered into before Completion under which the Target Group Company agreed to meet or pay a sum equivalent to or by reference to another person’s liability to Taxation, in which case the Taxation Liability shall be equal to the amount of the liability, but excluding (i) any liability to make a payment to another person to the extent that the payment was taken into account in the Accounts; and (ii) any liability to make a tax equalisation payment under the service agreement between the Company and Kevin Crofton dated 1 March 2011;

 

  1.1.7.5. any stamp duty including UK stamp duty and any other similar duties imposed in any other jurisdiction (and any connected interest, fines and penalties) chargeable on a document executed before Completion which would need to be paid in order to establish title of a Target Group Company to any asset (which shall for the purposes of this schedule be deemed to be a liability to make an actual payment on the last day on which payment would have avoided any liability to interest or penalties), and the amount of the Taxation Liability shall be the amount of the stamp duty (and any interest, fines and penalties).

 

144


1.2. References to income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received include income, profits or gains deemed to have been or treated or regarded as earned, accrued or received for Tax purposes.

 

1.3. References to the loss of a Relief or a right to any payment or other consideration include the loss, nullification, cancellation, non-availability, non-existence or reduction in amount of a Relief or right to any payment or other consideration.

 

1.4. For the avoidance of doubt, references to any Taxation Liability of a Target Group Company which results from any gains earned or received on or before Completion or any Event on or before Completion include a reference to any Taxation Liability of the Target Group Company resulting from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

1.5. Unless otherwise provided, any reference in this schedule to a paragraph is to a paragraph of this schedule.

 

2. COVENANT

 

2.1. The Warrantors severally covenant to pay (with each Warrantor’s liability in respect of claims under this Tax Covenant limited to the percentage of such claims set out opposite his or its name in column (3) of the table in paragraph 3.4 of Schedule 7) to the Buyer so far as possible by way of an adjustment to the Consideration an amount equal to:

 

  2.1.1. any Taxation Liability of a Target Group Company arising within paragraph 1.1.7.1 above in respect of, by reference to or in consequence of:

 

  2.1.1.1. any income or profits earned, accrued or received on or before Completion or any gains earned or received on or before Completion; or

 

  2.1.1.2. any Event occurring on or before Completion;

 

  2.1.2. any Taxation Liability of a Target Group Company which is a liability for interest or penalties relating to any amount of corporation tax treated by The Corporation Tax (Instalment Payments) Regulations 1998 (SI 1998/3175) (or equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction) as due and payable on a date on or before Completion;

 

  2.1.3. any Taxation Liability falling within any of paragraphs 1.1.7.2 to 1.1.7.5 (inclusive) (not falling within paragraph 2.1.1 above); and

 

  2.1.4. any Taxation Liability being a liability for inheritance tax (not falling within paragraph 2.1.1 above) which:

 

  2.1.4.1. is a liability of a Target Group Company and arises as a result of a transfer of value occurring or being deemed to occur on or before Completion (whether or not in conjunction with the death of any person whenever occurring);

 

145


  2.1.4.2. arose on or before Completion and gives rise to a charge on any of the shares in or assets of a Target Group Company; or

 

  2.1.4.3. arises after Completion and gives rise to a charge on any of the shares in or assets of a Target Group Company as a result of the death of any person within seven years after a transfer of value which occurred before Completion;

 

  2.1.5. any Taxation Liability of a Target Group Company (not falling within paragraph 2.1.1 above) which is primarily the liability of another person (excluding without limitation a Target Group Company) (the “ Primary Person ”) for which a Target Group Company is liable in consequence of:

 

  2.1.5.1. the Primary Person failing to discharge any Taxation Liability; and

 

  2.1.5.2. a Target Group Company at any time before Completion:

 

  (i) being a member of the same group of companies as the Primary Person for any Tax purpose; or

 

  (ii) having control of, being controlled by, or otherwise being connected with the Primary Person or being controlled by the same person as the Primary Person for any Tax purpose; and

 

  2.1.6. any Taxation Liability of a Target Group Company which arises at any time as a consequence of or by reference to:

 

  2.1.6.1. any payment made by the Trustee Seller on or around Completion (whether to the Bonus Plan Participants, Further EBT Recipients or otherwise) other than (i) any employer social security payments in respect of payments made to Bonus Plan Participants to the extent such payments do not exceed $75,000; and (ii) any Employee Tax Liability or Employer Tax Liability which is paid to a Target Group Company pursuant to clause 3;

 

  2.1.6.2. any current or future enquiry by HMRC relating to periods up to Completion (including for the avoidance of doubt the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Completion Date) into the deductibility of interest, and the interpretation of the ATCA;

 

146


  2.1.6.3. the gift of 6,440,842 shares in BluGlass Limited by the Company to Swansea University on 12 May 2014 as a result of which the Company holds no more than 19.9 per cent. of the issued share capital of BluGlass Limited at the date of this Agreement;

 

  2.1.6.4. the transfer of the stock of Primaxx Inc. from SPP to SPTS Technologies, Inc. (“SPTS Inc.”) in 2010, including any Taxation Liability which arises in connection with an Event on or prior to Completion as a consequence of or by reference to SPP being deemed to have received a dividend distribution from SPTS Inc. for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such transfer;

 

  2.1.6.5. the failure by SPTS Inc. to make a valid water’s-edge election pursuant to the California Revenue & Tax Code sections 25110 and 25113 in respect of any period from 1 January 2009 to the Completion Date (including for the avoidance of doubt the portion of any current period ending on the Completion Date); and

 

  2.1.7. all reasonable costs and expenses properly incurred by the Buyer or a Target Group Company in connection with any Taxation Liability for which the Warrantors are liable under paragraph 2 or in connection with the successful enforcement of rights under this Schedule.

 

2.2. In determining for the purposes of this schedule whether a charge on the shares in or assets of a Target Group Company arises at any time or whether there is a liability for inheritance tax, the fact that any Taxation may be paid in instalments shall be disregarded and such Taxation shall be treated for the purposes of this schedule as becoming due or to have become due and a charge as arising or having arisen on the date of the transfer of value or other date or Event on or in respect of which it becomes payable or arises.

 

2.3. The provisions of s.213 Inheritance Tax Act 1984 (refund by instalments) (or equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction) shall be deemed not to apply to any liability to inheritance tax falling within this paragraph 2.

 

3. LIMITATIONS

 

3.1. The covenants in paragraph 2 above shall not apply to any Taxation Liability or any claim arising under the Tax Warranties to the extent that:

 

  3.1.1. provision or reserve in respect of that Taxation Liability is made in the Accounts or the Liability was otherwise taken into account or reflected in the Accounts;

 

  3.1.2. the Profits in respect of which the Taxation Liability arises were actually earned, accrued or received by the Company but were not reflected in the Accounts;

 

147


  3.1.3. the Taxation Liability was paid or discharged on or before the Accounts Date and that it has been so paid or discharged is reflected in the assets shown in the Accounts;

 

  3.1.4. any Relief arising in respect of an Event occurring or period ending on or prior to the Accounts Date (other than an Accounts Relief or a Post-Completion Date Relief) is available to the relevant Target Group Company to set against or otherwise mitigate the Taxation Liability (and so that any Relief that is so available in relation to more than one Taxation Liability to which this schedule applies shall be deemed, so far as possible, to be used in such a way as to reduce to the maximum extent possible the Warrantors’ total liability under this schedule);

 

  3.1.5. the Taxation Liability would not have arisen or increased but for an act, omission or transaction on the part of or carried out by the Buyer or a Target Group Company or any Person connected with any of them after Completion, unless that act, omission or transaction is carried out or effected by the Buyer or the relevant Target Group Company:

 

  3.1.5.1. in the ordinary course of the business of the Buyer or the Target Group Company; or

 

  3.1.5.2. pursuant to a legally binding commitment created by a Target Group Company or a person associated with any of them;

 

  3.1.6. the Taxation Liability arises, or is increased, wholly or partly as a result of any increase in rates of Taxation or as a result of the passing or coming into force of or any change in the law, regulation, directive or requirement, or practice of a Taxation Authority (other than a change targeted specifically at countering a tax avoidance scheme), announced or taking effect after the date of this Agreement;

 

  3.1.7. such Taxation Liability would not have arisen but for a change made on or after Completion to:

 

  3.1.7.1. the accounting reference date of a Target Group Company; or

 

  3.1.7.2. the accounting policies or practices of the Buyer or a Target Group Company or their method of application (including the method of valuation or treatment of any assets or liabilities) provided that this paragraph 3.1.7.2 shall not apply to the extent that the change was required in order to comply with GAAP in force at the Accounts Date;

 

148


  3.1.8. such Taxation Liability would not have arisen or would have been reduced or eliminated but for:

 

  3.1.8.1. the failure or omission on the part of the Buyer or, after Completion, a Target Group Company to make any claim election surrender or disclaimer or to give any notice or consent or to do any other thing under the provisions of any law the making giving or doing of which was taken into account in computing any provision for Tax in the Accounts and which is either expressly noted therein or notice in writing is given to the Buyer not less than 28 days before the claim election surrender or disclaimer in question needs to be made; or

 

  3.1.8.2. (unless requested by the Warrantors) the amendment or withdrawal (in whole or in part) after Completion of any claim election or surrender made before the Accounts Date or the making of any disclaimer after Completion; or

 

  3.1.9. the Taxation Liability arises or is increased as a result of the failure (as determined by the parties, acting reasonably and in good faith) by the Buyer to comply with any of its obligations under paragraphs 5 (Conduct of Tax Claims) or 6 (Tax Returns) of this Schedule;

 

  3.1.10. an amount in respect of that Taxation Liability has been recovered under this Schedule or under any other provisions of this Agreement; or

 

  3.1.11. the Taxation Liability would not have arisen but for the winding up of, or the cessation of the trade or business of the relevant Target Group Company, or any change in the nature or conduct of such trade or business, where the winding up, cessation or change occurs after Completion; or

 

  3.1.12. the Taxation Liability would not have arisen but for some act, omission, transaction or arrangement carried out at the written request or with the written approval of the Buyer prior to Completion or which was expressly authorised by this Agreement; or

 

  3.1.13. the Taxation Liability arose in the ordinary course of business between the Locked Box Date and Completion.

 

3.2. The limitations of liability contained in Schedule 7 that apply to Tax Claims (as defined in Schedule 7) shall also apply to limit the Warrantors liability under this Schedule.

 

4. OVERPROVISIONS

 

4.1. If the auditors for the time being of a Target Group Company (at the request and expense of the Warrantors) certify, that a Relevant Amount exists for the purposes of this paragraph, paragraph 4.3 below shall apply.

 

149


4.2. A Relevant Amount shall be determined for the purposes of this paragraph as follows:

 

  4.2.1. if a Taxation Liability in the Accounts has been overstated or such liability has been discharged or satisfied below the amount attributed thereto in the Accounts (except to the extent that such over-provision results from the utilisation of an Accounts Relief or a Post-Completion Date Relief or a change in rates of Taxation or any change in the law, regulation, directive or requirement, or practice of a Taxation Authority which comes into effect after Completion), the amount of such over-provision shall be a Relevant Amount;

 

  4.2.2. if any provision for Taxation in the Accounts (excluding any provision for deferred tax) is or proves to be overstated or excessive such over-provision shall be a Relevant Amount; and

 

  4.2.3. if any right to a repayment of Taxation has been omitted or has been understated in the Accounts, the amount of such omission or understatement shall be a Relevant Amount.

 

4.3. Where, pursuant to paragraph 4.1 above, this paragraph 4.3 applies to a Relevant Amount:

 

  4.3.1. the Relevant Amount shall first be set off against any payment then due from the Warrantors under this Schedule;

 

  4.3.2. to the extent that there is an excess, a refund shall be made to the Warrantors of any previous payment or payments made by them under this Schedule and not previously refunded under this paragraph up to the amount of such excess; and

 

  4.3.3. to the extent that the excess referred to in paragraph 4.3.2 is not exhausted under that paragraph, the remainder of that excess shall be carried forward and set off against any future payments which become due from the Warrantors under this Schedule.

 

4.4. Either the Warrantors or the Buyer may request that any Relevant Amount determined in accordance with this paragraph 4 is recalculated in the light of facts of which it was not aware and which were not taken into account in the previous calculation. In the event of a dispute between the parties as to such recalculation, the party seeking the recalculation may (at its expense) request the auditors of the relevant Target Group Company, in the light of all relevant circumstances including the additional facts, to certify the amount of the Relevant Amount (which amount may be the same as before or an amended amount).

 

4.5. If the amount of a Relevant Amount is revised pursuant to paragraph 4.4 above, the revised amount shall be substituted for the previous amount and an adjusting payment shall be made as appropriate.

 

5. CONDUCT OF TAXATION CLAIMS

 

5.1.

If the Buyer or a Target Group Company becomes aware of a Taxation Claim relevant for the purposes of this Schedule, the Buyer shall give the Warrantors’ Representatives written

 

150


  notice of that Taxation Claim as soon as reasonably practicable (together with, within 30 days of becoming so aware, all available details of the Taxation Claim) and shall, subject to paragraphs 5.2 to 5.7 below, take, or cause the relevant Target Group Company to take, such action as the Warrantors’ Representatives may reasonably request to avoid, resist, appeal or compromise the Taxation Claim.

 

5.2. The actions which the Warrantors’ Representatives may request under this paragraph 5 include, without limitation, applying to postpone the payment of Taxation and/or allowing the Warrantors to take on or take over at their own expense the conduct of all or any proceedings arising in connection with the Taxation Claim in question. If the Warrantors take on or take over the conduct of proceedings, the Buyer shall provide, and shall procure that the relevant Target Group Company shall provide, such information and assistance as the Warrantors’ Representatives may reasonably request in connection with the preparation for and conduct of those proceedings.

 

5.3. If the Warrantors elect to have conduct of a claim:

 

  5.3.1. the Warrantors’ Representatives shall keep the Buyer informed of all material developments, and provide the Buyer with copies of all material correspondence, and notes of any conversations or meetings with any Taxation Authority, in connection with the claim;

 

  5.3.2. the Warrantors’ Representatives shall provide the Buyer with an opportunity to comment on drafts of all material correspondence in relation to the relevant Taxation Claim, and shall not unreasonably refuse to accept any such comments;

 

  5.3.3. the Warrantors shall not settle or compromise the relevant Taxation Claim unless the Warrantors’ Representatives have first notified the Buyer and the Buyer has given its consent in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If such consent is refused, the Warrantors’ liability in relation to that Taxation Claim shall not exceed the amount for which the Warrantors would have been liable if such consent had been given.

 

5.4. If the Warrantors do not elect to have conduct of a claim:

 

  5.4.1. the Buyer shall, and shall procure that the relevant Target Group Company shall, keep the Warrantors’ Representatives informed of all material developments and provide the Warrantors’ Representatives with copies of all correspondence entered into and notes of any conversations or meetings with any Taxation Authority to the extent that such correspondence or notes relate to the Taxation Claim in question;

 

  5.4.2. the Buyer shall provide the Warrantors’ Representatives with an opportunity to comment on drafts of all material correspondence in relation to the relevant Taxation Claim, and shall not unreasonably refuse to accept any such comments;

 

  5.4.3. the Buyer shall not settle or compromise the relevant Taxation Claim unless the Buyer has first notified the Warrantors’ Representatives and the Warrantors’ Representatives has given its consent in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

151


5.5. The Buyer shall not be required to take, and shall not be required to cause the relevant Target Group Company to take, any action pursuant to paragraph 5.1 above:

 

  5.5.1. if the Buyer or the relevant Target Group Company reasonably considers such action would be unlawful or materially prejudicial to its dealings with any Taxation Authority or likely to have a material adverse effect on its future liability to Taxation; or

 

  5.5.2. where such action involves an appeal against a decision of any first instance judicial body, unless the Warrantors have obtained the opinion of tax counsel (being counsel reasonably acceptable to the Buyer) that there is a reasonable prospect that the appeal will succeed; or

 

  5.5.3. if any of the Sellers or the EBT Beneficiaries or Warrantors (or a Target Group Company before Completion) is or has been involved in a case involving fraud or wilful default in respect of the Taxation Liability which is the subject matter of the Taxation Claim.

 

5.6. The Warrantors hereby indemnify the Buyer and each Target Group Company against any liability, as well as any reasonable costs, damages and reasonable expenses which may be properly incurred in taking any action pursuant to paragraph 5.1 above and the Buyer shall be entitled to, at any time, demand payment by written request (such written request to contain full details of the amounts claimed) for any such liability as well as any reasonable costs, damages and expenses incurred up to that time (for which payment has not already been received from the Warrantors). The Warrantors shall pay the amounts claimed within 10 Business Days of receiving the demand therefor.

 

5.7. If the Warrantors do not request the Buyer to take any appropriate action within 14 days of notice to the Warrantors or if no action is required to be taken by virtue of any of the provisions of paragraph 5.2 above the Target Group Company shall be at liberty without reference to the Warrantors to admit, compromise, settle, discharge or otherwise deal with such Taxation Claim as they see fit acting reasonably and in good faith.

 

6. TAX RETURNS

 

6.1. The Warrantors or their duly authorised agents shall, at the cost of the relevant Target Group Company:

 

  6.1.1. prepare the tax returns of each relevant Target Group Company for all Accounting Periods ended on or prior to Completion (the Outstanding Returns); and

 

  6.1.2. prepare all documentation and deal with all matters (including correspondence) relating to those returns.

 

152


6.2. The Warrantors shall submit to the Buyer all Outstanding Returns in draft form for comment at least 15 Business Days before it is due to be submitted to the Tax Authority. The Buyer shall comment within 10 Business Days of such submission and the Warrantors shall not unreasonably refuse to adopt all such reasonable comments.

 

6.3. The Buyer shall procure that each relevant Target Group Company authorise, sign and submit the Outstanding Returns to the appropriate Taxation Authority without amendment or with such amendments as the Warrantors’ Representatives may agree in writing.

 

6.4. No material communication (written or otherwise) pertaining to an Outstanding Return shall be sent (or otherwise communicated) to a Tax Authority without first having been approved by the Buyer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

6.5. The Buyer shall procure that each relevant Target Group Company provides such information and assistance, including access to their books, accounts and records, as the Warrantors or their duly authorised agents reasonably request to prepare the Outstanding Returns and to agree those returns with the relevant Taxation Authority.

 

6.6. The Warrantors’ Representatives shall keep the Buyer informed of all material developments, and provide the Buyer with copies of all material correspondence and notes of any conversations and meetings with any Taxation Authority, in connection with the Outstanding Returns.

 

6.7. The Buyer shall be responsible for preparing the tax returns of each relevant Target Group Company for all Accounting Periods ending after Completion, including the Accounting Period beginning before and ending after Completion (the Straddle Period ).

 

6.8. In respect of the corporation tax return relating to the Straddle Period (the Straddle Period Return ), the Buyer shall procure that it is submitted in draft form to the Warrantors’ Representatives for comment at least 15 Business Days before it is due to be submitted to the Tax Authority. The Warrantors’ Representatives shall comment within ten Business Days of such submission and the Buyer or the relevant member of the Buyer’s Group (as the case may be) shall not unreasonably refuse to adopt all such reasonable comments (so far as the comments relate to the period or a tax matter prior to Completion). The Buyer shall procure that the relevant Target Group Company shall cause the finalised Straddle Period Return to be authorised, signed and submitted to the appropriate Tax Authority without amendment (or with such amendments as the Warrantors’ Representatives shall agree, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

6.9.

No material communication (written or otherwise) pertaining to the Straddle Period Return (so far as it relates to the period or a Tax matter prior to Completion) shall be sent (or otherwise communicated) to a Tax Authority without first having been approved by the Warrantors’ Representatives (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

153


  The Buyer shall afford the Warrantors (or their duly authorised agents) such reasonable access to their books, accounts and records and provide such information as they may reasonably require to enable the Warrantors to properly review, comment and approve the Straddle Period Return or communication relating thereto.

 

6.10. If the Buyer becomes aware that there may be a Tax Claim in relation to the Straddle Period, the Buyer shall procure that the tax returns for that period shall not be submitted to the relevant Taxation Authority without the Warrantors’ informed consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and the provisions of paragraph 5 (Conduct of Taxation Claims) shall apply.

 

6.11. Both parties shall, or shall procure that the relevant Target Group Company shall, make such elections and claims and give such consents as were assumed would be made or given for the purposes of preparing the Accounts provided that where the Buyer is required to make or procure the relevant Target Group Company shall make any election or claim or give a consent, the detail of such election, claim or consent are set out in sufficient detail in the Disclosure Letter or shall otherwise be provided in good time. Neither party shall, and both parties shall procure that no relevant Target Group Company shall, withdraw from or cancel any such election, claim or consent without the written approval of the other party.

 

7. COUNTER INDEMNITY

 

7.1. The Buyer hereby covenants with the Sellers to pay to the Sellers, by way (so far as legally possible) of adjustment to the consideration paid or payable by the Buyer to the Sellers under this Agreement, an amount equal to any Taxation for which any of the Sellers are or become liable as a result of:

 

  7.1.1. the failure by any Relevant Company to pay any Taxation; or

 

  7.1.2. any imports or supplies which are made or deemed to be made by any Relevant Company,

and, for the purposes of this paragraph, the term “ Relevant Company ” shall mean the Buyer and any company, including a Group Company, that may be treated for Taxation purposes as being, or as having at any time been, either a member of the same group of companies as the Buyer or otherwise associated with the Buyer.

 

7.2. The covenant contained in paragraph 7.1 shall:

 

  7.2.1. extend to any reasonable costs and expenses properly incurred by any of the Sellers in connection with such Taxation as is mentioned in paragraph 7.1 or in making a claim under paragraph 7.1;

 

  7.2.2. not apply to any Taxation to the extent that the Buyer is entitled to but has not received, payment in respect of that Taxation under paragraph 2; and

 

  7.2.3. not apply to Taxation which has been recovered under section 717(2) CTA 2010 (and the Sellers shall procure that no such recovery is sought to the extent that payment in respect of the relevant Taxation is made under this paragraph 7).

 

154


8. PAYMENT

 

8.1. Where a claim under paragraph 2 above relates to a liability of a Target Group Company to make or suffer an actual payment of Taxation (or amount in respect of Taxation), the Warrantors shall pay the Buyer any amount which they are liable to pay under paragraph 2 above (including any amount payable pursuant to paragraph 2.1.5 (costs) above) within five Business Days following the date on which the Warrantors’ Representatives receives formal written demand from the Buyer of the liability to make such payment or, if later, five Business Days before the last date on which the Taxation in question would have to be paid to the appropriate Taxation Authority in order to avoid incurring a liability to interest or a charge or penalty in respect of that liability to Taxation.

 

8.2. In the case of a claim under paragraph 2 not falling within paragraph 8.1 above, the Warrantors shall pay the amount which they are liable to pay under this schedule (including any amount payable pursuant to paragraph 2.1.5 (costs) above) within five Business Days of the date on which the Warrantors’ Representatives receive a formal written demand from the Buyer of the amount due to be paid or, if later:

 

  8.2.1. in any case which falls within paragraph 1.1.7.2 (loss of Accounts Relief) above, not later than the fifth Business Day before the day on which the Target Group Company is due to pay any Taxation which, but for such loss, it would not have been liable to pay;

 

  8.2.2. in any case which falls within paragraph 1.1.7.3 (set-off of Accounts Relief or post-Accounts Date relief) above, not later than the day on which the Target Group Company would, but for such setting-off, have been liable to pay the actual Taxation Liability; or

 

  8.2.3. in any case which falls within paragraph 1.1.7.4 (liability to make a payment pursuant to an indemnity etc.) above or paragraph 1.1.7.5 (stamp duty) above, not later than the fifth Business Day before the day on which the Target Group Company is liable to make the payment or repayment.

 

8.3. Save as otherwise specifically provided, any other payment under this schedule shall be made within five Business Days of the amount being agreed, formally demanded or certified.

 

8.4. Sums not paid by the dates specified shall bear interest (which shall accrue from day to day after, as well as before, judgment) at 2 per cent. above the base rate of HSBC Bank plc or, in the absence of such base rate, at such similar rate as the recipient of such payment may select, from the date following the specified date up to and including (in either case) the date of actual payment of such sums (or the next Business Day if such date of actual payment is not a Business Day).

 

155


9. RECOVERY

 

9.1. Where the Warrantors have paid any amount in full discharge of a liability under paragraph 2 of this Schedule in respect of any Taxation Liability and a Target Group Company has a legal entitlement to recover or by virtue of a legal entitlement recovers from any person (other than the Buyer or another Target Group Company) any sum in respect of such Taxation Liability, the Buyer shall notify the Warrantors’ Representatives of such entitlement or recovery and, where recovery has not been effected at the date of notification, shall if requested by the Warrantors’ Representatives take, or cause the Target Group Company to take (subject to paragraph 9.2 below), such action as the Warrantors’ Representatives shall reasonably request to enforce such recovery against the person in question provided that the Buyer shall not be required to take any action pursuant to this paragraph which could in the Buyer’s reasonable opinion materially prejudice the business of the Buyer, or any Target Group Company.

 

9.2. The Warrantors shall indemnify the Buyer and each Target Group Company against any liability, as well as any reasonable costs, damages and reasonable expenses which may be properly incurred in taking any action requested by the Warrantors’ Representatives pursuant to paragraph 7.1 above and the Buyer shall be entitled to, at any time, demand payment by written request (such written request to contain full details of the amounts claimed) for any such liability as well as any reasonable costs, damages and expenses incurred up to that time (for which payment has not already been received from the Warrantors). The Warrantors shall pay the amount claimed within 10 Business Days of receiving formal written demand therefor.

 

9.3.

The Buyer or the Target Group Company shall (to the extent that the recovery is not thereby prejudiced) account to the Warrantors for any sum so recovered up to an amount not exceeding the amount paid by the Warrantors under paragraph 2 above in respect of the Taxation Liability in question (but less any Taxation payable by a Target Group Company in respect of the sum recovered or in respect of such interest or which would be payable but for the use or set-off of any Relief and, to the extent not already paid or borne by the Warrantors, less the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses in obtaining such payment).

 

156


SCHEDULE 10

CONSENTS

 

1. Leases of the Properties listed at paragraphs 2, 3 and 5 of Part II of Schedule 8.

 

2. Development Agreement between SPTS and Picofluids dated August 2011.

 

157


EXECUTION
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘A’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘B’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

158


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘C’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘D’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

159


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘E’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘F’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

160


EXECUTED  and  DELIVERED  as a  DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘G’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by SUMITOMO PRECISION PRODUCTS )
CO. LIMITED )
)
)

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

161


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by WILLIAM JOHNSON )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by KEVIN CROFTON )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

162


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by RICHARD REES )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by VIVEK RAO )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

163


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by ANDY NOAKES )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by PAUL RICH )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

164


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by DAVID BUTLER )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by RUTGERS CHOW )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

165


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by HENRY R. NOTHHAFT )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

166


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BARCLAYS WEALTH TRUSTEES )
(GUERNSEY) LIMITED as )
Trustee of the SPTS Employee Benefit Trust, )

 

Authorised Signatory

 

Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BARCLAYS WEALTH TRUSTEES )
(GUERNSEY) LIMITED as Trustee )
of the SPTS Employee Benefit Trust )
in its capacity as nominee on behalf of each )
of the EBT Beneficiaries, )

 

Authorised Signatory

 

Authorised Signatory

 

167


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by each of THE EBT BENEFICIARIES )
acting by their attorney SPTS TECHNOLOGIES )
GROUP LIMITED )

 

Director
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by SPTS TECHNOLOGIES GROUP )
LIMITED )

 

Director
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

 

168


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by ORBOTECH HOLDING U.K. LIMITED )
acting by Asher Levy, a Director and Doron
Abramovitch, as attorney for and on behalf of
Orbotech Holding U.K. Limited under a power of attorney dated July 2014

 

Asher Levy

 

Doron Abramovitch, as attorney for and on behalf of Orbotech Holding U.K. Limited
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )

 

by ORBOTECH LTD. ) Yochai Richter
acting by Yochai Richter, Chairman and )
and Asher Levy, CEO, duly authorised for and )

 

on behalf of ORBOTECH LTD. ) Asher Levy

 

169


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )

by ORBOTECH, INC.

acting by Asher Levy and Doron Abramovitch,

)
duly authorized for and on behalf of ORBOTECH, INC.

 

Asher Levy

 

Doron Abramovitch
In the presence of:
Witness name: Michael Havin
Witness signature

 

Witness address: 7 Sanhedrin Boulevard
Yavne 8110101
Israel
Witness occupation: Corporate Secretary

 

170


- LOGO

 

DATED            2014

(1) THE BRIDGEPOINT SELLERS (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(2) THE MANAGEMENT SELLERS (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(3) SUMITOMO PRECISION PRODUCTS CO. LTD

(4) THE BUYER (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(5) THE GUARANTOR (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

(6) THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED HEREIN)

DEFERRED CONSIDERATION AGREEMENT

RELATING TO THE SHARE SALE OF SPTS TECHNOLOGIES GROUP LIMITED


THIS AGREEMENT is executed as a deed on              2014

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE BRIDGEPOINT FUNDS which are set out in Part I of Schedule 3 (together the “Bridgepoint Sellers” );

 

(2) SUMITOMO PRECISION PRODUCTS CO. LTD incorporated and registered in Japan with company number 1400-01-049416 whose office is at 1-10 Fuso-cho, Amagasaki, Hyogo 660-0891 (“ SPP ”);

 

(3) THE SEVERAL PERSONS whose names and addresses are set out in Part II of Schedule 3 (the “Management Sellers” );

 

(4) ORBOTECH HOLDING U.K. LIMITED incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 09098431 and whose registered office is at 20-22 Bedford Row London WC1R 4JS (the “ Buyer ”);

 

(5) ORBOTECH LTD. incorporated in the State of Israel with registered number 52-003521-3 and whose registered office is at 7 Sanhedrin Boulevard, PO Box 215, Yavne 8110101, Israel (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(6) SPTS TECHNOLOGIES GROUP LIMITED incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 07635249 and whose registered office at Ringland Way, Newport, Gwent NP18 2TA (the “ Company ”).

INTRODUCTION

 

(A) Pursuant to the share sale agreement between (1) the Bridgepoint Sellers, (2) the Management Sellers, (3) SPP, (4) the Trustee Seller, (5) the EBT Beneficiaries, (6) the Buyer, (7) the Guarantor, (8) the Company and (9) the Borrower (where appropriate, each as defined therein) dated [ ] July 2014 (the “Share Sale Agreement” ), it was agreed that the consideration for the sale of the Shares comprised:

 

  (a) the Cash Consideration

 

  (b) the Retention Amount; and

 

  (c) the Deferred Consideration.

 

(B) This Agreement sets out how the Deferred Consideration (if any) shall be calculated and payable to the relevant Sellers.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Capitalised words and expressions used in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Share Sale Agreement, save as otherwise expressly stated.


Deferred Consideration means the aggregate amount of the Alcatel Deferred Consideration and the BluGlass Deferred Consideration;

Alcatel Deferred Consideration means that part of the Deferred Consideration which may become due to the Relevant Sellers, calculated and payable in accordance with Schedule 1 of this Agreement; and

BluGlass Deferred Consideration means that part of the Deferred Consideration which may become due to the Relevant Sellers, calculated and payable in accordance with Schedule 2 of this Agreement; and

Relevant Sellers means the Bridgepoint Sellers, SPP and the Management Sellers.

 

1.2 Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this Agreement to:

 

  1.2.1 any of the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall include other genders;

 

  1.2.2 the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.3 a “Person” shall include a reference to any natural person, body corporate (wherever incorporated), unincorporated association, partnership or trust;

 

  1.2.4 any statute or statutory provision shall be deemed to include any instrument, order, regulation or direction made or issued under it and shall be construed so as to include a reference to the same as it may have been amended, modified, consolidated, re-enacted or replaced except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase any liability or impose any additional obligation upon any party under this Agreement;

 

  1.2.5 any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than that of England, be deemed to include what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term; and

 

  1.2.6 unless stated otherwise, any time or date shall be construed as a reference to the time or date prevailing in England.

 

1.3 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its meaning. References to a “clause” , “Schedule” or “paragraph” are (unless otherwise stated) to a clause of and Schedule to this Agreement and to a paragraph of the relevant Schedule. The Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement.

 

1.4 In construing this Agreement, general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things and general words followed by the word “including” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words.


1.5 Any reference in this Agreement to “ £ ” shall be a reference to pounds sterling and any reference in this Agreement to “ $ ” shall be a reference to US dollars.

 

1.6 For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall constitute a Transaction Document as defined in the Share Sale Agreement and any reference to a Transaction Document within the Share Sale Agreement shall be deemed to include this Agreement.

 

2. DEFERRED CONSIDERATION

 

2.1 In the event that any Deferred Consideration becomes payable in accordance with Schedule 1 of this Agreement (in respect of the Alcatel Deferred Consideration) and/or Schedule 2 of this Agreement (the BluGlass Deferred Consideration), such Deferred Consideration shall be apportioned from time to time (as nearly as practicable) between the Relevant Sellers in the proportion set out opposite their respective names in column 2 of the table set out below:

 

(1)

Name

   (2)
Relevant Proportion
of Deferred
Consideration (%)
 

Bridgepoint Europe IV (Nominees) Limited (on behalf of all the Bridgepoint Sellers)

     54.50653172787640000   

Sumitomo Precision Products Co. Ltd

     2.84026926581150000   

William Johnson

     18.09377109784150000   

Kevin Crofton

     12.99318969868190000   

Richard Rees

     5.95911197341426000   

Vivek Rao

     1.93874006148280000   

Andrew Noakes

     0.76532317796582400   

Paul Rich

     0.76532317796582400   

David Butler

     0.76532317796582400   

Rutgers Chow

     0.76532317796582400   

Henry Nothhaft

     0.60709346302838800   

 

2.2 The Relevant Sellers and the Buyer agree that any payments due from the Buyer or the Buyer Group to:

 

  2.2.1 the Relevant Sellers (other than SPP) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made to the Sellers’ Solicitors by way of payment to the Sellers’ Solicitors Account; and

 

  2.2.2 SPP pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made to SPP’s Solicitors by way of payment to the SPP’s Solicitors’ Account,

in each case which shall constitute a full and valid discharge of the Buyer’s obligation to pay such amount and the Relevant Sellers hereby agree that the Sellers’ Solicitors and/or SPP’s Solicitors (as applicable) shall receive any such payment, as agent for the Relevant Sellers and


the Buyer shall not be concerned with the basis upon which any such payment shall be distributed between the Relevant Sellers or be answerable for the loss or misapplication thereof.

 

2.3 Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Buyer shall procure that all monies payable to any Relevant Seller under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid in full without any deduction, set-off or counterclaim whatsoever (except as may be required by law, in which case such deduction or withholding shall not exceed the minimum amount required to be deducted or withheld under law except as specifically provided for in this Agreement) and the Buyer irrevocably waives any other right to set-off or counterclaim against, or deduct from, any monies owed by it to any Relevant Seller hereunder.

 

2.4 All payments of Deferred Consideration pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in US dollars. Where any Deferred Consideration becomes payable in respect of a payment which is received or made in a currency other than US dollars (the “Non-USD Payment” ), the amount of the Deferred Consideration shall be converted into US dollars at the prevailing exchange rate of the Target Group’s main relationship bank on the first Business Day following receipt thereof and the amount received upon such conversion, less any bank or other related charges or fees and other deductions provided for herein shall be paid to the relevant recipient.

 

3. OTHER

 

3.1 For the avoidance of doubt, the following clauses of the Share Sale Agreement shall apply to this Agreement mutatis mutandis :

Clause 12 (Confidentiality), 13 (Announcements), 14 (Costs), 16 (Applicable Law and Jurisdiction), 17 (General), 18 (Notices), 19 (Guarantee), 22 (Grossing Up), 23 (Taxation) and 24 (Further Assurance).

THIS AGREEMENT has been duly executed and delivered as a deed on the date first stated above.


SCHEDULE 1 - ALCATEL

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 For the purposes of this Schedule:

Aviza APA means the asset purchase agreement dated 13 August 2009 between Aviza Technology, Inc., Aviza, Inc., Trikon Technologies, Inc., certain other seller parties and SPP;

Alcatel Claim means the claim by TTI Liquidating, Inc (formerly Trikon Technology Inc) and SPTS Technologies Limited (the “ Claimant ”) against Adixen Vacuum Products (formerly Alcatel Vacuum Technology France) (the “ Defendant ”) in respect of European Patent number 0570484 and United States Patent 5,122,251 and any related outstanding claims for patent infringement between the Claimant and the Defendant which are currently before the Paris Regional Court in France (the “ Trial Court ”) file number RG 06/13527;

Finally Determined means the Alcatel Claim or part thereof which is either:

 

  (a) agreed in writing between the Claimant and Defendant; or

 

  (b) finally determined either by a court of competent jurisdiction or a duly appointed arbitrator (as the case may be) where either: (i) there is no right of appeal, or (ii) if any right of appeal existed, such right of appeal has expired;

Handover Time means the date, if any, as the Buyer hands over conduct of the Alcatel Claim to the Alcatel Representative in accordance with paragraph 4.2 of this Schedule 1; and

Seller Parties shall be as defined in the Aviza APA.

 

2. ALCATEL DEFERRED CONSIDERATION

 

2.1 If and to the extent monetary compensation from Defendant (or on Defendant’s behalf) is paid to or on the order of any member of the Buyer Group in respect of the Alcatel Claim after it is Finally Determined ( “Alcatel Payments” ), the Buyer shall procure that such amounts, less any Tax incurred by the Buyer Group on such Alcatel Payments and net of the amounts which, pursuant to clause 8.15 of the Aviza APA are to be: (i) retained by the relevant member of the Buyer Group in respect of costs incurred in connection with the Alcatel Claim, and (ii) paid to the Seller Parties (the “Net Recovered Sum” ) are dealt with as follows:

 

  2.1.1 the Buyer shall procure that within 10 Business Days there is paid in cash to the Sellers’ Solicitors and SPP’s Solicitors an aggregate sum equal to 70% of the Net Recovered Sum and such payment shall be applied in accordance with clause 2.2 of this Agreement (such that any amounts which are due to SPP are paid to SPP’s Solicitors and any amounts which are due to any other Relevant Seller are paid to the Sellers’ Solicitors); and

 

  2.1.2 the remaining 30% of the Net Recovered Sum shall be retained by the Buyer Group.


2.2 Two examples of the operation of paragraph 2.1 are below (both examples are drafted on the assumption that all payments are received before the Handover Time):

Example One

Alcatel agrees to pay $21m to the Buyer Group in full and final settlement of the Alcatel Claim. The Buyer Group’s costs are $1m.

Under the Aviza APA, the Buyer Group retains $1m in respect of its costs and is required to pay $6m to the Seller Parties (30% of $20m). The Net Recovered Sum is $14m so 70% of $14m ($9.8m) is payable to the Relevant Sellers. The Buyer retains the remainder.

Example Two

The Buyer Group wins $30m from Alcatel but Alcatel appeals the judgment. At that time, the Buyer Group’s costs are $2m and $8.4m would be required to be paid to the Seller Parties (30% of $28m). If the matter were Finally Determined, the Net Recovered Sum would be $19.6m and 70% of $19.6m ($13.72m) would be payable to the Relevant Sellers.

Before the appeal is heard, the Buyer Group and Alcatel agree that $2m should be repaid to Alcatel in full and final settlement of the Alcatel Claim. The Buyer Group’s costs at the relevant time are now $3m and $7.5m (30% of $25m) is ultimately required to be paid to the Seller Parties. The final Net Recovered Sum is therefore $17.5m ($30m minus $7.5m minus $5m) and 70% of that amount is $12.25m. Accordingly, $12.25m would then be payable to the Relevant Sellers.

 

3. CONDUCT OF ALCATEL CLAIM

 

3.1 The Buyer shall procure that until the Alcatel Claim has been Finally Determined the Alcatel Claim shall continue to be an asset of the Buyer Group and no direct or indirect disposal of the Alcatel Claim or SPTS Technologies Limited (or any entity which, from time to time, holds the Alcatel Claim) shall be made by the Buyer without the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representatives (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless the transferee thereof agrees and undertakes in writing to the Relevant Sellers, prior to any such disposal, to be bound by the terms hereof.

 

3.2 Until the earlier to occur of: (i) Alcatel Claim becoming Finally Determined; and (ii) the Handover Time:

 

  (a) the Buyer shall have sole conduct of the Alcatel Claim, however the Buyer shall take no material action in connection with the Alcatel Claim without first consulting with Sellers’ Representatives (or such individual notified by the Sellers’ Representatives to the Buyer from time to time for such purpose and for the purposes of this Schedule defined as the “Alcatel Representative” );

 

  (b) the Buyer shall procure that the Alcatel Representative is provided with all material information and correspondence in relation to the Alcatel Claim and such other information in relation to the Alcatel Claim as the Alcatel Representative reasonably requests from time to time (save that if the Buyer Group’s advisers reasonably believe that there is a risk that such disclosure shall lead to a loss of privilege the Buyer shall discuss with the Alcatel Representative the extent to which such disclosure should not be made and the Alcatel Representative may consent to such disclosure not being made);

 

  (c) no material written submissions to the Trial Court pertaining to the Alcatel Claim are sent out without prior consultation with the Alcatel Representative.


4. CONTINUED CLAIM; HANDOVER OF ALCATEL CLAIM

 

4.1 Following determination of the Alcatel Claim by the Trial Court, the Buyer may (in its sole discretion and if and to the extent it chooses), but shall not be obligated in any way, to pursue the Alcatel Claim, whether by appeal, if any right of appeal exists, by request for retrial or in any other manner (the “ Continued Claim ”), and the provisions of paragraph 3.1 and 3.2 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , with respect to such Continued Claim.

 

4.2 If, following determination of the Alcatel Claim by the Trial Court: (i) the Buyer does not wish to pursue the Continued Claim; (ii) the Relevant Sellers wish to pursue the Continued Claim; and (iii) the Alcatel Representative delivers written notice to such effect to the Buyer (a “ Continuation Notice ”) within 15 Business Days following notice given by the Buyer to the Alcatel Representative of the determination of the Alcatel Claim by the Trial Court, the Buyer shall (if paragraph 4.4.2 applies) and may, in its discretion (if paragraph 4.4.1 applies) hand over to the Relevant Sellers the conduct of the Continued Claim, subject to the following:

 

  (a) the Alcatel Representative shall have sole conduct of the Continued Claim and accordingly: (i) the Buyer Group shall allow the Alcatel Representative to take any action in the name of the Claimant in connection with the Continued Claim as is reasonably determined by the Alcatel Representative, including without limitation managing communications with the advisers appointed by the Buyer Group in connection with the Continued Claim; and (ii) the Buyer Group shall take no action in connection with the Continued Claim without the prior written consent of the Alcatel Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

  (b) the Relevant Sellers shall bear all costs and expenses associated with the Continued Claim and will, hold the Buyer Group harmless from and against any and all costs, fees and/or expenses in connection therewith, including any costs or charges levied by any court or arbitrator, and will indemnify the Buyer Group therefore upon demand;

 

  (c) any amounts received by the Relevant Sellers or by any member of the Buyer Group in respect of the Continued Claim which are in excess of the amount of the Alcatel Payments paid or which would have been paid but for the Continued Claim, net of any amounts which, pursuant to clause 8.15 of the Alcatel APA are to be paid to the Seller Parties and less any Taxes incurred by the Buyer Group on such payments, will be for the account of the Relevant Sellers, it being specifically agreed and understood that the amount of the Alcatel Payments paid or which would have been paid but for the Continued Claim shall be dealt with and apportioned between the Buyer Group and the Relevant Sellers in accordance with paragraph 2 above;


  (d) with respect to any amounts received by the Relevant Sellers in respect of the Continued Clam, the Alcatel Representative shall procure that: (i) any Tax that is incurred by the Buyer Group on such Payment; and (ii) the amounts which, pursuant to clause 8.15 of the Alcatel APA are to be: (a) retained by the relevant member of the Buyer Group in respect of costs incurred in connection with the Alcatel Claim; and (b) paid to the Seller Parties; be paid to the Buyer.

 

  (e) the Alcatel Representative is provided with all material information and correspondence in relation to the Alcatel Claim and such other information in relation to the Alcatel Claim as the Alcatel Representative reasonably requests from time to time (save that if the Buyer Group’s advisers reasonably believe that there is a risk that such disclosure shall lead to a loss of privilege the Buyer shall discuss with the Alcatel Representative the extent to which such disclosure should not be made and the Alcatel Representative may consent to such disclosure not being made);

 

  (f) the Buyer is provided with all material information and correspondence in relation to the Continued Claim and such other information in relation to the Continued Claim as the Buyer reasonably requests from time to time; and

 

  (g) no material written communications pertaining to the Continued Claim are sent out without the prior written consent of the Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

4.3 If, following the service of a Continuation Notice by the Alcatel Representative on the Buyer pursuant to paragraph 4.2, the Buyer notifies the Alcatel Representative that it does not intend to hand over the conduct of the Continued Claim, then (if so requested by the Alcatel Representative (a “ Continued Claim Request ”)) the Buyer and the Alcatel Representative shall jointly instruct the Claimant’s lawyers whom have had conduct of the Alcatel Claim (or failing which another law firm of similar standing) (the “ Legal Expert ”) to opine on the matters set out in paragraph 4.4.

 

4.4 The Legal Expert shall be instructed to give due weight to any representations put forward by either party received by him and shall as a matter of urgency advise (and in any event be instructed to advise no later than 10 Business Days after the date of appointment) the parties in writing if in his opinion, on the basis of the information available, there is on the balance of probabilities a greater than 50% chance of the Continued Claim succeeding in favour of the Claimant. If the Legal Expert’s opinion is that there is:

 

  4.4.1 a 50% or less chance, then the decision as to whether to hand over to the Alcatel Representative the conduct of the Continued Claim shall be at the Buyer’s sole discretion;

 

  4.4.2 greater than a 50% chance, then the decision as to whether to hand over to the Alcatel Representative the conduct of the Continued Claim shall be at the Alcatel Representative’s sole discretion.

 

4.5

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event: (i) the Alcatel Representative fails to timely deliver the Continuation Notice pursuant to paragraph 4.2, (ii) the Legal Expert opines as set forth in


  paragraph 4.4.1 above, or (iii) the Legal Expert fails or is unable to, or does not opine on the matters set out in paragraph 4.4 within 10 Business Days after the date of appointment; the Buyer, in its sole and absolute discretion shall have the right not to pursue any Continued Claim and not to allow the Relevant Sellers to pursue or conduct any Continued Claim and the Relevant Sellers shall have no rights, claims or causes of action with respect to or as a result of any such determination by the Buyer.

 

5. GENERAL

 

5.1 The Relevant Sellers shall be solely responsible for any and all Taxes assessable against the Sellers in connection with any payments hereunder.

 

5.2 Provided that the Buyer has complied in all material respects with its obligations pursuant to this Schedule, the Buyer Group shall have no liability, and each Relevant Seller hereby irrevocably waives any claim it may have against the Buyer Group, concerning, with respect to or in connection with (i) the outcome or result of the Alcatel Claim; (ii) the amount of any Net Recovered Sum or any sum received or amount payable pursuant to paragraph 4 above; or (iii) any actions by any Buyer Group Company in accordance with this Schedule.


SCHEDULE 2 - BLUGLASS

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 For the purposes of this Schedule:

ASX means ASX Limited (ACN 008 624 691) or the securities market which it operates, as the context requires;

BluGlass means BluGlass Limited, an Australian public company limited by shares and which is listed on the ASX;

BluGlass Consideration means the aggregate of all Net BluGlass Amounts payable in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule;

BluGlass Representative means any individual notified in writing to the Buyer by the Sellers’ Representatives in relation to the conduct of the BluGlass Sale. The first BluGlass Representative shall be Richard Rees;

BluGlass Shares means the shares in the capital of BluGlass held by any member of the Target Group at Completion; and

BluGlass Sale means the sale or transfer of any of the BluGlass Shares in accordance with this Schedule.

 

2. BLUGLASS SALE

 

2.1 The parties agree that, following Completion, the Buyer shall, and shall procure that each member of the Buyer Group shall, use their reasonable endeavours to assist the Relevant Sellers with an orderly sale of the BluGlass Shares to persons other than any Seller, any EBT Beneficiary, or any of their respective Related Persons.

 

2.2 The Buyer shall procure that until all of the BluGlass Shares have been sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Target Group in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule:

 

  2.2.1 the Buyer shall not, and shall procure that no member of the Buyer Group shall without the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representatives (in the case of paragraph 2.2.1(a), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

 

  (a) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (directly or indirectly) SPTS Technologies UK Limited (or any entity which, from time to time, holds the BluGlass Shares) unless the transferee thereof agrees and undertakes in writing to the Relevant Sellers, prior to any such sale, transfer or disposal, to be bound by the terms hereof; or

 

  (b) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, (directly or indirectly) or grant any Encumbrance over, or in respect of, the BluGlass Shares;

 

  2.2.2

the Relevant Sellers (acting via the BluGlass Representative) shall have sole conduct of any BluGlass Sale and accordingly the Buyer shall, and shall


  procure that each member of the Buyer Group shall, (i) take such action in connection with a BluGlass Sale as is reasonably requested by the BluGlass Representative (including without limitation signing and/or authorising any transfer documentation to give effect to a BluGlass Sale) and (ii) take no material action in connection with a BluGlass Sale or the BluGlass Shares (including, without limitation, voting or otherwise exercising any rights attaching to the BluGlass Shares) without the prior written consent of the BluGlass Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

  2.2.3 the BluGlass Representative is provided with all material information and correspondence in relation to the BluGlass Shares (including, without limitation, all correspondence, resolutions, proxies, or other documentation received by any member of the Buyer Group from, or on behalf of, BluGlass) and such other information in relation to a BluGlass Sale and the BluGlass Shares as the BluGlass Representative reasonably requests from time to time,

provided, with respect to each of paragraphs 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 that such requests, actions or inactions are in accordance with and subject to all applicable laws, including the rules and regulations of any applicable securities exchange.

 

3. BLUGLASS CONSIDERATION

 

3.1 Upon payment of any amounts from time to time to or on the order of any member of the Buyer Group in respect of any BluGlass Sale (including, without limitation, dividends or other distributions and proceeds on the sale of such shares) (the “BluGlass Payments” ), the Buyer shall within 10 Business Days of receipt pay in cash an amount equal to such BluGlass Payments less (a) any Tax incurred by the Buyer Group on such BluGlass Payment; and (b) the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer Group in providing assistance in respect of and carrying out such BluGlass Sale (such net amount being the “ Net BluGlass Amount ”) to the Sellers’ Solicitors and SPP’s Solicitors, such payment to be applied in accordance with paragraph 3.2 of this Schedule and clause 2.2 of the Agreement (such that any amounts which are due to SPP are paid to SPP’s Solicitors and any amounts which are due to any other Relevant Seller are paid to the Sellers’ Solicitors). If so requested, the Buyer agrees to provide the BluGlass Representative with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the BluGlass Representative of the deductions listed in (a) and (b) above.

 

3.2 The BluGlass Consideration, and any individual Net BluGlass Amount, shall be apportioned (as nearly as practicable) between the Relevant Sellers in the proportions set out opposite their respective names (if applicable) in column (2) of the table set out in clause 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

4. GENERAL

 

4.1 The Relevant Sellers shall be solely responsible for any and all Taxes assessable against the Relevant Sellers in connection with any BluGlass Payments or Net BluGlass Amount.

 

4.2

The Buyer Group shall have no liability, and each of the Relevant Sellers hereby irrevocably waives any claim it may have against the Buyer Group, concerning, with respect to or in


  connection with (i) the value of, or the consideration received for, the BluGlass Shares; or (ii) provided that the Buyer has complied in all material respects with its obligations pursuant to this Schedule, any actions by any Buyer Group Company in accordance with this Schedule.


SCHEDULE 3 – THE SELLERS

PART I – THE BRIDGEPOINT SELLERS

 

Name

  

Address

Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘A’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘B’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘C’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘D’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘E’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘F’ L.P.    95 Wigmore Street, London W1U 1FB
Bridgepoint Europe IV ‘G’ LP    50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh EH3 9WJ

PART II – THE MANAGEMENT SELLERS

 

Names

  

Address

William Johnson   

7383 Cedar Mountain Drive

Livermore, California

USA

94550

Kevin Crofton   

Flat 9,

The Boat House,

Gas Works Lane,

Bristol BS1 5AT

Richard Rees   

41 Hollybush Road

Cardiff, CF23 6SY

Vivek Rao   

1678 Tupolo Drive

San Jose, California

USA, 95124

Andrew Noakes   

29 Croesonen Gardens

Abergavenny, Monmouthshire

NP7 6BJ

Paul Rich   

24 Tabernacle Road

Wotton Under Edge

Gloucestershire, GL12 7DR

David Butler   

2 The Laines

Gorsley, Ross on Wye

Herefordshire, HR9 7FH

Rutgers Chow   

No. 3, Lane 52,

SongCuei Road, BaoShan Township,

Hsin-Chu County,

Taiwan R.O.C. 30844

Henry R. Nothhaft   

14563 Fruitvale Avenue

Saratoga, California

USA, 95070-6152


EXECUTION
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘A’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘B’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘C’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘D’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘E’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘F’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by BRIDGEPOINT EUROPE IV ‘G’ L.P. )
acting by its manager )
BRIDGEPOINT ADVISERS LIMITED )

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by SUMITOMO PRECISION PRODUCTS )
CO. LIMITED )
)
)

 

Authorised Signatory
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by WILLIAM JOHNSON )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by KEVIN CROFTON )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by RICHARD REES )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by VIVEK RAO )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by ANDY NOAKES )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by PAUL RICH )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by DAVID BUTLER )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

)
by RUTGERS CHOW )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by HENRY R. NOTHHAFT )

 

In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

)
by SPTS TECHNOLOGIES GROUP )
LIMITED )

 

Director
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by ORBOTECH HOLDING U.K. LIMITED )

 

Director
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )
by ORBOTECH LTD. )

 

Director
In the presence of:
Witness name:

 

Witness signature

 

Witness address

 

 

Witness occupation

 

Exhibit 12.1

Certification by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Asher Levy, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Orbotech Ltd.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:   February 27, 2015
By:

  /s/ Asher Levy

  Asher Levy

  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

Certification by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Doron Abramovitch, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Orbotech Ltd.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:   February 27, 2015
By:

  /s/ Doron Abramovitch

  Doron Abramovitch

  Corporate Vice President and

  Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

Certification Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Orbotech Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel (the “ Company ”), for the period ending December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “ Report ”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to such officer’s best knowledge, that:

 

1. the Report fully complies, in all material respects, with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in the Report.

The foregoing certification is provided solely for purposes of complying with the provisions of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not intended to be used or relied upon for any other purpose.

 

By:

  /s/ Asher Levy

By:

  /s/ Doron Abramovitch

  Asher Levy

  Chief Executive Officer

  Doron Abramovitch

  Corporate Vice President and

  Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 27, 2015 Date: February 27, 2015

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 33-25782, No. 33-78196, No. 333-05440, No. 333-06542, No. 333-08404, No. 333-09342, No. 333-11124, No. 333-12692, No. 333-127979, No. 333-154394 and No. 333-169146) of Orbotech Ltd. of our report dated February 27, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.

 

LOGO

Tel Aviv, Israel

Kesselman & Kesselman

    February 27, 2015

Certified Public Accountants (Isr.)

A member of PricewaterhouseCoopers

International Limited